Citation
Undergraduate and graduate catalog

Material Information

Title:
Undergraduate and graduate catalog
Cover title:
Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies
Cover title:
Undergraduate and graduate studies
Creator:
University of Colorado at Denver
Place of Publication:
Denver, Colo
Publisher:
University of Colorado at Denver
Publication Date:
Language:
English
Physical Description:
32 v. : ill. ; 28 cm.

Subjects

Subjects / Keywords:
Universities and colleges -- Curricula -- Catalogs -- Colorado -- Denver ( lcsh )
Education -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Curricula ( fast )
Universities and colleges -- Graduate work ( fast )
Colorado -- Denver ( fast )
Genre:
Catalogs. ( fast )
Catalogs ( fast )

Notes

General Note:
Cover title varies: 1987-88, Catalog of undergraduate and graduate studies; 1988-89, Undergraduate and graduate studies.
Statement of Responsibility:
University of Colorado at Denver.

Record Information

Source Institution:
Auraria Library
Holding Location:
Auraria Library
Rights Management:
All applicable rights reserved by the source institution and holding location.
Resource Identifier:
19093218 ( OCLC )
ocm19093218
Classification:
LD1192 .A2 ( lcc )

Related Items

Succeeded by:
University of Colorado Denver Downtown Campus catalog

Downloads

This item has the following downloads:


Full Text
?OLOGY APPI
[MATHEMATICS ARCHITECT
I'^IENCE Bl£
J few- '
BUSINESS ADMINISTRAT
IEERING COMMUNICATI I \ Ti fRE
gwiafiwriFi:
JNSELING AND PERSONKM
'I 4066
1.1 *

ECONOMICS EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION EDUCATION
k Mm
,aL ENGINEERING ELEMENTARY EDUCATION ENGLISH ENV
JWIFWMENTAL SCONCE ETHNIC STUDI ^jgNANCE FINE ARTS
^C'> ^>"IONS Gl
HISTORY HUMANl
INFORMATION INSTRUCTRESS*:ftOLOGY INTERNATIO
BUSINESS INTERj|pj^^^lN LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE ^D 1% ^
URBAN DESIGN L^I^GE AND CULTURE MANAGEMEN^Ili^ /* T-
iPHY GEOLOG!
IMAN RES<
DMINISTRATION HI
, &
mUViUT INFORM

OLOGY INTERNATIO
'TING MATHEMATICS MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
:i)i l
P
IAGES OPERATIONS MA
AJ SCIENCE PSYCHO
.tlOGY TECHNICAL CO
W^ SSvL PLANNING URBAh
MENT PHILOSOPHY i
NTITATIVE METHODS READI
^ON TRANSPORTATION AND
W ^ML PLANNING URBAN DESIGN URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANN
UMVBSnVOFCOLORADO ATDBWBt UNOBKjRADUAIE ANDGFlADlMSlUDtS 199M1


.mdadta 1 TBRARY
U16701 754017^


CONTENTS
Academic Calendar................................................................... 2
Message from the Chancellor......................................................... 4
Administration...................................................................... 5
General Information................................................................. 7
The Graduate School................................................................ 43
School of Architecture and Planning................................................ 55
College of Business and Administration and Graduate School
of Business Administration.......................................................... 73
School of Education................................................................101
College of Engineering and Applied Science.........................................133
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences...............................................163
Military Science...................................................................255
Graduate School of Public Affairs..................................................259
Faculty............................................................................269
Index..............................................................................278


ACADEMIC CALENDAR1
Spring 19902
January 8-12 Orientation
January 15 Holiday (no classes)
January 16 First day of classes
March 19-23 Spring vacation (no classes)
May 14 End of semester
Summer 19902
May 22-28 Orientation
May 29 First day of classes
July 4 Holiday (no classes)
August 7 End of term
Fall 19902
August 17-22 Orientation
August 23 First day of classes
September 3 Holiday (no classes)
November 22-23 Holidays (no classes)
December 17 End of semester
Spring 19912
January 7-11 Orientation
January 14 Holiday (no classes)
January 15 First day of classes
March 18-22 Spring vacation (no classes)
May 13 End of semester
'The University reserves the right to alter the Academic Calendar at
any time.
Consult the Schedule of Classes for application deadline dates,
deadlines for changing programs and registration dates and procedures.


Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog
1990-91
University of Colorado at Denver
1200 Larimer
Denver, Colorado 80204
Although this catalog was prepared on the basis of the best information available at the
time, all information (including the academic calendar, admission and graduation
requirements, course offerings and course descriptions, and statements of tuition and fees)
is subject to change without notice or obligation. CU-Denver is an affirmative action/equal
opportunity institution. For current calendars, tuition rates, requirements, deadlines, etc.,
students should refer to a copy of the Schedule of Classes for the semester in which they
intend to enroll.
The courses listed in this catalog are intended as a general indication of the University
of Colorado at Denver curriculum. Courses and programs are subject to modification at
any time. Not all courses are offered every semester, and the faculty teaching a particular
course or program may vary from time to time. The instructor may alter the content of
a course or program to meet particular class needs.
Courses are listed by college or school.
University of Colorado Catalog.
(USPS 651-060)
262 Stadium Building, Campus Box 384,
Boulder, Colorado 80309-0384
Volume 1990, No. 3, May/June
Published 4 times a year: January/February
March/April, May/June, August/September
Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado.
POSTMASTER: Send address changes to
University of Colorado Catalog, CU-Denver
Publications, Boulder, Colorado 80302.


Message From the Chancellor
Dear Student:
Welcome to the University of Colorado at Denver. On
behalf of the faculty, staff, and students, I offer to you the
challenging environment of one of Colorados premier
institutions of higher education. Your decision to attend
CU-Denver shows your willingness to learn at Denvers
only urban public university.
CU-Denver is one of the four campuses of the Univer-
sity of Colorado system. As a vital part of that system,
offering baccalaureate, masters, and doctoral programs,
we have achieved distinction nationally and interna-
tionally because of the high quality of our programs,
faculty, and alumni. Located in downtown Denver, the
University challenges its students both academically and
personally in an intellectual environment that encourages
commitment, curiosity, and imagination.
A distinguishing characteristic of CU-Denver is our
urban perspective that is an integral theme in our
academic programming, the orientation of our faculty,
and the identity of our student body. Since 1972, enroll-
ment has grown to approximately 10,470 students,
including 5,880 undergraduates and 4,590 graduate
students.
The University offers some 40 degree and degree
option programs at the baccalaureate level and over
60 degree and degree option programs at the post
baccalaureate level designed to provide you with a
foundation on which to build your intellectual, aesthetic,
and moral capacities as individuals and as citizens. Components of this educational experience include student involvement
in independent study, research, and the creative process as a complement to classroom study. The Universitys seven col-
leges and schools (Business, Public Affairs, Liberal Arts and Sciences, Engineering and Applied Science, School of the Arts,
Education, and Architecture and Planning) and The Graduate School provide instruction and research programs that focus
on the fundamental areas of knowledge, including interdisciplinary and professional study. We are committed to making
available to you the opportunities for gaining knowledge, training, skills, and credentials which will enhance your economic
and personal lives.
We at the Denver campus take great pride in the diversity of our students and our ability to serve their varied needs. This
is reflected in a commitment to an enriched baccalaureate education and the applied aspects of graduate and professional
work. Our academic programs focus on applications relevant to regional as well as national issues and also seek to provide a
humanistic understanding of social needs and problems.
We look forward to working with you as you join our community of scholars/teachers and dedicated staff. I promise a
rich intellectual environment and a challenging educational experience. Most of all, I look forward to seeing you at gradua-
tion and awarding you the CU-Denver degree.
My best wishes to you and to your future.
John C. Buechner
Chancellor
University of Colorado at Denver


Administration / 5
ADMINISTRATION
Board of Regents
KATHY ARNOLD, Littleton, term expires 1994
RICHARD J. BERNICK, Littleton, term expires 1992
ROBERT E. CALDWELL, Colorado Springs, term expires
1992
PETER C. DIETZE, Boulder, term expires 1990
LYNN J. ELLINS, Longmont, term expires 1990
HARVEY PHELPS, Pueblo, term expires 1994
NORWOOD L. ROBB, Littleton, term expires 1990
ROY H. SHORE, Greeley, term expires 1992
DAVID WINN, Colorado Springs, term expires 1994
University-Wide Officers
E. GORDON GEE, President of the University; Professor of
Law. BA., University of Utah; J.D., Columbia University;
Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University.
LAWRENCE MESKIN, Vice President for Academic Affairs
and Dean of the System-wide Graduate School; Professor of
Dentistry. D.D.S., University of Detroit; M.P.H., University of
Minnesota, School of Medicine; M.S.D., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota.
GLEN R. STINE, Vice President for Budget and Finance.
BA., Michigan State; M.A., University of North Carolina,
Chapel Hill; Ed.D., Harvard University.
THEO. VOLSKY, JR., Vice President for Administration;
Professor of Psychology. B.S., M.S., Kansas State University;
Ph.D., University of Minnesota.
H.H. ARNOLD, Executive Secretary of the Board of
Regents and of the University. BA., LL.B., University of
Colorado.
JAMES A. STROUP, Treasurer for the University and Assis-
tant Vice President for Budget and Finance. BS Michigan
Technical University; M.B.A., Michigan State University.
CU-Denver Officers
JOHN C. BUECHNER, Chancellor; Professor of Public
Affairs. B.A., College of Wooster; M.P.A., Ph.D., University of
Michigan.
BRUCE W. BERGLAND, Executive Vice Chancellor;
Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Iowa State University;
Ph.D., Stanford University.
JOHN BERNHARD, Vice Chancellor for Administration and
Finance. BA., Stanford University; M.BA., Columbia Univer-
sity, Graduate School of Business.
MARK A. EMMERT, Associate Vice Chancellor for
Academic Affairs; Associate Professor of Public Affairs. B.A.,
University of Washington; M.P.A., Ph.D., Syracuse University.
KENNETH HERMAN, Associate Vice Chancellor for
Administration and Finance. B.S., University of Colorado.
SHELIA M. HOOD, Associate Vice Chancellor for Enroll-
ment and Student Services. BA., M.A., Colorado State
University.
FERNIE BACA, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Research and
Creative Activities; Associate Professor of Education. BA.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Colorado.
JULIE CARNAHAN, Assistant Vice Chancellor for Planning
and Information Resources Management. B.A., M.A., Univer-
sity of Colorado; Ph.D., University of Michigan.
The University of Colorado seal, adopted in 1908, depicts a
male Greek classical figure seated against a pillar and
holding a scroll. A burning torch framed in laurel is placed
beside him. The Greek inscription means "Let your light
shine." According to Denver designer Henry Reed, the
classical design was used because Greek civilization "stands
as the criterion of culture." The laurel symbolizes honor or
success, the youth of the figure suggests the "morning of
life," and the scroll represents written language.




General Information
The University of Colorado at Denver
is one of the most important educational
resources in the Denver metropolitan
area. CU-Denver, one of four institutions
in the University of Colorado system, is an
urban, non-residential campus located in
downtown Denver. Major civic, cultural,
business, and governmental activities are
in close proximity.
CU-Denver offers undergraduate degrees
in more than 40 fields and graduate
degrees in more than 60. Ph.D. degrees
are offered in public affairs, applied
mathematics, and educational administra-
tion. Doctoral studies also are available in
engineering and other fields in coopera-
tion with CU-Boulder. Special emphasis is
placed on programs that will help assure
students professional opportunities after
graduation. All programs are tailored to
meet the needs of the diverse student
population. Classes are offered during
weekday and evening hours, and on
weekends.
Students ages range between 17 and
75. The average student age is 29. Two-
thirds hold full-time jobs and 60 percent
attend part time. Sixty-two percent are
enrolled at the upper division or graduate
levels.
CU-Denvers faculty actively promote
the special role of an urban institution
inmeeting the needs of students. Many
faculty bring their work experiences
to the classroom. They are alert to the
challenges and advances of the urban
environment and responsible to the needs
of students and the community. The com-
bination of CU-Denver's talented faculty
and highly motivated students creates a
vital and exciting educational environ-
ment. Students are offered the unique
educational opportunity to combine
real world experience with academic
excellence.
History
Just over a century ago the University
of Colorado was founded in Boulder, in
1876. In 1912, the University of Colorados
Department of Correspondence and
Extension was established in Denver, to
meet the needs of the burgeoning popula-
tion. As the breadth of course offerings
expanded, so did the demand for degree-
granting status. The Denver Extension
Center was renamed the University of
Colorado-Denver Center in 1965, and by
1969, 23 fields of undergraduate study
and 11 of graduate study were offered.
In 1972 the Colorado General Assembly
appropriated support to build the Auraria
Campus, CU-Denver's current site. And in
this same year the Denver Center was
renamed CU-Denver. Two years later the
University of Colorado was reorganized
into four campuses Denver, Colorado
Springs, Health Sciences (Denver), and
Boulder.
University of Colorado System
As one of four campuses of the University
of Colorado, CU-Denver has a special role
and mission in Colorado higher education.
The University of Colorado at Boulder
now serves about 22,000 students enrolled
in undergraduate, graduate, and profes-
sional programs. The Health Sciences
Center in Denver provides education and
training to medical, dental, nursing and
allied health personnel. The University of
Colorado at Colorado Springs serves more
than 5,500 students in the Pikes Peak
region, offering undergraduate, graduate,
and professional programs. CU-Denvers
role within the University system is
primarily to address the needs for
undergraduate and graduate instruction in
the Denver metropolitan area. Emphasis
is given to professional, preprofessional,
and liberal arts training in the context of a
strong multidisciplinary and applied
agenda for research and creative
activities. CU-Denver students have access
to the library resources of all campuses
and cultural events sponsored within the
University system.
Academic Structure
Each of the four campuses of the
University of Colorado System Denver,
Boulder, Colorado Springs, and Health
Sciences in Denver has its own
Chancellor and campus administration.
The Chancellors, in turn, report to the
President of the CU-System. The Board
of Regents of the University of Colorado
approve the overall direction provided by
the President of the System. The System
President represents the University of
Colorado and manages the planning for
development of the System, apportion-
ment of resources across campuses, the
System-wide Graduate School, and general
policy regarding academic standards,
instructional initiatives, and faculty and
staff personnel matters, and is supported
by a system-wide Faculty Senate. CU-
Denver as well, has its own faculty
governance structure. Students also have
their own governance institutions.
The Chancellor of CU-Denver represents
CU-Denver and manages campus goal-
setting, policy development, academic
affairs, and budget and financial matters.
The Executive Vice Chancellor and the
Vice Chancellor for Administration and
Finance assist the Chancellor. Each vice
chancellor is responsible for the essential
components of the campus enterprise.
The Executive Vice Chancellor is responsi-
ble for Academic Affairs, The Graduate
School, Sponsored Projects, Admissions
and Records, Enrollment Management,
Planning and Institutional Research, and
Student Services. The Vice Chancellor for
Administration and Finance is responsible
for the campus budget, Office of Financial
and Business Services, and Personnel Ser-
vices. The CU-Denver Graduate School
is a component of the CU System-wide
Graduate School. All graduate units reside
within The Graduate School except
Architecture and Planning, Business,
and Public Affairs.
Academic Programs
CU-Denver is, above all, devoted to the
needs of the citizens of Denver and the
region. With the rapid development of
the national recognition earned by its
graduate faculty, it is not surprising that
an increasing number of advanced
students from across the nation and
overseas elect to pursue their studies here.
Today CU-Denver is composed of seven
distinct academic units:
School of Architecture and Planning
College of Business and Administration
and Graduate School of Business
Administration
School of Education
College of Engineering and Applied
Science


8 / General Information
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
School of the Arts
Graduate School of Public Affairs
These units now accommodate over
10,000 students taught by about 300
regular, full-time faculty members. The
diversity of the student body is a hallmark
of CU-Denver and a source of deep pride.
Among them are traditional students who
have elected to pursue college degrees
immediately after high school. There also
are older students who, perhaps for finan-
cial reasons or the press of family com-
mitments or because theyve only lately
recognized the value of a college educa-
tion, have delayed entry. And there are
professionals who seek to strengthen their
base of skills or broaden their apprecia-
tion of the world around them.
The undergraduate colleges admit
freshman and transfer students and offer
programs leading to the baccalaureate
degree in the arts, sciences, humanities,
business, engineering, and music. The Col-
lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences also pro-
vides pre-professional training in the fields
of education, law, journalism, and the
health sciences. The School of Education
offers programs leading to teacher educa-
tion. The Graduate School offers masters
programs in the arts, sciences, humanities,
engineering, education, and music to
students with baccalaureate degrees.
The School of Architecture and Planning,
the Graduate School of Business Adminis-
tration, and the Graduate School of Public
Affairs provide programs leading to
masters degrees in their specialized areas.
CU-Denver doctoral programs are avail-
able in public affairs, education, and
applied mathematics. Doctoral work in
engineering also is available in coopera-
tion with CU-Boulder. CU-Denver faculty
also participates in other doctoral pro-
grams offered at CU-Boulder.
A complete listing of bachelors and
masters degree programs offered by CU-
Denver is provided in the college and
school sections of this catalog. The college
and school sections describe specific
policies on requirements for graduation,
course requirements for various majors,
course load policies, course descriptions,
and similar information.
CU-Denver has kept pace with the
demand for education which leads to
improved professional opportunity in
the Information Age. Many programs
emphasize practical business world
applications, and all CU-Denver students
are given the opportunity to attain com-
puter literacy. Specific computer-oriented
academic programs are offered in the
computer science (engineering), applied
mathematics (liberal arts and sciences),
and information systems (business)
programs.
The Future
CU-Denver is committed to the highest
standards of education, scholarship, and
service to the community. From this com-
mitment springs the vital energy that
infuses every campus pursuit. The pace is
fast, perhaps unprecedented. Under-
graduate studies are at once becoming
more and more varied, challenging, and
rewarding. CU-Denver is reaching out to
all who can benefit from the high quality
education it has to offer. New highly
innovative applied and professional
graduate degrees are being developed that
address the emerging needs of the
regions economy. Centers for state-of-the-
field research at CU-Denver are
generating important practical solutions to
some of Colorados and the nations most
serious social, economic, environmental,
and technological problems. Throughout
history, urban civilization and the arts and
humanities have evolved in a rich
synergy. CU-Denver an urban campus
is deeply involved in enriching the
cultural milieu of the Denver area. Clearly,
the University of Colorado at Denver is on
the move.
Accreditation
North Central Association of Colleges
and Secondary Schools
American Assembly of Collegiate
Schools of Business
Accrediting Commission on Education
for Health Services Administration
Colorado State Board of Education
Landscape Architecture Accreditation
Board
National Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education
National Architectural Accrediting Board
See the College of Engineering and
Applied Science section of this catalog
for the programs accredited by the
Engineering Accreditation Commission
of the Accreditation Board for
Engineering and Technology
National Association of Schools of Music
Planning Accreditation Board
National Association of Schools of
Public Affairs and Administration
Auraria Higher Education Center
The Auraria Higher Education Center is
the site for the University of Colorado at
Denver, Metropolitan State College, and
the Community College of Denver. The
three institutions share library (which is
administered by CU-Denver), classroom,
and related facilities on a 171-acre Auraria
campus. Certain courses and programs are
cooperatively offered.
On the Auraria campus are administra-
tive and classroom buildings, the Auraria
Library, the student union, book center,
child care and development centers,
physical education facilities, science
building, and service buildings.
The new buildings share the campus
with the reminders of Denvers past-
historic Ninth Street Park, restored church
buildings, and the Tivoli brewery built in
1882. The Tivoli has been renovated into
a complex containing specialty shops,
restaurants, and entertainment.
Research and Other Creative
Pursuits
CU-Denver is strongly committed to the
pursuit of new knowledge through the
research efforts of its faculty. It is equally
supportive of the other creative endeavors
of its faculties in the arts, humanities, and
design fields. These achievements not
only advance knowledge and enhance the
quality of life, but also strengthen teaching
by grounding instruction in scholarship
and professional practice. In addition,
these activities constitute an important
component of CU-Denvers service to the
community at large. Therefore, funded
research is a major priority at CU-Denver.
An important aspect of research and
other creative activities at CU-Denver
is its multidisciplinary and applied nature.
Research in every school and college at
CU-Denver addresses questions of great
significance for the welfare of Denver and
the larger region. Its position within a
thriving metropolitan area serves, as well,
as a base for exploring topics of national
and even international import. But not all
research at CU-Denver yields solutions of
immediate practical significance. Major
efforts now explore topics on the cutting
edge of the basic disciplines. These, of
course, are carried out within the rich
dialogue of scholarship that knows no
national bounds. These efforts may yield
insights that eventually open the way to
practical applications in the next century.
Research projects, training, and public
service programs at CU-Denver encom-
pass both traditional and nontraditional
fields of study with a focus on issues that
relate to city, state, national, and interna-
tional issues. During 1988-89, CU-Denver
faculty and staff received external grants
and contracts totalling $8,825,059 for


Centers and Institutes / 9
research, training, and public service pro-
grams. All signs point to a steady increase
in funded research in the years ahead for
CU-Denver. The benefits for the campus
will be substantial. Such research assists
in sustaining scholarly discourse, enables
faculty members to engage in the ad-
vancement of knowledge, provides the
foundation for solving pressing practical
problems of vital concern for society, and
enhances the education of students. Many
students actively participate in research
activities overseen by faculty members.
Current externally funded research
efforts address a variety of contemporary
economic, political, educational, engineer-
ing, mathematical, scientific, and environ-
mental needs. Financial support has been
obtained for program and service develop-
ment in the areas of computational
mathematics, bilingual and special educa-
tion, cooperative education, health
administration, international affairs, and
executive seminars as well as institutes on
aging and veterans employment and
training.
Other projects include statewide
investigations of economic development,
poverty, court-annexed arbitration, air
quality and water control, and highway
construction. Computer related projects
include multilevel algorithms, fast parallel
processing, algorithms in linear program-
ming, and modeling. Projects in basic
research range from investigations of ear-
thquakes to neurotoxicology to growth
equations for sporiangiophores.
In addition, a great deal of research at
the University goes on without substantial
external support. This effort also yields
important insights that are conveyed to a
national audience through faculty publica-
tions, presentations, exhibits, performances,
and professional activities. Many members
of the faculty are leaders within the
national scholarly community. All these
pursuits bring recognition to the Univer-
sity, establish the credibility of its faculty,
and enhance the value of the degrees it
confers.
CENTERS AND INSTITUTES
FOR RESEARCH, SERVICE,
AND TRAINING
First Amendment Congress
The mission of the First Amendment
Congress is to unite Americans of every
persuasion to support freedom of expres-
sion, and provide America with a continu-
ing forum to discuss and debate the First
Amendment as our cornerstone to liberty.
To reach this goal, the Congress sponsors
national forums, seminars, and congresses
to forge new understanding of First
Amendment issues; develops curriculum
materials to increase students under-
standing of the First Amendment; aids
state and local coalitions to develop First
Amendment organizations and activities;
delivers special messages to various
audiences reminding them of their duties
to uphold First Amendment freedoms,
publishes materials, and researches public
attitudes toward media practices; and sup-
ports public awareness campaigns on First
Amendment issues.
Center for Health Ethics and Policy
The Center analyzes and develops con-
structive courses of action concerning
policy and ethics aspects of health-related
problems facing Colorado and the nation.
The Centers goal is to increase public
and private sector attention to these issues
and contribute to the making of informed
and sound public policy decisions.
Center for Applied Psychology
This Center promotes research and
educational programs in four areas: public
mental health, psychology and the law,
psychology and public health, and
organizational effectiveness and decision
making. The Center represents a
cooperative relationship among higher
education, government, business, mental
health agencies, public health institutions,
and the citizenry of the state of Colorado.
Colorado Principals Center
The Center is a staff development,
renewal, and training center for practicing
principals, assistant principals, central
office supervisors, and others in instruc-
tional leadership positions.
Colorado Center for Community
Development
The Colorado Center for Community
Development provides technical, educa-
tional, and applied research assistance to
organizations, neighborhoods, and com-
munities that cannot afford or do not
have access to professional services. The
Center targets its assistance efforts to rural
small towns, low income and/or minority
communities, and non-traditional,
community-based service or development
organizations.
Center for Environmental Sciences
The Center focuses on interdisciplinary
environmental research from among the
faculty and staff of CU-Denver. Further, it
involves students especially Master of
Environmental Science students in
ongoing research projects. Example
projects include Denver-Boulder region
brown cloud studies, environmental risk
assessments of regional and national
issues, and global sulfur cycling research
as it relates to greenhouse warming and
global climate.
Center for Urban Transportation
Studies
This Center assumes a leading role in
the Rocky Mountain region in developing
research and interdisciplinary programs in
urban transportation and providing a cen-
tral resource for information concerning
urban transportation problems in the
Rocky Mountain region. The Center
makes available University expertise
to outside organizations.
Land and Water Information Systems
Group
The Group was created to advance the
education and training, research, and
public service missions of CU-Denver in
the areas of urban and regional informa-
tion systems, geographic-oriented
databases, water resources systems,
and built facilities management.
The Centers Center for the
Improvement of Public Management
and Center for Public-Private Sector
Cooperation
Goals are to improve the way the
publics business is managed and to
engage the public, private, and non-profit
sectors in devising solutions to community
problems. The Centers offer leadership
and management training, do research
analyzing problems explaining policy
alternatives and evaluating programs to
meet the needs of individual jurisdictions
and organizations and provide conflict
management, mediation, and facilitation
services.
Computational Mathematics Group
The Group brings together researchers
whose combined expertise covers the
wide range of disciplines required to share
computational resources. Its mission is to
establish a fertile research environment in
which to train Ph.D.s.
National Leadership Institute on
Aging
The Institute trains leaders to think
innovatively, act with greater strategic
skills, and forge new public-private, non-
profit partnerships in meeting the needs
of an aging America. In addition, the
Institute provides consulting to organiza-
tions involved in designing and delivering
programs to meet these needs as well as
undertaking policy relevant to research.
Institute for International Business
The institute focuses on the global busi-
ness issues of the 1990s. It is a key


10 / General Information
resource for business and government in
addressing international economic oppor-
tunities for Colorado and the U.S. The two
major programs are: The Center for Inter-
national Executive Education, which gives
U.S. and foreign executives hands-on train-
ing in successful international business
practices; and the Center for Research
on Competitiveness, which conducts and
disseminates research on international
business issues.
National Veterans Training Institute
The Institute strengthens, upgrades, and
provides professional skills to the national
network of disabled veterans outreach
programs specialists and local veterans
employment representatives who deliver
services to veterans. The NVT1 delivers
various courses and its Resource and
Technical Assistance Center provides
materials and information on veterans
issues to their graduates and others work-
ing in service to veterans. The Institute is
operated as a joint effort by CU-Denver
and the Veterans Employment and Train-
ing Service of the U.S. Department of
Labor.
4th World Center for the Study of
Indigenous Law and Politics
This Center provides a research clear-
inghouse to students and faculty at CU-
Denver on legal and political issues that
affect indigenous peoples (the 4th World).
In addition to supporting a modest library
of rare books and periodicals on indi-
genous issues, the Center also stocks
video and audio cassettes on subjects of
indigenous politics, and a substantial
newsfile archive on current developments
in the 4th World. Currently, the Center is
expanding the number of course offerings
in the area of 4th World studies.
Region VIII Resource Access Project
Under a contract funded by the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Ser-
vices, the Resource Access Project pro-
vides training and technical assistance to
HeadStart centers throughout a six-state
region.
Center for Research in Rhetoric
The Center conducts original and
applied research in rhetoric, broadly
conceived, and engages in projects that
involve faculty and students who carry
out research studies that contribute to our
understanding of rhetoric and discourse in
the broad realm of human affairs. Reports
presenting the results of research projects
are published by the Center and are avail-
able in the English department office.
ADMISSION POLICIES
AND PROCEDURES
All questions and correspondence
regarding admission to CU-Denver and
requests for application forms should be
directed to:
Office of Admissions and Records
University of Colorado at Denver
1200 Larimer St.
Denver, CO 80204
(303) 556-2704
General Policies
CU-Denver seeks to identify applicants
who are likely to complete an academic
program successfully. Admission decisions
are based on many factors, the most
important being:
1. Level of previous academic
performance.
2. Evidence of academic ability and
accomplishment, as indicated by scores
on national aptitude tests.
3. Evidence of maturity, motivation,
and potential for academic success.
CU-Denver reserves the right to deny
admission to new applicants or readmis-
sion to former students whose total
credentials indicate an inability to assume
those obligations of performance and
behavior deemed essential by the Univer-
sity in order to carry out its lawful mis-
sions, processes, and functions as an
educational institution.
Applicants who request degree pro-
grams unavailable at CU-Denver will be
considered for admission to the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences with an undeter-
mined major. Students admitted with an
undetermined major are expected to
declare a major by the time they have 60
hours toward graduation completed.
Admission of Undergraduate
Degree Students
The University reserves the right to
change documents/credentials deadlines
in accordance with enrollment demands.
Applicants should apply as early as
possible. Updated information is available
from the Office of Admissions (303)
556-2704. For an applicant to be consid-
ered for a specific term, ALL documents
required for admission must be received
by the Office of Admissions by the
DEADLINE for that term. Applicants who
are unable to meet the deadline may elect
to have admission consideration made for
a later term. Transfer students are
reminded that sufficient time should be
allowed to have transcripts sent from
institutions attended previously. Foreign
students are advised that it usually takes
120 days for credentials to reach the
Office of Admissions from international
locations.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR
FRESHMEN
New freshmen may apply for admission
to the Colleges of Business and
Administration, Engineering and Applied
Science, or Liberal Arts and Sciences.
General Requirements. The applicant
must be a high school graduate or have
been awarded a High School Equivalency
Certificate by completing the General
Education Development (GED) Test.
Specific College Requirements:
College of Business and Administration
English (one year of speech/debate and
two years of composition are strongly
recommended)..........................4
Mathematics (including at least two years
of algebra and one year of geometry)... 4
Natural sciences (laboratory science).... 2
Social sciences (including history)..2
Foreign language (both units in a single
language).............................2
RECEIPT OF DOCUMENTS DEADLINES
Undergraduate Fall Spring Summer
Students 1990 1991 1991
New Students July 22 Dec. 1 May 3
Transfer Students July 22 Dec. 1 May 3
Former University of Colorado Students July 22 Dec. 1 May 3
Intrauniversity Transfer Students 60 days prior to the beginning of the term
International Students
Undergraduate: July 22 Dec. 1 May 3
Graduate: May 26 Oct. 27 March 10


Admissions /11
Academic electives .....................2
(Additional courses in English, foreign
language, mathematics, natural or social
sciences, not to include business
courses.) ___
Total 16
College of Engineering and Applied
Science'
English (literature, composition,
grammar)..............................4
Mathematics distributed as follows:
Algebra..............................2
Geometry.............................1
Additional mathematics (trigonometry
recommended) ......................1
Natural sciences including one year of
physics and one year of chemistry.... 2
Foreign language (both units in a single
language)............................2
Academic electives ...................J3
Total 16
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
English (literature, composition,
grammar).............................4
Mathematics (excluding business
and consumer mathematics)............3
Natural sciences.......................3
Social science.........................2
Foreign language
(both units in a single language) ...2
Academic elective.....................
Total 15
All music majors in the School of the
Arts are expected to have had previous
experience in an applied music area. Two
years of piano training are recommended.
An audition is required of all entering
freshmen and undergraduate transfer
students. Applicants may substitute tape
recordings (about 10 minutes in length)
and a statement of excellence from a
qualified teacher in lieu of the personal
audition. Interested students should write
to the School of the Arts, CU-Denver, for
audition information and applications.
Beginning in the Fall Semester of 1988,
freshmen entering the University of Colo-
rado are required to meet the following
University-wide minimum academic
preparation: 4 years of English (with
emphasis on composition), 3 years of col-
lege preparatory mathematics (excluding
business and consumer mathematics), 3
years of natural science including one
year of U.S. or world history, and 2 years
of a single foreign language.
See the College of Engineering and Applied
Science section of this catalog for more specific
information.
MINIMUM ACADEMIC
PREPARATION STANDARDS
(MAPS)
Success in undergraduate study is
directly related to high school preparation.
Sufficiently prepared students have a bet-
ter probability of success. The MAPS focus
on what the student has studied in
preparation for college. Freshman admis-
sion standards define the level of success
and achievement necessary to be admit-
ted to the University of Colorado and
include factors that predict academic suc-
cess such as scores on the ACT or SAT,
high school course work, and the grade-
point average. Both what the student has
studied and how the student has achieved
will be factors that determine admission to
the University.
Students with MAPS deficiencies may be
admitted to the University provided they
meet the other admission standards (e.g.,
test scores, rank in high school class,
grade-point average) and provided they
make up any deficiencies in the MAPS
prior to graduation from the University.
Two levels of deficiency will be
recognized.
1. One unit of deficiency will be allowed
provided the student meets other stan-
dards of the University (e.g., test scores,
class rank) and provided the student
makes up the deficiency before gradua-
tion. Credits so taken will count toward
graduation provided the CU college nor-
mally accepts those course credits toward
graduation.
2. In some cases, a student having more
than one unit of deficiency may be admit-
ted, provided that the student meets other
standards of the University. The student
must make up additional deficiencies
before graduation by taking an expanded
program of studies. The student may
satisfy the MAPS requirements either by
1) courses taken at CU, 2) courses taken at
other institutions of higher education, 3)
completion of additional high school
credits, 4) credit-by-examination programs,
or 5) other ways as approved by each
college.
All applicants who meet the above
MAPS requirements are classified in two
ways for admission purposes:
1. Preferred consideration is given to
applicants who rank in the top 30% of
their high school graduating class and
have a composite score of 25 or higher on
the American College Test (ACT), or a
combined score of 1050 or higher on the
Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT). Business
applicants will receive preferred considera-
tion if they graduated in the top 25 per-
cent of their high school class and
achieved a composite score of at least 25
on the ACT or 1050 on the SAT. Engineer-
ing applicants will receive preferred con-
sideration if they graduated in the top 20
percent of their high school class and
achieved a composite score of at least 26
on the ACT and a 28 on the mathematics
or a 1100 total on the SAT with a 600 on
the mathematics. Applicants who do not
meet the admissions requirements for
direct admission to Engineering are
encouraged to apply as a pre-engineering
major in the College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences. Music major applicants also must
successfully pass a music audition.
2. Applicants who rank in the lower
70% of their high school graduating class,
and/or have combined SAT scores below
1050 or a composite ACT score below 25,
and/or do not have 15 units of acceptable
high school credit are reviewed on an
individual basis.
How to Apply
1. Students should obtain an application
for undergraduate admission from a
Colorado high school counselor or from
the CU-Denver Office of Admissions
Processing.
2. The application must be completed in
full and sent to the Office of Admissions
Processing with a $30 (subject to change)
non-refundable fee. For applicants who
are granted admission but are unable to
enroll for that term, the $30 application
fee will remain valid for 12 months, pro-
vided the Office of Admissions Processing
is informed of the intent to enroll for a
later term.
3. Students are required to have their
high school send an official transcript of
their high school grades, including class
rank, to the Office of Admissions Process-
ing. Official transcripts are those sent by
the issuing institution directly to the CU-
Denver Office of Admissions Processing.
Hand-carried copies are not official.
4. Students who did not graduate from
high school are required to have a copy of
their GED test scores and GED certificate
sent from the certifying agency to the CU-
Denver Office of Admissions Processing.
5. Students also are required to take
either the American College Test (ACT) or
the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and to
request that test scores be sent to CU-
Denver (ACT code 0533 or SAT code
4-4875). High school students may obtain
information about when and where these
tests are administered by contacting their
counselors.


12 / General Information
Applicants who took one of these tests
and did not designate CU-Denver to
receive scores must request the testing
agency to send scores to CU-Denver. Com-
plete a Request for Additional Score
Report at test centers or from the offices
listed below.
Registration Department
American College Testing Program
(ACT)
P.O. Box 414
Iowa City, Iowa 52240
College Entrance Examination Board
(SAT)
P.O. Box 592
Princeton, New Jersey 08540
College Entrance Examination Board
(SAT)
P.O. Box 1025
Berkeley, California 94704
6. International students must submit
proof of language proficiency (see
Requirements for International Students).
All credentials presented for admission
become the property of the University of
Colorado and must remain on file.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Transfer students may apply for admis-
sion to the Colleges of Business and
Administration, Engineering and Applied
Science, and Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Students interested in the field of educa-
tion should contact the School of Educa-
tion office for information (556-2717).
Minimum admissions standards have
been developed for all public four-year
institutions in Colorado.1 However, transfer
applicants who meet these standards are
not guaranteed admission. They also must
meet the admissions standards of the
University of Colorado and its individual
colleges. To meet the minimum standards
at the University of Colorado at Denver,
students must meet one of the following
conditions.
1. Have earned fewer than 30 collegiate
semester hours and meet the first-time
FRESHMAN standards for the institution.
'Established under the auspices of the Colorado
Commission on Higher Education and the Colo-
rado Community College and Occupational Educa-
tion System, transfer agreements have been made
with Arapahoe Community College, Front Range
Community College, Community College of
Aurora, Community College of Denver, and Red
Rocks Community College enabling students of
those institutions to be directly admitted to CU-
Denver. Students should contact the Office of
Admissions Processing for complete details.
2. Have earned 12-29 collegiate
semester credit hours and have the follow-
ing grade-point average:
a. 2.0 GPA if transferring from Colorado
School of Mines, Colorado State University,
University of Colorado at Boulder, Univer-
sity of Colorado at Colorado Springs, or
the University of Northern Colorado.
b. 2.5 GPA if transferring from any other
postsecondary institution.
3. Be enrolled in a CCHE-approved
guaranteed transfer agreement and meet
the minimum academic qualifications of
the agreement.
Transfer students are given priority con-
sideration for admission as follows:
1. College of Business and Administra-
tion. To be considered for new transfer
admission, students must have completed
at least 24 semester hours which will
apply to the degree, Bachelor of Science
(Business Administration). Applicants with
an overall GPA of 3.0 in applicable course
work will be automatically admitted.
Students with less than a 3.0 overall GPA,
but with a 3.25 in the last 24 semester
hours of applicable course work attemp-
ted, will be automatically admitted.
Applicants with at least a 2.6 in
applicable course work in the last 24
semester hours will be considered as
space is available. Students with less than
a 2.6 GPA in the last 24 semester hours of
applicable course work will be referred to
the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences
for admission consideration.
No applicant will be accepted who is
not eligible to return to all institutions
previously attended.
2. College of Engineering and Applied
Science. Applicants to the College of Engi-
neering should have at least a 2.75
cumulative grade-point average (on a 4.0
scale) for all work attempted, should have
completed two semesters each of calculus
and physics, and must be eligible to return
to all institutions previously attended.
3. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences.
Transfer applicants must have at least a
2.0 cumulative college grade-point
average (on a 4.0 scale) for all work
attempted and must be eligible to return
to all institutions previously attended.
Course work in progress cannot be used
in calculating the cumulative average.
Music major applicants also must pass an
audition. Contact the School of the Arts
for audition information (556-2727).
Important Note: Applicants who do not
meet the above grade-point average or
credit hour requirements will still be con-
sidered for admission, but on an
individual basis.
The primary factors used when con-
sidering students individually are (1) prob-
ability of success in the academic
program to which admission is desired;
(2) the quality of prior academic work; (3)
age, maturity, and noncollegiate
achievements; and (4) time elapsed since
last attendance at previous colleges.
How to Apply
1. The student should obtain a transfer
application from the CU-Denver Office of
Admissions Processing.
2. The application form must be com-
pleted and returned with the required $30
(subject to change) nonrefundable applica-
tion fee.
3. The student is required to have two
official transcripts sent to the Office of
Admissions Processing from each col-
legiate institution attended. Official
transcripts are those sent by the issuing
institution directly to the CU-Denver Office
of Admissions Processing. Hand-carried
copies are not official. If a student is cur-
rently enrolled at another institution, an
incomplete transcript listing all courses
except those taken in the final term
should be sent. Another transcript must
be submitted after completion of the final
term. (Transcripts from foreign institutions
must be presented in the original
language and accompanied by a certified
literal English translation.)
4. Students who have attended a two-
year school or community college and
were enrolled in the Guaranteed Transfer
Program to transfer to CU-Denver, should
submit a copy of the Guaranteed Transfer
contract with their application.
Liberal arts and music major applicants
with fewer than 12 semester hours (18
quarter hours) of college work completed
also must submit a high school transcript
and ACT or SAT test scores.
Engineering applicants with fewer than
24 semester hours also must submit high
school transcripts and ACT/SAT scores.
Business applicants with fewer than 24
semester hours also must submit high
school transcripts and ACT/SAT scores.
Applicants to the College of Liberal Arts
and Sciences should be aware that the
College requires elementary proficiency in
a foreign language for graduation.
Applicants to the College have fulfilled
this requirement if they have completed
three years of any classical or modern
foreign language in high school and
present a high school transcript to the
College Advising Office for verification.
For further information, students should
contact the College Advising Office,
556-2555.
All credentials presented for admission
become the property of the University of
Colorado and must remain on file. Students


Admissions /13
who do not declare all previously
attended institutions are subject to
disciplinary action and/or dismissal.
Transfer of College-Level Credit
After all official transcripts have been
received and the applicant has been
admitted as a degree student, the Office
of Admissions Processing and the
appropriate academic unit will determine
which courses taken at other institutions
can be applied to a degree program at
CU-Denver. In general, transfer credit will
be accepted insofar as it meets the degree
and grade requirements at CU-Denver.
College-level credit may be transferred
to the University if it was earned at a col-
lege or university of recognized standing,
by CLEP or advanced placement examina-
tions, or in military service or schooling
as recommended by the Commission on
Accreditation of Service Experiences of
the American Council on Education; if a
grade of C- or higher was attained; and if
the credit is for courses appropriate to the
degree sought at this institution. Courses
taken pass/fail are transferred when a
grade of C- or higher is required to pass.
The University may accept a maximum
of 72 semester credits (108 quarter hours)
of work from a two-year institution toward
the baccalaureate degree requirements
and may accept up to 112 semester credits
(153 quarter hours) from a four-year col-
lege or university. No credit is allowed for
vocational/technical, remedial, or
religious/doctrinal work. A maximum of
60 semester credits of extension and cor-
respondence work (not to include more
than 30 semester credits of cor-
respondence) may be allowed if the above
conditions are met.
The College of Business and Administra-
tion generally limits its transfer credit for
business courses taken at the lower divi-
sion level. All courses in the area of
emphasis must be taken at the University
of Colorado. A maximum of 60 semester
hours (90 quarter hours) of work from a
two-year institution may be applied
toward baccalaureate degree require-
ments. All correspondence courses are
evaluated to determine their acceptability,
and business courses may not be taken
through correspondence.
The College of Engineering and Applied
Science, in general, requires that engineer-
ing course transfer credit must come from
an ABET accredited engineering program
to be acceptable for degree purposes.
Engineering technology courses are not
considered equivalent to engineering
courses.
READMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR
FORMER AND RETURNING CU
STUDENTS
CU-Denver students who have not
registered and attended classes at CU-
Denver for one year or longer, and who
have not attended another institution
since CU, are returning students and must
formally apply for readmission. Applica-
tion forms are available at the Office of
Admissions.
Former students who have attended
another college or university since last
attending the University of Colorado must
apply as transfer students and meet the
transfer student deadlines for receipt of
documents. This requires payment of the
$30 (subject to change) non-refundable
application fee and submission of official
transcripts from all colleges and univer-
sities previously attended. Transcripts must
be sent directly from the issuing institu-
tion to CU-Denver, Admissions Processing,
1200 Larimer St., Denver, CO 80204.
Students who last attended less than
one year ago but attended another col-
lege or university during the interim are
required to pay a $30 (subject to change)
transfer application fee. Transcripts must
be requested by the student and sent by
the registrar of the other institution(s) to
CU-Denver, Admissions Processing, 1200
Larimer St., Denver, CO 80204.
Students who last attended another CU
campus (including the Division of
Extended Studies) must formally apply
for readmission. Application forms are
available from the Office of Admissions
Processing.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
The University of Colorado at Denver
encourages international students to apply
for admission to undergraduate and
graduate programs.
Undergraduate: Admission requirements
for CU-Denver's schools and colleges vary,
and international students seeking admis-
sion must meet the requirements of the
program to which they are applying. In
addition, all international students whose
first language is not English are required
to have a minimum TOEFL (Test of English
as a Foreign Language) score of 525. Pro-
spective students should request an Inter-
national Student Application packet from
the Office of Admissions. Information
about requirements for each college and
school can be found in this catalog.
Deadlines for receipt of documents have
been established to allow for the timely
mailings of 1-20s. Contact the Office of
Admissions for these dates.
Graduate: International students who
wish to pursue graduate study at CU-
Denver must have earned an
undergraduate bachelors degree, or its
equivalent, and must fulfill all other
requirements of the graduate program to
which they are applying. Applications are
available from The Graduate School six
months prior to the term for which the
student is applying.
Note: Except for summer terms, interna-
tional students must be in a degree-
seeking status. They may attend summer
terms as non-degree students. This excep-
tion is strictly limited to summer terms.
CU-DENVER INTRAUNIVERSITY
TRANSFER OR CHANGE OF CAMPUS
(INCLUDING EXTENDED STUDIES)
CU-Denver students may change col-
leges or schools within CU-Denver pro-
vided they are accepted by the college or
school to which they wish to transfer. CU-
Denver Intra-university Transfer Forms
may be obtained from the Office of
Admissions. Students should observe appli-
cation deadlines indicated in the current
Schedule of Classes. Decisions on
intrauniversity transfers are made by the
college or school to which the student
wishes to transfer.
CU-Denver students may change
University of Colorado campuses by
applying directly to the Admissions Pro-
cessing Office of the campus to which
they wish to transfer. Change of Campus
applications and deadline information also
must be obtained from the campus to
which the student is applying.
Extended Studies students wishing to
enroll in regular CU-Denver courses or
degree programs should contact the
Office of Admissions Processing.
HIGH SCHOOL CONCURRENT
ENROLLMENT
High school juniors and seniors with
proven academic abilities may be admit-
ted to CU-Denver with special approval for
one term only. This approval may be
renewed. Credit for courses taken may
subsequently be applied toward a Univer-
sity degree program. For more informa-
tion and application instructions, contact
the CU-Denver Office of Admissions Pro-
cessing (303-556-2704).


14 / General Information
Admission of Graduate Degree
Students
All correspondence and questions
regarding admission to the graduate pro-
gram at CU-Denver should be directed to
the following:
Programs in Business
Graduate Business Programs
Graduate School of Business
Administration
595-4007
Programs in Architecture and Planning
School of Architecture and Planning
556-3382
Programs in Public Affairs
Graduate School of Public Affairs
556-2825
All Other Programs
The Graduate School
556-2663
GRADUATE PROGRAMS
As a principal part of its mission, CU-
Denver offers graduate and professional-
level programs and during the 1989-90
academic year, approximately 44 percent
of the student body was enrolled at the
graduate level.
Graduate degree programs are offered
through The Graduate School by its
member schools and colleges (School of
Education, College of Engineering and
Applied Science, and College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences), and outside The
Graduate School by the Graduate School
of Business Administration, the School of
Architecture and Planning, and the
Graduate School of Public Affairs. The
particular admission and graduation
requirements established by each of these
academic units are detailed in the follow-
ing sections of this catalog.
GRADUATE ADMISSION
REQUIREMENTS AND APPLICATION
DEADLINES
Admission requirements and application
deadlines vary according to the individual
graduate program. The Graduate School
has general admission requirements which
are supplemented by specific requirements
of the major departments of graduate
study (e.g., electrical engineering, educa-
tion, English, etc.). Applicants should con-
sult the general information section of
The Graduate School portion of this
catalog as well as the college or school
sections for requirements and deadlines
for specific programs.
Admission of Non-Degree
Students
Persons who have reached the age of
twenty are eligible to enter a degree pro-
gram and who want to take University
courses but do not plan to work toward a
University of Colorado degree at this time
may be admitted as non-degree students.
Correspondence and questions regarding
admission as a non-degree student should
be directed to the Office of Admissions
Processing. Those seeking admission as
non-degree students for the purpose of
teacher certification should contact the
School of Education, 556-2717. Each
school/college limits the number of
semester hours transferable toward a
degree program. Students considering
changing from non-degree to degree
status should contact the school/college
to which they will be applying (as a
degree student) for information about the
number of hours which may be taken as a
non-degree student.
Courses taken as a non-degree student
are for credit and can be used for transfer
to other institutions or for professional
improvement.
Note: International students are not
admitted as non-degree students, except
for summer terms. They must hold a valid
Visa.
Students with the baccalaureate degree
who are not accepted to specific degree
programs may enroll for course work as
non-degree students. There are several
types of these students. Among them are
teachers who seek renewal of certification;
students who have attained the degree or
credential status they want, but who wish
to take additional course work for profes-
sional or personal improvement; and
students who feel a need to make up defi-
ciencies before entering a specific
program.
Non-degree students should be aware
that generally only a limited number of
course credits taken by a non-degree stu-
dent may be applied later toward a
degree program at CU-Denver.
To permit continuing registration as a
non-degree student, a minimum grade-
point average of 2.0 must be maintained.
Note: International students are not
admitted as non-degree students, except
for summer terms.
Non-degree students must maintain a
grade-point average of 2.0 at CU-Denver.
HOW TO APPLY FOR NON-DEGREE
STUDENT ADMISSION
To apply for admission as a non-degree
student, obtain a Non-degree Student
Application form from the Office of
Admissions Processing. Return completed
application by the deadline for the term
desired. A $10 (subject to change)
nonrefundable application fee is required.
No additional credentials are required.
Applicants who seek teacher certification
must apply separately to the School of
Education and submit the required
credentials. Non-degree students are
advised that registration for courses is on
a space available basis.
CHANGING STATUS FROM NON-
DEGREE TO DEGREE STUDENT
Non-degree students may apply for
admission to an undergraduate degree
program by following the instructions
outlined in the Non-degree to Degree pro-
cedures available from the Office of
Admissions. Academic credentials (i.e.,
transcripts and/or test scores) and a $30
(subject to change) nonrefundable applica-
tion fee also must be submitted. Non-
degree students who are accepted as
undergraduate degree students may
generally transfer a limited number of
semester hours for courses taken as a
non-degree student to an undergraduate
degree program, with the approval of
their academic dean. Non-degree students
should consult with the college to which
they are applying during the first semester
of their enrollment for the maximum
number of semester credit hours accep-
table toward a degree program as a non-
degree student. (Students enrolled as non-
degree students prior to the Fall Semester
of 1970 are subject to the policies in effect
between January of 1969 and August of
1970.)
Non-degree students may apply for
admission to a graduate program by com-
pleting the application required by the
particular program. The graduate dean,
upon recommendation by the department,
may accept up to 8 semester hours of
credit toward the requirements for a
master's degree for courses taken as a
non-degree student at the University or at
another recognized graduate school, or
some combination thereof. The depart-
ment may recommend acceptance of
additional credit for courses taken as a
non-degree student during the semester
the student has applied for admission to
the desired degree program.


Admissions /15
Official Notification of
Admission
Official notification of admission to CU-
Denver as an undergraduate, graduate, or
non-degree student is provided by the
Office of Admissions Processing. Letters
from various schools and colleges
indicating acceptance into a particular
program are pending subject to official
notification of admission to the institution.
Applicants who do not receive official
notification of admission within a reason-
able period of time (approximately 3
weeks) after submitting all application
materials should contact the Office of
Admissions Processing (303) 556-2704.
Tentative Admission. Students who are
admitted pending receipt of additional
documents will be permitted one term to
submit the documents. If temporarily
waived official documents are not
received by the end of the initial term of
attendance, registration for subsequent
terms will be denied.


UNDERGRADUATE AND NON-DEGREE STUDENT ADMISSION INFORMATION 1,2,3
Type of Applicant Criteria for Admission1 Required Credentials When to Apply Notes
FRESHMAN (Student seeking bachelor's degree who has never attended a collegiate institution IN GENERAL: a) Ranks in top 40 of high school graduating class. b) Has 15 units of acceptable high school work. c) Test scores: ACT comp: 23 or SAT comb: 1000 Complete application $30 applicable fee Official high school transcript showing rank-in-class, date of graduation, 6th semester grades, courses in progress. Official ACT or SAT score report Not later than: July 22 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 3 for summer Seniors who meet or exceed all admission criteria may apply as early as Oct. for following fall. For specific requirements refer to the college sections of this bulletin. For example: Music requires an audition.
Note: Business and Engineering applicants are expected to have higher test scores, class rank, and number of academic units.
TRANSFER (Student seeking a bachelor's degree who has attended a collegiate institution other than CU) IN GENERAL: Must be in good standing and eligible to return to all institu- tions previously attended. Applicants must have minimum 2.0 GPA on all work attempted if they have completed 30 or more semester hours. Busi- ness and Engineering applicants will be required to have a higher GPA.3 Complete application $30 application fee Two official transcripts sent from each college attended Not later than: July 22 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 3 for summer Liberal Arts and Music transfers with fewer than 13 sem. hrs. of college work, Business transfers with fewer than 24 sem. hrs., and Engineering transfers with fewer than 24 sem. hrs. must also submit all freshman credentials.
NON-DEGREE (Student is not seeking a degree at this institution) Must be high school graduate or have a G.E.D. Must be at least 20 years old Complete application $10 application fee Not later than: July 22 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 3 for summer Applications will also be ac- cepted after these deadlines if space allows. Non-degree students who have earned a baccalaureate degree should see Graduate School section for additional informa- tion.
RETURNING CU STUDENT (Returning non-degree and or degree student who has not attended another institution since CU) Must be in good standing Completed degree Not later than: July 22 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 3 for summer Applications also will be accepted after these deadlines if space allows Will be admitted to their previ- ous major unless a new major is requested. Students under academic suspension in certain schools or colleges at the Uni- versity of Colorado may enroll during the summer terms to improve their grade-point averages.
FORMER CU STUDENT (Degree student who has attended another institution since attending CU) Same as for transfer Complete application $30 application fee Two official transcripts from each intervening college Not later than: July 22 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 3 for summer Will be admitted to previous major unless a different major is requested on application.
CHANGE OF STATUS: NON-DEGREE TO DEGREE (CU non-degree student who wishes to enter a degree program) Same as for transfer Complete application $30 application fee CU transcript Not later than: July 22 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 3 for summer Must meet the same criteria as transfer student.
CHANGE OF STATUS: DEGREE TO NON-DEGREE (Former CU degree student who has graduated and wishes to take additional work) Must have completed degree Non-degree student application $10 application fee Not later than: July 22 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 3 for summer Only students who have com- pleted and received degrees are eligible to change to non-degree status.
INTERCAMPUS TRANSFER (Student who has been enrolled on one CU campus and wishes to take courses on another) Must be in good standing Completed degree Transfer to Denver, not later than: July 22 for fall Dec. 1 for spring May 3 for summer Transfer from Denver: refer to the bulletin for other campus. Transfers from Denver to an- other campus of CU should refer to the bulletin of the campus to which they are applying for additional require- ments. Will be admitted to previous major unless a differ- ent major is requested on application.
INTRAUNIVERSITY TRANSFER (Students who wish to change from one CU college to another, e.g., from the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences to the College of Business) Same as for transfer. Must be a continuing student enrolled on the campus to which you are applying. Intrauniversity transfer application CU transcript 60 days prior to the beginning of the term
'Requirements for individual schools or colleges may vary. 2Foreign students should see International Students in the Admissions section of this catalog. Applicants who have earned 12-29 semester hours must meet freshman standards or have a minimum transfer GPA of 2.5. (Applicants transferring from Colorado School of Mines, CSU, UNC, UCB, or UCCS must have a minimum transfer GPA of 2.0.)


Tuition and Fees /17
TUITION AND FEES
General Information
All tuition and fee charges are
established by the Board of Regents, the
governing body of the University of Colo-
rado, in accordance with legislation
enacted annually (usually in the spring) by
the Colorado General Assembly. The
Regents reserve the right to change tui-
tion and fee rates at any time. A tuition
schedule is published prior to registration
for each term, and students should con-
tact the Records Office for further infor-
mation on the tuition and fee charges for
a particular term. The following rates are
for the 1989-90 academic year and are
provided to assist prospective students in
anticipating cost.
Other Fees1
1. Student Activity Fee (required for all
students):
For each term...............$27.00
This fee supports the activities of the
student government and helps provide
legal services, recreational activties, stu-
dent health services, the student
newspaper, the Center for Student Devel-
opment Services, and various student
organizations. The fee is approved by stu-
dent referendum and is required of all
students at the University of Colorado at
Denver. (The fee includes a Student
Health fee.)
2. Auraria Bond Retirement Fee
(required for all students:
Each term .................$ 19.00
3. Student Information System
Fee (a non-refundable fee required of all
students each term)..............$ 5.00
4. Matriculation Fee (mandatory for
the first term for all new students):
.................................$ 15.00
This is a non-refundable fee charged at
the students first registration to cover
costs of generating transcripts.
5. Health Insurance Fee (mandatory, but
may be waived):
Fall semester.............$ 228.00
Spring semester (includes summer)
...............................$228.00
Summer term only................$115.00
Students who wish to waive student
health insurance coverage must complete
and submit a waiver card to the Bursar's
Office before the end of the drop/add
period.
'Subject to change.
The insurance program primarily sub-
sidizes major medical expenses according
to the schedule of benefits stated in the
insurance brochure, which may be
obtained from the Insurance Coordinator.
Dependent coverage (spouse and/or
children) also is available at an additional
charge. Further information on health
insurance is available from the Insurance
Coordinator, NC 1501, 556-8495.
6. Doctoral dissertation fee (mandatory
for all students certified by The Graduate
School for enrollment for doctoral disser-
tation). Students should contact The
Graduate School for guidelines established
for charges for enrollment.
7. Comprehensive examination fee: Any
student in The Graduate School, the
Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion, or Graduate School of Public Affairs
must be enrolled during the term in
which the Comprehensive Examination
for a masters degree is completed.
Students who are not taking regular
courses during that term must enroll as
Candidate for Degree. Students enrolled
only as Candidate for Degree pay the
corresponding resident tuition for one
credit hour. The charge varies by the
school in which the student is
matriculated.
8. Laboratory breakage fee (mandatory
for students enrolled in a chemistry
laboratory course):
Breakage deposit...........$ 20.00
An $8 deduction is assessed for expend-
able items. The unused portion is returned
at the end of the semester.
9. Music laboratory fee (mandatory for
music majors and others enrolled in cer-
tain music courses):
Music fee..................$ 24.00
Music majors and others enrolled in
piano, sound recording and reinforcement,
and electronic music must pay this fee. No
student is charged more than one $24 fee
during a given term.
9. South African Scholarship Fund. The
Regents have authorized the University of
Colorado to accept voluntary student con-
tributions of $1.00 per student per
semester to be dedicated to scholarship
and bursaries for the higher education of
needy South African students at South
African universities or at the University of
Colorado. Students who wish to contribute
to this fund should submit a contribution
card to the Bursars Office before the end
of the drop/add period each semester.
Payment of Tuition and Fees
All tuition and fees (except the applica-
tion fee) are assessed and payable when
the student registers for the term, accord-
ing to guidelines in the current Schedule
of Classes. Students who register for 7 or
more credit hours may arrange at the
time of registration to defer payment of
part of the charges. Specific information
on deferred payment is included in the
Schedule of Classes published before each
semester or summer term. Students who
fail to complete payment by the published
deadlines, or who fail to file the required
promissory note, will be assessed a $50
penalty.
Students who register for courses are
liable for payment of tuition and fees
even though they may drop out of school.
Refund policies for students who withdraw
from the University are included in the
Schedule of Classes. A student with finan-
cial obligations to the University will not
be permitted to register for any subse-
quent term, to be graduated, to be issued
transcripts, or to be listed among those
receiving a degree or special certificate.
The only exception to this regulation
involves loans and other types of
indebtedness which are due after
graduation.
Personal checks are accepted for any
University obligation. Any student who
pays with a check that is not acceptable
to the bank will be charged an additional
service charge. Students may pay tuition
and fees by credit card.
Tuition Appeals
Exceptions to financial obligations in-
curred may be granted by the Tuition
Appeals Committee. The Committee will
only consider appeals when a student has
been medically disabled, has experienced
a death in the family, or has a change in
employment hours or location beyond the
student's control. Documentation of these
conditions will be required. Exceptions
will not be considered for a students
failure to comply with published
deadlines, or changes in employment
under the students control.
Please note: tuition appeals must be
filed within four months of the end of the
term for which the appeal is filed.


18 / General Information
FALL AND SPRING 1989-90 TUITION GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS:
with programs in the School of
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE Architecture and Planning and NON-
STUDENTS IN THE COLLEGE OF DEGREE graduate students and non-
LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES and Denver campus programs
non-degree students without an
undergraduate degree Credit Hrs. Resident Non-resident
0-1 $115 $383
Credit Hrs. Resident Non-resident 2 230 766
0-1 $ 81 $ 364 3 345 1,149
2 162 728 4 460 1,532
3 243 1,092 5 575 1,915
4 324 1,456 6 690 2,298
5 405 1,820 7 805 3,195
6 486 2,184 8 920 3,195
7 567 3,035 9-15 956 3,195
8 648 3,035 each credit
9-15 678 3,035 hour over 15 115 383
each credit
hour over 15 81 364 GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS: in
the Graduate School of Business
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE Administration
STUDENTS IN THE COLLEGE OF
BUSINESS AND THE COLLEGE OF Credit Hrs. Resident Non-resident
ENGINEERING 0-1 $139 $401
2 278 802
Credit Hrs. Resident Non-resident 3 417 1,203
0-1 $ 95 $ 379 4 556 1,604
2 190 758 5 695 2,005
3 285 1,137 6 834 2,406
4 380 1,516 7 973 3,342
5 475 1,895 8 1,112 3,342
6 570 2,274 9-15 1,157 3,342
7 665 3,159 each credit
8 760 3,159 hour over 15 139 401
9-15 788 3,159
each credit GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS:
hour over 15 95 379 with programs in the College of Engi-
neering, and the Graduate School of
GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS: Public Affairs
with programs in the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences Credit hrs. Resident Non-resident
0-1 $134 $401
Credit Hrs. Resident Non-resident 2 268 802
0-1 $114 $383 3 402 1,203
2 228 766 4 536 1,604
3 342 1,149 5 670 2,005
4 456 1,532 6 804 2,406
5 570 1,915 7 938 3,342
6 684 2,298 8 1,072 3,342
7 798 3,195 9-15 1,119 3,342
8 912 3,195 each credit
9-15 950 3,195 hour over 15 134 401
each credit
hour over 15 114 383
GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS: in
the School of Education
Credit hours Resident Non-resident
0-1 $120 $401
2 240 802
3 360 1,203
4 480 1,604
5 600 2,005
6 720 2,406
7 840 3,342
8 960 3,342
9-15 1,069 3,342
each credit hour over 15 120 401
Graduate degree students who are
registered as candidate for degree
will be assessed the corresponding
resident tuition for one credit hour
plus the Student Information System
Fee.
THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO
RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE
TUITION AND FEES AT ANY TIME.
Audit
To qualify as an auditor for fall or
spring semester, a student must be 21
years of age or older or approved by the
Registrar. Auditors may not be registered
for any other University of Colorado
courses during the time they are auditing
and are not eligible to audit courses if
they are under suspension from the
University or have outstanding financial
obligations to the University. The Records
Office does not keep any record of
courses audited; therefore, credit for these
courses cannot be established. Auditors
may attend as many courses as they wish
(except those courses with laboratories or
where special equipment is used), pro-
vided they have received permission from
each instructor. Auditors cards are issued
after classes begin. This card should be
presented to the instructor when
requesting permission to attend a class.
There is no auditor status in summer.
Auditors, whether resident or nonresident,
pay resident tuition for the audited
courses during the fall or spring semester
for class instruction and library privileges
only. Auditors do not receive student
parking privileges, and are not eligible for
other student services.


Financial Aid /19
Residency Classification for
Tuition Purposes
Tuition classification is governed by
CRS 23-7-101, et. seq. (1973) as amended.1
Institutions of higher education are bound
to the provisions of this statute and are
not free to make exceptions to the rules
set forth.
The statute provides that an in-state stu-
dent is one who has been a legal
domiciliary of Colorado for one year or
more immediately preceding the begin-
ning of the term for which the in-state
classification is being sought. Persons over
22 years of age or who are emancipated
establish their own legal domicile. Those
who are under 22 years of age and
unemancipated assume the domicile of
their parent or court appointed legal
guardian. An unemancipated minor's
parent must, therefore, have a legal
domicile in Colorado for one year or
more before the minor may be classified
as an in-state student for tuition purposes.
Domicile is established when one has a
permanent place of habitation in Colorado
and the intention of making Colorado
ones true, fixed, and permanent home
and place of habitation. The tuition stat-
ute places the burden of establishing a
Colorado domicile on the person seeking
to establish the domicile. The question of
intent is one of documentable fact and
needs to be shown by substantial connec-
tions with the state sufficient to evidence
such intent. Legal domicile in Colorado
begins the day after connections with
Colorado are made sufficient to evidence
ones intent. The most common ties with
the state are (1) change of drivers license
to Colorado; (2) change of automobile
registration to Colorado; (3) Colorado
voter registration; (4) permanent employ-
ment in Colorado; (5) and most important,
payment of state income taxes as a resi-
dent by one whose income is sufficient to
be taxed. Caution: payment or filing of
back taxes in no way serves to establish
legal domicile retroactive to the time
filed.
In order to qualify for in-state tuition for
a given term, the 12-month waiting
period (which begins when the legal
domicile is established) must be over by
the first day of classes for the term in
question. If one's 12-month waiting period
expires during the semester, in-state tui-
tion cannot be granted until the next
semester.
'A copy of the Colorado Revised Statutes (1973),
as amended, is available in the University of Colo-
rado at Denver Admissions Office.
Once the students tuition classification
is established, it remains unchanged
unless satisfactory information to the con-
trary is presented. A student who, due to
subsequent events, becomes eligible for a
change in classification from resident to
nonresident or vice versa must inform the
Office of Admissions Processing within 15
days after such a change occurs. An adult
student or emancipated minor who
moves outside of Colorado must send
written notification to the Office of Admis-
sions Processing within 15 days of the
change.
Once a student is classified as non-
resident for tuition purposes, the student
must petition the Office of Admissions
Processing for a change in classification.
Petitions must be submitted NO LATER
THAN THE FIRST DAY OF CLASSES of
the term for which the student wishes to
be classified as a non-resident. It is prefer-
red for petitions to be received 30 days
prior to the term. Late petitions will not
be considered until the next semester.
Specific information may be obtained
from the Office of Admissions Processing.
Resident Tuition for Active
Duty Military Personnel
The Colorado Legislature approved resi-
dent tuition beginning with the Fall 1986
Semester for active duty military person-
nel on permanent duty assignment in
Colorado and for their dependents. ELIGI-
BLE STUDENTS MUST BE CERTIFIED
EACH TERM. Students obtain a com-
pleted verification form from the base
education officer, and submit the form
with their military ID to the Records
Office after they have registered, before
the end of the drop/add period. At that
time the students bill will be adjusted to
reflect the resident tuition rate. Students
who have been certified remain classified
as non-residents for tuition purposes and
must petition to change their status once
they establish permanent ties to Colorado.
FINANCIAL AID
Director: Ellie Miller
Office: NC 1030
Telephone: 556-2886
The Office of Financial Aid/Student
Employment considers qualified students
for financial aid awards. If the students
application materials are received before
the March 30, 1990, priority date, then
the student is considered for a package of
need-based grant, work-study (part-time
employment), and/or long-term loan
funds. For the past several years, these
packages have consisted of approximately
50% grant funds and 50% of self-help
funds (work-study, loan, unmet need).
(Graduate students have only been receiv-
ing approximately 10% in grant funds.) If
applications are received after the March
30 priority date, the student is usually
considered only for Pell Grant and for
outside student loans (Stafford Loan
formerly Guaranteed Student Loan or
GSL, Parents Loan for Undergraduate
Students, and Supplemental Loan for
Students). These funds are not allocated
to CU-Denver; they are available
throughout the year to students who
qualify. There are three separate
deadlines for applying for Advantage
Schloarship; refer to the separate bro-
chure for further information.
Applicants for Colorado Fellowship,
Deans Scholars, and Regents Scholars are
subject to different deadlines and are
reviewed by other CU-Denver depart-
ments (The Graduate School,
undergraduate dean's offices, and the
Office of Admissions respectively). All
other students are notified of their award
status in writing by the Office of Financial
Aid/Student Employment.
Eligibility
Each student must qualify for CU-
Denver financial aid as follows:
1. Be a U.S. citizen or be admitted to
the U.S. by the INS on a permanent basis
(except for Colorado Fellowship).
2. Be classified as a degree-seeking stu-
dent (except for students applying for
Advantage Scholarships). Teacher cer-
tification students are eligible to apply as
undergraduate students for outside stu-
dent loans (Stafford Loan, Parents Loan
for Undergraduate Students, or Sup-
plemental Loan for
3. Be enrolled for a specified minimum
number of credits.
4. Maintain satisfactory academic pro-
gress as defined for the financial aid
programs.
5. Document financial need by com-
pleting the entire need-based application
(except for the following programs which
are not need-based: Colorado Fellowship,
Advantage Scholarship, Colorado
Scholars, Deans Scholars, Regents
Scholars, Parents Loan for Undergraduate
Students, Supplemental Loan for Students,
Short Term Loan, and many outside
scholarships).


20 / General Information
6. Be classified as a resident for tuition
purposes (except for the following pro-
grams: Pell Grant, Supplemental Educa-
tional Opportunity Grant, Advantage
Scholarship, Perkins Loan, College Work-
Study, Stafford Loan, Parents Loan for
Undergraduate Students, and Supplemen-
tal Loan for Students).
7. Not be in default on any student loan
or owe a refund on any educational
grant.
8. Be registered for the draft or enlisted
in the armed forces if required by Selec-
tive Service.
Application
Each applicant must complete the finan-
cial aid application materials for submis-
sion to the Office of Financial Aid.
Complete information must be available
to the financial aid counselors before
eligibility can be determined.
Limited Funds. The majority of general
financial aid funds are awarded on a first-
come, first-served basis to eligible students
who document financial need and com-
plete their application process as soon as
possible after January 1, 1990. Application
completion is defined as having all of the
required documents and the results of the
need analysis (ACT Family Financial
Statement or CSS Financial Aid form) into
the Office of Financial Aid/Student
Employment. General financial aid is
awarded to eligible students until all of
the funds are committed for the year. If
you complete your file after March 30,
1990, your awards will probably be
limited to the Pell Grant (for first
undergraduate students only) and/or out-
side student loans (Stafford Loan, Sup-
plemental Loans for Students, Parents
Loan for Undergraduate Students). Please
remember to reapply for financial aid
each year.
It is the students responsibility to be
sure application materials are complete.
Please contact the Office of Financial Aid
for application forms and students are
referred to the Financial Aid Fact Sheets
for complete details regarding financial
aid. All financial aid application pro-
cedures are subject to change at any time
due to revisions in federal and state laws,
regulations, and guidelines.
On-Line Application Information
Please try the new on-line Financial Aid
Information System. This system will help
you complete the ACT Family Financial
Statement, provide you with important
financial aid information and current
news, and produce a printed copy of your
institutional financial aid application for
you to turn into the Office of Financial
Aid. To use the system, go to a CU-
Denver computer lab (North Classroom
Bldg., Rooms 1206 or 2206), sign on to
the CU-Denver vax computer and enter
money (in small letters) when prompted
for a login. The system will take you to a
self-explanatory menu. If you have any
questions about how to use the system,
ask one of the computer advisors.
Qualification
Financial Need. Most financial aid is
based on the concept of financial need.
Your financial aid counselor calculates
financial need as: 1) cost of attendance,
minus family contributon which is 2) stu-
dent/spouse contribution, and 3) parents
contributon (for dependent students only).
The cost of attendance is the cost to
attend CU-Denver, including tuition and
fees, room and board, books and supplies,
transportation, and personal expenses.
The Office of Financial Aid/Student
Employment determines standard budgets
for students based upon average tuition
and fees charged and other budget items
established by the Colorado Commission
on Higher Education.
Independent Student. The federal
government has specific guidelines that
must be followed to define a self-support-
ing student (one who reports only his/her
own income and assets when applying for
aid). For 1990-91, a self-supporting student
is one who is 24 years old or older as of
December 31, 1991. If you are under 24,
you are considered self-supporting if you
fall into one of the following categories:
1. Single undergraduate student with no
dependents who was not claimed as a
dependent on your parents 1988 and
1989 federal income tax returns. Also,
you must demonstrate that you are self-
sufficient by having total income
(including financial aid) or at least $4,000
annually for the two calendar years prior
to your first receipt of federal financial
aid.
2. Graduate or professional student who
will not be claimed as a dependent on
your parents' 1990 federal income tax
return.
3. Married and will not be claimed as a
dependent on your parents 1990 federal
income tax return.
4. Student with legal dependents other
than a spouse.
5. Veteran of the U.S. armed forces.
6. Orphan or ward of the court.
7. Appeal to the Financial Aid Commit-
tee for an exception to these guidelines
and be approved by the Committee
because of your unusual circumstances.
If your student/spouse contribution plus
your parents contribution is equal to or
greater than the cost of attendance, you
will not qualify for need-based financial
aid. For 1989-90, the following budgets
were used for room and board, transpor-
tation, and personal expenses per month:
single students living with parents
$315/month; single students not living
with parents $700/month. Resident tui-
tion and fees for a full-time student was
approximately $725 per semester, and
non-resident tuition was approximately
$3000. These amounts will probably
increase by about 5% for the 1990-91
school year.
The contributions from the stu-
dent/spouse and from the parents of
dependent students are calculated by a
standardized formula that is required by
federal law. The formula considers
income, savings and other assets, family
size, number of children in postsecondary
school, medical expenses, and other fac-
tors. You may appeal for special con-
sideration of your situation and in some
cases the standardized contribution may
be adjusted by recommendation of the
Financial Aid Committee. FINANCIAL AID
IS INTENDED TO SUPPLEMENT (NOT
REPLACE) FINANCIAL CONTRIBUTIONS
FROM YOU AND YOUR PARENTS.
Course Loads. General financial aid
(work-study, grants, Perkins Loans)
undergraduate recipients usually must
carry at least 12 credit hours per
semester and graduate students usually
must carry at least five graduate credits
per semester during the academic year
(fall/spring). Higher or lower minimums
may be required for individual awards
(please check your award letter for the
exact number of hours required). Pell
grant (available only to first
undergraduates) and outside student loan
recipients must carry at least six credits
per semester for undergraduates and
three graduate credits for graduates. Sum-
mer Term 1990 minimum course loads
are as follows: Full-time: undergraduate
8 hours, graduate 3 graduate hours;
Half-time: undergraduate 4 hours,
graduate 2 graduate hours. Higher or
lower standards may be required for
individual awards. For further information
contact the Office of Financial Aid/Stu-
dent Employment.
Satisfactory Academic Progress. CU-
Denver students must make satisfactory
academic progress as defined by the
Office of Financial Aid/Student Employ-
ment in order to be eligible and remain
eligible for financial aid. Students are
referred to the Satisfactory Academic


Registration / 21
Progress Policy for Financial Aid, avail-
able in the Office of Financial Aid.
Non-Degree Students. Non-degree
students are not pursuing a degree in a
technical sense and, therefore, are only
eligible to apply for one type of financial
aid at this time Advantage Scholarship.
Continuing Education/Community Col-
lege of Denver Courses. Some courses
cannot be included when minimum
course loads and satisfactory academic
progress are determined. Classes offered
through the CU-Denver Division of
Extended Studies or through the Com-
munity College of Denver cannot be
included.
Residency Status. You are required to
be a resident of Colorado for a full calen-
dar year before the Office of Admissions
can consider classifying you as a resident
for tuition purposes. Non-resident students
are encouraged to obtain additional infor-
mation from the Office of Admissions
about appealing for resident status. As a
resident student, you are potentially eligi-
ble for more financial aid programs since
you can be considered for the State of
Colorado aid funds.
Refunds and Repayments. Any refund
of tuition and fees resulting from
withdrawal or reclassification of tuition
status must be applied against the reci-
pients financial aid awards before any
payment is made to the student. Students
may be expected to repay a portion of
their award if they withdraw from
CU-Denver.
Appeals. Students may appeal all deci-
sions of the Office of Financial Aid/Stu-
dent Employment by completing a
Request for Review form and submitting
it to the office.
Reapply Each Year. Financial aid
awards are not automatically renewed
each year. Students must reapply and
meet priority dates each year.
Award
Students are notified in writing of their
financial aid eligibility approximately 6-12
weeks after all application documents
have been received in the Office of Finan-
cial Aid. If awarded, an award letter is
mailed which includes information such as
the type(s) and amount(s) of aid awarded
and the minimum number of credit hours
that are required for the award(s).
Types of Aid
The federal government funds the
following programs:
1. Supplemental Education Opportunity
Grant (SEOG). A need-based grant pro-
gram for students who have not yet
obtained a bachelors degree.
2. Perkins Loan (formerly National
Direct Student Loan). The interest rate on
this long-term loan is 5% and no
payments are due until six or nine
months (this time differs depending on
when you first receive a Perkins Loan)
after the student ceases to be enrolled at
least half time.
3. College Work-Study. A program that
allows students to work on a part-time
basis on campus or off campus at non-
profit agencies to help meet their educa-
tional costs.
The State of Colorado funds the follow-
ing programs.
1. Colorado Student Grant. A need-
based grant for resident undergraduate
students.
2. Colorado Student Incentive Grant. A
need-based grant for resident
undergraduates who have not yet
obtained a bachelors degree. This grant is
funded 50% by the federal government
and 50% by the State of Colorado.
3. Colorado Graduate Grant. A need-
based grant for resident graduate students.
4. Colorado Work-Study. A program
similar to the College Work-Study pro-
gram, but limited to resident
undergraduate students.
Pell Grant. Your eligibility for the Pell
Grant (federally funded) is determined
before any other aid is awarded. Awards
are defined by a strict formula provided
by the federal government and amounts
vary depending on the students eligibility
index, enrollment status, residency
classification, and living status. Students
are eligible for a Pell Grant if they have
not received their first bachelors degree
by June 1, 1990.
Outside Student Loans. Your eligibiity
for all other types of aid should be deter-
mined prior to applying for outside stu-
dent loans. The STAFFORD LOAN
(formerly Guaranteed Student Loan) pro-
gram requires that you show financial
need in order to qualify. Most students
who are working full time do not docu-
ment sufficient financial need to qualify
for the Stafford Loan. The primary pur-
pose of this program is to make low-
interest, long-term loans available to
students to help them meet their
postsecondary educational expenses.
The SUPPLEMENTAL LOAN FOR
STUDENTS is a long-term loan program
for students who do not document finan-
cial need for the Stafford Loan or who
need additional funds. Undergraduate
dependent students may not borrow the
SLS because their parents are eligible to
borrow under the same terms. The program
for parents is called the PARENTS LOAN
FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS.
Other Sources of Financial Aid. There
are several other sources of financial aid
for students. Employment opportunities
are listed in the Office of Financial
Aid/Student Employment, the Auraria
Student Assistance Center, and the Center
for Internships and Cooperative Educa-
tion. Full-time undergraduate resident
students who apply for College Work-
Study and who do not document suffi-
cient financial need may be considered
for Colorado No-Need Work-Study.
Scholarship information can be found in
the Auraria Library Scholarship InfoBank
in the reference section of the Library.
Handicapped students should inquire
about the Ahlin Scholarship in Student
Enrollment Services (556-8427). All
applicants for need-based financial aid are
automatically considered for the Arnold
Scholarship. Minority applicants and
students whose parents did not graduate
with a bachelor's degree are encouraged
to apply for the Advantage Scholarship.
Students who participate in CMEA, the
Pre-Collegiate Development Program, the
Minority Scholars Program, or who apply
for Advantage Scholarships are
automatically considered for Challenge
Scholarships. Graduate students should
inquire about additional types of aid
through The Graduate School and their
academic department. Students should be
aware that Emergency Student Loans are
available as well as Financial Aid
Advances. American Indian students
should inquire in the office for Bureau of
Indian Affairs or tribal scholarships.
REGISTRATION
Selecting a Program and Courses
Students should review the following
sections of this catalog that describe the
academic programs available at CU-
Denver, and that provide information by
school or college on the various majors
available, course requirements by major,
course load policies, and other pertinent
information.
Courses available during a particular
semester or summer term are listed in the
Schedule of Classes, published three
months before the beginning of each
term. These are available from the
Records Office.
Undergraduate students who need
assistance in planning a program or in
selecting courses should contact the
academic unit in which they are enrolled
to arrange for an advising appointment
prior to registration.
Graduate students should contact their


22 / General Information
graduate program for assistance.
Course Scheduling and
Abbreviations
For information on scheduling courses,
students are encouraged to contact an
advisor through their college or school
deans office. In general, the abbreviation
preceding the course number identifies
the department offering the course. The
first digit in the course number indicates
the recommended class level of the
course:
Level of Courses Student Classification
1000 Lower division
2000 Lower division
3000 Upper division
4000 Upper division
5000 Graduate students or
qualified seniors who
have instructors or
deans permission
6000 Graduate degree studen
7000 Master's and Ph.D.
graduate students
8000 Ph.D. graduate students
lecture credit, 1 hour of recitation credit,
and 1 hour of laboratory credit. Further,
the student must have completed CF1EM.
1010 (the prerequisite) before enrolling.
Orientation
An orientation program for all new
students is held at the beginning of the
fall and spring semesters, prior to the first
day of classes. The orientation, conducted
by the Records Office and the various
schools and colleges, introduces the pro-
grams, activities, and services available at
CU-Denver. Information on the registra-
tion process and degree requirements also
is provided. Academic orientation advis-
ing sessions are held during the term,
before registration for the next term.
Registration
CU-Denver students can register from
any touch-tone telephone. Students will
be assigned a time to register and may
register at or after their assigned time.
REGISTRATION PRIORITIES
The Graduate School policy permits
specifically approved courses to be
offered concurrently at the 4000 and 5000
levels. It should be expected that work at
the graduate (5000) level would involve
demonstration of greater maturity and
critical skills than at the (4000)
undergraduate level.
The digit after the dash in the course
number denotes the credit-hour value of
the course. The 1-credit lecture /recitation
period is 50 minutes long. Hence a stu-
dent enrolled in a 3-credit hour course
will attend class for 150 minutes per week
during a 16-week term. A 3-credit hour
course will require six to nine hours of
work each week outside of class. A
laboratory credit includes from two to
four hours per week in the laboratory,
drafting room, or field. Unless the course
descriptions specify laboratory work, it is
understood that the classes consist of lec-
tures and discussions.
Abbreviations used in the course
descriptions are:
Coreq. Corequisite Prer. Prerequisite
Hrs.Hours Rec.Recitation
Lab.Laboratory Sem.Semester
Led.Lecture Wk.Week
Thus, the description of CHEM. 1020-5
signifies that the course is offered by the
chemistry department at the freshman
level, and that it carries 5 semester hours
of credit which is divided into 3 hours of
Non-degree students who apply late
should be prepared with alternate choices
or classes because students in degree pro-
grams will register first. All non-degree
students should contact the academic
advisors of the degree programs in which
they are interested in order to ensure that
their classes will fulfill the requirements of
the program.
Please note: some courses are not open
for registration by non-degree students
without special permission. Non-degree
students should check the restrictions
listed for each course in the Schedule of
Classes.
Registration is by time assignment only.
Continuing students, and new students
admitted by the priority deadline will
have first priority in the following order:
first graduate students, then new
freshmen, fifth year seniors, seniors,
juniors, sophomores, freshmen, with non-
degree students registering last. All those
admitted after the priority deadline will
be assigned to register in the order they
are admitted.
POOLED COURSES AT METROPOLITAN
STATE COLLEGE
Certain courses in the College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences have been pooled with
similar courses at Metropolitan State Col-
lege (MSC). CU-Denver undergraduate
students may register for any of the
pooled courses listed in the CU-Denver
Schedule of Classes.
Restrictions
1. CU-Denver graduate students are not
eligible to register for MSC common pool
courses.
2. MSC courses will not be included in
the University of Colorado grade-point
average. MSC courses will appear on the
University of Colorado transcript and will
count in the hours toward graduation.
3. MSC courses cannot be used to meet
specific course requirements toward the
major without prior approval of the stu-
dents dean. The last 30 semester hours
applied toward the baccalaureate degree
must be taken in residence at CU-Denver.
MSC common pool courses will not satisfy
this residence requirement.
INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION
CU-Denver degree students may enroll
for courses offered by the Community
College of Denver, Front Range Com-
munity College, and Red Rocks Com-
munity College. Students must be enrolled
at CU-Denver for at least one course
during the semester or summer term to
be eligible to register interinstitutionally.
Registration is on a space available basis.
Interinstitutional courses are evaluated for
transfer credit and are not included in a
CU-Denver students grade-point average.
CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT
Degree-seeking students who wish to
attend two University of Colorado cam-
puses concurrently must contact their
school or college on their home campus.
Concurrent registration is available only
during fall and spring semesters.
A degree student registered on the
Denver campus may take up to two
courses or 6 semester credit hours
(whichever is greater) on another CU
campus if:
1. The student obtains a Concurrent
Registration form from the office of the
academic dean.
2. The course is a required course for
the students degree (not an elective) and
not offered at CU-Denver.
3. The student obtains approval from
the academic dean.
4. There is space available at the other
(host) campus.
5. The student pays tuition at CU-
Denver (home) campus at CU-Denver
rates.
6. The home campus school or college
arranges for space in the host campus
classes.
7. The concurrent request is processed


Academic Policies /23
before the end of the drop/add period on
both the host and home campuses.
Students may not register for an
independent study course through concur-
rent registration. Students may not take
courses pass/fail or for no-credit"
through concurrent registration.
To drop a concurrent course during the
host campus drop/add period, arrange
the drop at the home campus school or
college office. To drop a concurrent
course after the end of the host campus
drop/add deadline, drop the course at the
host campus Records Office.
Study Abroad
The Office of International Education on
the Boulder campus offers study abroad
programs that are available for all CU
students. More than 30 programs are
offered around the world. Resident credit
at lower division, upper division, or
graduate levels can be earned depending
on the program selected, and if
appropriate, can be applied to the CU-
Denver degree. Students also can apply
their financial aid to CU-Boulder spon-
sored study abroad programs. Information
is available from the Study Abroad Pro-
grams, 492-7741.
Course Loads
Students wishing to take more than 18
semester hours (12 in the summer term)
must have the overload approved by the
dean of their college or school. Students
should petition their academic dean.
Remember that a three-semester-hour
course during a fall or spring semester
will require six to nine hours of work
each week outside of class; a three-
semester-hour course during a summer
term will require nine to thirteen hours of
work each week outside of class.
Suggested maximum course loads for
the fall and spring semesters for
undergraduate students who are
employed:
Employed
40 or more hours per week; 3-6 semester
hours
30-39 hours per week: 5-8 semester
hours
20-29 hours per week: 7-11 semester
hours
10-19 hours per week: 9-15 semester
hours
Students must consider their other
obligations academic, professional, and
personal before registering for these
courses.
GRADUATE RESTRICTIONS
No more than 15 semester hours taken
by a graduate student during a fall or
spring semester can be applied toward a
graduate degree.
No more than 10 semester hours taken
by a graduate student during a given
summer term can be applied to a
graduate degree.
DEFINITION OF FULL- AND HALF-TIME
STATUS FOR FINANCIAL AID AND
LOAN DEFERMENT: FALL AND SPRING
Individual students receiving financial
aid may be required to complete hours in
addition to those listed below. The exact
requirements for financial aid will be
listed in the student's financial aid award
letter.
Fall and Spring: effective Fall 1987
Undergraduates and non-degree students:
Full-time ... 12 or more semester hours
Half-time .... 6 or more semester hours
Graduate degree students:
Full-time:
5 or more hours of graduate level
classes (course number 5000 + )
8 or more hours of mixed level classes
0 hours as candidate for degree
1 or more hours of thesis (not masters
reports, or thesis preparation)
Half-time:
3 or more hours of graduate level
classes (course number 5000 + )
4 or more hours of mixed level classes
Summer (10 week term)
Undergraduates and non-degree students:
Full-time 8 or more semester hours
Half-time 4 or more semester hours
Full-time:
3 or more hours of graduate level
classes (course number 5000 +)
5 or more hours of mixed level classes
0 hours as candidate for degree
1 or more hours of thesis (not masters
reports, preparation)
Half-time:
2 or more hours of graduate level
classes (course number 5000 + )
3 or more hours of mixed level classes
Enrollment status for a term cannot
be certified until the end of the
drop/add period.
These hours do not include
interinstitutional hours from CCD or
hours at MSC, nor do they include
hours on another CU campus, unless
the student is enrolled through con-
current registration.
Students receiving veterans benefits
must contact the Veterans Affairs
coordinator for definition of full-time
status for summer terms.
CCD courses are not considered for
full- or half-time status. Individual
exceptions to the minimum graduate
course load levels are considered for
financial aid purposes by the Financial
Aid Committee. Students must file a
written appeal with the Office of
Financial Aid.
SHORT TERM COURSES
Courses are also offered in five-
week modules in special weekend
courses, and in seminars. Topics in
Science modular courses are self-
contained units designed to cover
specific problems or issues in science.
Students should contact the col-
lege/school office for information on
short-term courses offered each
semester.
ACADEMIC POLICIES AND
REGULATIONS
Advanced Standing and
Advanced Placement Credit
Undergraduate students may obtain
credit for lower-division courses in
which they demonstrate proficiency
by examination. By passing an
examination, the student will be given
credit for the course to satisfy lower
division requirements and may be
eligible to enroll in higher level
courses than indicated by the stu-
dents formal academic experience.
Credit granted for courses by
examination is treated as transfer
credit without a grade but does count
toward graduation and other
requirements for which it is
appropriate. There are three types of
examinations as described below.
Advanced Placement Program
The Advanced Placement Program
of the College Entrance Examination
Board (CEEB) allows students to take
advanced work while in high school
and then be examined for credit at
the college level. Students who take
advanced placement courses and
subsequently receive scores of 4 or
5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement
Examination are generally given


24 / General Information
college credit for lower-level courses in
which they have demonstrated profi-
ciency and are granted advanced stan-
ding in those areas. Students with scores
below 4 may be considered for advanced
placement by the discipline concerned.
All credit must be validated by subse-
quent academic performance. For more
information contact your high school
counselor or the Director of Outreach and
Recruitment at CU-Denver.
Credit By Examination
Degree students may take examinations
for credit. To qualify for an examination,
the student must be formally working
toward a degree at CU-Denver, have a
grade-point average of at least 2.0, and be
currently registered. Examinations are
arranged through the Records Office, and
a nonrefundable fee is charged.
Students should contact the office of the
dean of the academic unit in which they
are enrolled.
College-level Examination
Program
Incoming CU-Denver students may earn
University credit by examination in sub-
ject areas in which they have excelled at
college-level proficiency. Interested
students are encouraged to take
appropriate subject examinations pro-
vided in the College-Level Examinations
Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance
Examination Board testing service. For
more information call the CU-Denver
Testing Center at 556-2861.
Students who are interested in credit for
CLEP examinations must contact the
office of their school or college.
Credit for Military Service and
Schooling and ROTC
MILITARY SERVICE AND SCHOOLING
To have credit for educational
experiences evaluated, applicants with
military experience should submit the
following with their application: (1) a copy
of DD Form 214 and (2) DD Form 295,
Application for the Evaluation of Educa-
tion Experience During Military Service.
USAF personnel may present an official
transcript from the Community College of
the Air Force in lieu of tie DD Form 295.
Credit will be awardecfts recom-
mended by the Commission on the
Accreditation of Service Experiences of
the American Council on Education to the
extent that the credit is applicable to the
degree the student is seeking at
CU-Denver.
Credit for courses completed through
the U.S. Armed Forces Institute will be
evaluated on the same basis as transfer
credit from collegiate institutions.
RESERVE OFFICERS TRAINING CORPS
(ROTC)
Students enrolled in Army or Air Force
ROTC programs should consult with their
college or school regarding the applica-
tion of ROTC course credit toward
graduation requirements. The College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences allows a max-
imum of 6 semester hours of ROTC credit
to be applied toward baccalaureate
degree requirements. The College of Busi-
ness and Administration stipulates that
ROTC courses may be used for credit
only for nonbusiness elective
requirements and that no credit may be
given for freshman and sophomore ROTC
courses. Furthermore, a maximum of 12
semester hours may be applied toward
baccalaureate degree requirements in
business and then only if the ROTC pro-
gram is completed.
Grading System and Policies
The following grading system and
policies for pass/fail registration, dropping
and adding courses, and withdrawal from
the University have been standardized for
all academic units of the University.
GRADE SYMBOLS
The instructor is responsible for
whatever grade symbol (A, B, C, D, F, IF,
IW, or IP) is to be assigned. Special sym-
bols (NC, W, and Y) are indications of
registration or grade status and are not
assigned by the instructor. Pass/fail
designations are not assigned by the
instructor but are automatically converted
by the grade application system,
explained under Pass/Fail Procedure.
Asuperior/excellent4 credit points
per credit hour.
Bgood/better than average3 points
per credit hour.
Ccompetent/average2 credit points
per hour.
Dminimum passingI credit point
per credit hour.
FFailingno credit points per credit
hour.
Beginning with the Spring 1984
Semester, the University approved use of
a PLUS/MINUS grading system, where a
B+ corresponds to 3.3 credit points per
credit hour, and a B- corresponds to 2.7
credit points per credit hour. Instructors
in those schools and colleges may, at
their discretion, use the PLUS/MINUS sys-
tem, but are not required to do so.
IFincompleteregarded as F if not
completed within one year.
IWincompleteregarded as W if not
completed within one year.
IPin progressthesis at the graduate
level only.
P/Fpass/failP grade is not included
in the grade-point average; the F grade is
included; up to 16 hours of pass/fail
course work may be credited toward a
bachelors degree.
H/P/Fhonors/pass/failmiended
for honors courses; credit hours count
toward the degree but are not included in
the grade-point average.
Special Symbols
NC indicates registration on a no-
credit basis.
W indicates withdrawal without
credit.
Y indicates the final grade roster was
not received by the time grades were
processed. Graduate students enrolled at
the 5000 level of a slash course
(4000/5000) will be expected to complete
additional work and be evaluated com-
mensurate with graduate standards as
specified by the course instructor.
An incomplete grade is only awarded
when special circumstances prevent a stu-
dents completing a course during the
term. Students have one year to complete
an INCOMPLETE. After one year, an IW
is regarded as a DROP-PASSING; an IF as
a DROP-FAILING. Students should not re-
register for courses for which they have
received INCOMPLETES.
Most schools and colleges require a con-
tract between the instructor and student
outlining the work necessary to com-
plete the incomplete.
MID-TERM GRADES
Beginning with the Spring 1990
Semester, instructors will be asked to
assign mid-term grades for a small popula-
tion of students. Students who may be in
some academic difficulty may be con-
tacted and counseled about support ser-
vices available to them. Please note:
academic support services are available to
all students through the Office of Student
Retention Services, NC 2012, 556-2324.
PASS/FAIL PROCEDURE
1. Students who wish to register for a
course on a pass/fail basis must do so
during the regular registration. Changes
to or from a pass/fail basis may be made


Academic Policies/25
only during the regular drop/add period.
2. Up to 16 semester hours of regular
course work may be taken on a pass/fail
basis and credited toward the bachelors
degree. Only 6 hours of course work may
be taken pass/fail in any given semester.
3. Academic deans and faculty will not
be informed of pass/fail registration. All
students who register on a pass/fail
appear on the regular class roster, and a
normal letter grade is assigned by the
professor. When grades are received in
the Records Office, those registrations
with a pass/fail designation are
automatically converted by the grade
application system. Grades of D and
above convert to grades of P. Courses
taken pass/fail will be included in hours
toward graduation. Pass grades are not
included in a students grade-point
average. An F grade in a course taken
pass/fail will be included in the grade-
point average.
4. The record of pass/fail registration is
maintained by the Records Office.
5. Exceptions to the pass/fail regula-
tions are permitted for specified courses
offered by the School of Education, the
Division of Extended Studies, and Study
Abroad Programs.
6. Graduate degree students can exer-
cise the P/F option for undergraduate
courses only. A grade of P will not be
acceptable for graduate credit to
satisfy any Graduate School
requirement.
7. Students who register for a course on
a pass/fail basis, may not later decide to
receive a letter grade. Each school or col-
lege limits the hours and courses for
which students may register on a
pass/fail basis.
Please note: many other institutions will
not accept a P grade for transfer credit.
College
Business and
Administration
Engineering and
Applied Science
Liberal Arts and
Sciences
PASS/FAIL OPTION RESTRICTIONS
General
Only non-business
electives may be
taken pass/fail
Required courses
may not be taken
pass/fail. Upper divi-
sion humanities and
social sciences elec-
tives are acceptable,
otherwise major
department approval
is required; students
without a major are
not eligible to take
courses
pass/fail. Recom-
mended maximum
one course/
semester.
May be restricted in
certain majors; not
included in 30 hours
of C or better work
required for major.
No more than 6
hours P/F any
semester.
16 Hours
Maximum
Only 6 semester
hours may be taken
pass/fail
Includes courses
taken in the honors
program
Does not include
courses taken in
honors, physical
education, cooper-
ative education and
certain teacher cer-
tification courses;
also does not include
ENGL. 1002 Profi-
ciency Test or
MATH. 1002 Test
Transfer Students
Only 6 semester
hours may be taken
pass/fail
Maximum of 1
semester hour of
pass/fail may be
applied toward
graduation for every
9 semester hours
taken in the college
May not be used by
students graduating
with only 30 semes-
ter hours taken at
the University
Music
Only non-music elec-
tives may be taken
pass/fail. No more
than 6 hours P/F
any semester
Includes courses
taken in the honors
program.


26 / General Information
NO CREDIT
Students may register for a course on a
no-credit basis with the consent of their
instructor and the dean of their school or
college. File the no credit form in the
Records Office before the end of the
drop/add period. Students who register
for a course on a no credit basis may not
later decide that they want a letter grade.
Students may not register again for a
course which has already been taken on a
no credit basis.
AUDIT
People who are not registered for
classes on any University of Colorado
campus may pay the resident tuition for a
class to audit a class, with the instructor's
permission. Audited courses do not appear
on a transcript. No credit is given.
SENIOR CITIZENS
Senior citizens (aged 60 and over) may
audit classes for no charge. Contact the
Division of Enrollment and Student Ser-
vices at 556-8427, NC 2204.
GRADE-POINT AVERAGE
The grade-point average is computed by
multiplying the credit points per hour (for
example, B = 3) by the number of hours
for each course, totaling the hours and the
credit points, and dividing the total points
by the total hours.
Grades of P, NC, Y, W, IP, IW, and IF are
not included in the grade-point average.
If an IF grade has not been completed
within one year, the course is regarded as
failed and a grade of F is automatically
calculated in the grade-point average at
the end of the one-year grace period.
If an IW grade has not been completed
within one year, the course is regarded as
dropped.
If a course is repeated, all grades earned
are used in determining the grade-point
average. The University of Colorado
grade-point average does not include
courses taken at other institutions.
The grade-point average of graduate
students includes only courses, credit
hours, and credit points accumulated
while enrolled in The Graduate School.
The grade-point average does not
appear on official transcripts issued from
the Records Office but does appear on the
Grade Report issued each semester.
Students should consult with the dean
of their college or school for explanation
of any exceptions made to the University
uniform grade-point average.
Undergraduates and non-degree
students must maintain a 2.0 grade-point
average to remain in good standing.
Graduate students must maintain a 3.0
GPA to remain in good standing. Students
whose GPA falls below the 2.0/3.0 level
are subject to probation or suspension.
Such students will be notified by their
school or college.
GRADE REPORTS
Grade reports are mailed to CU-Denver
students approximately two weeks after
the end of the term. To obtain replace-
ment reports, students must present pic-
ture identification at the Records Office.
Student Classification
Students are classified according to the
number of semester hours passed:
Freshman 0-29 hours
Sophomore 30-59 hours
Junior 60-89 hours
Senior 90+ hours
All transfer students will be classified on
the same basis according to their hours of
credit accepted by the University of
Colorado.
Graduation
Undergraduates. Students who have
completed 80 or more semester hours
should make an appointment with the
advising office of their school or college
to determine what requirements remain
for graduation. Students intending to
graduate must file a Diploma Card with
their school or college during the first
week of their graduation term. Students
will not be finally certified to graduate
until final grades have been evaluated.
After students have been certified to
graduate they must reapply to return to
CU-Denver.
Graduates. Students must file an Appli-
cation for Candidacy and a Diploma Card
with The Graduate School on the Denver
campus during the first week of their
graduation term. Check with The
Graduate School for more complete infor-
mation. Students will not be finally cer-
tified to graduate until final grades have
been evaluated. After students have been
certified to graduate, they must reapply to
return to CU-Denver.
Commencement. Letters will be mailed
in early April to students eligible to par-
ticipate in the spring commencement.
Information will be provided about order-
ing special display diplomas, being fitted
for caps and gowns, and obtaining
diplomas and transcripts with the degree
recorded. Students graduating at the end
of the summer term or the end of the fall
semester may participate in the following
spring commencement.
Transcripts
Transcripts of academic record at the
University of Colorado (all campuses) may
be ordered in person or by mail from the
University of Colorado at Denver,
Transcript Office, 1200 Larimer St.,
Campus Box 167, Denver, CO 80204.
Official transcripts will not be available
until approximately four weeks after final
examinations. A transcript on which a
degree is to be recorded will not be avail-
able until approximately eight weeks after
final examinations. Requests should
include the following:
1. Students full name (include given or
other name if applicable).
2. Student number.
3. Birthdate.
4. The last term and campus the stu-
dent attended.
5. Whether the current semester grades
are to be included when a transcript is
ordered near the end of a term. Whether
the request should be held until a degree
is recorded.
6. Agency, college, or individuals to
whom transcripts are to be sent. Complete
mailing addresses should be included.
Transcripts sent to students are labeled
issued to student."
7. Students signature. (This is the stu-
dents authorization to release the records
to the designee.)
There is no charge for individual official
transcripts. Transcripts are prepared only
at the students request. A student with
financial obligations to the University that
are due and unpaid will not be granted a
transcript. Official transcripts require five
to seven working days to be generated.
Unofficial copies of transcripts sent to CU-
Denver from other institutions can be
requested at the Records Office. Official
transcripts should be requested directly
from the issuing institution. Unofficial CU
transcripts are available to students in the
CU-Denver Records Office. Students must
present picture ID.


Academic Policies /27
Adding and Dropping Courses1
ADDING COURSES
Students may add courses to their
original registration during the first 12 (8
in the summer) days of full-term classes,
provided there is space available. Instruc-
tor approval may be required after the
first week of classes.
DROPPING COURSES
1. Students may drop courses without
approvals during the first 12 days of the
fall or spring semester (8th day of the
summer term). Tuition will not be charged
for the courses which are dropped as long
as the student is not withdrawing. No
record of the dropped course will appear
on the students permanent record.
2. After the 12th day of a fall or spring
semester (8th day of the summer term),
the instructors signature is required and
the instructor must indicate whether the
student is passing or failing. If the student
is passing, the course will appear on the
students permanent record with the grade
of W. If the student is failing, the course
will appear on the perfor example, B = 3)
by the number of hours for each course,
totaling the hours and the credit points,
and dividing the total points by the total
hours.
Grades of P, NC, Y, W, IP, IW, and IF are
not included in the grade-point average.
If an IF grade has not been completed
within one year, the course is regarded as
failed and a grade of F is automatically
calculated in the grade-point average at
the end of the one-year grace period.
If an IW grade has not been completed
wied even though the drop is allowed.
4. Dropping all courses requires an
official University withdrawal form.
Deadlines for module courses and inten-
sive courses are published in the Schedule
of Classes each term.
Withdrawal from the University
To withdraw from the University,
students must obtain approval from their
academic deans office, the Bursars Office,
and the Records Office. The withdrawal
date is recorded on the students perma-
nent record page. If the withdrawal date is
prior to the 13th day of the semester (9th
day of the summer term), the courses will
not appear on the
'For the exact dates, check the Schedule of
Classes for the the approbate term.
students permanent record. If the
withdrawal date is after the 12th day, the
courses will appear with W grades.
Students may not withdraw after the 10th
week of the semester (7th week of the
summer term) except under documented
circumstances clearly beyond their
control.
Students who are receiving veterans
benefits or financial aid also must obtain
the required signature of those respective
offices. International students must obtain
clearance from the Office of International
Students.
A student who stops attending classes
without officially withdrawing from the
University will receive grades of F for all
course work enrolled for during that
term.
To withdraw from the University, a
graduate student must apply to the dean
of The Graduate School for permission to
withdraw in good standing. Students who
withdraw without communicating with the
dean and without filing the appropriate
Withdrawal Form will be marked as
having failed their courses for the term.
Deadlines for module courses and inten-
sive courses, as well as specific
requirements and tuition adjustment,
appear in the Schedule of Classes
published prior to the beginning of each
term.
Originality of Work
In all academic areas it is imperative
that either work be original or explicit
acknowledgment be given for the use of
other persons ideas or language. Students
should consult with instructors to learn
specific procedures appropriate for
documenting the work of others in each
given field. Breaches of academic honesty
can result in disciplinary measures ranging
from lowering of a grade to permanent
compulsory withdrawal from the
University.
Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act
Periodically, but not less than annually,
the University of Colorado informs
students of the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act, with which the institu-
tion intends to comply fully. The Act was
designed to protect the privacy of educa-
tional records, to establish the right of
students to inspect and review their
educational records, and to provide
guidelines for the correction of inaccurate
or misleading data through informal and
formal hearings. Students also have the
right to file complaints with the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office
(FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the
institution to comply with the Act.
Local policy explains in detail the pro-
cedures to be used by the institution for
compliance with the provisions of the Act.
Copies of the policy can be found in the
library on each of the several campuses of
the University of Colorado.
The following items of student informa-
tion have been designated by the Univer-
sity of Colorado as public or directory
information: student name, address, tele-
phone number, dates of attendance,
registration status, class, major field of
study, awards, honors, degree(s) conferred,
past and present participation in officially
recognized sports and activities, physical
factors (height, weight) of athletes, date
and place of birth. This information may
be disclosed by the University for any pur-
pose at its discretion.
Currently enrolled students may
withhold disclosure of any category of
information under the Family Educational
Rights and Privacy Act. To withhold
disclosure, written notification must be
received in the Records Office on the
appropriate campus prior to the end of
the drop/add period in the term. Forms
requesting the withholding of directory
information are available in the Records
Office.
The request to withhold disclosure will
remain in effect until the student provides
written notification to the Records Office.
The University of Colorado assumes that
when a student fails to request to have
directory information withheld, the stu-
dent is indicating approval for disclosure
of information for that term and following
terms until otherwise requested.
Questions concerning the Family Educa-
tional Rights and Privacy Act may be
referred to the Records Office, 556-2389.
University of Colorado at Denver
Confidentiality of Academic
Records
STUDENTS:
DO have the right to view and inspect
their educational records (excluding any
financial records of their parents).
DO have the right to have Directory Infor-
mation withheld from all persons or
organizations outside the University.


28 / General Information
Directory Information includes:
name, address, telephone number
date and place of birth
dates of attendance, registration status,
class, major field of study
awards, honors, degree(s) conferred
past and present participation in
officially recognized sports and
activities
physical characteristics (height, weight)
of athletes
DO NOT have the right to obtain their
grades, or other information not consid-
ered Directory Information, by telephone.
PARENTS:
DO have the right to obtain the educa-
tional records of their child only if they
provide a signed statement that their son
or daughter is a dependent as defined by
the U.S. Internal Revenue Service. The
Records Office, in NC 1003, 556-2389, has
forms available to parents for such
requests. Parents are, however,
encouraged to obtain final grades with a
written approval from the student.
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO
PERSONNEL:
DO have the right to use educational
records of students in the normal exercise
of their duties.
DO NOT have the right to use educational
records of students for employment pur-
poses, for social organizations, for per-
sonal reasons, or for other
non-educational interests, without written
consent of the student.
PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS
OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSITY OF
COLORADO:
DO have the right to obtain the Directory
Information listed above, unless the stu-
dent has made a request for non-
disclosure. When the term microfiche, or
the computer terminal on-line file of the
Student Information System indicates
PRIVATE, inquirers will be told that no
information can be released without the
students written consent.
PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS
PROVIDING FINANCIAL AID TO
STUDENTS:
DO have the right to educational records
of students only as necessary in determin-
ing and enforcing terms of financial aid.
PERSONS IN AN EMERGENCY:
DO have the right to obtain confidential
academic records necessary to protect the
health or safety of students and others,
but such information will only be released
by the Office of the Associate Vice
Chancellor for Enrollment and Student
Services, 556-8427.
These regulations are required by the
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
of 1974 (the Buckley Amendment). For
further information, please call the
Records Office at (303) 556-2389.
Student records will be released only to
the student with current, appropriate iden-
tification or upon written authorization of
the student whose records are being
requested.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND
FACILITIES
Alumni Association
The CU-Denver Alumni Association sup-
ports the development and awareness of
the University through a variety of net-
works and activities. Founded in 1976,
students automatically become members
upon graduation. Friends and non-degree
former students are also welcome to
participate.
Horizons, a newspaper published quar-
terly, is mailed to members of the associa-
tion. Alumni are invited to attend periodic
reunions and/or activities which might
interest them. The Mack Easton Award for
Distinguished Service, The Outstanding
Alumnus Award, and the Legislative
Recognition Award are bestowed each
year at commencement and are spon-
sored by the Association. A program of
alumni use of the campus recreation
center, library, and parking lots is also
available through the Association.
The governing board is comprised of
alumni representing all schools and col-
leges on campus. This group plans events,
implements programs, and raises funds
with the goal of advancing and increasing
the visibility of the University.
Auraria Book Center
Student Union: ground level, 556-3230
Hours: M-Th 8-6, F 8-5, Sat. 10-3 except
vacation and interim periods.
The Auraria Book Center carries
academic, technical, reference, and exam
preparation books in support of your
higher education. Best sellers, new
releases, and gift book selections change
frequently and are often accompanied by
displays of special value books in many
subjects. For additional savings on general
reading books, join the Auraria Book Club
at the Book Information desk. Special
orders and out of print searches are avail-
able at no charge.
Bring your course printouts to locate
textbooks! Subject areas are marked on
each set of shelves; departmental
abbreviations, course, and section
numbers are printed on a shelf tag below
each required or optional textbook.
A full refund is given for new and used
books accompanied by your receipt and
returned within the first three weeks of
class for regular semesters and during the
first week of class for short terms. Please
read the refund policy attached to your
receipt.
The Convenience Store is located near
the main store in the Student Union lower
mall and has extended hours for those
wishing to buy snacks, magazines, sun-
dries, and school supplies. Used texts are
bought back from students throughout the
year, and merchandise refunds and
exchanges also are performed here.
Auraria Reprographics offers full-service
copying in the Convenience Store, M-Th
7:30-6, F 7:30-5. Special papers,
transparencies, reductions and
enlargements, and other options may be
specified for jobs of all sizes. A self-serve
copier is available for small orders.
Two IDs are required for purchases paid
for by check. The Book Center also
accepts MasterCard and VISA charges.
Personal computer systems and a vari-
ety of software are offered to Auraria
campus students at educational discount
prices. A current, validated Auraria ID
must be presented at the time of
purchase.
Computing Services
Computing Services supports computer
use by both the academic and
administrative communities at CU-Denver.
Most administrative processing is done in
University Management Systems in
Boulder with data entry, output process-
ing, and user support provided by Com-
puting Services in Denver. Most academic
processing is either done on campus or
through one of several networks available
through Computing Services.
The Denver campus maintains a PRIME
9950 under PRIMOS, a VAX 8700 under
VMS, and a series of computers (Pyramid
90X, 8-processor Sequent B21000, Intel
16-processor Hypercube) under the UNIX
operating system. Access to all machines
is through a communications network that
allows connection to the campus libraries
on-line card-catalog (CARL-PAC) as well as
to any of the other CU campuses. The
VMS and UNIX machines are all con-
nected over the ethernet which also is a
node on the growing Colorado


Programs and Facilities / 29
SuperNet network. This net provides
access to many academic computing net-
works (ARPANET, NSFNET, JVNCNET,
CSNET, etc.) as well as high-speed connec-
tions to the Colorado School of Mines,
University of Denver, Colorado Springs
and Boulder CU campuses, and Colorado
State University. CU-Denver also is a
BITNET site. A significant amount of com-
puting also is accomplished on the
campus' 900 personal computers both in
laboratories (10 teaching labs and 3 public
labs are available) and in offices.
Computing Services staff provides
assistance to academic and administrative
users on all computing systems available
and on every phase of their use. Advisors
and a full-time academic user services
staff assist faculty as well as students
enrolled in courses using computing with
questions regarding programming and the
use of computer systems and software
available. Administrative users are assisted
by a data processing staff as well as user
services personnel. Computing systems on
the campus are maintained by an opera-
tions staff who also assist faculty and staff
with hardware planning, acquisitions,
questions, and problems.
The goal of Computing Services is to
assist all members of the CU-Denver com-
munity in using computing as an effective
tool in their work. For further information
and an informative booklet about com-
puting at CU-Denver, please call 556-2583.
Division of Extended Studies
The University of Colorado at Denver
has served the life-long learner and non-
traditional students as possible, Extended
Studies uses the city for its classrooms, as
well as the Auraria Campus.
Consistent with the Universitys high
standards, Extended Studies credit courses
supplement the University's general
course offerings and include weekend and
evening options. Noncredit courses
explore a wide array of topics: test
preparation, foreign languages, computers,
fine arts, writing and literature, personal
and professional development, and recrea-
tion. Certificate programs include manage-
ment and secretarial skills, the humanities,
and paralegal and legal studies. Through
its Corporate Programs, CU-Denver tailors
its educational resources to private
businesses and industry, bringing the
University directly to different organiza-
tions and community settings. On and off-
campus, CU-Denvers Centers and
Institutes engage in research and provide
training and technical assistance to the
public.
To meet a growing need for adult
education that is personalized,
economical, locally applicable, and profes-
sionally beneficial, the University of Colo-
rados resources are accessible through
Extended Studies. Individuals, groups, and
organizations are invited to call Extended
Studies at 556-2735.
University of Colorado
Foundation, Inc.
In 1981-82, the University of Colorado
Foundation established a Denver office.
The CU Foundation was established in
1967 at the direction of the Board of
Regents of the University as a privately
governed, non-profit corporation,
chartered under the laws of the State of
Colorado. It is operated exclusively for
charitable, scientific, or educational pur-
poses designed to promote the welfare of
CU. The CU Foundation is the approved
agency to solicit, receive, and administer
gifts from private sources.
International Education/Study
Abroad
The Office of International Education on
the Boulder campus expedites the
exchange of students and faculty, hosts
foreign visitors, promotes special relation-
ships with foreign universities, and advises
foreign students and scholars for Fulbright
and other scholarships at CU-Boulder. The
office also arranges study abroad pro-
grams and offers over 30 different pro-
grams around the globe. Students on any
CU campus can participate in most of
these programs.
Some of the study abroad programs are
of the traditional junior year abroad vari-
ety, in which students are placed directly
in foreign universities for an academic
year. Such programs are available at the
University of Lancaster, England; the
University of Bordeaux, France; the
University of Costa Rica in San Jose; the
American University in Cairo, Egypt; the
University of Regensburg, West Germany;
the Hebrew University of Jerusalem,
Israel; the Institute of Higher Education
and Technology in Monterrey, Mexico; the
University of Seville, Spain; and Tunghai
University in Taiwan.
For students unable to spend an
academic year abroad, programs for a
single semester or summer are available
with various emphases, including intensive
language learning. Single semester pro-
grams are offered in Chambery and
Rennes, France; Guadalajara and Monter-
rey, Mexico; London, England; San Jose,
Costa Rica; Seville and Alicante, Spain;
and Taipei and Taichung, Taiwan. Summer
programs are located in Kassel, West Ger-
many; Perugia, Italy; and London,
England. Special summer programs, e.g.,
art history in Italy, are organized with
specific departments upon request.
Students are enrolled at the University
of Colorado while participating in these
study abroad programs. The applicability
of credit in particular departments and
colleges of CU-Denver is up to the depart-
ments and colleges. A B average with the
equivalent of two years of college level
work in the appropriate language is
required for most of the academic year
programs. Financial aid from CU-Denver
can be applied to program costs in most
cases.
More information about study abroad
programs is available in the Office of
International Education, Boulder campus,
492-7741.
Auraria Student Assistance
Center Division
The Auraria Student Assistance Center
Division (ASACD) is composed of nine
offices offering specialized assistance to
staff, faculty, and all present and prospec-
tive students on the Auraria Higher
Education Center campus.
1. Office of the Dean. The office is
responsible for the overall administrative
functioning of the Division in priority


30 / General Information
vices to students, faculty, and other
members of the campus community.
2. Office of Information and Referrral
Services. This is a central information
source that provides objective assistance
to prospective students desiring to enroll
at CU-Denver or one of the other
academic institutions on the Auraria
campus. Campus tours are available on a
prearranged basis.
3. Office of Career Services. Three
major areas of service are provided by
this office: career planning, student
employment, and career employment
assistance. Individual career counseling,
testing, workshops, and resources are
available to students and alumni in plan-
ning their careers. In the Campus Career
Library, the Discover, a computerized
career guidance system, is available for
exploring career options. Listings of part-
time and temporary jobs are available for
currently enrolled students. Individual
career employment counseling, on-campus
interviews with employers, vacancy
listings, and employer information are
available services to graduating students
and alumni.
4. Office of Disabled Student Services.
The office provides academic support ser-
vices to ensure access for students with
disabilities at CU-Denver and MSC. Ser-
vices include notetaking, interpreting,
counseling related to disabilities, parking
permits, scribe service, test assistance, etc.
5. Colorado Rehabilitation Services.
Campus office of the state of Colorado
Department of Social Services. This office
assists disabled students to become
suitably employed and self-supporting.
The office works cooperatively with the
Office of Disabled Student Services to pro-
vide services to students. Services may
include job seeking skills, skill training,
vocational testing and evaluation, voca-
tional counseling, provision of occupa-
tional tools and materials, and referral to
additional sources of financial assistance.
6. Office of International Programs. The
office assists international students on
campus from 80 countries by providing
support services and aiding in bridging
the cultural gaps which many of them
experience when entering the community
to attend college.
7. Office of Off-Campus Housing Ser-
vices. The Office of Off-Campus Housing
Services is the campus clearinghouse for
information on housing. Counseling and
housing information distribution are pro-
vided to help students make informed
decisions about housing.
8. Auraria Child Care Centers. The child
care programs are offered at two sites: the
Auraria campus Child Care Center and the
Auraria Child Care Center at Osage
Initiatives. Both centers serve the needs of
students, staff, and faculty of the Auraria
campus. The goal of the program is to
foster the development of competence in
intellectual and social skills in a safe, nur-
turing environment. All supervising and
assisting teachers are degreed and meet
the certification guidelines of the National
Academy of Early Childhood programs.
Children aged 18 months to 6 years are
served at the Auraria campus Child Care
Center with a fully accredited
kindergarten program. Children aged 6
weeks to 5 years are served at the Auraria
Child Care Center at Osage Initiatives.
9. Spring International Language
Center. The office provides English
language training to non-immigrant
students who have not been accepted at
one of the three institutions on campus.
The focus is on all language skills: gram-
mar, reading, writing, and listening/speak-
ing. In addition, students can choose from
several special electives such as TOEFL
preparation, vocabulary building, business
concepts, Idiomatic English, etc. There are
5 nine-week terms and 5 levels of English
are offered.
Auraria Student Union
The Student Union, located at 9th and
Lawrence, houses a cafeteria, the campus
Book Center, a study lounge, game room,
offices for student government and
organizations, a copy center, exhibit space,
locker rentals, meeting and conference
facilities, and a tavern.
UNIVERSITY POLICIES
Affirmative Action/Equal
Opportunity Title IX
CU-Denver follows a policy of equal
opportunity in education and in employ-
ment. In pursuance of this policy, no
Denver campus department, unit,
discipline, or employee shall discriminate
against an individual or group on the
basis of race, sex, creed, color, age,
national origin, veteran status, or
individual handicap. This policy applies to
all areas of the University affecting
present and prospective students or
employees.
The institutions educational programs,
activities, and services offered to students
and/or employees are administered on a
nondiscriminatory basis subject to the pro-
visions of the Titles VI and VII of the Civil
Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Educa-
tion Amendments of 1972, 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Vietnam-Era
Veterans Readjustment Act of 1974, and
Age Discrimination in Employment Act of
1967.
A CU-Denver Affirmative Action/Equal
Opportunity program has been established
to implement this policy. For information
about these provisions on equity,
discrimination, or fairness contact Affir-
mative Action, 556-2509.
Ombuds Office
In any system as large and complex as
CU-Denver, misunderstandings and
disagreements may occur. The Ombuds
Office helps to enhance the clarity and
dissemination of information, to simplify
decision making and communication, to
assist with the process of change and with
adjustment to change, and to improve
understanding among the constituents
(staff, students, faculty, administrators) of
the University.
The Ombuds Office provides informa-
tion about programs, policies, services,
and procedures affecting members of the
University community; makes referrals to
appropriate state, CU system, and CU-
Denver resources; serves as consultant in
the preparation for and review of policies
and procedures; and assists in the solution
of problems and the resolution of disputes.
Ombuds Office services are informal,
impartial, confidential, and independent of
administrative authorities. These services
do not replace or circumvent existing
channels, but help them work more effec-
tively. For further information or
assistance, contact the Ombuds Officer,
DR 850, 556-4493.
University Policy Regarding A
Drug-Free Workplace
The University of Colorado at Denver is
committed to providing a drug-free
workplace and environment. The Univer-
sity prohibits the unlawful manufacture,
distribution, dispensation, possession, or
use of any controlled substance in the
workplace. Those individuals who are
found to be in violation are engaged in
serious misconduct and subject to
disciplinary action consistent with the
Faculty Handbook (1988), the applicable
rules of the State Personnel System, the
Universitys Unclassified Staff Handbook,
and the Students Discipline and Review
Procedures.


University Policies / 31
Academic Honor Code and
Discipline Policies
Members of the University of Colorado
at Denver feel it is an historically
established rule of education that instruc-
tors have the authority to conduct classes,
make assignments, require examinations
or other exercises, and make judgments
about the academic performance of
students.
Maintaining the quality and high perfor-
mance of students makes it imperative
that the academic work completed at the
University be original and completed
honestly. It is the concern of every stu-
dent and faculty member that such stand-
ards be maintained. A universitys
reputation depends on the highest
standards of intellectual honesty and
ethical conduct.
Academic disciplinary matters are
concerns to be addressed by schools or
colleges, allowing each school/college to
determine the severity and consequences
of each infraction. Under the Laws of the
Regents, Article IX 2.B and Article Vl.C,
all matters of educational policy affecting
the school or college including academic
requirements for admission, for continu-
ance and for graduation shall be under
the jurisdiction of each school or college.
In addition, the college or school shall
have jurisdiction over matters of academic
ethics/academic dishonesty.
Each college and school is required to
maintain a standing committee to decide
cases of academic dishonesty as defined
in this document. Students and faculty are
urged to understand what constitutes
academic dishonesty in order to better
support and maintain high standards of
academic scholarship and conduct.
FORMS OF ACADEMIC DISHONESTY
As members of the academic com-
munity, students and faculty accept the
responsibility to conduct themselves with
integrity in a manner compatible with the
Universitys function as an educational
institution. Furthermore, all members of
the academic community have a special
responsibility to ensure that the Univer-
sitys ethical standards are maintained.
One of these standards is academic
honesty. Many students underestimate
how strongly most faculty and peers feel
about academic honesty. Academic dis-
honesty is defined as a students using
unauthorized assistance with intent to
deceive an instructor or such other person
who may be assigned to evaluate the stu-
dents work, in meeting course and
degree requirements. Examples of
academic dishonesty include, but are not
limited to the following:
A. Plagiarism
Plagiarism is the use of distinctive ideas
or words belonging to another person
without providing adequate acknowledge-
ment of that person's contribution.
Regardless of the means of appropriation,
incorporating anothers work into ones
own requires adequate identification and
acknowledgement. Plagiarism is doubly
unethical because it deprives the true
author of the rightful credit and gives that
credit to someone who has not earned it.
It is the theft of intellectual property.
However, acknowledgement is not
necessary when the material used is com-
mon knowledge. When the source is not
noted, the following would constitute
plagiarism:
1. Word-for-word copying.
2. The mosaic (to intersperse a few
words of ones own here and there while,
in essence, copying anothers work).
3. The paraphrase (the rewriting of
others' work, yet still using their fun-
damental idea or theory).
4. Fabrication (inventing or counter-
feiting sources).
5. Ghost-written material (submitting
anothers effort as one's own).
It is also plagiarism to neglect quotation
marks on material that is otherwise
acknowledged.
R. Cheating
Cheating involves intentionally possess-
ing, communicating, using (or attempting
to use) materials, information, notes, study
aides, cheat sheets, or other devices not
authorized by the instructor in any aca-
demic exercise, or the communication
with any other person during such an
exercise.
Examples:
1. Copying from another's paper or
receiving unauthorized assistance from
another during an academic exercise or in
the submission of academic material.
2. Using a calculator when the use has
been specifically disallowed.
3. Collaborating with another student or
students during an academic exercise
without the consent of the instructor.
C. Fabrication and Falsification
This is the intentional and unauthorized
alteration or invention of any information
or citation in an academic exercise.
Examples:
1. Fabrication involves inventing or
counterfeiting information; i.e., creating
results not obtained, as in a laboratory
experiment.
2. Falsification involves altering results,
deliberately changing information to suit
ones needs.
D. Multiple Submission
This is the submission of substantial por-
tions of either written or oral academic
work which has previously earned credit
when such submission is made without
instructor authorization.
E. Misuse of Academic Materials
This is intentionally or knowingly
destroying, stealing, or making inaccessi-
ble, library or other academic resource
material.
Examples:
1. Stealing or destroying library or
reference materials or computer programs
or files.
2. Stealing or destroying another stu-
dents notes or materials, or having in
possession such materials without the
owner's permission.
3. Receiving assistance in locating or
using sources of information in an assign-
ment where such assistance has been for-
bidden by the instructor.
4. Illegitimate possession and disposition
of examinations or answer keys to tests
and examinations.
5. Unauthorized alteration, forgery, or
falsification of official academic records.
6. Unauthorized selling or purchasing of
examinations, papers, or assignments.
F Complicity in Academic Dishonesty
This is intentionally or knowingly con-
tributing to the academic dishonesty of
another.
These examples of academic dishonesty
shall not be construed to be comprehen-
sive and infractions will be dealt with on
an individual basis. It is the obligation of
each student to assist in the enforcement
of academic standards; infractions
whether by students or faculty should
be first brought to the attention of the
instructor.
PROCEDURES IN CASES OF
SUSPECTED ACADEMIC DISHONESTY
Students concerned about academic
dishonesty should contact their school
or college for more specific information.


32 / General Information
Faculty and staff members or students
may submit charges of academic dis-
honesty against students. A student who
has evidence that another student is guilty
of academic dishonesty should inform the
instructor or the dean of the appropriate
college in writing of the charge. A faculty
member who has evidence that a student
is guilty of academic dishonesty should
confront the student with the evidence. In
cases of academic dishonesty, the faculty
member has the authority to reprimand
the student appropriately, which could
include the issuance of a failing grade (F).
In such case of issuance of failing grade
for academic dishonesty, the faculty
member shall submit a written report to
the dean of the appropriate college within
five working days. The report shall
include, but is not limited to, the time,
place, nature of offense(s), the name(s) of
the accused, the accuser(s), witnesses (if
any). If the faculty member feels that his
or her reprimand or action is an insuffi-
cient sanction for a particular case of
academic dishonesty, the faculty member
may recommend to the dean of the
appropriate college that further action
be taken.
If this signed report recommends fur-
ther action, the dean or a committee
designated shall schedule a disciplinary
hearing as soon as possible. The student
has the right to be represented by legal
counsel and to be present during the com-
mittees proceedings. Student(s) must
notify the dean of the appropriate college
five working days in advance of the hear-
ing that he/she intends to have legal
counsel present. The dean or the commit-
tee designated may take any of the follow-
ing actions:
1. Take no further action against the
accused student(s).
2. Place student(s) on disciplinary proba-
tion for a specified period of time. The
record of this would be kept in the com-
mittees confidential files and the students
academic file.
3. Suspension of registration for a
specified period of time. A record of this
shall be kept in the committees confiden-
tial file and a copy sent to the Registrar.
4. Expulsion: no opportunity to return
to the college in which the infraction
occurred. A record of this shall be kept
permanently in the committees confiden-
tial file and a copy sent to the Registrar.
Notification to Student(s)
In all cases, the student(s) should be
notified of the hearing after seven work-
ing days, in writing, of the deans or the
designated committees decision.
Interinstitution Appeal Procedures
Students who are taking courses at CU-
Denver, but are enrolled at other edu-
cational institutions on the Auraria
campus and are charged with dishonesty,
are subject to the same procedures
outlined above.
Code of Student Conduct (Stu-
dent Rights and Responsibilities
and Procedures for Disciplinary
Review and Action)
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT FOR
WHICH ACTION MAY BE TAKEN IF
A VIOLATION OCCURS
All persons on University property are
required for reasonable cause to identify
themselves when requested by University
or Auraria Public Safety officials acting in
the performance of their duties. Acting
through its administrative officers, the
University reserves the right to exclude
those posing a danger to University per-
sonnel or property and those who inter-
fere with its function as an educational
institution.
All persons on CU-Denver/Auraria prop-
erty who are not students or employees of
the University are required to adhere to
the Code of Conduct applicable to Univer-
sity students and to abide by University
policies and campus regulations.
The behaviors outlined below will not
be tolerated because they threaten the
safety of individuals and violate the basic
purpose of the University and the per-
sonal rights and freedoms of its members.
1. Intentional obstruction, disruption, or
interference with teaching, research,
disciplinary proceedings, or other Univer-
sity activities, including its public service
and administrative functions or authorized
activities on the CU-Denver/Auraria
premises.
2. Willful obstruction or interference
with the freedom of movement of
students, school officials, employees, and
invited guests to all facilities of the CU-
Denver/Auraria campus.
3. Physical abuse of any person on prop-
erty owned or controlled by the CU-
Denver/Auraria Higher Education Center
or at functions sponsored or supervised by
the University, or conduct that threatens
or endangers the health or safety of any
such person.
4. Verbal or physical harassment and/or
hazing in all forms, which includes, but is
not limited to, striking, laying hands upon,
treating with violence, or offering to do
bodily harm to another person with intent
to punish or injure; or other treatment of
a tyrannical, abusive, shameful, insulting,
or humiliating nature. (This includes, but is
not limited to, demeaning behavior of an
ethnic, sexist, or racist nature, unwanted
sexual advances or intimidations.)
5. Prohibited entry to or use of CU-
Denver/Auraria facilities, defined as
unauthorized entry or use of CU-
Denver/Auraria property or facilities for
illegal purposes or purposes detrimental to
the University.
6. Forgery, fraud (to include computer
fraud), falsification, alteration, or use of
University documents, records, or instru-
ments of identification with intent to gain
any unentitled advantage.
7. Theft or damage to CU-Denver/
Auraria property and the private property
of students, University officials, employees,
and invited guests when such property is
located upon or within CU-Denver/Auraria
buildings or facilities. This includes the
possession of known stolen property.
8. Possession of firearms, explosives, or
other dangerous weapons or materials
within or upon the grounds, buildings, or
any other facilities of the CU-Denver/
Auraria campus. This policy shall not
apply to any police officer or other peace
officer while on duty authorized by the
University, or others authorized in writing
by the Chief of the Auraria Public Safety
or designee. (A dangerous weapon is an
instrument that is designed to or likely
to produce bodily harm. Weapons may
include, but are not limited to, firearms,
explosives, BB guns, slingshots, martial
arts devices, brass knuckles, bowie knives,
daggers or similar knives, or switchblades.
A harmless instrument designed to look
like a firearm, explosive, or dangerous
weapon which is used by a person to
cause fear in or assault on another person
is expressly included within the meaning
of the terms firearms, explosive, or
dangerous weapon.)
9. Sale, distribution, use, possession, or
manufacture of illegal drugs within or on
the grounds, buildings, or any other
facilities of the CU-Denver/Auraria
campus.
10. Physical restriction, coercion, or
harassment of any person; significant
theft; sale/manufacture of illegal drugs
(includes possession of a sufficient quan-
tity with intent to sell); damage, theft, or
unauthorized possession of University
property; or forgery, falsification, altera-
tion, or use of University documents,
records or instruments of identification to
gain any unentitled advantage.


University Policies / 33
UNIVERSITY STANDARDS AND
CRIMINAL VIOLATIONS
As a member of the University com-
munity, you are held accountable not only
for upholding civil and criminal laws, but
University Standards as well. Enrollment
does not confer either immunity or spe-
cial consideration with reference to civil
and criminal laws. Disciplinary action by
the University will not be subject to
challenge or postponement on the
grounds that criminal charges involving
the same incident have been dismissed,
reduced, or are pending in civil or
criminal court. In addition the University
reserves the right to pursue disciplinary
action if a student violates a standard and
withdraws from the University before
administrative action is final.
USE OF UNIVERSITY/AURARIA
PROPERTY OR FACILITIES
Nothing in this Code of Conduct shall
be construed to prevent peaceful and
orderly assembly for the voicing of con-
cerns or grievances. The University is
dedicated to the pursuit of knowledge
through a free exchange of ideas, and this
shall be a cardinal principle in the deter-
mination of whether or not a proposed
use of University facilities is appropriate.
The Auraria Higher Education Center
has established campus regulations and
procedures governing the use of CU-
Denver/ Auraria grounds, buildings, and
other facilities. Such regulations are
designed to prevent interference with
University functions and activities. Except
where otherwise specifically authorized,
or when members of the public are
invited, the use of CU-Denver /Auraria
facilities shall be limited to faculty, staff,
and students of the CU-Denver/Auraria
campus, and to organizations having
chapters, local groups, or other recognized
University connected representation
among faculty, staff, or students of the
three academic institutions on the Auraria
campus.
CLASSROOM CONDUCT
You are expected to conduct yourself
appropriately in classroom situations. If
disruptive behavior occurs in a classroom,
an instructor has the authority to ask you
to leave the classroom. Should such
disorderly or disruptive conduct persist,
the instructor should report the matter to
Auraria Public Safety and/or the
appropriate Deans office. The appropriate
Dean or his/her representative may
withdraw a student from a particular class
for disruptive behavior, while the Student
Discipline Committee may recommend to
the Associate Vice Chancellor for Enroll-
ment and Student Services to suspend,
permanently expel, and/or permanently
exclude the student from the campus.
Appeal questions concerning disruptive
behavior should be directed to the
Academic Deans office when withdrawal
from a class is involved, and to the Direc-
tor of Student Life when suspension or
expulsion from the University is involved.
NONACADEMIC DISCIPLINE
POLICIES
Violations of Standards of Conduct
should be reported to the Director of
Student Life during working hours.
Auraria Public Safety should be contacted
during non duty hours.
If a violation occurs on campus and it is
not in a specific building, Auraria Public
Safety and/or the Director of Student Life
should be contacted.
If emergency help is needed when on
campus, contact Auraria Public Safety and
when off campus contact the Denver
Police.
Actions available to campus officials
include, but are not limited to: asking
those involved in inappropriate behavior
to cease and desist; requesting offender(s)
to leave the Auraria campus; denying or
restricting use of facilities or services;
calling Auraria Public Safety for assis-
tance; billing offender(s) for any physical
damages; pressing civil charges; and refer-
ring student(s) to the Director of Student
Life. The chart that follows illustrates the
overall structure involved.
DISCIPLINE STRUCTURE AT THE
UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT
DENVER1
(1) Violations observed may be resolved
by any of the following:
University Departments such as:
a. Admissions/Records
b. Student Union
c. University/Auraria Public Safety
d. Financial Aid
e. Veterans Affairs
Faculty/Staff
Students
Non-University Members
(2) If violation warrants further attention
contact:
Director of Student Life
a. If student(s) desires a review by the
Director of Student Life
'Academic dishonesty discipline falls under the
jurisdiction of the individual colleges and
schools.
b. If violation warrants possible
suspension or expulsion
Student Discipline Committee
(3) Final review (may request only in
cases of suspension/expulsion).
Associate Vice Chancellor for Enroll-
ment and Student Services
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
When one of the 10 Standards of Con-
duct listed in this code is violated, the
student may be referred to the Director
of Student Life. Any person may refer a
student or student group suspected of
violating this code to the Director of Stu-
dent Life. Persons making such referrals
will be asked to provide information perti-
nent to the case. The Director of Student
Life will make a determination as to the
seriousness of the case. This will be done
in most situations by asking the student(s)
involved in the case to come in for an
administrative interview to determine
what actions, if any, will be taken by the
University. Students will be notified in
writing of the results of such administra-
tive reviews.
The Director of Student Life has the
authority to:
1. Dismiss the case.
2. Take no further action other than
talking with the accused student(s).
3. Issue a University warning (a state-
ment that a students behavior has been
inappropriate and any further violation of
University rules will result in stronger
disciplinary action).
4. Place the student on disciplinary pro-
bation, a violation of the terms of which
could result in suspension or expulsion
from the University.
5. Refer cases to the Student Discipline
Committee where the above sanctions are
determined to be inadequate or the stu-
dents) desires an appeal.
6. Take other actions including but not
limited to counseling, insuring the
violator(s) provides compensation for theft
or damage, and/or placing stops on
registration.
STUDENT DISCIPLINE COMMITTEE
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Disciplinary proceedings shall be con-
ducted as administrative proceedings and
not as judicial proceedings. The University
is not a part of the judicial branch of state
government. The University has authority
to promulgate and enforce internal rules
of behavior that shall be administered in a
fair and impartial manner in harmony
with its educational objectives and


34 / General Information
administrative nature. As part of the
administrative nature of the committees
proceedings, fundamental rules of fairness
will be followed. Copies of these pro-
cedures are available in the Office of the
Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment
and Student Services.
This committee, composed of three
students and two faculty members, makes
the decision whether students charged
with violations of the student conduct
code may continue to attend the Univer-
sity of Colorado at Denver.
The Student Discipline Committee has
the authority to:
1. Dismiss the case.
2. Take no action other than talking
with the accused student.
3. Issue a University warning (a state-
ment that a students behavior has been
inappropriate and further violation of
University rules will result in stronger
disciplinary action).
4. Place the student on disciplinary pro-
bation, a violation of the terms of which
could result in suspension or expulsion
from the University.
5. Recommend suspension of a student
from the University for disciplinary
reasons. This suspension may be for
various lengths of time ranging from one
semester to an indefinite period of time;
after the period of disciplinary suspension
has expired a student may apply in
writing to have the notation on the stu-
dents record removed.
6. Recommend expulsion of a student
permanently from the University; notation
on the students record will be kept per-
manently. When a student is suspended or
expelled for disciplinary reasons an addi-
tional sanction may include being
excluded from the Auraria campus.
7. Other sanctions including but not
limited to counseling, insuring the
violator(s) provides compensation for theft
or damage, and/or placing stops on
registration.
Student(s) must be notified in writing of
the disciplinary action taken within five
(5) days.
REVIEW PROCEDURES
A student may request a review of the
recommendation of suspension or expul-
sion by the Student Discipline Committee
within seven (7) working days to the
Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment
and Student Services. Except in cases
involving the exercise of the power of
summary suspension (see below), the
sanctions of suspension or expulsion for
disciplinary reasons shall be effective only
after the administrative review by the
Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment
and Student Services, has been exhausted
or waived. The Associate Vice Chancellor
for Enrollment and Student Services deci-
sion shall be in writing to the student(s)
with a copy to the Student Discipline
Committee. Copies of review procedures
may be obtained from the Office of the
Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment
and Student Services.
SUMMARY SUSPENSION
Summary suspension is a suspension
from the University which begins imme-
diately upon notice from the appropriate
University official without a formal hear-
ing by the Student Discipline Committee.
A hearing before the Student Discipline
Committee is then scheduled as soon as
possible (usually within seven calendar
days) to determine the disposition of the
case. Summary suspension may also
include a physical exclusion from the
campus if deemed necessary.
The Chancellor and/or a Vice
Chancellor have the authority to suspend
summarily any student when in their
opinions such suspension is necessary to:
1. Maintain order on the campus.
2. Preserve the orderly functioning of
the University.
3. Stop interference in any manner with
the public or private rights of citizens on
CU-Denver/Auraria owned or controlled
property.
4. Stop actions that are threatening to
the health or safety of any person.
5. Stop actions that are destroying or
damaging property of the CU-Denver/
Auraria campus, its students, faculty, staff,
or guests.
PERMANENT RECORD NOTATIONS
While disciplinary proceedings are
pending or contemplated, a temporary
hold will be placed on the students
academic record. It will not be released
until all actions and appeal procedures
have been completed or finalized by the
University. Only in those cases where
suspension, deferred suspension, or per-
manent expulsion results from disciplinary
action will notations be placed on the
academic record.
RELEASE OF DISCIPLINARY
INFORMATION
Access to any students academic
transcript or disciplinary file shall be
governed by provisions of the Family
Educational Rights and Privacy Act of
1974. Only the student charged or those
University officials who have a legitimate
educational interest in disciplinary infor-
mation may have access to the files. All
other inquiries including but not limited to
employers, governmental agencies, news
media, friends, or Denver Police must
have a written release from the student to
gain access to University disciplinary files.
Every effort will be made by the
University to respect the privacy of the
student. However, where the identity of
the student has been publicly disclosed in
the news media, the University reserves
the right to respond as it deems appro-
priate to describe fairly and accurately the
disposition of disciplinary matters.
REFUND POLICY AFTER
DISCIPLINARY ACTION
Submission of registration materials
obligates the student to pay the assessed
tuition and fees for that term. If a student
is suspended or expelled from the Univer-
sity, the amount of tuition/fees which
would be refunded would be the same as
when a student voluntarily withdraws
from a term. See the General Information
section of this catalog or the Schedule of
Classes for more information.
The official withdrawal date applicable
for tuition/fee refund purposes will be the
date of the Student Discipline Committees
decision. In the event that circumstances
are such that the accused student has
registered for a subsequent term before
the final decision is made, that student
does so at his/her own risk and may be
liable for payment of tuition and fees for
both terms. The Committee will make the
decision as to when official suspension or
expulsion begins. Failure to make the
required payment will result in the follow-
ing action: students will become ineligible
for all University services; no grades will
be issued for courses in progress; no
transcripts, diplomas, certification, or
registration materials will be issued for the
student until the bill is paid in full; a late
payment charge in addition to the interest
on the unpaid balance will be assessed.
TRI-INSTITUTIONAL VIOLATIONS
Procedures in deciding violations of the
Code of Student Conduct, involving
students from other academic institutions
on the Auraria campus, have been
developed by CU-Denver and the institu-
tion^) involved. In such cases, the Director
of Student Life should be contacted.


Student Services / 35
Responsibilities of Computing
Services Users
Access to CU-Denver computing
systems, and use of CU-Denver computing
resources, is a privilege granted to
members of the CU-Denver community
for scholarly, research, and administrative
purposes. Those who use computing ser-
vices on the CU-Denver campus are
expected to do so in an effective, efficient,
ethical, and legal manner.
As a condition of using computer
resources on the CU-Denver campus, users
are expected to respect the privacy of
other users, to respect the integrity of the
computer systems and other users data,
and to use computer resources in an effi-
cient and productive manner.
Members of the academic community
are expected to respect the intellectual
effort and creativity of others. Therefore,
it is the responsibility of all users to
respect copyright protection of licensed
computer software. Users do not have the
right to copy licensed software programs
or documentation without the specific per-
mission of the copyright holder, or to use
unauthorized copies of licensed software.
Unauthorized use, duplication, or distribu-
tion of computer software is a violation of
University policy and Federal law.
(This statement is adapted from material
in the CU-Denver Computing Service
News, the University of Colorado Admin-
istrative Policy Statement on Copying
Computer Software, and the CU-Boulder
Academic Computing Services Statement
of Responsibilities of Users.")
Sexual Harassment
It shall be a violation of University
policy for anyone who is authorized to
recommend or take action affecting
faculty, staff or students: 1) to make sexual
advances or request sexual favors when
submission to or rejection of such conduct
is the basis for either implicitly or
explicitly imposing or granting terms and
conditions of employment that either
favorably or adversely affect the faculty,
staff, or students welfare; 2) to grant,
recommend, or refuse to take action
because of sexual favors, or as a reprisal
against the person who has rejected or
reported sexual advances; 3) to act on the
basis of sex with the purpose or effect of
unreasonably interfering with an indi-
viduals work performance or of creating
an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work-
ing environment; 4) to disregard and to
fail to investigate allegations of sexual
harassment whether reported by the
person who is the subject of the alleged
harassment, or a witness, and to fail to
take timely corrective action in the event
misconduct has occurred. Whenever there
is an abuse of authority or neglect of
responsibility involving sexual harassment,
the supervisor is required to take prompt
and corrective action consistent with
discipline provisions of the appropriate
policy manual. A faculty, staff, or student
member of the University community
may file a written complaint with the
Office of Affirmative Action, 556-2509, or
Mary Lou Fenili, Sexual Harassment
Officer, DR 850, 556-4493.
STUDENT SERVICES
Associate Vice Chancellor for Enroll-
ment and Student Services: Sheila
Hood
Student Life
Students at CU-Denver reflect the diver-
sity of its environment: many are older
than those considered to be traditional
college students; have employment and
family responsibilities in addition to their
academic programs; include substantial
numbers of minorities, women, and single
parents; and are most often enrolled part
time.
To meet the needs of this diverse stu-
dent population, CU-Denver provides stu-
dent life programs and activities designed
to complement students academic pro-
grams and to enhance their total educa-
tional experience. Students are provided
opportunities to develop, experience, and
participate in student government, social,
cultural, intellectual, and recreational pro-
grams. Student life programs create an
environment in which students are:
Assisted in developing leadership
through opportunities to practice deci-
sion making, management and
marketing, interpersonal and group
communication, and relationship skills.
Encouraged and aided in developing
social, cultural, intellectual, recreation
and governance programs that expand
involvement with the campus com-
munity and society and lead to mature
appreciation of these pursuits.
Encouraged to explore self-directed
activities that provide opportunities for
personal growth in individual and group
settings.
Exposed to various cultures and
experiences, ideas and issues, art and
musical forms, and styles of life.
Informed about institutional policies and
procedures and how these are related to
their lives and activities.
Aided in the awareness and utilization
of campus facilities and other resources.
Assisted in developing community spirit
through creative interaction among staff,
faculty, students, and members of the
local community. Students are
encouraged to involve their families in
campus events and activities.
Programs and services provided by the
Associated Students of CU-Denver, the
Division of Enrollment and Student Ser-
vices of CU-Denver, and the Auraria Stu-
dent Assistance Center Division contribute
to the fulfillment of this philosophy.
Clubs and Organizations
ACM Computing Club
American Institute of Architecture
American Planning Association
American Society of Landscape
Architects
Amnesty International
Art Club
Anthropology Club
Associated Black Students
Associated Engineering Students
Bacchus
Beta Alpha Omega
Beta Gamma Sigma
Biology Club
CASA
Chinese Culture Club
Denver Society of Black Engineers and
Scientists
Doctoral Students Association
Economics Club
Equiponderants Pre-Law Club
Eta Kappa Nu
Finance Club
Forensics Team
Geology Club
Golden Key Honor Society
Health Careers Club
Hispanic Student Association
Indiginous Peoples Club
Institute of Electronic and Electrical
Engineers
International Law Society
Iranian Cultural Club
Korean Christian Fellowship
Korean Student Association
Masters of Social Sciences Club
MBA Association
Mechanical Engineers
Musicians Association
Native American Student Association
Official Literary Society
Phi Alpha Theta
Phi Chi Theta
Philosophy Club
Photo Club
Pi Sigma Alpha
Pocket Billiards Club
Psi Chi


36 / General Information
Rainshadow Delegation
SARA
Second Stage Theatre Club
Society of Hispanic Engineers and
Scientists
Sociology Club
South American Student Association
Tau Beta Phi
Vietnamese Student Association
Associated Students of the
University of Colorado at Denver
(ASCUD)
The Associated Students of the Univer-
sity of Colorado at Denver (ASCU-Denver)
serves as a voice for students and pro-
vides activities and services not normally
offered to students under the formal
University structure. ASCU-Denver assists
students with information concerning stu-
dent clubs and organizations, issues con-
cerning student status and other
information of interest to students in
general. ASCU-Denver also provides
students with assistance with grievances
and with the opportunity to become more
intimately involved with the University
community through active participation in
student government itself or through ser-
vice on University, tri-institutional, and
AHEC committees. More information con-
cerning services and activities can be
obtained in the Student Government
Offices, Student Union, Room 340,
556-2510.
Student Legal Services
Student legal services are available to
assist students with off-campus legal prob-
lems through the provision of legal advice,
litigation preparation, document inter-
pretation, and assistance in negotiation.
The service will not represent students in
court. This student fee funded program is
provided free of charge to CU-Denver
students; however, a charge may be
assessed for actual costs incurred such as
copying, typing, etc. Contact the office for
further details at 556-3333, Student Union,
Room 255A.
The Advocate
The purpose of the student newspaper
is to advocate and provide a marketplace
of ideas from which students may make
an impartial judgment of their own. The
newspaper strives to include a combina-
tion of good investigative reporting,
feature articles, and items of general
interest to its campus readership. In addi-
tion, the newspaper is a tool to encourage
and develop writers, journalists, artists,
and other student members of its general
management and production staff. The
office is in the Student Union, Room 151,
556-8321.
Office of Student Life
The Office of Student Life is the coor-
dinating, resource, and general informa-
tion center for student clubs and
organizations, student government
(ASCUD), student programs, and the
academic honor societies. The office is
responsible for the administration of the
student fee budget and monitors all stu-
dent fee expenditures to assure com-
pliance with CU-Denver and the state of
Colorado regulations and procedures. The
Director of Student Life represents the
Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment
and Student Services on selected CU-
Denver, tri-institutional, and AHEC com-
mittees and maintains effective lines of
communication with MSC, CCD, and
AHEC. The director administers the stu-
dent conduct and discipline procedure as
described in the Code of Student Conduct.
The Office of Student Life is located in the
Student Union, Room 153, 556-3399.
Office of Veterans Affairs
The Office of Veterans Affairs (OVA) is
an initial contact point for eligible veteran
and dependent students attending CU-
Denver utilizing Veterans Administration
educational benefits. This office assists
students with filling out VA paperwork
and in solving problems associated with
the receipt of VA-related benefits.
The OVA maintains proper certification
for each eligible student to ensure that
each student meets Veterans Administra-
tion requirements of attendance, course
load and content, and other regulations
critical to the receipt of educational
benefits payments.
In addition, the OVA provides VA Voca-
tional Rehabilitation referrals, VA tutorial
assistance, the Colorado Tuition Assistance
Program, and VA work/study positions
for qualified veterans. For further informa-
tion contact the Office of Veterans Affairs
at 556-2630, NC 4015.
Office of Student Development
Services
Phone: 556-2815
Office: NC 2013
The Office of Student Development Ser-
vices provides a variety of support pro-
grams and services to CU-Denver
students. Our mission is to help students
grow in self understanding, to help make
their college years a satisfying and pro-
ductive experience, and to facilitate mean-
ingful preparation for future goals. Our
offerings include the following:
Counseling Services. Students may
obtain FREE short term personal counsel-
ing provided by professional staff. We also
will assist students and others in locating
appropriate counseling/mental health ser-
vices in the community. The office also
sponsors professionally-facilitated support
groups.
Programs and Workshops. The office
sponsors a variety of FREE or low-cost
programs and workshops on a variety of
topics such as assertiveness training, stress
management, college survival skills, drug
and alcohol awareness, etc. These pro-
grams are open to the entire CU-Denver
community.
Career Development Services. The
office provides career development
workshops and programs, career interest
testing, and individual career counseling
to CU-Denver students. Career tests
offered include Strong Campbell Interest
Inventory, Myers-Briggs Type Indicator,
and Career Orientation Placement and
Evaluation Survey.
Womens Programs and Services. Offer-
ings in this area include: a Reentry Pro-
gram for Women" each semester which
assists reentry women as they make the
transition to college life; advocacy pro-
grams such as Self Defense for Women,
and Dealing with Sexual Harassment;
scholarship offerings; and referral
/resource information.
Testing Services. The office of Student
Development Services also houses a full-
service Testing Center which provides
testing for all levels of postsecondary
education, and professional certification.
Tests offered include:
ACT American College Test
CAT California Achievement Test
GRE Graduate Record Examination
GMAT Graduate Management Admis-
sions Test
GSFLT Graduate School Foreign
Language Test


Student Services /37
MAT Miller Analogy Test
MCAT Medical College Admission Test
TOEFL Test of English as a Foreign Language
CLEP College Level Examination Program
For further information on Testing Ser-
vices, call 556-2861. The office is located
in NC 2006.
Office of Student Retention
Services
The Office of Student Retention Services
offers an array of services and programs
designed to foster cultural diversity within
the CU-Denver student body, help
students adjust to the social and intellec-
tual environment of the campus, and pro-
vide the academic support students need
to succeed in their studies and derive
maximum benefit from their college
experience. Outreach and retention ser-
vices are provided by professional staff in
four centers. These include the Center for
First-Year Students, Center for Learning
Assistance, Center for Educational Oppor-
tunity and Cultural Diversity, and the
Center for Pre-Collegiate Development.
The Office of Student Retention Services
is located in NC 2012, 556-2324.
CENTER FOR FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS
The Center for First-Year Students offers
individualized support services to help
freshman students adjust to college life
and succeed in their college studies. Per-
sonal advisors in the Center provide orien-
tation to the campus and its programs,
assist students in interpreting academic
policies and requirements, assist in the
selection of classes and academic pro-
grams commensurate with students
educational and career interests, refer
students to other campus resources, and
provide advocacy, if necessary. The Center
is located in NC 2012, 556-2546.
CENTER FOR EDUCATIONAL OPPOR-
TUNITY AND CULTURAL DIVERSITY
The Center for Educational Opportunity
and Cultural Diversity provides access and
educational opportunities to ethnic
minority students through services con-
ducive to the student's retention and
graduation. The Center houses four
distinct programs, each of which provides
academic advising, scholarship informa-
tion, cultural programs, advocacy, and
other support services tailored to the
specific needs of their students. The
Center is located in NC 2012, 556-2324.
American Indian Student Services
Program
Asian American Student Services
Program
Black Student Services Program
Hispanic Student Services Program
CENTER FOR PRE-COLLEGIATE
DEVELOPMENT
Programs offered by the Center serve to
motivate minority high school students to
pursue post-secondary education and
equip them with the academic skills
needed to be successful in their college
endeavors. The Center is located in NC
2014, 556-2322.
Pre-Collegiate Development Program.
This program enables students in grades 9
through 12 to engage in a wide range of
university activities throughout the
academic year and during a full-time, five-
week summer program. The academic
year component offers monthly study
skills and career orientation workshops,
advising, tutoring, and a variety of
cultural enrichment experiences. The five-
week summer session for students in the
10th and 11th grades consists of
accelerated classes for which students
receive elective high school credit, career
orientation, and engage in cultural
activities.
Minority Scholars Program. The MSP is
an early college enrollment program for
college bound, high achieving minority
students who are completing their final
year of high school. The program enables
students to begin their college studies by
taking one course at CU-Denver during
the spring semester of their senior year.
The credit earned in the course can be
applied toward a bachelors degree. While
enrolled in the program, students par-
ticipate in workshops designed to
acclimate them to the University and
prepare them for college study.
CENTER FOR LEARNING ASSISTANCE
The Center for Learning Assistance is
designed to promote student success in
the academic setting. Services are avail-
able to all CU-Denver students. The
Centers services include tutoring,
workshops, academic institutional credit
courses, consulting, and a minority
resource library. First-generation college
students may be eligible for more inten-
sive services through the Student Support
Services component of the Center. The
Center is located in NC 2004, 556-2802.
Tutoring. Free tutoring is available in
many subject areas (some limitations
apply). Individual or group sessions are
held on weekdays/evenings. Both
scheduled and open, drop-in" style tutor-
ing are available at established times
throughout each term.
Workshops. Study skills and computer
workshops are provided on such topics as
test-taking, memory and study techniques,
notetaking, introduction to the personal
computer, and word processing.
Consulting. Academic, financial aid, and
personal consulting are available. Peer
advocacy is available to students eligible
for the Student Support Services Program.
Library. The Center maintains a small
periodical and a book collection authored
by, and/or about, minorities; these
resources are available for student
research and leisure.
Courses. Courses are offered in a small
group format in the areas of college sur-
vival skills (study skills and computer
word processing), English as a second
language, and problem solving.
CMMU. 1400-3. Reading for Speakers of
Other Languages. This course is designed
for ESL students who need to improve their
reading and vocabulary skills. Students will
increase their reading ability through
vocabulary building, work attack strategies,
and reading analysis.
CMMU. 1410-3. Composition for
Speakers of Other Languages I. This is
the first course in the ESL composition
sequence. Writing begins with sentence-level
development and continues with the devel-
opment of paragraphs based on Western
rhetorical patterns. Grammar appropriate to
students needs will be incorporated into the
class.
CMMU. 1420-3. Composition for
Speakers of Other Languages II. Con-
tinued work on grammar, syntax, and the
mechanics of writing. Writing begins with
paragraphs and moves into essay writing.
Prer., CMMU. 1410 or ESL coordinators
approval.
CMMU. 1430-3. Advanced ESL Writing
Skills. This is the third course in the ESL
composition sequence. Emphasis is placed
on more complex grammatical problems and
on the development of longer compositions.
Prer., CMMU. 1420 or ESL coordinators
approval.
STSK. 0705-1. Problem Solving. This
course is designed to improve investigative
and problem solving skills. Scientific theory,
empirical methodology, and research
methods will be utilized. Individual topics of
investigation will be assigned.
STSK. 0707-1. College Survival Skills.
This course is designed to promote success
in the academic setting. Topics covered will
include university resources, conquering the


38 / General Information
university system, listening and notetaking,
study and memory techniques, test-taking
skills, time management, library research
strategies, and word processing.
STSK. 0708-1. Introduction to Word Pro-
cessing. This course will thoroughly
familiarize the student with an easy-to-use
word processing program that will assist in
the process of writing text revision and rear-
rangement, and the production of letter-
perfect documents. (The word processing
program used will be one that is available in
the open, student-use computer lab areas.)
STSK. 0800-1. Advanced ESL Grammar/
Composition. This class meets for two
hours a week. It is designed for students
who do not feel competent with their
English composition skills. This class is
highly individualized in order to focus on
those grammar and writing structures that
pose particular problems for ESL students.
STSK. 0801-1. Communications Skills
for ESL Students. This course meets twice
a week to improve the oral communication
skills of students whose first language is not
English. Skills include use of idiomatic
English, cross-cultural awareness, cross-
cultural problems in communications, and
pronunciation.
STSK. 0802-1. Improving Academic
Reading Skills for ESL Students. This
class meets twice a week. The aim of the
class is to improve the students ability to
read academic texts. Skills practiced include
skimming/scanning, reading for the main
idea, and critical reading.
STSK. 0806-1. Study Skills for ESL
Students. This class is designed for ESL
students to improve those skills needed for
effective participation in the college
classroom. It will meet two times a week
and will be taken in conjunction with a
social science introductory level class.
Coreq., Econ., or PSc., or Soc. to be
determined.
STSK. 0807-1. College Survival Skills for
ESL Students. This two-hour a week course
covers topics such as college resources, time
management, textbook reading, test anxiety,
and test-taking. The goal of this course is to
help students acquire the skills needed to
succeed in an academic setting.
CENTER FOR INTERNSHIPS
AND COOPERATIVE
EDUCATION
Director: Janet Michalski
Assistant Director and Coordinator,
Engineering: Diane Berkley
Coordinator, Liberal Arts and
Sciences: Cherrie Grove
Coordinator, Business and
Administration: Wayne Sundell
Coordinator, Liberal Arts and
Sciences: Anthony Trelikes
Administrative Assistant: Becky Carter
IBM Faculty on Loan: James T. Hrbek
Office: 1047 Ninth Street Historic Park
Telephone: 556-2892
The Center for Internships and Cooper-
ative Education, established at CU-Denver
in 1973, provides students with an oppor-
tunity to supplement their academic
classroom learning with on-the-job work
experiences or internships related to their
academic studies. Students are placed
either as paid co-op trainees or as interns
for academic credit with corporations,
businesses, or government agencies in the
Denver metropolitan area as well as out
of state.
Faculty coordinators from each of the
Universitys colleges and schools act as
liaisons between the Center and the
academic departments. The Center cur-
rently places over 400 students each year
with some 250 participating employers.
Over 30 percent of all co-op students are
graduate students.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative education is an educational
method which combines classroom study
with paid, career related, off-campus
work. The purpose is to give students the
opportunity to apply what they have
learned in the classroom to real world
situations, and to bring that experience
back to the classroom as a learning tool.
Cooperative education offers students
paid long-term positions (two or more
semesters) during which students alternate
semesters of full-time work with semesters
of full-time school, or work part time year
round. Co-op experiences may be eligible
for academic credit, and many jobs lead
to permanent career positions upon
graduation.
Internships
Internships offer students short-term
positions (one semester) and they may or
may not be paid. Internships are usually
done for academic credit and are popular
with students who like to explore a vari-
ety of careers. Many students complete
two, three, or even four internships before
graduation. Internships, like co-op jobs,
are related to the students academic
studies and/or career goals.
Eligibility for Placement
The Center is open to all students
enrolled at least half time in any CU-
Denver college or school who have com-
pleted their freshman year, have main-
tained a grade-point average of 2.5, and
have completed at least 12 hours in
residence (6 hours for graduate students).
Some employers have additional
requirements, i.e., U.S. citizenship, will-
ingness to travel, and specific course
work.
Academic Credit for Work
Experience
Undergraduate students placed by the
Center in paid or non-paid positions, as
well as students who have obtained their
own jobs, can apply to earn academic
credit through courses in the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences, and the College
of Engineering and Applied Science.
Graduate students in the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences, School of
Education, Graduate School of Public
Affairs, and School of Architecture and
Planning can earn internship, experiential
learning, field study, or practicum credit
through courses established for this
purpose.
Why Students Participate in
Cooperative Education
Students recognize the value of combin-
ing theory with practice and find greater
relevance in their studies.
Co-op education allows students to test
classroom teaching in the laboratory of
the real world.


Internships and Cooperative Education / 39
The program teaches students valuable
job-search skills such as resume writing
and interviewing techniques.
Co-op provides a means of financial
assistance that is available to all
students, regardless of family income
levels or other financial aid arrange-
ments, and does not leave students
burdened with educational debts.
The inclusion of a work component and
the contribution from co-op earnings are
major factors in encouraging first-
generation college students to pursue a
college degree.
Because work experiences involve
students with co-workers who come
from a variety of backgrounds, students
develop a deeper understanding of other
people and greater skills in human
relations.
Why Employers Participate in
Co-op Programs
Co-op students are an excellent source
of temporary manpower for special proj-
ects and peak loads or busy seasons.
Co-op allows the employer to assess an
individuals potential for employment
after graduation, thus saving entry-level
recruiting costs.
Co-op students can increase productivity
of full-time professional staff.
Co-op students are highly motivated,
productive, and dependable.
CU-Denver students bring knowledge
about the latest academic research to
their employers.
As verified by many studies, co-op
students subsequently become full-time
employees with far lower turnover rates
and better promotion potential than the
average entry level professional.
Facts About Cooperative
Education
Cooperative education programs have
been established in over 80 percent of
the Fortune 500 corporations. All of the
top 10 Fortune 500 companies are
involved in cooperative education.
The last three presidents of General
Motors at one time were cooperative
education students.
Cooperative education has been con-
ducted successfully in the U.S. since
1906.
Over 1,000 colleges and universities cur-
rently have cooperative education
programs.
An estimated 200,000 college students
are enrolled in cooperative education
and gross annual earnings are calculated
to be in excess of $200,000,000.
Co-op Employers
Employers who recruit CU-Denver
students for cooperative education posi-
tions include:
Martin Marietta
IBM Corporation
Hughes Aircraft Company
MacNeil/Lehrer Newshour
National Park Service
Rockwell International
U.S. Bureau of Reclamation
U S WEST Communications
Walt Disney World, Inc.
Office of the Governor, State of
Colorado
Peat Marwick Main & Co.
Kyle Belding Gallery
National Bureau of Standards
KCNC-TV
Los Angeles Times
U.S. General Accounting Office
Denver General Hospital
Environmental Protection Agency
Denver Center for the Performing Arts
Walters & Theis Law Firm
Bloomsbury Review
Colorado Housing & Finance Authority
Hospice of Metro Denver
U.S. Bureau of Land Management
Denver Public Defenders Office
Colorado Association of Commerce and
Industry
Colorado Association of Public
Employees
LIBRARY SERVICES
Auraria Library
Acting Director: Jean F. Hemphill
Acting Associate Director: Marilyn J.
Mitchell
Associate Director for External
Affairs: Margie Shurgot
Assistant Director for Collection and
Automation Services: Marilyn J.
Mitchell
Assistant Director for Media and
Telecommunications Services:
Muriel E. Woods
Assistant Director for Instruction and
Research Services: Camila Alire
Offices: Auraria Library, 11th and
Lawrence Sts.
Telephone: Administration: 556-2805
Telephone: Information: 556-2741
Faculty:
Associate Professor: Jean F. Hemphill
Assistant Professors: Dene L. Clark,
Patricia A. Eskoz, Brian D. Holtz, Elnora
Mercado, Terry Ann Mood, Martin A.
Tessmer, Robert L. Wick, Muriel E.
Woods
Instructors: Camila Alire, Orlando
Archibeque, Lori Arp, Anthony J.
Dedrick, Nikki Dilgarde, Joan B.
Fiscella, Kathleen Kenny, Marit S.
MacArthur, Marilyn J. Mitchell,
Elizabeth Porter, Jay Schafer, Mara
Sprain, Louise T. Stwalley, Linda Tietjen,
Margie Wait, Rutherford W. Witthus,
Eveline L. Yang
Board of Directors, Friends of
Auraria Library
Gail E. Bundy, U.S. West Marketing
Resources Group
Lucy Creighton, First Interstate Bank
Claudia Allen Dillman, Gannett Outdoors
Nancy Ellins
David Howlett, The Denver Partnership
L.T. (Linn) Leeburg, Western Gas Supply
Company
Darwin Niekerk, Adolph Coors Co.
Christopher G. Nims, Gensler & Associates
Duane D. Pearsall, Columbine Venture
Funds
Joan Ringel, Colorado Association of
Commerce and Industry
Stuart C. Rogers, S.C. Rogers, Inc.
Terry M. Wickre, Wicker-Works Video
Productions, Inc.
Lester Woodward, Davis, Graham &
Stubbs
Access to information is essential to
academic success. The Auraria Library,
located at the center of the campus, pro-
vides a wide range of learning resources
and services to support academic pro-
grams. The Library is administered by the
University of Colorado at Denver.


40 / General Information
The Collection
The Auraria Library has a collection of
over 600,000 volumes. In addition to a
strong, up-to-date book collection, the
Library also has over 2,000 journal
and newspaper subscriptions and a
film/videotape collection. The Library
is a select depository for U.S. government
publications and a full depository for Colo-
rado state documents. The Auraria
Librarys collection is supplemented by
providing access to other libraries
within the state and nationally though
interlibrary loan services.
InfoColorado
InfoColorado is a database project
developed and managed by the Library
to collect and provide access to local
economic development information so
vital to the business and economic growth
of the state. In April 1988, Governor Roy
Romer designated the Auraria Library as
the central clearinghouse for state
economic development information,
answering Colorados need for ready
access to accurate, coordinated, and
systematically-developed information in
such areas as labor and market profiles,
economic trends and forecasting, statistical
and demographic profiles, industry-specific
business activity, and information to assist
in the creation, expansion, and relocation
of business in Colorado. The database cur-
rently contains abstracts of business and
economics articles from major newspapers,
journals, studies, and reports from across
the state as well as references to agencies
and organizations which create, analyze,
and provide access to primary economic
development data. Because InfoColorado
is available through the online system of
the Colorado Alliance of Research
Libraries (CARL), it is accessible to library
users statewide and through telephone
dial-up from home or business computers
anywhere in the country.
The Online Public Access
Catalog
Access to the Auraria Librarys collec-
tion is through the online Public Access
Catalog (PAC), a user-friendly system that
also allows for searching of the collections
of many other libraries throughout the
state. The online Public Access Catalog,
which was developed as a cooperative
project by the Colorado Alliance of
Research Libraries, has received national
recognition for being on the cutting edge
of information technology. The online PAC
system allows faster and more com-
prehensive searches than were possible
with the traditional card catalog. In addi-
tion to using PAC at the Library, patrons
may obtain dial-up access through a home
or office computer with a modem; PAC
also appears as a menu item on the CU-
Denver mainframe computer.
Reference Services
The Auraria Librarys reference depart-
ment stands ready to assist students and
faculty in using the Librarys resources.
The reference department is staffed
during all times the Library is open. In
addition, brief reference questions, such as
whether or not the Library owns a par-
ticular item, can be answered over the
phone.
Media Services
The Media and Telecommunications
Division of the Library offers a full range
of media services. The media distribution
department manages the Librarys media
collection, which consists of videotapes,
audiotapes, records, 16mm films, and kits.
These materials are listed in the online
Public Access Catalog. This department
also houses media viewing and listening
facilities. The Library operates an
18-channel television distribution system
which is wired into all classrooms on
campus; at a faculty members request
a film or videotape can be transmitted
directly into the classroom over this sys-
tem. This system also can transmit live
programs from St. Cajetans, the Student
Union, and the Librarys television studio
to other locations on campus. A self-
service graphics lab is also available for
student use in the Media and Telecom-
munications Division and a professional
graphic designer is available to assist
users.
Computer Assisted Research
Online database searching, for which
there is a fee, can save many hours of
researching printed abstracts and indexes.
In some cases, it provides the only access
to certain materials. The Library has
access to well over 200 databases. In addi-
tion to bibliographic information, many of
the business databases also contain direc-
tory and financial information. Questions
about the Computer Assisted Research
service should be directed to the Library's
reference department.
Information Retrieval Service
The information retrieval service was
instituted as a special aid for busy re-
searchers. For a reasonable fee, Library
staff can assist patrons in locating and
checking out the library materials they
need. Working from the patrons
bibliography, staff can: locate and check
out books owned by the Library;
photocopy articles from journals owned
by the Library; submit interlibrary loan
requests for materials which the Library
does not own; and deliver the materials
to the patrons home or office. Inquiries
about this time-saving service should be
directed to the reference department.
Library Instruction
The Library is committed to educating
people to meet the demands of the Infor-
mation Society. The Library offers a wide
range of instructional programming,
including a self-paced audiocassette walk-
ing tour of the Library, as well as class
sessions to teach information access skills
and strategies.
Course content ranges from teaching
the skills needed to use a printed index to
advanced research methodology for public
affairs and other graduate students. All
instructional programming is developed in
conjunction with discipline faculty. For
more information about the Librarys
instructional offerings contact the office of
the Coordinator of Instructional Services
at the Library.
Architecture and Planning
Library
The Librarys main collection is sup-
plemented by the material housed at the
nearby Architecture and Planning Branch
Library. With a collection of over 13,000
books, 120 periodical subscriptions, and
14,000 slides, this branch library offers
specialized information to students of
architecture, interior design, landscape
architecture, urban design, and planning.
This branch library is open to any student
who needs access to these materials.


Library Services / 41
Services for Persons with
Disabilities
The Library is committed to making its
resources and services available to all
students. Through the media distribution
department, a wide variety of adaptive
equipment is available to assist persons
with disabilities including a Kurzell
Reading Machine, a Voyager VTEK
magnifier, a Braille dictionary, the World
Book Encyclopedia in Braille and on
cassette, the Perkins Brailler, and several
large print dictionaries. Library services to
assist persons with disabilities include
orientation to the physical layout of the
Library, retrieval of materials, and
assistance with use of the Public Access
Catalog, periodicals indexes, and special
adaptive equipment.
Additional Facilities
Coin-operated typewriters, a copy
center, change machines, and study rooms
are all available at the Library.
Internships
The Library offers internships, prac-
ticums, and independent studies to
students interested in telecommunications
or information management.




The Graduate School
Acting Dean: Robert Damrauer
Office: DR 710
Telephone: 556-2663
INFORMATION ABOUT THE
SCHOOL
Quality graduate programs are
synonymous with the University of Colo-
rado. Professors are actively involved in
research or creative activity and, as
teacher/scholars, continue to study and
absorb new data, ideas, and techniques,
eventually bringing these experiences to
the classroom. Graduate students at CU-
Denver gain not only from interactions
with the graduate faculty but also from
other students in the classroom. Because
most of CU-Denvers graduate students are
older and employed, they bring practical
experience gained in the Denver com-
munity to the classroom and are ready
to relate the realities of practice to the
models presented in the classroom.
The Graduate School is a University-
wide body that authorizes programs
within its constituent colleges and schools.
At CU-Denver, Education, Engineering,
and Liberal Arts and Sciences, are col-
leges or schools whose graduate programs
are offered through The Graduate School.
In concept, there is a single Graduate
School regardless of campus. In practice,
most masters-level programs are specific
to the campus where the student is admit-
ted, insofar as particular options and
advisors are concerned.
Doctoral level programs in a discipline
are viewed as the responsibility of the
entire University community of that
discipline. Doctoral level programs on the
CU-Denver campus are either coordinated
through the office of the system graduate
dean or through the corresponding
Denver or Boulder department. The Ph.D.
degree in applied mathematics is a system
degree in which application is made to
The Graduate School at CU-Denver. In a
number of other disciplines with
integrated degrees, most or all course
work for the Ph.D. can be completed at
Denver and the research advisor may be
a member of the CU-Denver faculty, but
the degree program is administered by the
Boulder department. In other disciplines,
a significant portion of the course work
required for the Ph.D. degree may be
taken at CU-Denver. Persons interested
in pursuing doctoral level work should
consult with the appropriate discipline
graduate advisor.
Anyone wishing further information not
given in this catalog should write to the
dean of The Graduate School, University
of Colorado at Denver, 1200 Larimer St.,
Denver, CO 80204.
Degrees Offered
The following graduate programs are
authorized for completion through The
Graduate School at CU-Denver. In some
cases, a specific required course may only
be offered through the University of Colo-
rado at Boulder in a given year.
The Master of Arts (M.A.) in:
Anthropology History
Biology Mathematics
Communication and Political Science
Theatre Psychology
Economics Sociology
English
The Master of Arts (M.A. Education) in:
Counseling and personnel services
Curriculum and instruction
Early childhood education
Educational administration, supervision
and curriculum
Educational psychology
Special education
The Master of Science (M.S.) in:
Applied mathematics
Chemistry
Civil engineering
Computer science1
Electrical engineering
Environmental science
Mechanical engineering
Technical communica-
tion
The Master of Basic Science (M.B.S.)
The Master of Engineering (M.E.)1
The Master of Humanities (M.H.)
The Master of Social Science (M.S.S.)
The Specialist in Education (Ed.S.)
Significant course work can be taken at
the Denver campus in the following
masters degree programs:
Fine arts
Geology
Journalism
Philosophy
'Awarded through
CU-Boulder
The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in:
Applied mathematics
Educational administration, supervision
and curriculum
Public administration
Significant course work is available at
the Denver campus in the programs listed
below. Students can be resident on the
Denver campus studying in these areas in
order to take advantage of the multi-
campus activities of The Graduate School.
It is usually advised that a student com-
plete some course work at another
campus of the University.
Biology Electrical engineering
Chemistry English
Civil engineering Mechanical engineering
Communication Psychology
Computer science
The Graduate School at
CU-Denver
An average of 4,358 students are
enrolled in graduate programs at CU-
Denver each fall and spring semester,
which includes 1,186 non-degree students
taking graduate courses. Of these, approx-
imately 78 percent are part-time students.
Faculty
The faculty teaching in these programs
are headquartered at CU-Denver, although
resources of other University of Colorado
campuses are used.
Computing Services
The Computing Services department
supports computer use by both the
academic and administrative communities
at CU-Denver. For a complete description
of services offered see Special Programs
and Facilities in the General Information
section of this catalog.
Financial Aid for Graduate Study
COLORADO GRADUATE GRANT
The Colorado Graduate Grant is
administered by The Graduate School.
Competition for these funds is based


44 / The Graduate School
on demonstrated need and is open to
graduate students who are residents of the
State of Colorado. Grant awards are
announced each semester for the follow-
ing semester. Applications are available
from the Office of Financial Aid.
COLORADO GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS
Colorado Graduate Fellowships are
awarded primarily to entering and conti-
nuing regular degree doctoral students.
These are awarded to entering students
on the basis of academic promise, and to
continuing students on the basis of
academic success.
GRADUATE STUDENT TEACHING
APPOINTMENTS
Many departments employ graduate
students as part-time instructors or
teaching assistants. The instructorship is
reserved for those advanced graduate
students already possessing an appropriate
M.A. degree who may be independently
responsible for the conduct of a section or
course. Payment for these teaching
appointments for 1990-91 is: instructor (20
hours per week), $8,930; teaching assis-
tant (20 hours per week), salary range
$5,381 $7,080 for the academic year.
A half-time appointment for an instruc-
tor is considered to be equal to 6 class
contact hours; a half-time teaching assis-
tant is appointed for 20 hours per week.
Compensation is based on the number of
hours per week. Nonresident students
employed as assistants may or may not be
eligible for the nonresident tuition dif-
ferential stipend for their first-year
appointment as an assistant only. Excep-
tions extending beyond the first year must
be approved in advance by the respective
dean. Teaching assistants and instructors
must be enrolled as full-time students
(registered for at least 5 credit hours of
mixed undergraduate/graduate/thesis or
dissertation) in good standing for the full
period of their appointment.
RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS
Research activities provide opportunities
for graduate students to obtain part-time
work as research assistants in many
departments. Nonresident students who
are appointed as research assistants in
nongeneral fund accounts may or may
not be eligible for resident tuition rates.
Assistants must be enrolled as full-time
students (registered for at least 5 credit
hours of mixed undergraduate/grad-
uate/thesis or dissertation).
LOAN FUNDS
Graduate students wishing to apply for
long-term loans and for part-time jobs
through the college workstudy program
should submit an Application for Financial
Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by
March 1. This office also provides short-
term loan assistance to students who have
completed one or more semesters in
residence. Short-term loans are designed
to supplement inadequate personal funds
and to provide for emergencies.
Applicants should go directly to the Office
of Financial Aid.
EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES
The University maintains an employ-
ment service in the Office of Financial Aid
to help students obtain part-time work
either through conventional employment
or through the college work-study
program.
Students employed by the University are
hired solely on the basis of merit and
fitness, a policy which avoids favor or
discrimination because of race, color,
creed, sex, age, handicap, or national
origin. Students are also referred to pro-
spective employers in accordance with
this policy.
International Education
The Office of International Education
expedites the exchange of students and
faculty, entertains foreign visitors, pro-
motes special relationships with foreign
universities, and acts as advisor for
Fulbright and other scholarships.
The office also arranges study abroad
programs. Students remain enrolled at the
University of Colorado while taking
regular courses in the foreign universities.
A B average with the equivalent of two
years of college-level work in the
appropriate language is required. There
also are occasional summer programs
offering academic credit.
Peace Corps information may be
obtained from the Office of International
Education.
For additional information contact the
Office of International Education, Boulder
campus, 492-7741, or the Office of Inter-
national Programs, Auraria Higher Educa-
tion Center, 556-3660.
REQUIREMENTS FOR
ADMISSION
General Requirements
Students may be admitted to The
Graduate School in either of the two
categories described below.
Admission to The Graduate School is
not admission to candidacy for an
advanced degree. A student who wishes
to become a candidate for a degree must
make special application at the time and
in the manner prescribed by the
requirements for the degree sought.
The University reserves the right to
deny admission to applicants whose total
credentials reflect an inability to assume
those obligations of performance and
behavior deemed essential by the Univer-
sity and relevant to any of its lawful mis-
sions, processes, and functions as an
educational institution.
REGULAR DEGREE STUDENTS
Qualified students are admitted to
regular degree status by the appropriate
department. In addition to departmental
approval, applicants for admission as
regular degree students must:
1. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a
college or university of recognized stand-
ing, or have done work equivalent to that
required for such a degree and equivalent
to the degree given at this university.
2. Show promise of ability to pursue
advanced study and research, as judged
by their previous scholastic record.
3. Have had adequate preparation to
enter graduate study in the field chosen.
4. Have at least a 2.75 undergraduate
grade-point average on all work taken.
5. Meet additional requirements for
admission as established by major
departments.
Regular degree students must maintain
at least a 3.0 grade-point average each
semester or summer term on all work
taken, whether it is to be applied toward
the intended advanced degree or not.
Students who fail to maintain this stan-
dard of performance will be subject to
suspension from The Graduate School.
PROVISIONAL DEGREE STUDENTS
Applicants who do not meet the
requirements for admission as regular
degree students may be admitted as provi-
sional degree students upon the recom-
mendation of the major department.
Upon the recommendation of the Admis-
sions Committee and concurrence of the


Graduate Admissions / 45
dean of The Graduate School, a depart-
ment may admit provisional students for a
probationary term, which may not exceed
two consecutive calendar years. At the
end of the probationary period, provi-
sional degree students must either be
admitted to regular degree status or be
dropped from the graduate program.
Credit earned by persons in provisional
degree status may count toward a degree
at this University.
Provisional degree students are required
to maintain a 3.0 grade-point average or
higher, according to the terms of their
provisional admission, each semester or
summer term on all work taken, whether
or not it is to be applied toward the
advanced degree sought. Students who
fail to maintain such a standard of perfor-
mance, will be subject to suspension from
The Graduate School.
Note: All provisional applicants must
have completed a minimum of six
semester hours of graduate level course
work or must take the Graduate Record
Examination and submit scores as part of
the application.
SENIORS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF
COLORADO
A senior in this University who has
satisfied the undergraduate residence
requirements and who needs not more
than 6 semester hours of advanced sub-
ject and 12 credit points to meet the
requirements for a bachelors degree, may
be admitted to The Graduate School by
special permission of the dean.
A University of Colorado senior enrolled
in the College of Engineering and Applied
Science who needs not more than 18
semester hours or 36 credit points to meet
the requirements for a bachelors degree
may be admitted to The Graduate School,
but is not eligible for financial aid, scholar-
ships, or fellowships as a graduate student
until the equivalent of the minimum
requirements for the bachelors degree
have been satisfied.
Application Procedures
Graduate students who expect to study
at CU-Denver should contact the CU-
Denver Graduate School office concerning
procedures for forwarding completed
applications.
An applicant for admission must present
a completed Application Form (Parts I and
II), which may be obtained from the CU-
Denver Graduate School office, and two
official transcripts from each institution
attended. The application must be accom-
panied by a nonrefundable application fee
of $30 (check or money order) when the
application is submitted. No application
will be processed unless this fee is paid.
Many departments require scores from the
Graduate Record Examination, and all
departments require three or four letters
of recommendation.
When a prospective degree student
applies for admission, the chairperson of
each department or a committee named
for the purpose shall decide whether the
applicant shall be admitted and shall
make that decision known to The
Graduate School deans office, which will
inform the student. Persons not wishing to
work toward an advanced degree are
referred to as non-degree students (see
Non-degree Students in this section).
A completed application must be in the
office of the major department at least 90
days prior to the term for which admis-
sion is sought or earlier as may be
required by the major department.
Students who wish to apply for a
graduate student award for the academic
year 1990-91, e.g., fellowship, scholarship,
assistantship, etc., must file a completed
application with the department before
the announced departmental deadline (see
previous section on financial aid).
READMISSION OF FORMER AND
SUSPENDED STUDENTS
Students who were previously admitted
to a graduate degree program but who
did not complete that degree program
and who have not been registered for one
year or more at the University must:
1. Clarify their status with either the
department or The Graduate School to
determine their eligibility to return and
pursue the same degree.
2. After receiving departmental
approval, as indicated above, submit a
new application Part I to The Graduate
School office before deadlines are passed
for the term in which they expect to
return to the University. A $30 application
fee is required unless an exception is
given by The Graduate School. Applica-
tion deadlines are available from the
department.
Former students who wish to change
from undergraduate to graduate status or
from one major to another must apply to
the new department.
Students transferring from one campus
to another must apply and be accepted to
the new campus.
A student admitted to The Graduate
School for the masters program must
reapply for the doctoral program.
A suspended student is eligible to apply
for readmission after one year. Approval
or rejection of this application rests jointly
with the students major department and
the dean. In case of lack of agreement
between the department and the dean or
in the case of appeal by the student, the
final decision will be made by the
Executive Committee.
FOREIGN APPLICANTS
Prospective foreign students should have
completed applications on file in The
Graduate School office prior to December
1 for the Summer Term, March 1 for the
Fall Semester, and July 1 for the Spring
Semester. The application packet should
include the $50 fee, TOEFL scores, finan-
cial documentation, Graduate Record
Examination scores, official English
translation of all school records, and other
documents as noted in the previous sec-
tion on Application Procedures.
Acceptable TOEFL Scores. The TOEFL
is the Test of English as a Foreign
Language. If your native language is not
English, or you have not attended a
British or American university for at least
one year and achieved satisfactory grades,
then you must take the TOEFL. All pro-
grams within CU-Denvers Graduate
Schoolarts and sciences, education, engi-
neering, and doctoral programsrequire a
minimum score of 525 for regular admis-
sion. Those earning less than 525 will nor-
mally be referred to the Spring
International Language Center (on
campus) for further language study.
During that time, these students will study
on an 1-20 from Spring, but may take
classes as non-degree students at CU-
Denver. They may subsequently be
granted regular admission to The
Graduate School. All international students
who take the TOEFL and are granted
regular admission to CU-Denvers Graduate
School will be asked to take both the
Michigan and SPEAK tests during their
first semester of study. Those whose
TOEFL fell between 525 and 550 will be
required to take additional language train-
ing in light of whatever deficiencies may
be revealed by these diagnostic tests.
Those whose TOEFL exceed 550 will be
encouraged, but not required, to under-
take additional training in light of their
performance on these tests. Students seek-
ing admission to all other graduate pro-
grams, including those in architecture and
planning, business, and public affairs,
should consult those program descriptions
for language requirements.
GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS
At the option of any department, the
Graduate Record Examination may be
required of applicants for admission to the


46 / The Graduate School
graduate program, assistantships, or of any
students before their status is determined.
Students who are applying for assistant-
ships for the fall semester take the GRE
no later than the December testing date
so that their scores will be available to the
graduate awards selection committee. Six
weeks should be allowed for GRE scores
to be received by an institution.
Information regarding these examina-
tions may be obtained from The Graduate
School office or the CU-Denver Testing
Center, or from The Educational Testing
Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California
94701, or Box 955, Princeton, New Jersey
08540.
OTHER GRADUATE QUALIFYING
EXAMINATIONS
Students entering professional schools
and special programs may obtain informa-
tion at the Student Testing Center on the
following examinations: Graduate Manage-
ment Admissions Test (GMAT), Graduate
Record Examination (GRE), Miller
Analogies Test (MAT), Dopplet, and Law
School Admissions Test (LSAT).
NON-DEGREE STUDENTS
A student not wishing to earn an
advanced degree from the University of
Colorado should apply to the Office of
Admissions and Records, CU-Denver, 1200
Larimer St., Denver, CO 80204. Non-
degree students will be allowed to register
only on the campus to which they have
been admitted.
Non-degree students desiring to pursue
a graduate degree program at this Univer-
sity are encouraged to submit the com-
plete graduate application and supporting
credentials as soon as possible.
A department may recommend to the
graduate dean the acceptance of as much
as 9 hours credit toward the requirements
of a masters degree for courses taken
either as a student at another recognized
graduate school, as a non-degree student
at the University, or both. In addition, the
department may recommend to the
graduate dean the acceptance of credit
courses taken as a non-degree student at
this University during the term for which
the student applied for admission to The
Graduate School, provided such admission
date was delayed through no fault of the
student. A grade of B or better must be
obtained in any course work transferred in
this manner.
REGISTRATION
Course Work and Examinations
On the regular registration days of each
semester, students who have been admit-
ted to The Graduate School and who
expect to study in The Graduate School
are required to complete appropriate
registration procedures.
Students should register for classes the
semester they are accepted into The
Graduate School. If unable to attend that
semester they must notify the department
that has accepted them and submit the
necessary forms to the Office of Admis-
sions and Records at CU-Denver in order
to attend the following semester.
Changes in Registration
A student who wishes to drop a course
or take it for no credit should follow the
drop/add standard procedure (see current
Schedule of Classes). After the tenth week
of classes graduate students may not drop,
add, or change a course to no credit
without presenting a letter to the dean of
their college, CU-Denver, stating the
exceptional circumstances that justify the
change. This letter, endorsed by the
instructor of the course, must accompany
the properly signed and completed
drop/add card or no-credit option form.
Withdrawal
Graduate students who desire to
withdraw from the University must apply
to the dean of their college for permission
to withdraw in good standing. A student
who discontinues attendance in a course
without official withdrawal will be
marked as having failed the course. The
withdrawal form must be signed by the
instructor of the course and pass/fail
must be indicated with the instructors
initials.
Master's Thesis
Graduate students working toward
masters degrees, if they expect to present
a thesis in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree, must register
for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester
hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours.
The final grade will be withheld until the
thesis is completed. If the thesis is not
completed at the end of the term in
which the student is so registered, an in
progress (IP) will be reported. (The stu-
dent may not register again for any por-
tion of thesis credit on which an IP grade
has been submitted.)
Limitation of Registration
FULL LOAD
A graduate student will be considered to
be carrying a full load during a regular
semester for purposes of determining
residence credit if the student is registered
for at least 5 credit hours of mixed
undergraduate/graduate/thesis or disser-
tation hours.
A maximum of two-thirds of a semester
of resident credit may be earned during
the summer if a student registers for three
semester hours of other graduate work, or
any number of thesis hours.
For the number of hours required for
financial aid see Financial Aid at the
University of Colorado at Denver in the
General Information section of this
catalog. A graduate student may contact
the deans office for information on the
appeal process regarding the full load
requirement for financial aid purposes.
MAXIMUM LOAD
No graduate student may receive credit
toward a degree for more than 15 hours
in a regular semester.
The maximum number of graduate
credits that may be applied toward a
degree during a summer term at CU-
Denver is 10 hours per 10-week summer
term. A graduate student may contact the
deans office for information on the appeal
process regarding an overload.
UNIVERSITY EMPLOYEES
Full-time employees of the University
may not undertake more than 6 credit
hours per semester. Part-time employees,
including assistants, may take such work
as is approved by the major departments.
TUITION AND FEES
The schedule of tuition and fees is given
in the General Information section of this
catalog.
REQUIREMENTS FOR
ADVANCED DEGREES
Quality of Graduate Work
Although the work for advance degrees
is specified partly in terms of credit hours,
an advanced degree will not be conferred


Master's Degree / 47
merely for the completion of a specified
period of residence and the passing of a
given number of courses. Students should
not expect to obtain all the training,
knowledge, and grasp of ideas necessary
to meet the requirement for an advanced
degree from formal courses. They should
work on their own initiative, reading
widely and thoughtfully, reaching their
own conclusions, and acquiring a sense of
values, perspective, proportion.
All studies offered for credit toward an
advanced degree (except those in deficien-
cies) must be of graduate status.
A student is expected to maintain at
least a B average in all work attempted
while enrolled in The Graduate School.
For the Ph.D., a course mark below B is
unsatisfactory and will not be counted
toward fulfilling the minimum
requirements for the degree.
A student who fails to do satisfactory
work will be subject to suspension from
The Graduate School by the dean with
the approval of the major department.
Appeal may be made to the Executive
Committee of The Graduate School. The
committees decision shall be final. A
suspended student is eligible to apply for
readmission after one year. Approval or
rejection of this application rests jointly
with the student's major department and
the dean. In case of appeal by the stu-
dent, the final decision will be made by
the Executive Committee.
Repeating a Course
A graduate student who receives a
grade of C, D, or F in a course may repeat
the course once, upon written recommen-
dation to the dean by the chairman of the
students advisory committee and major
department, provided the course has not
previously been applied toward a degree.
In calculating a students grade-point
average for Graduate School purposes, the
grade for a repeated course will substitute
for the old grade. Grades earned in
courses taken as an undergraduate or as a
non-degree student, as well as grades
earned in first and second year foreign
language courses, will not be used in
calculating The Graduate School grade-
point average; however, all grades
received will appear on the students
transcript.
Change of Department or Major
A graduate student wishing to change
department or major must submit a new
Part / and Part II of the graduate applica-
tion to the new department or school and
request the former department to forward
recommendations and credentials. The
student must be formally accepted by the
new department.
Use of English
A student who is noticeably deficient in
the use of good English in all oral and
written work may not obtain an advanced
degree from the University of Colorado.
Ability to use the language with precision
and distinction should be cultivated as an
attainment of major importance.
Each department will judge the
qualifications of its advanced students in
the use of English. Reports, examinations,
and speech will be considered in
estimating the candidate's proficiency.
Graduate Appeals
Final action on appeals submitted by
graduate students concerning action taken
by faculty members, programs, or
administrative officials rests with the
campus Executive Committee of The
Graduate School, unless such appeal
involves a matter affecting two or more
campuses. In such a case, the final action
rests with the Executive Committee of
The Graduate School.
MASTER'S DEGREE
A student regularly admitted to The
Graduate School and later accepted as a
candidate for the Master of Arts, Master of
Science, or other masters degrees will be
recommended for the degree only after
the following requirements have been met.
In general, only graduates of an
approved institution who have a thorough
preparation for their proposed field of
study and who do graduate work of high
quality are able to attain the degree with
the minimum amount of work specified
below. All studies offered toward the
minimum requirement for the degree
must be of graduate rank. Necessary addi-
tional work required to make up deficien-
cies or prerequisites may be partly or
entirely undergraduate courses.
The requirements stated below are
minimum requirements; additional condi-
tions set by the department will be found
in the announcements of separate depart-
ments. Any department may make further
regulations not inconsistent with the
general rules.
Students planning to graduate should
ascertain current deadlines of The
Graduate School. It is the graduate stu-
dents and the departments responsibility
to see that all requirements and deadlines
are met (i.e changing of IW grades, noti-
fying The Graduate School of final
examinations, etc.).
Departments or program committees
may have additional deadlines that must
be met by the graduate students in that
department or program. It is the students
responsibility to ascertain such
requirements and to meet them as
designated by the department or program
chair.
Minimum Requirement
The minimum requirement of graduate
work for the degree Master of Arts or
Master of Science may be fulfilled by
following either Plan I or Plan II below.
Plan I: By presenting 24 semester hours
of graduate work, including a thesis. At
least 12 semester hours of this work must
be at the 5000 level or above.
Plan II: By presenting 30 semester
hours of graduate work, without a thesis.
At least 16 semester hours of this work
must be at the 5000 level or above.
Plan II does not represent a free option
for the student. A candidate for the
masters degree may be allowed to select
Plan II only on the recommendation of
the department concerned.
Graduate Credit
Graduate credit is given for courses that
are listed at the 5000 level or above and
that are offered by professors who are
members of the graduate faculty, or that
have otherwise been approved by the
dean of The Graduate School. No
assurance can be given that work taken
by a student will count toward a higher
degree unless the student has the
approval of the department.
Not all courses listed are available at
any one time; some of them are given in
alternate years.
Courses taken during the Fall Semester
1975 and thereafter will have graduate
rank if they are taught by members of
The Graduate School faculty and are in
one of the following two categories:
1. Courses within the major program at
the 5000 level or above.
2. Courses outside the major program at
the 4000 level provided they are approved
for a specific degree plan by the faculty of
the degree-granting program and by the
campus graduate dean.
3. The Master of Basic Science program
(M.B.S.) has approval for 3000- and 4000-
level courses if approved by the depart-
ment and the dean of The Graduate
School.
4. Courses outside the major program


48 / The Graduate School
provided they are approved for a specific
degree plan by the faculty of the degree-
granting program and by the campus
graduate dean.
This does not change the minimum
number of courses that must be taken at
the 5000 level or above; however, as a
result, most students who include 4000
level courses of other departments in their
program will not exceed those minimum
requirements for graduation.
Field of Study
Studies leading to a masters degree
may be divided between major and minor
subjects at the discretion of the faculty of
the degree-granting program.
Status
After students have made a satisfactory
record in this University for at least one
semester or summer term, and after they
have removed any deficiencies that were
determined at the time of admission or by
qualifying examinations or otherwise, they
should confer with their major depart-
ment and request that a decision be made
on their status. This definite status must
be set by the major department before
students may make application for admis-
sion to candidacy for an advanced degree.
Students who are inadequately prepared
must make up without credit toward a
graduate degree all prerequisites required
by the department concerned.
Language Requirements
Candidates must have such knowledge
of ancient and modern languages as each
department requires. See special depart-
mental requirements.
Credit by Transfer
Resident graduate work of high quality
done in a recognized graduate school
elsewhere and coming within the time
limit may be accepted up to a limited
amount, provided it is recommended by
the department concerned and approved
by the dean of The Graduate School.
Course work taken more than 6 years
prior to the completion of final
requirements (comprehensive exam
and/or filing of thesis) will not be
accepted for the degree unless validated
by a special examination.
The maximum amount of work that
may be transferred to this University is 9
semester hours.
Credit will not be transferred until the
student has established in The Graduate
School of this University a satisfactory
record of at least one semester in
residence; such transfer will not reduce
the residence at this University, but it may
reduce the amount of work to be done in
formal courses. Requests for transfer of
credit to be applied toward an advanced
degree must be made on the form
specified for this purpose and submitted to
The Graduate School by the beginning of
the semester prior to that in which the
student will be graduated.
Work already applied toward a masters
degree received from another institution
cannot be accepted for transfer toward
the masters degree at the University of
Colorado; extension work completed at
another institution cannot be transferred;
and correspondence work, except to
make up deficiencies, is not recognized.
Excess undergraduate credits from
another institution may not be transferred
to The Graduate School. Seniors in this
University may, however, transfer a limited
amount of advanced resident work (up to
9 semester hours) provided such work:
1. Is completed with distinction in the
senior year at this University.
2. Comes within the four-year time
limit.
3. Has not been applied toward another
degree.
4. Is recommended for transfer by the
department concerned and approved by
the dean of The Graduate School.
Requests for transfer of credit to be
applied toward an advanced degree must
be made on the form specified for this
purpose and submitted to The Graduate
School by the beginning of the semester
prior to that in which the student will be
graduated. For more information contact
The Graduate School office. To be eligible
for courses to be considered for transfer, a
student must have an overall B average in
all courses taken at the University of Colo-
rado in The Graduate School.
Continuing Education Course
Work
Students may use the resources of the
Division of Extended Studies in the pursuit
of graduate study only if they obtain
proper academic approval from the major
department and the graduate dean in
advance.
Residence
In general, the residence requirements
can be met only by residence at the
University for at least two semesters or at
least three summer terms. For full
residence a student must be registered
within the time designated at the begin-
ning of a semester and must carry the
equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester
hours of work in courses numbered 5000
or above, or at least a combination of
other course work acceptable for graduate
credit. See Limitation of Registration, Full
Load, for requirements for full residence
credit during the summer. Students who
are noticeably deficient in their general
training, or in the specific preparation
indicated by each department as pre-
requisite to graduate work, cannot expect
to obtain a degree in the minimum time
specified.
Assistants and other employees of the
University may fulfill the residence
requirements of one year in two
semesters, provided their duties do not
require more than half time. Full-time
employees may not satisfy the residence
requirements of one year in fewer than
four semesters.
Admission to Candidacy
A student who wishes to become a can-
didate for a masters degree must file
application in the deans office not later
than 10 weeks prior to the completion of
the comprehensive final examination. The
number of hours to be presented for the
degree must be determined before this
application may be filed. See previous sec-
tion on Status.
This application must be made on forms
obtainable at the deans office and in
various departments and must be signed
by the major department, certifying that
the students work is satisfactory and that
the program outlined in the application
meets the requirements set for the
student.
A student on Graduate School probation
is not eligible to be awarded a degree
until he or she is removed from probation.
Thesis Requirements
A thesis, which may be of a research,
expository, critical, or creative type, is
required of every masters degree can-
didate under Plan I. Every thesis
presented in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for an advanced degree
must:
1. Deal with a definite topic related to
the major field.
2. Be based upon independent study
and investigation.
3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to
6 semester hours of work.
4. Receive the approval of the major
department not later than 30 days (in


Master's Degree / 49
some departments, 90 days) before the
commencement at which the degree is to
be conferred.
5. Be essentially complete at the time
the comprehensive final examination is
given.
6. Comply in mechanical features with
specifications outlined in University of
Colorado Graduate School Specifications
for Preparation of Masters Theses and
Doctoral Dissertation, which is obtainable
from The Graduate School.
Two weeks prior to the date on which
the degree is to be conferred, two for-
mally approved, printed or typewritten
copies of the thesis must be filed in The
Graduate School. The thesis must be com-
plete with abstract.
All theses must be signed by the thesis
advisor and the second reader. All
approved theses are kept on file in the
library. The thesis binding fee must be
paid when the thesis is deposited in The
Graduate School.
Credit hours earned for the thesis will
not be accepted toward the requirements
for a degree unless such credit has
previously been registered. A student
working toward a masters degree must
register for thesis for a specific number of
hours. The student may register for any
specific number of hours in any semester
of residence,but the total registered credit
for thesis must total a minimum of 4 or a
maximum of 6 semester hours, the total
number of hours depending upon how
much credit is to be given for the thesis.
The final grade will be withheld until
the thesis or report is completed. An IP
(in progress) will be reported for terms
during which the student is registered for
thesis prior to completion of the thesis.
Comprehensive Final
Examination
All candidates for a masters degree are
required to take a comprehensive final
examination after the other requirements
for the degree have been completed. This
examination may be given near the end
of their last semester of residence while
they are still taking required courses for
the degree, provided they are making
satisfactory progress in those courses.
The following rules applying to the
comprehensive final examination must be
observed:
1. Students must be registered when
they take the examination.
2. Notice of the examination must be
filed by the major department in the
deans office at least three days in advance
of the examination.
3. The examination is to be given by a
committee of three graduate faculty
members appointed by the department
concerned in consultation with the dean.
4. The examination, which may be oral
or written, or both, must cover the thesis,
which should be essentially complete at
the time, as well as other work done in
the University in formal courses and
seminars in the major field.
5. An examination in the minor work
taken at this University is optional with
the major and minor departments.
6. The examination must include all
work presented for the degree not done
in residence at the University of Colorado,
whether in the major or minor field. The
examination on transferred work will be
given by representatives of the
corresponding fields of study in this
University.
7. A student who fails the comprehen-
sive final examination may not attempt
the examination again until at least three
months have elapsed and until such work
as may be prescribed by the examining
committee has been completed. The stu-
dent may retake the examination only
once.
Supplemental Examinations
Supplemental examinations should be
simply an extension of the original
examination and given immediately. If the
student fails the supplemental examina-
tion, three months must elapse before
attempting the comprehensive examina-
tion again.
Course Examinations
The regular written examinations of
each semester except the last must be
taken. Course examinations of the last
semester, which come after the com-
prehensive final examination has been
passed, may be omitted with the consent
of the instructor.
Master's Thesis Credit
Every graduate student working toward
a master's degree who expects to present
a thesis in partial fulfillment of the
requirements for the degree must register
for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester
hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours.
The student may register for any specific
number of hours in any semester of
residence, but the total number of hours
for all semesters must equal the number
of credits the student expects to receive
for the thesis. The final grade will be
withheld until the thesis is completed. If
the thesis is not completed at the end of
the term in which the student is so
registered, an in progress (IP) will be
reported. (The student may not register
again for any portion of thesis credit on
which an IP grade has been submitted.)
Time Limit
Masters degree students have 4 years,
from the date of the start of course work,
to complete all degree requirements. For
students who fail to complete the degree
in this 4 year period, it will be necessary
for the program director to file an annual
statement with the graduate dean stating
the reasons why the program faculty
believe the student is making adequate
progress and should be allowed to con-
tinue in the program. Students who do
their work exclusively in summer terms
must complete all degree requirements
within 72 months from the start of course
work.
A student who does not complete all
degree requirements within the specified
period of time must validate, by special
examination(s), any course work taken
more than 6 years prior to taking the
masters comprehensive examination or
completing the thesis defense, depending
on which plan is elected.
Deadlines for Master's Degree
Candidates Expecting to
Graduate During 1990-91
Deadline dates for the following can be
obtained by calling The Graduate School
office, 556-2663.
1. Last day for requesting transfer of
credit.
2. Applications for admission to can-
didacy. Applications must be submitted at
least 10 weeks before the student expects
to take the comprehensive final examina-
tion. Students are urged to submit this
form by the beginning of the semester
prior to that in which they expect to
receive the degree. (The form may be
picked up in the department or in The
Graduate School office.)
3. Last day for thesis to be approved by
department.
4. Last day for scheduling of com-
prehensive final examination.
5. Last day for taking comprehensive
final examination.
6. Last day for filing thesis in The
Graduate School. At the time of filing, the
thesis must be complete in all respects
and must meet thesis specifications in
order to be accepted by The Graduate
School. Candidates whose theses are


50 / The Graduate School
received after 5 p.m. on the indicated date
will be graduated at the commencement
following that for which the deadline is
indicated.
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree
is the highest academic degree conferred
by the University. To state the
requirements for the degree in terms of
credit hours would be misleading because
the degree is not conferred merely upon
the satisfactory completion of a course of
study, however faithfully pursued. Students
who receive this degree must demonstrate
that they are proficient in some broad
subject of learning and that they can
critically evaluate work in this field; fur-
thermore, they must have shown the
ability to work independently in their
chosen field and must have made an
original contribution of significance to the
advancement of knowledge. The technical
requirements stated below are minimal
requirements for all candidates for the
degree; additional conditions set by the
departments will be found in the
announcements of separate departments.
Any department may make additional
regulations consistent with these general
rules.
Studies leading to the Ph.D. degree must
be chosen so as to contribute to special
competence and a high order of scholar-
ship in a broad field of knowledge. A field
of study chosen by the student may be in
one department or it may include two or
more closely related departments. The
criterion as to what constitutes an accept-
able field of study shall be that the stu-
dents work must contribute to an
organized program of study and research
without regard to the organization of
academic departments within the
University.
Students planning to graduate should
obtain current deadline dates in the office
of The Graduate School. It is the graduate
students and the departments respon-
sibility to see that all requirements and
deadlines are met (i.e., changing of IW
grades, notifying The Graduate School of
final examinations, etc.).
Department or program committees
may have additional deadlines that must
be met by graduate students in that
department or program. It is the students
responsibility to ascertain such
requirements and to meet them as
designated by the department or program
chair.
Minimum Course/Dissertation
Requirements
A minimum of 30 semester hours of
graduate courses and 30 semester hours
of dissertation credit are required for the
Ph.D. degree.
Course Work Requirement. A minimum
of 30 semester hours of courses numbered
5000 or above is required for the degree,
but the number of hours of formal courses
will ordinarily exceed this minimum. At
least 20 of the required hours must be in
graduate courses taken at this University.
Students who have been admitted to The
Graduate School with deficiencies may
expect to receive little or no residence
credits until the deficiencies have been
removed.
Dissertation Hours Requirement. To
complete the requirements for the Ph.D. a
student must register for a total of at least
30 hours of doctoral dissertation credit,
with not more than 10 of these credit
hours in any one semester. Not more than
10 dissertation hours may be taken
preceding the semester of taking com-
prehensive examinations. In addition, up
to 10 hours may be taken in the semester
in which the student passes comprehen-
sives. Dissertation credit does not apply
toward the minimum 30 hours of required
course work specified above and will not
be included in calculation of the students
grade-point average. Only the grades of A,
B, C and IP shall be used.
Course work and work on dissertation
may proceed concurrently throughout the
doctoral program; however, at no time
shall a doctoral student register for more
than 15 hours of 5000-level and above
courses. Normally a student must have
earned at least three and not more than
six semesters of residency before admis-
sion to candidacy.
Advisory Committee
As soon as the field of specialization has
been chosen, the candidate will request
the faculty member with whom the com-
mittee wishes to work to act as chair of
the advisory committee. The chair, with
the advice and approval of the chair of
the department, may select two or more
others to serve on the committee, so that
the several fields related to the student's
special interest will be represented. A pur-
pose of the advisory committee (beyond
guiding the student through graduate
study) is to ensure against specialization
that is too narrow. The student shall
obtain the signature of the chair of the
committee (thereby signifying his or her
willingness to act) on the Application for
Admission to Candidacy form. Any
change in the membership of the advisory
committee is to be similarly reported.
Residence
The student must be properly registered
to earn residence credit. The minimal
residence requirement shall be six
semesters of scholarly work beyond the
attainment of an acceptable bachelors
degree. Mere attendance shall not con-
stitute residence as the word is here used.
Residence may be earned for course work
completed with distinction, for participa-
tion in seminars, or for scholarly research
performed here or elsewhere under the
auspices of the University of Colorado.
As a guiding policy in determining
residence credit for employed students,
those who are employed in three-fourths
to full-time work that does not contribute
directly to their program toward a degree
may not earn more than one-half
residence credit in any semester. Students
who are. employed more than one-fourth
time and less than three-fourths time in
work that does not contribute directly to
the degree may earn not more than three-
fourths residence credit. Those who have
one-fourth time employment or less may
earn full residence credit. (All these provi-
sions are subject to the definition of
residence credit given in the preceding
paragraph.) In case the interpretation of
residence credit for any student needs to
be clarified, a decision will be made by
the chair of the students advisory com-
mittee, the chair of the students major
department, and the dean of The
Graduate School.
Two semesters of residence credit may
be allowed for a masters degree from
another institution of approved standing,
but at least four semesters of residence
credit, two of which must be consecutive
in one academic year, must be earned for
work (course and/or dissertation) taken at
this University.
A part of the residence requirement for
the Ph.D. degree may be spent in another
graduate institution, or if field work in
absentia (provided that prior approval for
work is given by the students program
director and provided that the student's
registration is maintained for that period
away from the campus).
Preliminary Examination
Each department will satisfy itself (by
examination or other means) that students
who signify intent to undertake study for
the Ph.D. degree are qualified to do so.


Doctor of Philosophy / 51
The means by which each department
makes this evaluation shall be specified in
departmental requirements. Students who
are thus evaluated will be notified
immediately of the results. The results of
this preliminary evaluation shall be
reported to The Graduate School office on
the Application for Candidacy form filed
by the student at least two weeks before
the comprehensive examination is
attempted.
Language Requirement
Students are required to meet the
following language requirements.
Communication Requirement. All
graduate students for whom English is the
native language are required to
demonstrate at least second-year college
proficiency in a foreign language of their
choice. This requirement may be satisfied
in the following ways.
1. The students undergraduate
transcript may be presented, showing
completion of grade C or better of at least
3 semester hours of a fourth-semester
undergraduate college course in a foreign
language. The transcript must accompany
the students Application for Admission to
Candidacy when it is submitted to The
Graduate School.
2. The student may take The Graduate
School Foreign Language Test (GSFLT) at
the Testing Office before or after admis-
sion to The Graduate School. Students
should check with The Graduate School
for the passing score required for each
language.
3. If the student wishes to demonstrate
competence in a language for which the
GSFLT is not available, a test designed
and administered by the appropriate
language department at the University of
Colorado may be taken, with the passing
criterion to be set comparable to the
above GSFLT criterion.
4. The student may register at the
University for any fourth-semester course
in a foreign language and pass it with a C
or better. (Registration in such courses is
contingent upon the language depart-
ments approval.)
A student who elects 2, 3, or 4 above
must complete the requirements before
the Ph.D. comprehensive examination
may be scheduled.
Students whose native language is not
English will, by passing their courses and
completing their graduate work at the
University, demonstrate sufficient ability in
English to meet the communication
requirement.
Special Languages. When special
languages are needed as tools to read
foreign literature in a particular field, the
individual academic departments may
require further training in foreign
languages for all their Ph.D. graduate
students. The choice and number of
languages as well as the required levels of
skill and the methods of testing these
skills are determined by the individual
departments.
Credit by Transfer
Resident graduate work of high quality
earned in another institution of approved
standing will not be accepted for transfer
to apply toward the doctorate until the
student has established in this Graduate
School a satisfactory record in residence,
but such credit must be transferred before
the student makes application for admis-
sion to candidacy for the degree. Such
transfer will not reduce the minimum
residence requirement at this University,
but it may reduce the amount of work to
be done in formal courses.
The maximum amount of work that
may be transferred to this University for
the Ph.D. is 10 semester hours.
Application for Admission to
Candidacy
A student must make formal application
for admission to candidacy for the Ph.D.
degree on forms supplied by The
Graduate School office at least two weeks
before the comprehensive examination is
attempted.
A student shall have earned at least
three semesters of residence, shall have
passed the language requirements, and
shall have passed the comprehensive
examination before admission to can-
didacy for the degree.
Continuous Registration
Requirements for Doctoral
Candidates
Following successful completion of com-
prehensive examinations, students must
register continuously. Students admitted to
candidacy for degree will register for and
be charged for 10 hours of credit for each
full-time term of doctoral work. For each
term of part-time enrollment, students will
be charged for 7 hours of dissertation
credit, except that students not making
use of campus facilities may petition The
Graduate School for 3-credit-hour status.
Continuous registration during the
academic year will be required until com-
pletion of the dissertation defense. It is
expected that the student and advisor will
consult each semester as to the number of
hours for which the student will register,
consistent with the classification identified
above.
If a student who is certified for the
Ph.D. degree, or who has received permis-
sion to take the comprehensives and
passes them prior to meeting the
language requirement must be con-
tinuously enrolled as stated above. This
continuing registration is independent on
whether the candidate is in residence at
the University. (See also section on
Residence.)
Comprehensive Examination
Before admission to candidacy for the
Ph.D. degree, the student must pass a
comprehensive examination in the field of
concentration and related fields. This
examination may be oral, written, or
both, and will test the students mastery of
a broad field of knowledge, not merely
the formal course work completed. The
oral part is open to members of the
faculty. The student must be registered at
the time the comprehensive examination
is attempted.
The examination shall be conducted by
an examining board appointed by the
chair of the department concerned and be
approved by the campus graduate dean.
The board shall consist of the advisory
committee and additional members as
necessary to a minimum of five. A suc-
cessful candidate must receive the affir-
mative votes of a majority of the
members of the examination board. In
case of failure, the examination may be
attempted once more after a period of
time determined by the examining board.
Dissertation Requirements
A thesis based upon original investiga-
tion and showing mature scholarship and
critical judgement as well as familiarity
with tools and methods of research must
be written upon some subject approved
by the students major department. To be
acceptable, this dissertation should be a
worthwhile contribution to knowledge in
the students special field. It must be
finished and submitted in typewritten
form at least 30 days (in some depart-
ments, 90 days) before the day of the final
examination and must be formally
approved and made available for inspec-
tion by the examining committee before
the final examination may be taken.
In mechanical features all dissertations
must comply with the specifications of
The Graduate School as outlined in the
University of Colorado Graduate School


52 / The Graduate School
Specifications for Preparation of Masters
Theses and Doctoral Dissertation, which
may be obtained from The Graduate
School.
It is the students responsibility to notify
The Graduate School of the exact title of
the dissertation at least six weeks prior to
the commencement at which the student
will graduate. This title will be printed in
the commencement program.
Two formally-approved, typewritten
copies of the dissertation, including
abstract, plus one additional copy of the
title page and abstract must be filed in
The Graduate School office at least two
weeks before the date on which the
degree is to be conferred.
The abstract, not to exceed 350 words,
will be published in Dissertation Abstracts
International. The determination of what
constitutes an adequate abstract shall rest
with the major department.
All dissertations must be signed by no
fewer than two members of the major
department staff who are regularly
engaged in graduate instruction.
All approved dissertations are kept on
file in the library.
When the dissertation is deposited in
The Graduate School, the candidate must
pay the thesis-binding fee and sign an
agreement with University Microfilms
International to allow for publication in
Dissertation Abstracts International; and
to grant University Microfilms Interna-
tional the right to reproduce and sell (a)
copies of the manuscript in microform
and/or (b) copies of the manuscript made
from microform. The author retains all
rights to publish and/or sell the disserta-
tion by any means at any time except by
reproduction from negative microform.
Final Examination
After the dissertation has been
accepted, a final examination of the
dissertation and related topics will be con-
ducted. This examination will be wholly
or partially oral, the oral part being open
to anyone. The examination will be con-
ducted by a committee appointed by the
campus graduate dean, which will consist
of at least five persons, one of whom
must be from outside the student's depart-
ment. More than one dissenting vote will
disqualify the candidate in the final
examination.
Arrangements for the final examination
must be made in the deans office at least
two weeks in advance. The examination
must be scheduled not later than two
weeks before the date on which the
degree is to be conferred. A student must
be registered at the time of the final
examination.
Time Limit
If a student fails to complete all
requirements for the degree within the
prescribed number of years from the date
of the start of course work in the doctoral
program, a second examination similar to
the first will be required before the can-
didate may take the final examination.
The number of years allowed for comple-
tion is normally six, but in some programs
it may be seven. If the comprehensive
examination is failed, it may be attempted
once more after not fewer than eight
months of further work. For students who
fail to complete the degree in this six-year
period, it will be necessary for the depart-
ment to file an annual statement why the
program director believes the student is
making adequate progress and should be
allowed to continue in the program. This
request must be signed by three members
of the graduate faculty who serve on the
students thesis advisory committee. If
approved by the campus graduate dean,
the student may continue his/her studies
for one additional year. If not approved,
the student may be dropped from the
program.






School of Architecture
and Planning
Dean: H. A. Shirvani
Associate Dean: Yuk Lee
Assistants to the Dean: Donna Lee,
Judy Strecker
Office: DR, Third Floor
Telephone: 556-3382
School Advisory Council 1990-91:
Chairman: Jerome Seracuse, FAIA,
Seracuse Lawler & Partners, Architects,
Denver
Members:
John Anderson, FAIA, Anderson Mason
Dale, Denver
Peter Dominick, AIA, Urban Design Group,
Denver
Alan Gerstenberger, President, Cambridge
Development Corp., Denver
Mimi Hillen, ASID, Hillen Design
Associates, Golden
Donald E. Hunt, BRW, Denver
Mark Johnson, ASLA, Civitas, Denver
John Madden, Chairman of the Board,
John Madden Company, Denver
Dick Marshall, DHM, Inc., Denver
Jennifer Moulton, AIA, Anthony Pellecchia
Architects, Denver
Chris Nims, AIA, Gensler and Associates,
Denver
Maxwell L. Saul, AIA, FCS1, DMJM, Denver
Floyd Tanaka, AICP, THK Associates,
Englewood
Joseph Wells, AICP, Doremus and Wells,
Aspen
William Wenk, FASLA, William Wenk
and Associates, Denver
INFORMATION ABOUT THE
SCHOOL
The School of Architecture and Planning
offers first and post professional programs
leading to masters degrees. The primary
mission of the School is education,
research, and development of arts and
sciences of architecture and planning.
Students are required to search into the
existing abundance of architecture and
planning knowledge in order to generate
effective, forceful, spirited forms, ideas,
and proposals. Faculty and students are
engaged in investigation, education, explo-
ration, and generation of new ideas, forms,
and proposals to create more humane liv-
ing environments. As El Lissitzky (1930)
stated: "Our work is not philosophy,
neither is it a system relating to a specific
theory of nature; it is part of nature and
must therefore itself be regarded as an
object of knowledge.
In doing so, the School questions
existing connections of teaching and prac-
tice and is in search of future alternatives.
The Schools activities are thus geared
toward preparation of future architects
and planners who are not only able to
draw, to calculate, or to propose, but also
to question, to explore, and to experiment.
The curricula are based on a wide
range of cultural views of architecture and
planning reflective of our faculty and stu-
dent body. The faculty direct, guide, and
encourage students to develop their indi-
vidual interests with a prerequisite com-
mitment intended to equip the graduate
with a lasting ability to produce architec-
ture and planning responsive to the
changing needs of society.
It is on these premises that our School
is in constant search of the manifest,
ideas, and forms for the betterment of the
living environments. A community of
culturally diverse educators and practi-
tioners centered in an island by the
backdrop of the Rocky Mountains pro-
vides a unique opportunity for intense
study of architecture and planning.
Mission and Organization
The School is composed of three
graduate degree programs in architecture,
landscape architecture, and urban and
regional planning (M.Arch., M.L.A.,
M.U.R.P.). It also offers urban design as an
area of specialization in the architecture
program (M.Arch. in Urban Design). As a
unit of graduate professional education
with three professional degree programs
and a mandate for national excellence
and recognition, the School expects to go
beyond training students in basic skills for
entry-level positions. The School's overall
mission is to develop the design capabilities
of the individuals and the design profes-
sions as a whole as well as provide the
intellectual framework which supports
design.
Considering this mission, the School
emphasizes basic professional training and
education necessary for entering profes-
sional practice in its first professional de-
gree programs. The post-professional and
advanced degree programs are directed
toward professionals at various career
stages and focuses on research and
specialization.
The School supports interdisciplinary
work in its programs and focuses on pro-
fessional education and research concern-
ing the design and planning of the built
environment. Within this interdisciplinary
approach, it recognizes the professional
community input and the role of the other
academic disciplines such as humanities,
social sciences, and engineering.
In the School's degree programs, various
architecture and planning ideologies and
views are examined with respect to their
historical setting. This examination is com-
bined with critical reviews of design work,
dialogues, and methods to form the
essential ingredient of design education.
Through this dialectic of analyzing and
synthesizing, students gain increased
understanding of those humanistic ideals
underlying the architecture and planning
of buildings and spaces and relate them to
their own developing personal aspirations.
The School is committed to design as its
central intellectual concern and is the
largest graduate school of architecture in
the western region. Design is used in its
broadest sense to include a full range of
philosophies, ideologies, theories, and
methods. The Schools mission is educa-
tion, research, and development of arts
and sciences of architecture and planning.
Academic Programs
The three graduate programs are inter-
disciplinary, and, in the design fields, both
first and post professional degrees are
offered. In addition, it is possible for
students to obtain two degrees, M.Arch.
and M.U.R.P. for example, and reduce the
time required for doing so by coordinating
their programs.
The first professional degree programs
are structured for full-time graduate study.
For students with employment obligations,
most of these programs can be taken on a
part-time basis. Usually the first year of
the full-time program must be completed
before it can be taken part-time.
Within any of the programs, the School
of Architecture and Planning offers oppor-
tunities to develop a self-tailored area of


56 /School of Architecture and Planning
concentration through its varied offerings
in architecture, landscape architecture,
urban design, and urban and regional
planning. Electives ordinarily can be taken
from any program in the School and from
another school in the University with the
approval of the students advisor.
The School maintains membership in:
Association of Collegiate Schools of
Architecture
Association of Collegiate Schools of
Planning
Council of Landscape Architecture
Educators
Landscape Architecture Accreditation
Board
Planning Accreditation Board
Tau Sigma Delta Honor Society
Sigma Delta Lambda Honor Society
Academic Environment
and Student Body
In addition to its regular curriculum pro-
grams, the School supports or sponsors a
variety of events and activities that
enlarge and broaden the learning environ-
ment in the School. Student internships
for credit are available during the
academic year. A summer international
study program is offered. The School
sponsors three receptions at the begin-
ning of the academic year, before
Christmas, and at the end of the academic
year along with a Beaux Arts Ball in
the spring, for students and the local pro-
fessional community. Finally, the School
sponsors several exhibitions of design and
art works.
There are about 275 full-time students
in the School. The student body is diverse,
representing many academic disciplines
and a wide variety of previous academic
institutions. Students have previous
degrees from a number of universities
around the world.
Lecture Series
Guest critics are frequently invited to
the School. In addition, the School has an
official lecture series every year. The Lec-
ture Series is composed of distinguished
practitioners, critics, and scholars of
national and international nature. Visiting
critics and speakers include: Stanley Allen,
Nader Ardalan, Ann Bergren, Livio Dimitriu,
Peter Eisenman, Kenneth Frampton, Diane
Ghirardo, Michael Hays, David R. Hill,
George Hoover, Mark Johnson, Greg
Lynn, Art McDonald, Ian McHarg, John
Meunier, David Niland, John Novack,
Patrick Quinn, George Ranalli, Frank E.
Sanchis, Thomas Schumacher, Werner
Seligman, Bahram Shirdel, H.A. Shirvani,
John R. Stilgoe, Harry Teague, William
Turnbull, Anne Vernez-Moudon, Anthony
Vidler, Peter Waldman, and Peter Walker.
SCHOOL FACILITIES
The Schools studios, library, Macintosh
Architecture and Design Laboratory, Auto-
Cadd Computer Laboratory, photo labora-
tory and darkroom, model shop, gallerias,
and offices are housed in three floors of
the Dravo Building in 50,000 square feet
of space. The laboratories and facilities
were developed through an endowment
by noted architect Temple Hoyne Buell,
FAIA.
Architecture and Planning
Library
Librarian: Robert Wick
The Architecture and Planning Library,
a branch of the Auraria Library (adminis-
tered by the University of Colorado at
Denver), serves as a learning resource
center in the fields of architecture and
planning. It contains the following collec-
tions: reference, circulating, documentary
(planning documents issued by local,
regional, state and national agencies with
an emphasis on planning materials per-
taining to Colorado communities and con-
cerns), periodicals, reserve, and non-print
media including architectural slides and
microcomputer software. The Architecture
and Planning Library has over 13,000
volumes of books and monographs,
15,000 slides, and 105 periodical
subscriptions.
The Architecture and Planning Library
staff consists of a librarian, library assis-
tant, and several student assistants. The
Library provides a number of services
including reference and research
assistance and library-use instruction.
Additional services, such as inter-library
loan and computer-assisted research, are
provided through the Auraria Library.
MACINTOSH ARCHITECTURE
AND DESIGN LABORATORY
Director: Won Jin Tae
The Macintosh Architecture and Design
Laboratory is dedicated to the promotion
of design innovation and exploration with
the Macintosh computer. The newly
acquired laboratory contains 15 Macintosh
II computers with megabyte internal hard
drive and high resolution color monitors;
a Macintosh II file server with 80 megabyte
internal hard drive; an E-size, Hewlett-
Packard Draftmaster I pen plotter; Laser-
Writer II printer; Image Writer II dot
matrix printer; and ThunderScan image
digitizer. The laboratory is presently
experimenting with various drawing and
painting software including MacArchitrion
professional 3-dimensional modeling soft-
ware, VersaCad, MacDraw II, SuperPaint,
PixelPaint, Adobe Illustrator 88, Video-
Works, Canvas, MiniCad, and Mac3D. This
state-of-the-art laboratory has been
developed through a contribution by
Apple Computer, Inc.
CADD COMPUTER
LABORATORY
Director: Won Jin Tae
The CADD Laboratory of the School
of Architecture and Planning is located
adjacent to the Macintosh Architecture
Laboratory and is equipped for upscaled
computer-aided design and drafting with a
microcomputer based networking system
which is being modified and expanded.
Six Zenith 2200 PC/ATs, in addition to
four IBM PC/XTs with high resolution
monitors and digitizing tablets, are now
linked with a Novell central file server and
120 megabyte hard disk drive for storage.
This network and six additional PC/AT
workstations are linked through the addi-
tion of AutoCAD compatible software that
extends and enhances the ongoing use of
AutoCAD and AE/CADD.
Additional capabilities are offered
through AutoWord, an interactive word
processing package for editing and
displaying text of drawings; Auto CoGo, a
coordinate geometry program that allows
entry of survey and engineering data for
site planning and engineering; LandSoft, a
system for introducing landscape architec-
tural symbols and drafting extension into
the AutoCAD and AE/CADD utilities; and
Generic Template, a means of customizing
or creating unique design and drafting
templates.
Also available are the ComputerVision
system which includes the Personal
Architect and Personal Designer packages,
Gould Colorwriter 6320, and Hewlett-
Packard plotters. Additional computing
facilities are available at other sites on
campus.
BUILDING TECHNOLOGY
LABORATORY
Co-Directors: Soontorn Boonyatikarn
and Phillip Gallegos
The Building Technology Laboratory
functions as a teaching and research
facility for both students and outside


Admissions / 57
practitioners. For the student, through
hands-on experiment and physical
demonstration, it is used to facilitate the
learning process as well as bridge the gap
between theoretical concepts and practical
applications. For practitioners, this facility
is used to enhance their practice and
update their knowledge.
Some examples of equipment and
facilities available include data acquisition
systems, lighting research equipment,
Macintosh visual input package, windflow
simulation table, video equipment, and
data logging equipment. Data acquisition
systems includes the following com-
ponents: data logger Model 21X-L with
40K internal memory (RAM) and sealed
rechargeable battery from Campbell
Scientific; IBM PC-AT with 30 megabyte
hard disk and 1.2 megabyte RAM; cassette
tape recorder and cassette tape interface
(for a remote application); analog and
digital control cord; and necessary soft-
ware for read/write access, data inter-
facing, and data manipulation.
Lighting Research Equipment includes:
quantum/radiometer/photometer, two
units of pyronometer model L1-200SB-50,
six units of photometric sensor model
L1-210SB, and luminance meter at one
degree spot.
The Macintosh package allows a direct
input of visual image from any object into
computer for further study. This equip-
ment includes: Macintosh II computer,
Macvision digitizer board and supported
software, and visual camera model
ICD-200 from IKEGAMI.
The windflow simulation table allows
the designer to analyze various windflow
patterns on two-dimensional forms. By
allowing water to flow continuously in a
given direction and by adding an even dis-
tribution of ink to identify the flow
patterns, an immediate study can be
encountered on a given site configuration.
Video equipment includes: video
camera ROB, video monitor, and high
quality four head VHS recorder.
Data logging equipment allows an auto-
matic collection of data for a specific time
and period. When furnished with the
appropriate sensors, the following data
can be obtained: temperature (surface
temperature, air temperature, and sub-
surface temperature), moisture (wetbulb
temperature and relative humidity), solar
radiation, lighting intensity, and wind
speed.
Photo Laboratory. Our new photography
lab, with the latest state-of-the-art equip-
ment, is used for architectural photo-
graphy classes and by students to produce
material for their portfolios. There are
separate areas for developing, enlarging,
drying, and copying.
Model-Making Laboratory. Students will
have an 800-square-foot model shop in
which to build projects for their classes.
Table saws, jig saws, drill presses, jointers,
and a full range of hand tools will allow
the student to build models of wood,
plastic, and steel. An adjacent paint spray
room is equipped with a ventilated paint
booth and vapor-proof lighting.
ADMISSIONS
General Requirements
The School of Architecture and Plan-
ning has an Academic Affairs Office that
is headed by the Associate Dean. Primary
responsibilities of the Academic Affairs
Office include answering admission inqui-
ries, processing admissions applications,
awarding tuition scholarships, enforcing
studio and laboratory rules, hearing stu-
dent grade appeals, overseeing students
rights and responsibilities, approving new
course proposals, enforcing academic
policies, and processing graduation
applications.
Each applicant for admission into any of
the programs of the School of Architec-
ture and Planning must submit:
1. The University of Colorado Applica-
tion for Graduate Admission forms.
2. Two official transcripts from each
institution the applicant has attended.
3. Three letters of recommendation.
4. A statement of purpose.
5. Examples of creative work (see below).
6. The application fee.
Special requirements for international
applicants are described in a following
section.
Examples of Creative Work. In architec-
ture, landscape architecture, and urban
design, applicants are expected to present
samples of their creative and analytic
work, commonly referred to as a portfolio.
A portfolio is an orderly presentation of
ones work. This includes examples of
creative and analytical work including but
not limited to essays, papers, photographs
and photographic reproduction of artistic
work such as sculpture, drawings, paint-
ings, musical composition, and other fine
arts. The format must be 8 'A x 11",
bound with not more than twelve pages
(excluding papers). Slides are not accepted.
All portfolios must be identified by the
students full name and program to which
the student is applying. A stamped, self-
addressed envelope must be included for
return of portfolio.
In general, a minimum of 3.00 grade-
point average (GPA) on a 4.00 scale (or
equivalent) in the prior undergraduate or
graduate degree is required for admission.
Applicants with a GPA under 3.00 may be
reviewed for admission; in such cases, sub-
mission of strong supporting materials is
advised. For applicants with a GPA under
3.00, GRE scores are normally required
for the Urban and Regional Planning Pro-
gram and strongly recommended for
applicants to the other programs.
The admissions decision is made
weighing a variety of factors including
academic preparation, quality of work
experience and portfolio, appropriateness
of the applicants purpose, and overall
likelihood of success in the program.
Applicants may be admitted as non-
degree students or with special conditions.
Because of space limitations, not all
qualified applicants may be accepted.
Specific requirements for each program
are listed below.
Master of Architecture
(first professional degree; three and
one-half year program)
The three and one-half year (114
semester hours) program is appropriate
for applicants with a bachelors degree
and no prior training or background in
architecture or related field. Prerequisites
are one year of college-level physics and
college mathematics through a first course
in calculus. For those without these pre-
requisites, courses are held in the summer
term preceding the first semester.
Master of Architecture
(first professional degree; three and
one-half year program with advanced
standing)
Admission to the three and one-half
year program with advanced standing is
appropriate for applicants with a non-
professional bachelor's degree in architec-
ture or a bachelors degree in a related
field (engineering, design, art). Depending
on their undergraduate record, qualified
applicants with a non-professional archi-
tectural degree (the first part of a 4 + 2
program) would ordinarily be given ad-
vanced standing of up to one curriculum
year in the program. Applicants with
degrees in related fields may be exempted
from courses in their specific areas of
preparation but may be required to take
all the courses in the architectural design
sequence. The number of credits and
exact point of entry into the program will
be determined by the program director.


58 /School of Architecture and Planning
Master of Architecture
(post-professional degree)
The one-year (36 semester hours) post-
professional degree program is appropriate
for applicants holding a Bachelor of
Architecture or equivalent first professional
degree or diploma in architecture.
Master of Architecture in Urban Design
(one-year post-professional degree)
The one-year (36 semester hours) pro-
gram is appropriate for applicants with a
first professional design degree in architec-
ture (e.g. B.Arch., M.Arch.).
Master of Landscape Architecture
(first professional degree)
The three-year (90 semester hours) first
professional degree program is appro-
priate for those with a bachelors degree
and no training or background in land-
scape architecture or a related design field.
Master of Landscape Architecture
(post-professional degree)
The two-year (48 semester hours) post-
professional degree program is appropriate
for applicants with a first professional
design degree (B.S.L.A., B.L.A., RArch., for
example). Applicants without a prior Land-
scape Architecture degree may be required
to take additional core requirements in
Plant Materials and Ecology.
Master of Urban and Regional Planning
The two-year (51 semester hours)
program is appropriate for applicants
with bachelors degrees in either design,
humanities, social, or physical sciences.
International Applicants
Competence in oral and written English
is expected in the School. The School of
Architecture and Planning requires a
minimum of 550 TOEFL score for interna-
tional students from non-English speaking
countries. However, the School will con-
sider applications from students with
strong academic credentials whose TOEFL
scores are slightly below 550. If accepted,
these students will be required to register
for a one credit hour of architecture and
planning technical writing workshop. This
one credit hour cannot be used to fulfill
part of the degree requirements.
Submission Requirements. International
applicants must submit:
1. An International Student application
and Graduate Admission forms.
2. Two official transcripts from each
United States collegiate institution the
applicant has attended.
3. Two certified copies of official
academic records from each collegiate
institution the applicant has attended out-
side the United States. A certified literal
English translation must accompany
documents that are not in English.
4. Four letters of recommendation.
5. A statement of purpose.
6. A portfolio of academic, creative, and
professional work.
7. A nonrefundable $50 application fee.
8. A current CU-Denver Financial
Resources Statement. Statements used for
other institutions will not be accepted.
Photocopied documents are not accept-
able unless signed by the originator;
signatures must not be photocopies.
9. Official TOEFL Score Report to
establish English language proficiency.
Institutional TOEFL reports are not
acceptable.
Additional supporting documents may
subsequently be required by the office of
Admissions. All international applicants
who are admitted to CU-Denver must
have a valid visa and must enroll for and
maintain a full course of study (12 or more
semester hours) leading to the completion
of a masters degree.
Financial Requirements. International
applicants must provide evidence that
they have sufficient funds available to
attend the University of Colorado at
Denver. To provide this evidence each
international applicant should follow these
instructions:
1. Complete the Financial Resources
Statement. You must prove that you have
sufficient money to pay your expenses by
submitting the Financial Resources State-
ment as a part of your application.
a. If you are using your own money,
your bank must certify that you have
the full amount of money on deposit to
meet tuition and expense costs. In Part 2,
Section 1 of the Financial Resources
Statement, your bank must certify that
the money the applicant needs is on
deposit in your account.
b. If you are being sponsored by a
family member, or a friend, your spon-
sor must agree to provide the money
and sign the Financial Resources State-
ment in Part 2, Section 2. Your sponsors
bank must certify that the sponsor has
on deposit the amount of money you
will need.
c. If you have been awarded a scholar-
ship, Part 2, Section 3 of the Financial
Resources Statement must be completed.
2. An incomplete statement of financial
resources or failure to prove the avail-
ability of the necessary money will delay
or cause the denial of your admission to
the University. Be sure your Financial
Resources Statement is accurate and
complete.
Dates and Deadlines
All programs in the School admit
students for all semesters. However,
acceptance for the Spring and Summer
Semesters will be on a space-available
basis only. See the Academic Calendar in
this catalog or the Schedule of Classes for
specific dates.
To be considered for Fall Semester
admission, all application materials must
be received by the previous March 15.
Applicants will be notified concerning
their acceptance prior to May 1. To be
considered for Spring Semester admission,
all application materials must be received
by the previous November 1. Applications
received after March 15 or November 1
may be considered for non-degree status
only.
Deadlines for submission of application
materials:
March 15 for Fall Semester regular
admission
April 15 for Summer Term regular
admission
November 1 for Spring Semester
regular admission
Applications after these dates will only
be considered on a space-available
basis.
Persons interested in any of the programs
or in visiting the School are invited to
call the Architecture and Urban Design
Programs at (303) 556-2877, and the Land-
scape Architecture and Urban and Regional
Planning Programs at (303) 556-3479 to
arrange an appointment. For application
forms or additional information, please
write to:
Office of the Dean
School of Architecture and Planning
University of Colorado at Denver
1200 Larimer Street
Campus Box 126
Denver, Colorado 80204-5300
(303) 556-3382
Programs of Study
ARCHITECTURE
Program Director: Peter A. Schneider
Office: DR, Third Floor
Telephone: 556-2877


Master of Architecture / 59
The architecture program offers cur-
ricula leading to both first and post profes-
sional Master of Architecture degrees. The
first professional Master of Architecture
(M.Arch.I) is fully accredited by the
National Architectural Accrediting Board
(NAAB) and is composed of five basic
core areas: Architectural Design, History
and Theory, Environmental Context,
Science and Technology, and Professional
Practice.
The programs primary objective is to
prepare students to enter the practice of
architecture with a thorough foundation
in the bodies of knowledge and applied
methods. More specifically, the objectives
of the program are to develop: an aware-
ness of and sensitivity to the quality of
the human environment; architectural
context; deep understanding of architec-
tural history, theory and criticism;
thorough knowledge of architectural
and building technology; competence
in design process and expression with
particular emphasis on exploration,
experimentation, and systhesis; under-
standing of the institutional framework
within which architecture takes place; and
skills and understanding of professional
practice including management and
professional conduct.
The ultimate goal of the program is to
provide the architecture student with a
deep appreciation of architecture, while
acquiring critical capacity, through com-
prehension of all facets of architecture.
This is achieved through five groups of
courses, organized in sequences within
five coordinated modules.
Master of Architecture I
(First professional degree)
Three and one-half year program. The
first professional Master of Architecture
degree program is a 114 semester hour
program requiring three and one-half
years (six semesters and a summer term)
of full-time study. The curriculum consists
of a core of five related course com-
ponents and 21 semester hours of elec-
tives that may be used for a concentration.
The program is taught at three levels,
each with a theme. The first level involves
the theme principles, definitions, commu-
nication, and design abstraction and takes
the first two semesters. The next level
takes three semesters and involves a dual
theme architecture in context and
applications of methodologies. The theme
of the final level in the third year is syn-
thesis and professional competency.
THE CURRICULUM THREE AND
ONE-HALF YEAR PROGRAM
DESIGN: 48 semester hours
ARCH. 5500 (6)
ARCH. 5501 (6)
ARCH. 5502 (6)
ARCH. 6600 (6)
ARCH. 6601 (6)
ARCH. 6700 (6)
ARCH. 6701 (6)
ARCH. 5510 (3)
ARCH. 5511 (3)
Introduction to Architec-
tural Design Studio I
Introduction to Architec-
tural Design Studio II
Architectural Design
Studio III
Architectural Design
Studio IV
Architectural Design
Studio V
Advanced Architectural
Design Studio VI
Advanced Architectural
Design Studio VII
Elements of Design
Expression and
Presentation 1
Elements of Design
Expression and
Presentation II
HISTORY AND THEORY:
15 semester hours
ARCH. 5520 (3) Introduction to Design
Theory and Criticism
ARCH. 5521 (3) Survey of Architectural
History
ARCH. 6620 (3) Architecture in the 18th
through 20th Centuries
ARCH. 6621 (3) History of Architectural
Theory
Theory Electives: 6 semester hours
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTEXT:
6 semester hours
LA. 5530 (3) Site Planning
UD. 6620 (3) The Architecture of
the City
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY:
21 semester hours
ARCH. 5530 (3)
ARCH. 5531 (3)
ARCH. 5532 (3)
ARCH. 5533 (3)
ARCH. 6630 (3)
ARCH. 6631 (3)
ARCH. 6636 (3)
Structures 1
Structures II
Building Technology I
Environmental Control
Systems I
Structures III
Environmental Control
Systems II
Building Technology II
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE:
3 semester hours
ARCH. 6750 (3) Professional Practice
ELECTIVES: 18 semester hours


60 / School of Architecture and Planning
COURSE SEQUENCE: FIRST PROFESSIONAL DEGREE
COURSE SEQUENCE DESIGN HISTORY/ THEORY ENVIRON- MENTAL CONTEXT SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
YEAR 1 FALL ARCH. 5500 (6) ARCH. 5510 (3) ARCH. 5520 (3) ARCH. 5530 (3) 15
SPRING ARCH. 5501 (6) ARCH. 5511 (3) ARCH. 5521 (3) ARCH. 5531 (3) 15
SUMMER ARCH. 5502 (6) ARCH. 5532 (3) ARCH. 5533 (3) 12
YEAR II FALL ARCH. 6600 (6) ARCH. 6620 (3) LA. 5530 (3) ARCH. 6630 (3) ARCH. 6631 (3) 18
SPRING ARCH. 6601 (6) ARCH. 6621 (3) ELECTIVES (3) UD. 6620 (3) ARCH. 6636 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 18
YEAR III FALL ARCH. 6700 (6) ELECTIVES (3) ARCH. 6750 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 18
SPRING ARCH. 6701 (6) ELECTIVES (12) 18
48 18 6 21 3 18 114
Advanced Standing in the three and
one-half year program. Students admitted
with advanced standing to the first-
professional degree program follows
a course of study based on an evaluation
of their academic credentials which takes
place during the admissions process.
Students who have degrees in related
fields may be exempt from certain
required courses. Students who have com-
pleted a pre-professional bachelors degree
in an accredited 4 + 2 program will be
given advanced standing of up to one cur-
riculum year in the program. The number
of credits and exact point of entry into
the program will be determined by the
Program Director.
Master of Architecture II
(Post-professional program)
Program Coordinator: S. Boonyatikarn
The post professional program in
architecture is an advanced curriculum
which focuses on research and specializa-
tion. The program offers four options of
study: 1) Architectural Experimentation,
2) Architecture and Design with Macintosh,
3) Building Technology, and 4) Real Estate
Development. The first option, Architec-
tural Experimentation, is suited for
students intending to further their
knowledge in theory and criticism of
architecture. Students are guided to
investigate, explore, and experiment with
ideas of non-conventional nature and to
advance their design ability.
The second option, Architecture and .
Design with Macintosh, is designed to
prepare the student for specialization in
computer application in design generation
and development.
The third option, Building Technology,
prepares students for specialization in
building performance studies utilizing the
Schools sophisticated Building Technology
Laboratory. Solar, thermo, acoustics, and
lighting studies are several main speciali-
zations offered by the faculty.
The fourth option, Real Estate Develop-
ment, focuses on architecture and devel-
opment process utilizing the expertise of
Architecture and Urban and Regional
Planning Program faculty.
Option I: Architectural Experimentation
Option II: Architecture and Design with
the Macintosh
Option III: Building Technology
Option IV: Real Estate Development
COURSES:
ARCH. 6622 (3) Modern Architecture
ARCH. 6623 (3) Investigations in
Architecture
ARCH. 6627 (3) Post-Structuralist
Architecture
ARCH. 6628 (3) Theories of Avant Garde
ARCH. 6632 (3) Building Performance
Analysis
ARCH. 6633 (3) Lighting
ARCH. 6640 (3) Introduction to Computer
Graphics
ARCH. 6641 (3) Computer Applications in
Architecture
ARCH. 6642 (3) Design and Architecture
with the Macintosh
ARCH. 6643 (3) Advanced Design Appli-
cations with the Macintosh
ARCH. 6704 (6) Architectural
Experimentation 1
ARCH. 6705 (6) Architectural
Experimentation II
ARCH. 6950 (6) Thesis Research
and Programming
ARCH. 6951 (6) Architecture Thesis
URP. 6660 (3) Real Estate Development
Process
URP. 6661 (3) Real Estate Development
Finance
URP. 6662 (3) Real Estate Market
Analysis
URP. 6664 (3) Fiscal Impact Analysis


Master of Architecture / 61
COURSE SEQUENCE: OPTION I, ARCHITECTURAL EXPERIMENTATION
COURSE SEQUENCE DESIGN STUDIO THEORY ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
FALL ARCH. 6704 (6) ARCH. 6622 (3) ARCH. 6627 (3) 12
YEAR 1 SPRING ARCH. 6705 (6) ARCH. 6623 (3) ARCH. 6628 (3) 12
SUMMER ELECTIVES (12) 12
12 12 12 36
COURSE SEQUENCE: OPTION II, ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN WITH THE MACINTOSH
COURSE SEQUENCE RESEARCH PROJECT OR THESIS THEORY ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
FALL ARCH. 6704 (6) OR ARCH. 6950 (6) ARCH. 6640 (3) ARCH. 6642 (3) 12
YEAR 1 SPRING ARCH. 6705 (6) OR ARCH. 6951 (6) ARCH. 6641 (3) ARCH. 6643 (3) 12
SUMMER ELECTIVES (12) 12
12 12 12 36
COURSE SEQUENCE: OPTION III, BUILDING TECHNOLOGY
COURSE SEQUENCE RESEARCH PROJECT OR THESIS THEORY ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
FALL ARCH. 6704 (6) OR ARCH. 6950 (6) ARCH. 6632 (3) ARCH. 6642 (3) 12
YEAR 1 SPRING ARCH. 6705 (6) OR ARCH. 6951 (6) ARCH. 6633 (3) ARCH. 6643 (3) 12
SUMMER ELECTIVES (12) 12
12 12 12 36
COURSE SEQUENCE: OPTION IV, REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT
COURSE SEQUENCE RESEARCH PROJECT OR THESIS THEORY ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
FALL ARCH. 6704 (6) OR ARCH. 6950 (6) URP. 6660 (3) URP. 6662 (3) 12
YEAR 1 SPRING ARCH. 6705 (6) OR ARCH. 6951 (6) URP. 6661 (3) URP. 6664 (3) 12
SUMMER ELECTIVES (12) 12
12 12 12 36
ARCHITECTURE ELECTIVES:
ARCH. 5540 (3) Design Photography
ARCH. 6610 (3) Furniture Design
ARCH. 6622 (3) Modern Architecture
ARCH. 6623 (3) Investigations in
Architecture
ARCH. 6624 (3) The Built Environment in
Other Cultures I:
Research Design
ARCH. 6910 (6) The Built Environment in
Other Cultures II: Field
Experience
ARCH. 6627 (3) Post-Structuralist
Architecture
ARCH. 6628 (3) Theories of Avant Garde
ARCH. 6632 (3) Building Performance
Analysis
ARCH. 6633 (3) Lighting
ARCH. 6634 (3) Materials and Detailing I:
Residential
ARCH. 6635 (3) Materials and Detailing II:
Commercial
ARCH. 6640 (3) Introduction to Computer
Graphics
ARCH. 6641 (3) Computer Applications in
Architecture
ARCH. 6642 (3) Design and Architecture
with the Macintosh
ARCH. 6643 (3) Advanced Design
Applications with the
Macintosh
ARCH. 6683 (3) Teaching Methods in
Architecture
ARCH. 6704 (6) Architectural
Experimentation I
ARCH. 6705 (6) Architectural
Experimentation II
ARCH. 6720 (3) American Art
and Architecture
ARCH. 6721 (3) Art and Architecture
of Islam
ARCH. 6722 (3) Latin American Art
and Architecture
ARCH. 6723 (3) Oriental Art and
Architecture
ARCH. 6740 (3) Computer Aided Design
ARCH. 6930 (3) Architecture Internship
ARCH. 6931 (3) Architecture Internship
ARCH. 6950 (6) Thesis Research and
Programming
ARCH. 6951 (6) Architecture Thesis


62 / School of Architecture and Planning
ARCHITECTURE COURSES
ARCH. 5050-3. Applied Mathematics for
Designers I. This class is designed for the
student with little or no college math
experience. It begins with arithmetic skills
and shortcuts, continues through college
level algebra, and ends with trigonometry.
This class is a part of the required
mathematics for students of architecture, but
is recommended for anyone of non-technical
background.
ARCH. 5051-3. Applied Mathematics for
Designers II. A continuation of ARCH.
5050, this class will begin with analytical
geometry and continue through differential
and integral calculus. The course completes
the mathematics requirement for students of
architecture and is open to those who have
credit for or feel competent in the material
covered in ARCH. 5050.
ARCH. 5052-3. Environmental Science for
Designers. This course is designed to meet
the requirements of the School of Architec-
ture and Planning for entrance into the
graduate program in architecture. The basic
principles of physics will be covered in a
practical way. The course includes the
mechanics of bodies at rest, dynamics, elec-
tricity, heat, light, and sound. The course is
recommended for anyone who needs a
working knowledge of general science.
ARCH. 5500-6. Introduction to Architec-
tural Design Studio I. The introductory
studio focuses on the basic strategies and
techniques of design production. Students
are introduced to architectonics, design
analysis and criticism, and the significance of
the elements of design. Emphasis is placed
on development of an awareness of the role
of architectural theory and history in the
design process. Prer., ARCH. 5050, ARCH.
5051, and ARCH. 5052; coreq., ARCH. 5510,
ARCH. 5520, and ARCH. 5530.
ARCH. 5501-6. Introduction to Architec-
tural Design Studio II. The second
introductory design studio continues the
examination of the issues raised in the first
semester and begins investigation of more
complex issues related to building design
and landscape. Emphasis is placed on
developing a systematic approach to design
while simultaneously dealing with the
development of theory and intellectual
inquiry. Prer., ARCH. 5500; coreq., ARCH.
5511, ARCH. 5521, and ARCH. 5531.
ARCH. 5502-6. Architectural Design
Studio III. The first intermediate studio in
architecture focuses on the interrelationship
between architectural design and the art of
construction. The course acts as a transition
between the abstract and theoretical con-
cerns of the introductory studios and the
thoughtful realization or practice of ideas.
The emphasis is placed on development of
how a building is put together as a material
conceptual construct. Prer., ARCH. 5501;
coreq., ARCH. 5532 and ARCH. 5533.
ARCH. 5510-3. Elements of Design
Expression and Presentation I. This course
covers the basic principles of descriptive
geometry (technical drawing). Basic prin-
ciples of orthographic projection,
axonometric projection, perspective, and
photographic reproduction methods (port-
folio) are examined. Emphasis is placed on
defining abstract forms and real objects in
terms of line, light, shade, and shadow.
ARCH. 5511-3. Elements of Design
Expression and Presentation II. This
course builds upon the basic principles and
issues in the previous semester. Craft and
precision are stressed, but with an emphasis
toward design articulation and individual
expression. Students are introduced to a
wide range of compositional techniques
and methods and selection of media and
materials. The subjects covered are: drawing
as analysis; drawing as representation; prin-
ciples of color interaction; and means of
representing architectural space in terms of
color, light, shade, and shadow gradation
and value distinction.
ARCH. 5520-3. Introduction to Design
Theory and Criticism. This course
examines the evolution of ideals and prin-
ciples in modern architecture, design, land-
scape, and urbanism and traces the historical
development of theoretical issues through a
study of selected writing. The course pro-
vides an overview of the literature in design
theories and explores the relationship
between design and the writings that include
its interpretation and production.
ARCH. 5521-3. Survey of Architectural
History. The second course in the history/
theory sequence, beginning with architecture
and urbanism in antiquity, stresses the origin
and interpretation of built form as symbol
and the problems of early building
technology and development of tradition
in European architecture and urbanism. It
examines the emergence of building types
and settlement patterns and their relation-
ship to social institutions. Case studies are
drawn from pre-classical, classical, and late
antiquity, Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque
architecture.
ARCH. 5530-3. Structures I. The course
introduces the analysis and design of struc-
tural elements and focuses on fundamental
principles of statics and strength of materials.
Areas covered are equilibrium, movement,
trusses, three-force members, properties of
structural materials including wood and
steel, stress-strain relationships, and an
introduction into the design and analysis of
structural elements made of wood and steel
in tension, shear, and bearing.
ARCH. 5531-3. Structures II. The course is
a continuation of Structures I, focusing on
study of stress determination of structures
and general principles involved in the design
of wood, steel, and concrete members. Prob-
lems in design of building elements sub-
jected to direct stress, beveling, and
combined stress, deflection, methods of
fabrication, and details of connections are
explored. Prer., ARCH. 5530.
ARCH. 5532-3. Building Technology I.
This course addresses issues in building con-
struction and focuses on interrelationships
between architectural concepts and objec-
tives and building construction techniques
through lectures, case study presentations,
and exercises. It focuses on the wide range
of materials and construction techniques
available to meet design objectives.
ARCH. 5533-3. Environmental Control
Systems I. This course focuses on study of
environmental control systems in building,
including the thermal behavior of buildings,
climate as a major determinant of building
design, energy use in buildings, strategies for
designing buildings as complete environmen-
tal control systems, mechanical means of
environmental controls, heating, ventilation,
air-conditioning, plumbing, electrical, and
communication systems, water supply, and
sanitation systems.
ARCH. 5540-3. Design Photography. This
course will introduce architectural students
to the basics of photography and architec-
tural photography. Class will be a combina-
tion of lecture/demonstration and student
assignments followed by evaluation. The
course will enable students to produce their
own working photographs of drawings,
models, and buildings.
ARCH. 6600-6. Architectural Design
Studio IV. The second intermediate studio
sequence focuses on exploration of architec-
ture in the urban context and examination
of typological form and cultural constructs
which will provide a basis for the inclusion
of new spaces and forms within the fabric
of the city. Emphasis is placed on methodo-
logical study of site, program, and elements
of architecture which are used to facilitate
work. Prer., ARCH. 5502; coreq., ARCH.
6620, ARCH. 6630, ARCH. 6631, and LA.
5530.
ARCH. 6601-6. Architectural Design
Studio V. The final intermediate studio
sequence focuses on examination of impacts
of large-scale urban projects that include
commercial, office, and residential uses
in an existing urban fabric. Issues such as
typology, character, and monumentality are
considered in relation to the design of
buildings of civic significance. Emphasis is
placed on relationship of the role of the
building to the morphology of the city and
the building's expression in architectural
form. Prer., ARCH. 6600; coreq., ARCH. 6621.
ARCH. 6610-3. Furniture Design. The
focus of this studio/lecture course is to
explore the effects and responses of physical
human factors, material characteristics, struc-
ture, joinery, and history in the design of fur-
niture. Design process, programming, design
and presentation techniques, along with
drawing and model building skills, are
emphasized in this project oriented course.
ARCH. 6620-3. Architecture in the 18th
through 20th Centuries. The third course


Architecture Courses / 63
in the history/theory sequence focuses on
the breakdown of the Baroque synthesis
and the coming of classical and romantic
historicism in architecture and the birth
of modern architecture. The impact of
technology, industrialization and social
changes on architecture and urbanism,
changing attitudes toward the treatment of
architectural space and the formation of new
critical concepts, and the emergence of Art
Nouveau and the roots of the "Modern
Movement" in architecture are examined.
ARCH. 6621-3. History of Architectural
Theory. This course investigates architectural
thought from antiquity to the present. It
begins with a review of Greek ideals and
then proceeds through an appreciation
of architecture and its texts as an essential
cultural constituent with a survey of major
themes such as Renaissance Humanism,
Enlightenment Rationalism, Romantic
Historicism, Neo-Medievalism, the varieties of
Modernism, Neo-Eclecticism, and the most
recent directions.
ARCH. 6622-3. Modern Architecture. This
course examines modern architecture from
DeStijl and the Bauhaus to LeCorbusier.
Emphasis is placed on critical evaluation of
this developmental stage and its impact on
discipline of architecture and city design.
ARCH. 6623-3. Investigations in Architec-
ture. This course focuses on examination of
the historical development of theoretical
issues through a study of selected writings
and the evolution of ideas and design prin-
ciples in architecture, landscape architecture,
and urbanism. It explores the pedagogic
relationship between design and the cultural
roots that influence its interpretation and
production.
ARCH. 6624-3. The Built Environment in
Other Cultures I: Research Design. This
course intends to broaden students perspec-
tives by asking them to examine design
within another culture. Each student will
prepare a proposal of study including a state-
ment of the problem to be addressed, the
type of field research to be undertaken,
and the nature of the report produced.
ARCH. 6627-3. Post-Structuralist Architec-
ture. This course examines theories of post-
structuralism and their implications to
architectural exploration and experimenta-
tions. Drawing from Russell, Descartes, Der-
rida, Husserl, Heidegger, Barthes, Foucault,
and other leading authorities, the course
focuses on development of a theoretical
discourse for architecture.
ARCH. 6628-3. Theories of Avant Garde.
This course examines the origin and evolu-
tion of the Avant Garde theories from Rus-
sian Constructionism to Futurism, Dadaism,
Surrealism, and DeStijl. Emphasis is placed
on investigation of the implication of historic
Avant Garde to present modes of architec-
tural exploration.
ARCH. 6630-3. Structures III. This course
examines theoretical and conceptual bases
for the qualitative and quantitative analysis
of indeterminate structures. Course topics
include continuity, movement distribution,
reinforced concrete elements, precast
and prestressed elements, walls, columns,
footings, earthquake loads on buildings, and
detailing of structural systems. Prer., ARCH.
5530 and ARCH. 5531.
ARCH. 6631-3. Environmental Control
Systems II. The course focuses on lighting
and acoustics. Illumination quantity and
quality, day lighting and electric lighting,
lighting design, and applications are covered.
The behavior and effect of daylight are
studied through the construction of models.
Techniques such as preparation of working
drawings and specifications are covered.
Prer., ARCH. 5533.
ARCH. 6632-3. Building Performance
Analysis. This course addresses issues in
performance integration of overall building
components and the ability to predict
architectural design performance in advance.
Students will experience the use of up-to-
date technology, laboratory facilities, guided
hands-on experiments, on-site observation,
and computer simulation.
ARCH. 6633-3. Lighting. This introductory
course in lighting investigates the processes
and the objectives of lighting and provides
the vocabulary and mechanics necessary to
the understanding and interpretation of
lighting needs in design. Strategies and
criteria for lighting are the focus of this
course, covering both theoretical and prac-
tical issues.
ARCH. 6634-3. Materials and Detailing I:
Residential. This course provides students
with the opportunity to explore theory and
application of materials used in residential
interiors. The course focuses on study of
composition and characteristics of individual
finish materials as well as conventional
methods of representing them graphically.
ARCH. 6635-3. Materials and Detailing II:
Commercial. The goals and parameters of
this course are the same as those outlined
for Materials and Detailing 1; however, the
focus will be commercial interiors. Prer.,
ARCH. 6634.
ARCH. 6636-3. Building Technology II.
This advanced course focuses on the study
of material assemblies and structural systems
comparisons as they relate to building design.
The influence of building codes, life safety
requirements, value engineering and cost
estimating on building systems is investigated.
Construction communication techniques,
such as working drawings and specifications,
are covered. Prer., ARCH. 5532.
ARCH. 6640-3. Introduction to Computer
Graphics. This course provides a hands-on
introduction to the Personal Computer and
the Disk Operating System. The fundamen-
tals of drawing with a computer will be taught
with the production of moderate-sized draw-
ings. Basic two-dimensional CADD concepts
such as symbols and layering will be explored.
Students will learn to use a digitizer for input
and output graphics to a plotter.
ARCH. 6641-3. Computer Applications in
Architecture. This course builds upon the
basics learned in ARCH. 6640. Customizing
applications to increase productivity will
be stressed. Linking of graphics and text
databases through the use of attributes will
be investigated. Three-dimensional modeling
will be used to visualize the design process.
Prer., ARCH. 6640.
ARCH. 6642-3. Design and Architecture
with the Macintosh. This course introduces
the Macintosh computer as a powerful
exploratory design tool which has the poten-
tial for exploration and generation of new
architectural ideas and forms. The Macintosh
is seen as an extension or amplification of
the human brain. The course does not
require the user to learn computer program-
ming or complicated command structures; a
non-technical, intuitive, word of mouth, trial
and error mode of learning is possible.
Once basic skills are mastered, production is
immediate. Emphasis is placed on analysis,
self-criticism, revision, and refinement of
design intentions with the computer tool.
ARCH. 6643-3. Advanced Design Applica-
tions with the Macintosh. This course
builds upon experiences gained from the
introductory course, ARCH. 6642. The
course requires the students to have an
extensive knowledge of the Macintosh sys-
tem. The course will devote the entire
semester to work with the three-dimensional
modeling programs. Emphasis is placed on
techniques of exploration and innovation in
three-dimensional spatial representation of
design and architectural constructions. Prer.,
ARCH. 6642.
ARCH. 6683-3. Teaching Methods in
Architecture. This course is designed to
develop teaching and academic capabilities
in the context of architecture. The student
works with a faculty member in an instruc-
tional context eight hours per week.
ARCH. 6686-3. Special Topics in
Architecture. Various topical concerns are
offered in architecture history, theory,
elements, concepts, methods and implemen-
tation strategies, and other related areas.
ARCH. 6700-6. Advanced Architectural
Design Studio VI. The studio focuses on
students' elaboration and substantiation of
personal ideas through complex design exer-
cises and by critically addressing the status
of contemporary architectural theory.
Emphasis is placed on a comprehensive
design project that is structured to test
students on integration of structural aspects,
mechanical systems, site planning, and
climate considerations within their design
solutions. Prer., ARCH. 6601; coreq., ARCH.
6750 and UD. 6620.
ARCH. 6701-6. Advanced Architectural
Design Studio VII. The final design studio
continues the comprehensive approach
through a full range of design investigation
and strategies at all scales from program and
conception to construction detail. Students
must demonstrate abilities to synthesize all


64 / School of Architecture and Planning
previous work through an application of a
complex architectural design project. Prer.,
ARCH. 6700.
ARCH. 6704-6. Architectural Experimen-
tation I. An advanced architectural design
studio focusing on design explorations and
stressing theorization and development of
ideologies in architectural design. Emphasis
is placed on experimentation with various
art medias such as painting, sculpture, music,
linguistics, film making, and others.
ARCH. 6705-6. Architectural Experimen-
tation II. As a continuation of ARCH. 6704,
this studio stresses a culminative effort
toward synthesis and contribution of original
proposal for development of architectural
theory. Emphasis is placed on architectural
transformation as a major indicator of the
original contribution of this studio.
ARCH. 6720-3. American Art and
Architecture. This course focuses on major
developments in American art from 1750
1950. Painting and sculpture, as well as
important developments in architecture, will
be discussed. The work of such artists and
architects as Copley, Peale, Whistler, Cassatt,
Hopper, OKeeffe, Thomas Jefferson, Louis
Sullivan, and Frank Lloyd Wright will be
studied.
ARCH. 6721-3. Art and Architecture of
Islam. This course focuses on study and
examination of the art and architecture
of the Islamic cultures from the death of
Muhammad through the 18th century from
Spain to India.
ARCH. 6722-3. Latin American Art and
Architecture. This course focuses on study
and examination of the art and architecture
of the colonies of Spain and Portugal in the
western hemisphere from 1492 to the
present.
ARCH. 6723-3. Oriental Art and Architec-
ture. This is an introductory survey of orien-
tal art and architecture. The course aims to
uncover the relationship between East Asian
art and architecture and its accompanying
theories.
ARCH. 6740-3. Computer Aided Design.
The course explores the relationship
between design, mathematics, and computa-
tion. The concepts of finite mathematics will
be introduced using building design
examples. Problem-solving methods in
design and computation will be explored.
The analysis of plan types will be related to
topology and geometry; symmetry and com-
binatorial groups will be introduced. Com-
puter projects and readings will be assigned
to explore the concepts.
ARCH. 6750-3. Professional Practice. This
course introduces the student to the essential
elements of professional practice through
subject areas such as internship, licensing,
services, modes of practice, fees, marketing,
documents, specifications, and production
procedures. One three-hour lecture per
week. Prer., final year in program or
approval of instructor.
ARCH. 6840-1 to 3. Independent Study.
Studies initiated by students or faculty and
sponsored by a faculty member to investigate
a special topic or problem related to
architecture.
ARCH. 6910-6. The Built Environment
in Other Cultures II: Field Experience.
Students will travel to their respective cities
and undertake the agreed upon study pro-
posals. The course intends not only to help
students consider their own design and plan-
ning attitudes, but also to help them see the
world from a more balanced perspective.
ARCH. 6930-3, ARCH. 6931-3. Architec-
ture Internship. This course is designed to
provide professional practice experience to
students and is composed of eight hours per
week work in a practicing professionals
office during the regular semester. The stu-
dent is placed in an architectural and/or
design office by the School and receives
credit instead of pay. Students must complete
second year level before taking this course.
ARCH. 6950-6. Thesis Research and
Programming.
ARCH. 6951-6. Architecture Thesis.
URBAN DESIGN
Program Coordinator: Paul Saporito
gies and proposals for the citys architec-
ture through a structured sequence of lec-
ture and design studios.
There are two options of study which
extend over a two semester or three
semester course of study. There are three
curriculum steps involved in these plans.
The first step of the curriculum engages
students in studying the fundamentals of
theory and criticism concerning the struc-
ture of present architectural text and dis-
courses. Simultaneously, the student also
is introduced to the process of decomposi-
tion. This step is necessary for the under-
standing of the interrelationship between
architectural text as a language and archi-
tectural text as an artifact. The second
step of the curriculum engages the stu-
dent in studying the recomposition of the
city, a process that is in reverse order of
the first step. Recomposition involves a
sequence of activities that begins with the
questioning of the traditions, followed by
an investigation of the metaphysics of
origins and presence, and ends with the
formulation of new design strategies for
the architecture of the city. The third and
final step is intended to be a cumulative
experience where the student pursues
individual interest in urban design.
A city no longer inhabited, not
simply left behind, but haunted by
meaning and culture. This state of
being haunted, which keeps the city
from returning to nature, is perhaps
the general mode of the presence or
absence of the thing itself is pure
language. (Derrida 1978)
Cities are in reality great campuses
of the living and the dead where
many elements remain like signals,
symbols, cautious. When the holi-
day is over, what remains of the
architecture is scarred, and the
sand consumes the street again.
There is nothing left but to resume
with a certain obstinacy the
reconstruction of elements and
instruments in expectation of
another holiday. (Aldo Rossi 1981)
The Urban Design Program at the
School of Architecture and Planning is
intended to be a non-conventional research
program leading to the degree of Master
of Architecture in Urban Design. The
premise of the program is investigation,
exploration, experimentation, and repre-
sentation of ideas and proposals regarding
the development of the city. Unlike the
classical mode of inquiry, the Urban Design
Program takes a relatively more radical
approach to the analysis of architecture
of the city. The curriculum is designed for
the questioning of the existing connec-
tions and searching for alternative ideolo-
Master of Architecture in
Urban Design
The Master of Architecture in Urban
Design Program is a one-year post-
professional degree and is suited for
students who have completed a first-
professional degree in Architecture
(B.Arch., M.Arch.). The program requires
completion of a minimum of 36 credit
hours.
CORE CURRICULUM
The core curriculum consists of six
graduate courses for a total of 21 credit
hours. Some students entering the pro-
gram may be advised to take additional
courses depending on their educational
backgrounds. The core curriculum consists
of the following courses;
UD. 6600 (6)
UD. 6601 (6)
UD. 6602 (6)
UD. 6620 (3)
UD. 6621 (3)
ARCH. 6622 (3)
ARCH. 6623 (3)
Transformation and
Decomposition Studio
Composition Studio
City of Exploration and
Experimentation Studio
(Optional)
The Architecture of the
City
City as an Artifact
Modern Architecture
Investigations in
Architecture


Landscape Architecture / 65
OPTION I: ONE ACADEMIC YEAR
COURSE SEQUENCE DESIGN STUDIO THEORY ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
YEAR 1 FALL UD. 6600 (6) UD. 6620 (3) ARCH. 6622 (3) ELECTIVES (6) 18
SPRING UD. 6601 (6) UD. 6621 (3) ARCH. 6623 (3) ELECTIVES (6) 18
12 12 12 36
OPTION II: ONE YEAR CALENDAR YEAR
COURSE SEQUENCE DESIGN STUDIO THEORY ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
FALL UD. 6600 (6) UD. 6620 (3) ARCH. 6622 (3) 12
YEAR 1 SPRING UD. 6601 (6) UD. 6621 (3) ARCH. 6623 (3) 12
SUMMER UD. 6602 (6) ELECTIVES (6) 12
18 12 6 36
ELECTIVES:
LA. 6621 (3)
URP. 5532 (3)
URP. 6680 (3)
URP. 6682 (3)
ARCH. 6621 (3)
ARCH. 6627 (3)
ARCH. 6628 (3)
ARCH. 6640 (3)
ARCH. 6641 (3)
ARCH. 6642 (3)
ARCH. 6643 (3)
ARCH. 6683 (3)
ARCH. 6720 (3)
ARCH. 6721 (3)
ARCH. 6722 (3)
ARCH. 6723 (3)
ARCH. 6740 (3)
History of Landscape
Architecture Theory
Historical Development
of Urban Form
Urbanization in Develop-
ing Countries
Housing in Developing
Countries
History of Architectural
Theory
Post-Structuralist
Architecture
Theories of Avant Garde
Introduction to Computer
Graphics
Computer Applications in
Architecture
Design and Architecture
with the Macintosh
Advanced Design Appli-
cations with the Macintosh
Teaching Methods in
Architecture
American Art and
Architecture
Art and Architecture of
Islam
Latin American Art and
Architecture
Oriental Art and
Architecture
Computer Aided Design
URBAN DESIGN COURSES
UD. 6600-6. Transformation and Decom-
position Studio. The first studio of a two-
studio sequence introduces the process of
decomposition in urban structure through
analysis of landscape and structures in
search of originary and non-originary
elements of the city. The studio then is an
attempt to restore immanent conditions
the suspension between origin and effect,
between positive and negative elements of
urban structure.
UD. 6601-6. Composition Studio. This
studio builds upon the analytical investiga-
tions conducted in the previous semester
and explores the process of composition or
recomposition in the architecture of the city.
Drawing upon deconstructionist theory, the
studio presents a challenge to the hegemony
of traditional design studios and is a search
for authenticity. Considering architecture as
text, the studio is a means to represent an
invention, an invited speculation on the
conditions of architecture of the city.
UD. 6602-6. City of Exploration and
Experimentation Studio. This is an optional
independent studio where individual students
pursue their individual interests with an
emphasis on interaction between architec-
ture and other disciplines. This studio is
structured as a cumulative syntheses of
knowledge and skills into an original pro-
posal for the betterment of city conditions.
UD. 6620-3. The Architecture of the City.
This course focuses on interpretation of
architecture of the city and its landscape,
articulation and disarticulation, discontinuity
of order, immanence, and memory. Drawing
from contemporary writers such as Derrida,
Barthes, Adorno, Habermas, Heidegger,
Husserl, and others, the course examines the
questions of replication, representation, and
signification in the city.
UD. 6621-3. City as an Artifact. This
course focuses on study of originary and
non-originary architecture and its implica-
tions to urban context. Beginning by exami-
nation of classical representation and
refutation, the course attempts to present
denial and possibility in architecture by
investigating the tradition and metaphysics of
origins and presence.
UD. 6686-3. Special Topics in Urban
Design. Various topical concerns are offered
in urban design history, theory, elements,
concepts, methods, and implementation
strategies and other related areas.
UD. 6840-1 to 3. Independent Study.
Studies initiated by students or faculty and
sponsored by a faculty member to investi-
gate a special topic or problem related to
urban design.
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
Program Director: Lois A. Brink
The Landscape Architecture Program
offers both first and post-professional
Master of Landscape Architecture degrees.
The first professional Master of Landscape
Architecture (M.L.A.) is fully accredited by
the Landscape Architectural Accreditation
Board (LAAB) and is recognized by the
Council of Landscape Architecture
Educators.
The programs primary objective is to
prepare students to enter the practice of
landscape architecture with a thorough
foundation in the bodies of knowledge
and applied methods. More specifically,
the objectives of the program are to
develop: an awareness of and sensitivity
to the quality of landscape and built
environment; spatial context; under-
standing of history, theory, and criticism of
architecture and landscape; thorough
knowledge of landscape technology; com-
petence in design process and expression
with particular emphasis on exploration,
experimentation, and synthesis; and
understanding of professional practice
including management and professional
conduct.
The ultimate goal of the program is to
provide the student with a deep apprecia-
tion of landscape as context within which
objects are placed, the integration of land-
scape and objects, critical capacity, and
comprehension of the art of landscape
design.
Master of Landscape
Architecture I
(First professional degree)
Three year program. The first profes-
sional M.L.A. degree requires 90 semester
hours and three years of full-time study.
The curriculum consists of a core of four
related course components: Design, 42
credit hours; History and Theory, 12;
Science and Technology, 12; and Profes-
sional Practice, 3, totaling 69 credit hours,
and 21 semester hours of electives.


66 / School of Architecture and Planning
THE CURRICULUM THREE YEAR
PROGRAM
DESIGN: 42 semester hours
LA. 5500 (6) Introduction to Landscape
Architectural Design Studio I
LA. 5501 (6) Introduction to Landscape
Architectural Design Studio II
LA. 6600 (6) Landscape Architectural
Design Studio III
LA. 6601 (6) Landscape Architectural
Design Studio IV
LA. 6700 (6) Advanced Landscape
Architectural Design Studio V
LA. 6701 (6) Advanced Landscape
Architectural Design Studio VI
LA. 5510 (3) Elements of Design Expression
and Presentation I
LA. 5511 (3) Elements of Design Expression
and Presentation II
HISTORY AND THEORY:
12 semester hours
ARCH. 5520 (3) Introduction to Design
Theory and Criticism
ARCH. 5521 (3) Survey of Architectural
History
ARCH. 6620 (3) Architecture in the 18th
through 20th Centuries
LA. 6621 (3) History of Landscape
Architecture Theory
SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY:
12 semester hours
LA. 5530 (3) Site Planning
LA. 5570 (3) Plants in Design
LA. 6630 (3) Landscape Technology I
LA. 6631 (3) Landscape Technology II
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE:
3 semester hours
ARCH. 6750 (3) Professional Practice
Master of Landscape
in Architecture II
(Post-professional degree)
Two year program. The post-
professional degree program requires 48
semester hours and two years of full-time
study.
The core curriculum consists of two
groups: Design, 30 credit hours; and
History/Theory, 12; for a total of 42 credit
hours, and 6 semester hours of electives.
COURSE SEQUENCE: TWO YEAR PROGRAM
THE CURRICULUM TWO YEAR
PROGRAM
DESIGN: 30 semester hours
LA. 5500 (6) Introduction to Landscape
Architectural Design Studio I
LA. 5501 (6) Introduction to Landscape
Architectural Design Studio II
LA. 6700 (6) Advanced Landscape
Architectural Design Studio V
LA. 6701 (6) Advanced Landscape
Architectural Design
Studio VI
LA. 5510 (3) Elements of Design Expression
and Presentation I
LA. 5511 (3) Elements of Design Expression
and Presentation II
HISTORY AND THEORY:
12 semester hours
ARCH. 5520 (3) Introduction to Design
Theory and Criticism
ARCH. 5521 (3) Survey of Architectural
History
ARCH. 6620 (3) Architecture in the 18th
through 20th Centuries
LA. 6621 (3) History of Landscape
Architecture Theory
COURSE SEQUENCE DESIGN HISTORY/ THEORY ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
FALL LA. 5500 (6) LA. 5510 (3) ARCH. 5520 (3) 12
YEAR I SPRING LA. 5501 (6) LA. 5511 (3) ARCH. 5521 (3) 12
YEAR II FALL LA. 6700 (6) ARCH. 6620 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 12
SPRING LA. 6701 (6) LA. 6621 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 12
30 12 6 48
ELECTIVES: 21 semester hours
COURSE SEQUENCE
COURSE SEQUENCE DESIGN HISTORY/ THEORY SCIENCE & TECHNOLOGY PROFES- SIONAL PRACTICE ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
YEAR I FALL LA. 5500 (6) LA. 5510 (3) ARCH. 5520 (3) LA. 5530 (3) 15
SPRING LA. 5501 (6) LA. 5511 (3) ARCH. 5521 (3) LA. 5570 (3) 15
YEAR II FALL LA. 6600 (6) ARCH. 6620 (3) LA. 6630 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 15
SPRING LA. 6601 (6) LA. 6621 (3) LA. 6631 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 15
YEAR III FALL LA. 6700 (6) ARCH. 6750 (3) ELECTIVES (6) 15
SPRING LA. 6701 (6) ELECTIVES (9) 15
42 12 12 3 21 90


Landscape Architecture Courses / 67
ELECTIVES:
LA. 6622 (3)
LA. 6624 (3)
LA. 6910 (6)
LA. 6641 (3)
LA. 6686 (3)
LA. 6840 (1-3)
LA. 6930 (3)
Visual Quality Analysis
The Built Environment in
Other Cultures I: Research
Design
The Built Environment in
Other Cultures II: Field
Experience
Computer Applications in
Landscape Architecture
Special Topics in Land-
scape Architecture
Independent Study
Landscape Architecture
Internship
ARCH. 5540 (3) Design Photography
ARCH. 6622 (3) Modern Architecture
ARCH. 6623 (3) Investigations in
Architecture
ARCH. 6627 (3) Post-Structuralist
Architecture
ARCH. 6628 (3) Theories of Avant Garde
ARCH. 6640 (3) Introduction to Computer
Graphics
ARCH. 6641 (3) Computer Applications
in Architecture
ARCH. 6642 (3) Design and Architecture
with the Macintosh
ARCH. 6643 (3) Advanced Design Applica-
tions with the Macintosh
ARCH. 6683 (3) Teaching Methods in
Architecture
ARCH. 6704 (6) Architectural
Experimentation I
ARCH. 6705 (6) Architectural
Experimentation II
ARCH. 6720 (3) American Art and
Architecture
ARCH. 6721 (3) Art and Architecture of
Islam
ARCH. 6722 (3) Latin American Art
and Architecture
ARCH. 6723 (3) Oriental Art and
Architecture
ARCH. 6740 (3) Computer Aided Design
URP. 5520 (3) Urban Spatial Analysis
Historical Development of
Urban Form
Environmental Planning I:
Ecology
Environmental Planning
II: Policy and Law
Real Estate Development
Process
Real Estate Development
Finance
Real Estate Market
Analysis
URP. 6664 (3) Fiscal Impact Analysis
URP. 5532 (3)
URP. 6649 (3)
URP. 6650 (3)
URP. 6660 (3)
URP. 6661 (3)
URP. 6662 (3)
A thesis option [LA. 6950 (6): Thesis
Research and Programming and LA. 6951
(6): Landscape Architecture Thesis] is
available primarily for students who
are interested in pursuing more advanced
academic training in landscape architec-
ture or related fields.
LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE
COURSES
LA. 5500-6. Introduction to Landscape
Architectural Design Studio I. The
introductory studio focuses on the basic
strategies and techniques of design produc-
tion. Students are introduced to architec-
tonics, design analysis and criticism, and the
significance of the elements of design.
Emphasis is placed on development of an
awareness of the role of theory and history
in the design process.
LA. 5501-6. Introduction to Landscape
Architectural Design Studio II. The
second introductory design studio continues
the examination of the issues raised in the
first semester and begins investigation of
more complex issues related to building
design and landscape. Emphasis is placed on
developing a systematic approach to design
while simultaneously dealing with the devel-
opment of theory and intellectual inquiry.
LA. 5510-3. Elements of Design Expres-
sion and Presentation I. This course
covers the basic principles of descriptive
geometry (technical drawing). Basic prin-
ciples of orthographic projection,
axonometric projection, perspective, and
photographic reproduction methods (port-
folio) are examined. Emphasis is placed on
defining abstract forms and real objects in
terms of line, light, shade, and shadow.
LA. 5511-3. Elements of Design Expres-
sion and Presentation II. This course
builds upon the basic principles and issues in
the previous semester. Craft and precision
are stressed, but with an emphasis toward
design articulation and individual expression.
Students are introduced to a wide range of
compositional techniques and methods and
selection of media and materials. The sub-
jects covered are: drawing as analysis; draw-
ing as representation; principles of color
interaction; and means of representing
architectural space in terms of color, light,
shade, and shadow gradation and value
distinction.
LA. 5530-3. Site Planning. The course
focuses on the site planning process,
including: research and data gathering; data
analysis and synthesis; design analysis and
its relationship to building program and con-
cept; and design synthesis of site and
preparation of site plan. Emphasis is placed
on design through grading, representation,
manipulation and calculation of road work,
utilities, and other site features.
LA. 5570-3. Plants in Design. This course
focuses on the study of design methods used
in landscape architecture. Formal design
principles, spatial sequencing, and plant
functions are applied in design studies, based
on botanical aesthetic traits and physical
requirements of a wide variety of plant
material.
LA. 6600-6. Landscape Architectural
Design Studio III. The first intermediate
studio focuses upon the exploration of land-
scape as context and its integration of
objects. Emphasis is placed on exploration of
landscape and experimentation with spatial
organization and manipulation of context.
LA. 6601-6. Landscape Architectural
Design Studio IV. The second intermediate
studio sequence focuses on larger scale
development projects dealing with more
complex spatial arrangement of buildings
and other objects within the landscape, func-
tional needs and requirements within the
framework of a variety of social, economic,
and natural/physical constraints.
LA. 6621-3. History of Landscape
Architecture Theory. This course
investigates architectural thought from anti-
quity to the present. It begins with a review
of Greek ideals and then proceeds
through an appreciation of landscape and
nature as essential cultural constituents
with a survey of major themes such
as Renaissance Humanism, Enlightenment
Rationalism, Romantic Historicism, Neo-
Medievalism, the varieties of Modernism,
Neo-Eclecticism, and the most recent direc-
tions in landscape and garden design.
LA. 6622-3. Visual Quality Analysis. This
course introduces students to a range of
philosophies, methods, and techniques in
visual landscape analysis. Emphasis is placed
on application of methods and techniques to
urban and regional context and scale, and
visual impact assessment and simulation.
LA. 6624-3. The Built Environment in
Other Cultures I: Research Design. This
course intends to broaden the students'
perspectives by asking them to examine
design within another culture. Each student
will prepare a proposal of study including a
statement of the problem to be addressed,
the type of field research to be undertaken,
and the nature of the report produced.
LA. 6630-3. Landscape Technology I.
This course will address the fundamental
techniques of landscape architecture,
including drafting skills, surveying and
grading, and the natural systems as they
affect construction. The application ofroad
design and utility systems for site develop-
ment also will be covered.
LA. 6631-3. Landscape Technology II.
This course is a continuation of Landscape
Technology 1 and focuses on the study of
materials and methods employed in con-
struction of site features and evolution of
palette, techniques and theory of detailed
design including pavements, fences, walk,
stairs, revetments, basins, and fountains.
LA. 6641-3. Computer Applications in
Landscape Architecture. The course
introduces problem-solving methods and the
relationship between those methods, and the
application of a computer to design pro-
blems. Introductory problems are given in


68 /School of Architecture and Planning
BASIC using the graphics package, a high-
level language such sis Pascal is used to
explore language in more depth, and to con-
clude, a series of assignments introduces the
graphics unit or high level language.
Assignments in programming CAD problems
are required.
LA. 6686-3. Special Topics in Landscape
Architecture. Various topical concerns are
offered in landscape architecture history, theory,
elements, concepts, methods, implementation
strategies, and other related areas.
LA. 6700-6. Advanced Landscape
Architectural Design Studio V.
This studio will focus upon the students
elaboration and substantiation of personal
ideas through complex design exercises
which critically address contemporary land-
scape architectural theory. Emphasis is based
upon a comprehensive landscape design pro-
ject structured to test student ability to
investigate ecological, socio-cultural
aesthetics, and dimension in their design
solutions.
LA. 6701-6. Advanced Landscape
Architectural Design Studio VI. The final
studio is comprehensive in its approach. The
major goal is to present a full range of com-
plex design investigations and implementa-
tion strategies at various scales, while
allowing the students to demonstrate their
ability to synthesize all previous academic
work.
LA. 6840-1 to 3. Independent Study.
Studies initiated by students or faculty
and sponsored by a faculty member to
investigate a special topic or problem related
to landscape architecture or urban design.
LA. 6910-6. The Built Environment in
Other Cultures II: Field Experience.
Students will travel to their respective cities
and undertake the agreed upon study pro-
posals. The course intends not only to help
students consider their own design and plan-
ning attitudes, but also to help them see the
world from a more balanced perspective.
LA. 6930-3. Landscape Architecture
Internship. This course is designed to pro-
vide professional practice experience to
students, and is composed of eight hours per
week work in a practicing professionals
office during the regular semester. The stu-
dent is placed in a landscape architectural
and/or design office by the School and
receives credit instead of pay. Students must
complete the second year level before taking
this course.
LA. 6950-6. Thesis Research and
Programming.
LA. 6951-6. Landscape Architecture
Thesis.
URBAN AND REGIONAL
PLANNING
Program Director: Peter V. Schaeffer
Urban and regional planning in the
United States and other countries is
involved in activities aimed at shaping the
pattern of human settlements and pro-
viding housing, public services, and other
crucial support systems that help support
a decent urban living environment. Plan-
ning encompasses not only a concern for
the structure and image of the built
environment, but also a desire to harness
the social, economic, political, and
technological forces that give meaning to
the everyday lives of men and women in
residential, work, and recreational settings.
More specifically, urban and regional
planning is concerned with: identifying
social needs and designing and providing
services and facilities to meet those needs;
anticipating change and its impact on how
people can and do live; understanding the
way plans are made, decisions implemented,
and actions evaluated and the means by
which these processes can be improved;
stimulating, guiding, and influencing
actions of the private sector with respect
to land use and land use transitions in
urban, suburban, and rural areas; identify-
ing potentially adverse impacts of human
activities on the natural environment and
mitigating those impacts; designing the
city and the surrounding region to
facilitate activities in which people need
and desire to engage.
The Urban and Regional Planning
Program at the University of Colorado
at Denver is designed to prepare students
for professional practice in urban and
regional planning as well as for more
advanced academic training in planning
and other related fields. The degree of
Master of Urban and Regional Planning
(M.U.R.P.) is awarded after successful
completion of a course of study normally
requiring about two years of full-time
course work.
The objectives of the Urban and
Regional Planning Program are: to clarify
the behavioral and perceptual sources of
urban and regional problems; to foster
the appropriate use of policy, planning,
design, and legal devices for creating
urban and regional environments respon-
sive to human needs and ecological
principles; and to develop methods for
evaluating urban programs, policies, and
plans which have important human and
natural environmental consequences.
Master of Urban and Regional
Planning
The Urban and Regional Planning Pro-
gram offers a curriculum leading to the
degree of Master of Urban and Regional
Planning (M.U.R.P), which requires two
years of full-time study and a minimum
of 51 credit hours. The M.U.R.P. degree
program is accredited by the Planning
Accreditation Board, the Association of
the Collegiate Schools of Planning, and
the American Institute of Certified Plan-
ners. It consists of a core of 27 semester
hours of courses in: Theory, Planning
Methods, Spatial Analysis, Planning Law,
History, Design and Planning Studio, and
at least 24 semester hours of elective
courses.
All planning courses qualify as electives.
The student should select courses, however,
that build on each other and together
form a strong specialization. The Urban
and Regional Planning Program requires
that students see an advisor at least once
a semester before registration to obtain
approval for the course selection. Each
student is assigned a member of the
faculty as an advisor and mentor.
The particular strength of the Urban
and Regional Planning Program is Physical
Planning with emphasis on Environmental
Planning and Land Development. Students
are encouraged to consider appropriate
courses in the Landscape Architecture
Program to achieve greater skills and
depth of knowledge. A dual Master of
Urban and Regional Planning and Master
of Landscape Architecture degree is
offered.
Applicants to the Urban and Regional
Planning Program are expected to present
their application materials in a portfolio.
The portfolio should include a resume
which describes the applicants educa-
tional and professional background, a
statement of professional goals and objec-
tives, a list of courses that the applicant
has taken which relate to planning, and
a copy of a student or professional project
or paper with a note explaining why the
particular item was selected. The appli-
cant may submit other relevant materials.
The format must be 8/2 X 11" and
bound. A stamped, self-addressed envelope
must be included if the portfolio is to
be returned.


Urban and Regional Planning Courses / 69
CORE COURSES
URP. 5501 (3) Planning History
and Theory
URP. 5510 (3) Planning Methods I
URP. 5511 (3) Planning Methods II
URP. 5520 (3) Urban Spatial Analysis
URP. 5530 (3) Planning Law
URP. 6630 (4) Planning Studio I
URP. 6631 (4) Planning Studio II
URP. 6632 (1) Preparation for Professional
Certification
LA. 5530 (3) Site Planning
A thesis option (URP. 6950 Thesis
Research and Programming and URP.
6951 Thesis) is available primarily for
students who are interested in pursuing
more advanced academic training in
planning or related fields.
COURSE SEQUENCE
models, decision-working techniques, and
linear and dynamic programming. Prer.,
URP. 5510 or consent of instructor.
URP. 5520-3. Urban Spatial Analysis.
This course is an examination of the spatial
structure of the urban system. The urban
system is analyzed in terms of the system of
cities" and city as a system. Major topics
discussed include the economic theory of
the origin of city, the rank-size and primate
distributions, the location pattern and hierar-
chical structure of cities, functional classifica-
tion of cities, urban growth and economic
base, movement of population within and
between cities, spatial pattern of land use
and economic activity, spatial pattern of
urban population density, and urban social
space and urban cognition.
URP. 5530-3. Planning Law. This course
focuses on the legal setting for urban and
regional planning in the United States and
major constitutional issues in the effectuation
of planning policy. Contemporary controver-
sies are put into the larger context of
attempts by the judicial system to redefine
the balance between individual rights and
governmental power in an increasingly
weakened society.
URP. 5532-3. Historical Development of
Urban Form. An analysis of urban physical
form from the origin of cities to the present.
The emphasis is on the cities of western
civilization and American urban planning.
Major shifts in urban ideas, architecture,
transportation, landscapes, and energy
systems are discussed and evaluated using a
slide-lecture format.
URP. 5533-3. Theories of Urban Form. A
description and analysis of contemporary
schools of thought on urban physical form.
Theories will be evaluated according to the
accuracy of their explanations of present
urban form, the quality of their images of
future urban form, and the practicality of
their strategies for implementing their ideal
using a slide/
lecture/discussion format.
URP. 6624-3. The Built Environment in
Other Cultures I: Research Design. This
course intends to broaden students perspec-
tives by asking them to examine design
within another culture. Each student will
prepare a proposal of study including a state-
ment of the problem to be addressed, the
type of field research to be undertaken, and
the nature of the report produced.
URP. 6630-4. Planning Studio I. This
course focuses on plan design in urban and
regional planning and explores basic con-
cepts, techniques, and issues related to urban
planning, urban design, site planning, and
environmental awareness.
URP. 6631-4. Planning Studio II.
The focus of Studio II is on plan making
related to urban and regional planning. An
understanding of the plan-making process is
emphasized. Students will have direct
experience with the various steps in plan-
ning, including data-gathering, goal-setting,
COURSE SEQUENCE CORE ELECTIVES CREDIT HRS.
YEAR I FALL URP. 5501 (3) URP. 5510 (3) URP. 5530 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 12
SPRING URP. 5511 (3) URP. 5520 (3) LA. 5530 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 12
FALL URP. 6630 (4) ELECTIVES (9) 13
YEAR II SPRING URP. 6631 (4) URP. 6632 (1) ELECTIVES (9) 14
27 24 51
SPECIALIZED COURSES
The elective courses enable students
to explore in-depth an area of special
interest. Students should build on the
expertise which they already possess. This
can be done by learning about a related
specialty, or by increased specialization in
an already existing area of expertise. The
Urban and Regional Planning faculty has
particular strengths in Urban Economic
Development, Land Use, Environmental
Planning, and Real Estate and Land
Development. Students must take at
least 24 hours of elective courses.
URBAN AND REGIONAL
PLANNING COURSES
URP. 5500-3. Introduction to Urban and
Regional Planning. This course focuses on
the principles of urban and regional plan-
ning, theories of planning, community
organization, basic techniques, changing
philosophies in modern society, and the pro-
cess of shaping community form.
URP. 5501-3. Planning History and
Theory. This course provides an overview
of planning history and theory. The
philosophical, political, and economic roots
of the various theories are discussed. Ideas
are placed in the context of the planning
professions history and its present aims,
interests, and ethics.
URP. 5510-3. Planning Methods I.
This course focuses on the application of
statistical, quantitative, and mathematical
techniques, and computer applications for
urban and regional planning and policy
development. Major topics include types of
data, sampling, basic probability distribu-
tions, hypothesis testing, regression and cor-
relation, and an introduction to multi-variate
and cluster analysis. Applications in planning
and development are emphasized.
URP. 5511-3. Planning Methods II. This
course continues further development and
applications of techniques introduced in URP.
5510, as well as other planning methods,
models, and techniques. These include
physical, social, and economic models, urban
land use and development


70 / School of Architecture and Planning
identification of alternatives, analysis, syn-
thesis, and presentation of the plan. The plan
may be for a city sector, a neighborhood, an
entire community, a region, or it may be a
policy plan. Where possible, students will
work with an actual client. Prer., URP. 6630.
URP. 6632-1. Preparation for Profes-
sional Certification. This course is taken
in the students final semester before gradua-
tion. It provides for a comprehensive review
of the planning literature and practice. The
course coverage follows that of the American
Institute of Certified Planners (AICP)
examination. (Only open for planning
students in their last semester or consent
from the program director.)
URP. 6641-3. Social Planning. An increas-
ingly important specialty in contemporary
planning practice is social planning. This
course covers the process of formulating
public policies and designing, implementing,
and evaluating programs in such areas as
social services, housing, health care, employ-
ment, and education. Attention is given to
the historical perspective and the present-day
social and political context within which
social policy formation and social planning
occurs.
URP. 6642-3. Neighborhood Planning.
An introduction to small area planning
including survey of neighborhood and com-
munity theory, examination and critique
research, and analytical techniques involved
in neighborhood planning, and examines
and analyzes existing plans of local
neighborhoods.
URP. 6649-3. Environmental Planning I:
Ecology. This course studies the physio-
graphy, cultural factors, and aesthetic criteria
in relation to landscape and spatial organiza-
tion and structure. It will cover data sources
and interpretation, and it will look at environ-
mental factors in development and siting
analysis. Prer., URP. 5510 or consent of
instructor.
URP. 6650-3. Environmental Planning II:
Policy and Law. This course provides a
comprehensive perspective on environmental
planning policy. It focuses on major
environmental issues and problems, methods
of evaluation, and legislative responses. Prer.,
URP. 5530 or consent of instructor.
URP. 6651-3. Environmental Impact
Assessment. The objective of this course is
to provide the foundation for understanding
the Environmental Impact Assessment pro-
cess, its legal context, and the criteria and
methods for procedural and substantive com-
pliance. Prer., URP. 5530 or consent of
instructor.
URP. 6652-3. Growth Management. This
course examines environmental and land
regulations such as zoning, subdivision con-
trols, and growth management systems in
the context of public policy. Emphasis is
placed on case studies, the analysis of past
and present practices, the improvement of
existing systems, and the design of new
regulatory systems. Prer., URP. 5530 or con-
sent of instructor.
URP. 6653-3. Natural Resource Planning
and Management. This course focuses on
the study of the economic organization and
use of natural resources. It covers the study
of property rights and their impact on
resource use, optimal depletion of non-
renewable and use and management of
renewable resources, applications of fisheries,
forests, mineral resources, etc. as well as
developing criteria for evaluation of
environmental amenities; explores conflicts
between growth and environmental quality.
URP. 6660-3. Real Estate Development
Process. This course is a detailed analysis of
components of real estate process and its
relationship to the design profession as well
as other key participants. Students will learn
what variables are within the real estate
development business, how they interrelate,
and why projects succeed or fail.
URP. 6661-3. Real Estate Development
Finance. This course focuses on financial
analysis of real estate investments. The
course covers topics including measures of
value, capitalization rate, capital budgeting,
debt and equity markets, and taxation. Cash
flow and appraisal techniques, complex deal
structuring, innovations in debt financing,
syndications, tax shelters, tax exempt financ-
ing, and microcomputer applications are also
covered.
URP. 6662-3. Real Estate Market
Analysis. The course focuses on examin-
ation of techniques of market analysis. The
course covers topics including business and
construction cycles, regional and urban
growth trends, restructuring of urban space,
commercial and industrial location theories,
and demographic analysis and projection
techniques. Prer., URP. 5510 and URP. 5511
or consent of instructor.
URP. 6664-3. Fiscal Impact Analysis.
This course is designed to provide an
introduction to fiscal impact analysis pro-
cedures to students interested in the land
development process. Several methodologies
will be reviewed and assessed for their
relevance in diverse circumstances. Prer.,
URP. 5510 and URP. 5511 or consent of
instructor.
URP. 6670-3. Urban Economic Develop-
ment. This course is an analysis of the
public/private partnership in urban
economic development including analysis of
potentials, problems, and projects; financing
urban economic development through
federal grant programs, tax increment financ-
ing and other means; and economic theory
of urban development.
URP. 6671-3. Regional Economic Devel-
opment. This course is an analysis of
regional patterns and processes of economic
development. Theories and models for loca-
tion patterns and processes of economic
activities; labor, industrial, and commercial
site requirements; and economic develop-
ment and growth and strategies are
emphasized. Prer., URP. 5520 or consent of
instructor.
URP. 6672-3. Urban Labor Market. This
course provides a study of organization and
functioning of urban labor markets and
covers labor market segmentation, human
capital theory, labor mobility, labor market
signalling, and discrimination in labor
markets. (Offered infrequently.)
URP. 6673-3. Transportation Planning I:
Transport Network Analysis. The focus of
this course is on the examination of several
important aspects of the transport network
including accessibility and connectivity
nodes and linkages and the volume and
direction of flow of a transport network.
Descriptive, predictive, and planning
methods and models discussed include graph
theoretical measures, connectivity matrices,
gravity model, abstract mode model,
entropy-maximization, trip generation model,
and flow allocation models. Prer., URP. 5510
or consent of instructor.
URP. 6674-3. Transportation Planning II:
Urban Transportation Planning. This
course is a follow-up of the transport net-
work analysis and involves an examination
of major issues of urban transportation in
the U.S. These include the role of transporta-
tion in urban development, the urban
transportation system, relationship between
land use planning and transportation plan-
ning, urban transportation planning pro-
cesses, and selected case studies. Prer., URP.
5511 and URP. 6673 or consent of instructor.
URP. 6675-3. Planning and Public
Finance. This course focuses on recent
trends in financing local governments,
revenue and expenditure analysis, budgeting
for local governments with particular
emphasis on the capital improvement
budget, financing capital improvements
through bond issues, and capital improve-
ment and its relationship to long term
planning.
URP. 6676-3. Urban Housing. This course
involves an examination of planning and
other aspects of urban housing, focusing
primarily on the U.S. urban housing condi-
tions with some references made to interna-
tional conditions and comparisons. Major
topics of the course include aggregate trends
and patterns, housing in spatial context, the
allocation process of housing markets and
submarkets (supply/finance,
demand/mobility/demographic change),
housing problems and failures (substandard-
ness, inequitable distribution, special group
needs, segregation and discrimination,
market problems), the role of government,
and alternative approaches.
URP. 6680-3. Urbanization in Develop-
ing Countries. A description, analysis, and
evaluation of urbanization and planning in
less developed countries. The special pro-
blems of planning, housing, transportation,
environmental quality, and economic devel-
opment in cities of these countries are
addressed. Comparisons are made among


Urban and Regional Planning Courses / 71
cities of third-world countries and between
third-world countries and first-world urban
areas.
URP. 6682-3. Housing in Developing
Countries. This course examines housing
problems in developing countries and
explores alternative policies, programs, and
plans. Emphasis is placed on population
growth and the impact on housing and
urban development, housing demand,
shelter, and services for the urban poor, the
squatting and squatter-built housing, and
comparison of government policies and pro-
grams addressing housing programs.
URP. 6686-3. Special Topics in Urban
and Regional Planning. Various topical
concerns are offered in urban and regional
planning, theory, concepts, methods, case
studies, and practice.
URP. 6840-1 to 3. Independent Study.
Studies initiated by students or faculty and
sponsored by a faculty member to investi-
gate a special topic or problem related to
urban design.
URP. 6910-6. The Built Environment in
Other Cultures II: Field Experience.
Students will travel to their respective cities
and undertake the agreed upon study pro-
posals. The course intends not only to help
students consider their own design and plan-
ning attitudes, but also to help them see the
world from a more balanced perspective.
Prer., URP. 6624.
URP. 6930-3. Planning Internship. This
course is designed to provide professional
practice experience to students in urban and
regional planning. The emphasis is on actual
work experience in settings with client
groups as the students assist them in deter-
mining solutions to their problems. Program
Directors approval is required.
URP. 6950-3. Thesis Research and Pro-
gramming. Prer., minimum of 24 credit
hours earned toward completion of Master of
Urban and Regional Planning degree.
URP. 6951-3. Thesis. Prer., URP. 6950.




College of Business and
Administration and Graduate
School of Business Administration
Dean: Donald L. Stevens
Associate Dean: William D. Murray
Associate Dean for Programs:
Jean-Claude Bosch
Office: DR, Second Floor
Telephone: 595-4007
Director of the Executive Health
Administration Program:
John P. Young
Director of the Executive M.B.A.
Program: John P. Young
Director of Health Administration
Program: Richard W. Foster
Executive Board of the Business
Advisory Council
Bob Baker, Vice Chairman,
Columbia Savings
Kermit L. Darkey, President, Mountain
States Employers Council
Thomas J. Gibson, Executive Vice
President, Gates Corporation
Gayle Greer, Vice President of Central
Operations, American Television and
Communications Corporation
N. Berne Hart, Chairman of the Board,
United Banks of Colorado
Del Hock, Chairman and CEO, Public
Service Company
Bruce M. Rockwell, Executive Director,
the Colorado Trust
Gail Schoettler, Colorado State Treasurer
Faculty
Professors: Marcelle V. Arak (Finance),
Gordon G. Barnewall (Marketing),
Wayne F. Cascio (Management),
Michael A. Firth (Accounting), H.
Michael Hayes (Marketing and Strategic
Management), Gary A. Kochenberger
(Operations Management), James R.
Morris (Finance), William D. Murray
(Information Systems), Bruce R.
Neumann (Accounting and Health
Administration), Edward J. OConnor
(Management), Donald L. Stevens
(Finance), Dean G. Taylor (Finance).
Associate Professors: W. Graham Astley
(Management), Jean-Claude Bosch
(Finance), Peter G. Bryant (Manage-
ment Science and Information
Systems), Edward J. Conry (Business
Law and Ethics), Lawrence F. Cunning-
ham (Transportation and Marketing), E.
Woodrow Eckard, Jr. (Business
Economics), Leland R. Kaiser (Health
Administration), Dennis F. Murray
(Accounting), John C. Ruhnka (Manage-
ment and Business Law), Raymond F.
Zammuto (Management).
Assistant Professors: Stephen P. Allen
(Accounting), Ben-Hsien Bao (Account-
ing), Heidi Boerstler (Health
Administration), Richard R. Brand
(Marketing), Lloyd Brodsky (Informa-
tion Systems), Richard E. Cook
(Finance), Richard W. Foster (Finance
and Health Administration), James H.
Gerlach (Management Science and
Information Systems), Jeff E. Heyl
(Operations Management), Kenneth A.
Hunt (Marketing), Jahangir Karimi
(Information Systems), Susan M.
Keaveney (Marketing), Feng Yang Kuo
(Information Systems), Anne Moeller
(Management), Chandrasekaran Rjam
(Management), Marilyn Sargent
(Management), Manuel G. Serapio
(International Business), Marlene A.
Smith (Information Systems).
Senior Instructors: Steven Cutler
(Accounting), Cindy Fischer (Account-
ing), James H. Milleville (Information
Systems).
Instructors: Charles M. Franks (Statistics),
Robert D. Hockenburg (Accounting),
Paul J. Patinka (Management), Barbara
A. Radosevich (Finance), Charles A.
Rice (Management), John Turner
(Finance), Marianne Westerman
(Finance), Martin J. Wyand (Manage-
ment and Managerial Economics).
INFORMATION ABOUT THE
COLLEGE
Located in the heart of the Rocky
Mountain business community, the College
of Business and Administration at the
University of Colorado at Denver provides
its students with the knowledge and skills
necessary to become effective, responsible
business professionals. This level of
excellence in higher education is achieved
by bringing together nationally recognized
faculty and highly motivated, mature
students in an intellectually challenging
academic environment.
CU-Denvers College of Business is a
research institution, and our faculty are
nationally recognized for their contribu-
tions to scholarly research. The informa-
tion contained in university textbooks is
first conceived through faculty research
and is usually published in textbooks
about six years later. Thus, a research-
oriented faculty is writing and teaching
concepts years before they are typically
seen in textbooks. Accordingly, our
students have the opportunity to be on
the leading edge of business management
theory and practice.
Our class schedules offer flexibility to
meet the needs of full- and part-time
students, with both day and evening
classes. Whether you are an experienced
working professional seeking an advanced
degree, or preparing for a new career in
the business world, you will gain the
knowledge necessary to succeed in
todays challenging business environment.
CU-Denvers College of Business can
give you an edge over your competition.
Faculty
Our nationally recognized faculty is
vigorous and enthusiastic about their
teaching and research. Recruited from the
nations leading business schools, such as
Berkeley, Harvard, Stanford, University of
Chicago, University of Pennsylvania,
UCLA, and Yale, many of them also bring
years of valuable experience in private
industry. Their interdisciplinary expertise,
academic achievements, scholarly
research, and business experience provide
students with a dynamic learning environ-
ment, unequalled in the region.
Students
Unlike the students at a traditional col-
lege campus, many of our students are
adult, working professionals who maintain
full-time employment. Their success and
experience enrich class discussions and
interactions among students. Although a
high percentage attend evening classes, a
significant number are full-time students
attending classes offered during the day.
Following the current national trend,
women constitute a very high percentage
of the student body. Since admission


74 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
standards are among the highest in the
region, the student body is unusually
motivated and talented.
This rich mix of backgrounds,
experience, and perspectives, when
coupled with the strengths of our
excellent faculty, fosters stimulating
classroom interaction and keen competi-
tion among the students.
Accreditation
While there are approximately 800
recognized schools of business nationwide,
only 237 are accredited by the national
accreditation agency for university schools
of business the American Assembly of
Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB).
CU-Denvers College of Business is one of
the few schools in the State accredited by
the AACSB. Business Week wrote recently
Today, just having the degree isnt as
important as where you get it... As cor-
porations become savvier buyers of...
talent, they are giving more weight to the
AACSB seal... Accreditation shows that a
Business School cares about the quality of
its program In addition, many national
fellowship programs accept only students
from accredited programs.
In a similar manner, our program in
health administration is the only such pro-
gram in the region accredited by the
Accrediting Commission on Education for
Health Services Administration
(ACCEHSA). This agency ensures that
health administration programs meet
demanding requirements for quality
education in the health administration
area.
Cooperative Education
Cooperative Education is a program
designed to provide students with prac-
tical work experience in a business set-
ting. Through Co-op, students put
classroom education into use. Many
variables contribute to an individuals suc-
cess. On-the-job experience is one of those
variables. Cooperative Education provides
students with first-hand experience in a
real job setting.
How Co-op Works
Working with the College of Business
and Administration, the CU-Denver Center
for Internships and Cooperative Education
places business students as paid Co-op
trainees with corporations, businesses, or
government agencies in positions that
complement their academic work. Many
Co-op positions lead to permanent career
appointments upon graduation.
Eligibility for Placement
Cooperative Education is open to all
students who have completed their
freshman year, have maintained a grade-
point average of 2.5, and have completed
at least 12 hours of course work at CU-
Denver (6 hours for graduate students).
Some employers have additional
requirements, i.e., U.S. citizenship, will-
ingness to travel, and specific course
work.
Scholarships and Financial Aid
Many programs for financial aid are
administered by the Office of Financial
Aid. Call 556-2886 for detailed informa-
tion. In addition, the College of Business
awards some departmental and general
scholarships. The amounts of the awards
and the number of awards vary each year.
For additional information, contact the
College of Business, 595-4007.
Each year, a number of undergraduate
students are awarded Deans Scholarships,
Colorado Scholarships, and Regents
Scholarships. These provide financial sup-
port for a portion of the students tuition
and fees.
The Purchasing Management Associa-
tion of Denver awards an annual scholar-
ship to students interested in careers in
purchasing and the Colorado Chapter of
the American Production and Inventory
Control Society awards up to two annual
scholarships to students interested in
careers in operations management. For
information contact the operations
management faculty advisor in the Col-
lege of Business.
Graduate tuition awards are available to
students admitted to the Graduate School
of Business Administration, based on a
number of factors including financial need
and academic performance. For additional
information contact the Graduate Pro-
grams Office at 628-1245.
Student Organizations
Opportunity for association with other
College of Business and Administration
students, in varied activities intended to
stimulate professional interest and to give
recognition to scholastic attainment, is
provided by the following student
organizations:
Beta Gamma Sigma national
honorary scholastic fraternity in business
CSPA Colorado Society for Personnel
Administration (student chapter) for
students interested in personnel or
industrial relations
CUAMA student chapter of the
American Marketing Association
CU Venture Network campus chapter
of the Association of Collegiate
Entrepreneurs, open to all CU-Denver
students
HASO Health Administration Student
Organization
ISC Information Systems Club
MBA Association University of Colo-
rado at Denver association of masters
students in business
Phi Chi Theta national professional
business and economics fraternity
Sigma Iota Epsilon professional and
honorary management fraternity
SAS Student Accounting Society
Institute for International
Business
The Institute for International Business
was created in August 1988 to help
stimulate new business ventures through
partnerships with foreign business schools
and executives. It has three goals:
To collaborate with business and govern-
ment in promoting international
economic development opportunities for
Colorado and the Rocky Mountain
region.
To be a national center for providing
hands-on training to foreign executives
doing business with American firms.
To become internationally recognized
for research on competitiveness issues in
the global economy of the 1990s.
The Institute will offer programs for
senior management in business and
government. The programs will identify
and interpret trends affecting business in
the global marketplace and the skills
needed to conduct business in these
markets. The programs also will put
senior managers in contact with interna-
tionalists who are shaping the political,
economic, and social environment for
international business.
GENERAL ACADEMIC POLICIES
Academic policies which apply to all
CU-Denver students are described in the
General Information section of this
catalog. The policies described below
apply to both undergraduate students in
the College of Business and Administra-
tion and graduate students in the
Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion. Policies applying separately to
undergraduate and graduate students are
described under separate headings.
Each student is responsible for knowing
and complying with the academic policies
and regulations established for the Col-


Academic Programs / 75
lege. The College cannot assume respon-
sibility for problems resulting from a stu-
dents failure to follow the policies stated in
this catalog. Similarly, students are responsi-
ble for all deadlines, rules, and regulations
stated in the Schedule of Classes.
Academic Ethics
Students are expected to conduct
themselves in accordance with the highest
standards of honesty and integrity.
Cheating, plagiarism, illegitimate posses-
sion and disposition of examinations,
alteration, forgery, or falsification of
official records, and similar acts or the
attempt to engage in such acts are
grounds for suspension or expulsion from
the University. Also, actions which disrupt
the administrative process, such as
misrepresentation of credentials or
academic status, other forms of deception,
or verbal abuse of College staff are
grounds for suspension or probation. Any
reported act of dishonesty may be re-
ferred to the College of Business Commit-
tee on Student Faculty Relations at the
discretion of the dean, a member of the
instructional staff, or other appropriate
University representative. In particular,
students are advised that plagiarism con-
sists of any act involving the offering of
the work of someone else as the students
own. It is recommended that students
consult with the instructors as to the prop-
er preparation of reports, papers, etc. in
order to avoid this and similar offenses.
Admission to Business Classes
Admission to business classes is limited
to students who have been admitted to
the business program, and to other
students as described in the separate
undergraduate and graduate policy sec-
tions. The course admission criteria are
designed to meet a number of objectives.
1. To assure access to business courses
for students seeking a business degree.
2. To serve students in other colleges
who have business-related education
objectives or requirements.
3. To service non-degree students who
have specific career or education goals.
Please refer to the Schedule of Classes
each term for course availability.
Attendance Regulations
Students are required to attend classes
on a regular basis. Absences must be
arranged with the instructor and must
conform with the instructors policy on
attendance.
Adding and Dropping Courses
See the General Information section of
this catalog for the University-wide
drop/add policies.
Withdrawal
See the General Information section of
this catalog for University-wide withdrawal
policies.
Administrative Drop
The College reserves the right to
administratively drop students who are
incorrectly enrolled in business courses.
Instructors also may recommend to the
College of Business and Administration
office that students who fail to meet
expected course attendance or course
prerequisites be dropped from the course.
Generally, students who are
administratively dropped will not receive
tuition refunds.
Appeal Procedure
Students should contact a business
advisor in the College of Business and
Administration office for appeal and peti-
tion procedures pertaining to rules and
regulations of the College.
General Grading Policies
Plus/Minus Grading. College of Busi-
ness faculty have the option to use
plus/minus grading. For example, B+ cor-
responds to 3.3 credit points (for each
semester hour), B- corresponds to 2.7
credit points.
Incomplete Grades. The only
incomplete grade given in the College is
IF. An IF grade is assigned only when
documented circumstances clearly beyond
the students control prevent the student
from completing course requirements
(exams, papers, etc.). Generally, students
must make up the missing work and may
not retake the entire course. Students
should not register for the class a second
time but should make up the work with
the instructor giving the IF. All IF grades
must be made up within one year, or the
IF will be automatically changed to the
grade of F.
All incomplete grades must be com-
pleted and recorded at the Office of
Admissions and Records no later than four
weeks prior to graduation. The student is
responsible for contacting the instructor
concerning the removal of incomplete
grades.
Grade Changes. Grades as reported by
instructors are final. Grade changes will be
considered only in cases of documented
clerical errors and when a student is
making up an incomplete grade (IW, IF).
All changes must be made within one
year after the course has been taken
unless highly unusual circumstances can
be documented and the change has been
approved by the Undergraduate Appeals
Committee for undergraduate courses, or
the Graduate Appeals Committee for
graduate courses. Normally, grade changes
will not be considered for any cir-
cumstances after three years.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
A carefully designed curriculum to
prepare students for success in business
management is available for the student
seeking either an undergraduate or
graduate degree. The College offers
courses leading to the Bachelor of Science
(Business Administration), Master of Busi-
ness Administration (M.B.A.), and the
Master of Science (M.S.) degrees. The par-
ticular programs offered are:
Areas of Emphasis (B.S. in Business
Administration)
Accounting
Finance
Human Resources Management
Information Systems
International Business
Management
Marketing
Operations Management
Transportation and Distribution
Management
Graduate Programs
Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.)
Master of Science in Accounting
Master of Science in Finance
Master of Science in Health Administration
Master of Science in Management Sciences
and Information Systems
Master of Science in Management
and Organization
Master of Science in Marketing
Executive Programs
Master of Business Administration for
Executives
Master of Science in Health Administration
for Executives


76 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE
PROGRAMS
Associate Dean: Jean-Claude Bosch
Program Coordinator: Patricia
Peckinpaugh Kemp
Program Specialist: Nancy Reed
The undergraduate curriculum leading
to the Bachelor of Science (Business
Administration) degree is intended to help
the student achieve the following general
objectives:
1. An understanding of the activities
that constitute a business enterprise and
the principles underlying administration of
those activities.
2. The ability to think logically and
analytically about the kind of complex
problems encountered by management.
3. Facility in the arts of communication.
4. A comprehension of human relation-
ships involved in an organization.
5. Awareness of the social and ethical
responsibilities of those in administrative
positions.
6. Skill in the art of learning that will
help the student continue self-education
after leaving the campus.
Undergraduate Admissions
Telephone: 628-1277
Admission of Freshman Students.
Freshman applicants must have completed
the college preparatory curriculum in high
school, graduated in the top 30% of their
high school class, and achieved a score of
at least 24 on the ACT or 1100 on the
SAT. See the General Information section
of this catalog for further information on
freshman admission.
Admission of Transfer Students.
Applicants who have completed work at
other collegiate institutions should review
the information on transfer students in the
General Information section of this
catalog. In addition to University policies,
the College of Business and Administra-
tion evaluates course work to determine
its appropriateness for the degree of
Bachelor of Science (Business Administra-
tion). Students who have completed more
than 24 semester hours of transferable
course work are evaluated for admission
on the basis of their college grade-point
average (GPA) without regard to their high
school performance. To be automatically
admitted, students must have a 3.0 overall
GPA in the courses which would apply to
the degree, Bachelor of Science (Business
Administration), and a 2.0 overall GPA in
business courses. Students with less than
3.0 overall will be automatically admitted
if they have a 3.25 in the last 24 semester
hours of applicable course work.
Students who do not meet either of
these admission standards, but with a 2.6
in the last 24 hours of applicable work,
are considered on an individual basis and
are offered admission as space is available.
For information about specific policies
on transfer of credit, consult an under-
graduate business program specialist.
Intra-university Transfer. Students who
want to transfer to the College of Business
and Administration from another college
or school of the University of Colorado at
Denver must formally apply at the Col-
lege of Business office. Transfer deadlines
are July 15 for Fall Semester, November
15 for Spring Semester, and April 15 for
the Summer Term.
Students will be evaluated only on
course work that applies to the business
degree program. Generally, this will
exclude course work of a technical or
vocational nature and courses in activity
PE and remedial subjects. Students who
have completed at least 24 applicable
semester hours will be evaluated on their
college work; students with fewer than 24
transferable hours will be evaluated on the
basis of both high school and college
work.
Students will be considered for admis-
sion if their overall GPA in applicable
course work from CU and all previous
institutions is at least 2.6, or at least 2.6 in
their last 24 hours. Applicants with less
than a 2.0 GPA in business courses (from
CU or other institutions) and overall CU
GPA of less than 2.0 will be denied admis-
sion even though they meet the minimum
requirements for consideration.
Students will be automatically admitted
to the College of Business if they have an
overall GPA of 3.0 or an overall GPA of
3.25 on their last 24 hours. All other
applicants meeting the minimum
requirements for admission as stated
above will be pooled and ranked on the
basis of their GPA in the last 24 hours.
Pboled applicants will be offered admis-
sion as space is available.
To apply for an intra-university transfer,
students must submit an Intra-University
Transfer form and CU-Denver transcripts
to a business program specialist. Transfer
forms are available at CU-Denver Admis-
sions or the College of Business office;
transcript request forms are available at
CU-Denver Records. The transcript must
include the students most recent semester
at the University. Students with previous
course work from other institutions are
also required to submit a copy of their
transfer credit evaluations (advanced
standings).
Former Students. A CU student from
another campus or a CU-Denver student
who has not registered for three con-
secutive semesters (summers included) is
considered a former student and must
reapply for admission as a former student.
Former CU-Denver business students may
be automatically readmitted to the College
for up to three years from the semester
they last attended if they are in good
standing (not on probation or suspension)
in the College. Students who have not
attended for more than three years, or
who have completed 12 or more semester
hours at another institution of higher
education, must reapply as other former
students and meet the admission and
degree requirements applicable at the
time they apply.
Old Work Policy. This policy applies to
students newly admitted to the College of
Business and former business students
readmitted to the College after an absence
of three semesters. Applicable credits up
to five years old will be counted toward
business degree requirements. Courses
more than five years old will be evaluated
individually for their current relevance to
the degree program. Students may be
required to update their knowledge by
taking additional courses when past
courses are outdated; in such cases, credit
will be given for both courses. Generally,
business courses more than eight years
old will not apply toward degree credit.
Second Undergraduate Degree. Students
may apply to the College of Business and
Administration to earn a second
undergraduate degree, provided the first
undergraduate degree is in a field other
than business. Students who are accepted
for the second undergraduate degree will
be required to pursue courses in the
sequence normally required for a business
degree. For example, if a student
registered for a second degree has not
had the required mathematics or general
education courses, these must be taken
before the student will be eligible to
register for business courses. Further, the
basic business courses (core courses) must
be taken before a student begins to pur-
sue the major field. Applications are avail-
able through the Office of Admissions and
Records.
If a student applying for a second
undergraduate degree has an academic
record that justifies consideration for the
graduate program, that student will be
encouraged to consider one of the
masters degree programs.
Double Degree Programs. Numerous
career opportunities exist for persons
trained in both a specialized field and
management. For this reason, students
may be interested in combined programs
of study leading to completion of degree
requirements concurrently in two fields.


Undergraduate Programs / 77
Combined programs have been developed
for engineering and business, and may be
arranged for other professional combinations
as well. For additional information, contact
an undergraduate business program specialist
at 628-1277.
Undergraduate Advising and
Academic Planning
Admissions Advising. Persons not yet
admitted to the College of Business can
receive advising on course selection,
admission requirements, and other mat-
ters from an undergraduate program
specialist. To make an appointment,
call 628-1277.
Admitted Students. Upon admission to
the College, students execute a Gradua-
tion Contract which identifies the courses
required to graduate. This contract con-
tains all the information needed to select
courses and monitor progress toward com-
pletion of requirements for the degree,
Bachelor of Science (Business Administra-
tion). Business students are expected to
assume responsibility for self advising.
This includes scheduling courses each
term, being familiar with all the policies
and procedures of the College, and other-
wise managing the students academic
career. Program specialists are available to
answer questions about unusual situations;
however, they do not provide ongoing
information about course selection and
scheduling.
Career advising is available from busi-
ness faculty and from the Auraria Office
of Career Planning and Placement Ser-
vices, 556-3477.
Undergraduate Core Curriculum
University of Colorado at
Denver
The faculty of the College of Business
Administration, College of Engineering
and Applied Science, and the College of
Liberal Arts and Sciences have established
a new core curriculum for undergraduate
students. Beginning with the Fall 1990
Semester, all undergraduate students
entering CU-Denver will be required to
complete the undergraduate core cur-
riculum independent of their college or
major. Undergraduate students admitted
prior to Fall 1990 will have a choice of
either the new core curriculum or the
requirements of their college in effect at
the time of admission to the college.
The new undergraduate core curriculum
seeks to provide all baccalaureate students
with basic intellectual competencies in
mathematics and computation, writing,
oral communication, information literacy,
and critical thinking. It also requires all
students to come to terms with the basic
knowledge areas of the natural and
physical sciences, behavioral sciences,
social sciences, humanities, and arts. Fur-
thermore, the core curriculum promotes
an awareness of cultural and racial diver-
sity. The majority of the new core cur-
riculum is designed to be completed
during a students freshman and
sophomore years in order to provide
the foundation for specific training in a
students major discipline.
The new undergraduate core curriculum
for CU-Denver is outlined in the table
below. Each college may augment the
campus core curriculum. For example, the
College of Liberal Arts and Sciences may
require competency in a foreign language
for the Bachelor of Arts degree. Addi-
tionally, a students major may change the
course requirements directly associated
with a specific major. For example,
engineers may have different core courses
in the natural and physical sciences area.
Details concerning the core curriculum
will be available in the advising office for
each college by the beginning of the Fall
1990 Semester. Students should contact
their college advising office for core
requirements specific to their college and
for a list of courses designed to satisfy
core requirements.
CU-Denver Undergraduate Core Curriculum
1. Intellectual Competencies' a. Writing/Speech b. Mathematics 9 hours 3 hours 6-9 hours in English with library component, 3-0 hours in Communication any computation course or by examination
2. Knowledge Areas' a. Natural and Physical Sciences 8 hours two courses with laboratory, in one or two disciplines
Biology, Chemistry, Geology, and Physics
Behavioral Sciences AND Social Sciences 9 hours minimum one course in Behavioral and Social, maximum two in a discipline
b. Behavioral Sciences Anthropology, Communica- tion, and Psychology 3-6 hours one or two courses in one or two disciplines
c. Social Sciences Economics, Geography, Political Science, and Sociology 3-6 hours one or two courses in one or two disciplines
d. Humanities History, Languages, Literature, and Philosophy 6 hours two courses in one or two disciplines
e. Arts Fine Arts, Music, and Theatre 3 hours
f. Multicultural Diversity 3 hours one upper division course from approved list
'Contact college advising offices for specific courses that meet these requirements.


78 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
Graduation Requirements
The Bachelor of Science (Business
Administration) degree requires the
following:
Total Credits. A total of 120 semester
hours.
Area of Emphasis. Completion of at
least 12 semester hours of approved
courses in the area of emphasis.
Residence. At least 30 semester hours of
business courses must be completed after
a students admission to the College. The
30 hours for residence must include
MGMT. 4110 and MGMT. 4500, the 12
hours in the area of emphasis, and 12
hours in other business courses (core
and/or electives).
Grade-Point Average Requirement. To
graduate, a student must maintain a
minimum cumulative scholastic grade-
point average of 2.0 for all courses
attempted at the University acceptable
toward the B.S. (Business Administration)
degree, 2.0 for all business courses, and
2.0 for the four courses in the students
area of emphasis.
Undergraduate Honors. Upon recom-
mendation of the faculty, students who
demonstrate superior scholarship are
given special recognition at graduation.
Students must achieve an overall Univer-
sity of Colorado grade-point average of 3.3
and a grade-point average of 3.5 in all
business courses taken at the University of
Colorado to be considered for cum laude.
Those who achieve an overall University
of Colorado grade-point average of 3.5
and a grade-point average of 3.7 in all
business courses taken at the University of
Colorado will be considered for magna
cum laude.
Filing for Graduation. Students must file
an Undergraduate Candidacy form and
Diploma Card, and request a graduation
evaluation (senior audit) prior to register-
ing for their final semester. Failure to do
so will delay graduation. Also, students
desiring to change their area of emphasis
after filing for graduation must have the
change approved by the graduation super-
visor prior to registering for their final
semester. Changes after that time will
delay graduation.
Business Program Requirements.
Satisfaction of all the following
requirements:
Program Requirements Semester Hours
Communications and composition..........6
Mathematics ............................6
Political science.......................6
Introductory sociology or cultural
anthropology .........................3
Natural science ........................6
Principles of economics.................6
General psychology......................3
Social-humanistic elective .............3
Business core requirements.............30
Area of emphasis.......................12
Electives........................... .39
Total Semester Hours................120
Detailed descriptions of courses which
satisfy program requirements are
presented below:
Program Requirements Semester Hours
Communications........................6
Required: One English composition
(ENGL. 1020 or 1034) and one
speechcourse (CMMU. 2021 or 2101)
Mathematics ..........................6
Required: MATH. 1070 Algebra for
Business and Social Science and
MATH.1080 Polynomial Calculus.
College-level algebra may be substituted
for MATH. 1070. Six semester hours of
sequential college-level calculus (ie.,
MATH. 1041, 2411) may be substituted
for
MATH. 1070 and 1080.
Political Science.....................6
Required: P SC. 1001 and 1101. The
following courses also will fulfill the
P SC. 1001 requirements: P SC. 3042,
3062, 3105, 3404, 3532, 3554,3656.
Introductory Sociology or Cultural
Anthropology........................3
Natural Science.......................6
Select courses such as biology, chemistry,
or physics. Astrogeophysics, earth
science, physical geography, and
geological science also are acceptable.
Mathematics, anthropology, and
psychology are not appropriate
courses for this requirement
Economics.............................6
Six hours of economics (macro and micro
principles) are required. When ECON.
2012 2022 are taken at CU-Denver for
eight hours, the additional two hours
apply as non-business electives.
General psychology......................3
PSY. 1002 is recommended.
Social-humanistic elective .............3
Select from the following courses:
History course (1000 or 2000 level); a
behavior psychology course (PSY. 3135
or 3155 are strongly recommended);
PHIL. 1012, 1200, or 2200; Cultural
Anthropology or SOC. 1001, 1190, 2500,
3001, 3012, 3020, 3030, 3052, 3480.
(Sociology and Cultural Anthropology
courses are only acceptable if they are
not used to fulfill the introductory
Sociology or Cultural Anthropology
requirement.)
Core Requirements ....................30
Complete all of the following courses:
ACCT. 2000 Introduction to Financial
Accounting
ISMG. 2000 Business Information
Systems and the Computer
QUAN. 2010 Business Statistics
BLAW. 3000 Business Law
FNCE. 3300 Basic Finance
MKTG. 3000 Principles of Marketing
MGMT. 3300 Management and
Organization Behavior
OPMG. 3000 Operations Management
MGMT. 4110 Business and Society
MGMT. 4500 Business Pblicy and
Strategic Management
Areas of Emphasis......................12
Accounting
Finance
Human resources management
Information systems
International business
Management
Marketing
Operations management
Transportation and distribution
management
Electives
Business electives ....................9
(any undergraduate academic course
offered by the College of Business other
than business core courses and the 12
hours chosen for the area of emphasis;
MGMT. 1000 is not required but recom-
mended for freshmen and sophomores)
Non-business electives.................15
(These must include 9 hours of upper
division 3000- or 4000-level work; a list
of approved non-business elective
courses is available from a business pro-
gram specialist)
Free electives.........................15
(These may be either business or
non-business undergraduate academic
courses)
Guidelines for Elective Credits. Elective
credits should be selected carefully
because not all classes are acceptable.
Generally, to be acceptable, electives must
be taught by regular University of Colo-
rado faculty, must have a form of assess-
ment such as a term paper and/or
examinations, and must be regular
classroom-type classes. Course coverage
must be college level, not repetitious of
other work applied toward the degree,
must be academic as opposed to voca-
tional or technical, and must be part of
the regular University offerings.
Specifically, the College will accept:
a. A maximum of 6 hours of the theory
of physical education, recreation, and
dance, and
b. A maximum of 6 hours of approved
independent study, experimental studies,
choir, band, music lessons, art lessons, and


Academic Policies for Selecting Courses / 79
c. A maximum of 12 hours of advanced
ROTC providing the student is enrolled in
the program and completes the total
program.
The College will not accept:
Activity physical education classes,
recreation, workshops, internships, orien-
tations, dance, teaching methods, prac-
ticums, and courses reviewing basic skills
in computers, English composition,
mathematics, and chemistry.
SUMMARY OF PROGRAM
REQUIREMENTS
Required Courses.................81
Elective Courses................... .39
Total Required Semester Hours .... 120
Model Degree Program
The following sequence of courses is a
guide to registration.
Freshman Year Semester Hours
ENGL. 1020 or 1034. English
Composition...........................3
CMMU. 2021 or 2101. Communication
Theory or Public Speaking.............3
MATH. 1070. Algebra for Social Science
and Business..........................3
MATH. 1080. Calculus for Social Science
and Business..........................3
P SC. 1001. Introduction to Political
Science...............................3
P SC. 1101. American Political System .. .3
SOC. 1001. Introduction to Sociology .. .3
MGMT. 1000. Introduction to Business . 3
Natural Science........................ . 6
Total................................30
Sophomore Year
ECON. 2012 and 2022. Principles of
Economics (macro/micro)...............6
PSY. 1002. Introduction to Psychology .. 3
Socio-humanistic elective...............3
ISMG. 2000. Business Information and
the Computer..........................3
QUAN. 2010. Business Statistics.........3
ACCT. 2000. Introduction to Financial
Accounting............................3
Non-business electives................. .. 9
Total................................30
Junior Year
MKTG. 3000. Principles of Marketing ... 3
FNCE. 3300. Basic Finance...............3
MGMT. 3300. Management and
Organizational Behavior...............3
OPMG. 3000. Operations Management . 3
BLAW. 3000. Business Law................3
Business electives .....................3
Non-business electives..................6
Either business or non-business electives 6
Total..................................30
Senior Year
MGMT. 4110. Business and Society.......3
MGMT. 4500. Business Policy and
Strategic Management.................3
Area of emphasis......................12
Business elective......................3
Either business or non-business electives 9
Total...............................30
Areas of Emphasis
See individual areas of emphasis in this
section for specific courses required.
ACADEMIC POLICIES FOR
SELECTING COURSES
Registration. Instruction for registering
for courses is contained in another
publication called the Schedule of Classes,
which is available before each semester.
That publication lists the times when
registration occurs, the place, and the
courses offered.
Maximum Units Per Term. The normal
scholastic load of an undergraduate busi-
ness student is 15 semester hours, with a
maximum of 18 hours during the
fall/spring semesters and 12 hours during
the summer term. Hours carried concur-
rently in the Division of Extended Studies,
whether in classes or through cor-
respondence, are included in the students
load.
Repeating Courses. A failed course
(grade of F) may be repeated; however,
the F will be included in the grade-point
average and will appear on the transcript.
A course in which a grade of D- or better
is obtained may not be repeated without
written approval from a business program
specialist. Courses repeated without
approval may not be used in the grade-
point average calculation.
Courses From Other Institutions. Busi-
ness students must have the written
approval of a business program specialist
to register for courses (excluding MSC
pooled courses) offered by other institu-
tions. Credit will not be given for courses
taken without approval. Grades of C or
better must be earned to receive business
degree credit. Generally, only non-business
electives or lower division, non-business
requirements are acceptable for transfer
from other institutions once a student has
been admitted to the College of Business.
Business students who take more than 12
semester hours from another institution
must reapply for admission to the College
as transfer students and meet the current
admission requirements.
MSC Courses. Business students may
select their non-business required and
elective courses from those offered in the
"pool of MSC courses. Grades of C or bet-
ter must be earned to receive business
degree credit; however, the grade is not
computed in the CU grade-point average
and is treated like other transfer credits.
Non-pooled, MSC business courses may
not be taken for CU-Denver business
degree credit.
Graduate Level Courses. With prior
written approval of a business program
specialist, students may take up to a max-
imum of 6 semester hours of graduate
level non-business elective credits.
Students must earn grades of B or better
in graduate courses in order to apply the
credits toward business degree
requirements.
Pass/Fail. Only non-business elective
courses may be taken pass/fail. Required
business and non-business courses (natural
science and social-humanistic elective
included) may not be taken pass/fail. A
maximum of 6 hours pass/fail credit may
be applied toward the business degree.
Courses taken in excess of the maximum
will not be applied toward degree credit.
Pass/fail determination must be made
within the posted deadlines (at census
dates) and may not be rescinded (unless
approved by the Undergraduate Appeals
Committee).
Correspondence Courses. Only 6
semester hours of credit taken through
correspondence study (from regionally
accredited institutions) will be applied
toward the business degree. Business
courses may not be taken by cor-
respondence. All correspondence courses
must be evaluated by a business program
specialist to determine their acceptability
toward degree requirements, and the pro-
gram specialist's written approval is
required prior to the students registering
for courses. Students should contact the
Division of Extended Studies for course
offerings and registration procedures.
Independent Study. Junior or senior
business students desiring to work beyond
regular course coverage may take variable
credit courses (1-3 semester hours) as non-
business electives under the direction of
an instructor who approves the project,
but the student must have the appropriate
approval before registering. A maximum
of 3 semester hours of independent study
courses may be taken in any one
semester; a maximum of 6 semester hours
may be applied toward degree
requirements.
An independent study request form
must be signed by the student, instructor,
department coordinator, and the Associate
Dean for Programs.
Study Abroad. Transfer credit from
study abroad programs is generally


80 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
limited to non-business elective credit.
Students must meet with a business program
specialist to determine course acceptability
and for written approval prior to the
semester in which they intend to study
abroad. Information on the various programs
is available at the Office of International
Education on the Boulder campus.
ACADEMIC POLICIES FOR
SUSPENSION AND
PROBATION
To be in good standing, students must
have an overall CU grade-point average
(GPA) of 2.0 (C=2.0) or better for all
course work attempted, and a 2.0 GPA or
better for all business courses attempted.
PE activity courses, remedial course work,
MSC courses, and repeated courses not
approved by a business advisor are not
included in these averages.
When semester grades become avail-
able, students below the 2.0 GPA will be
notified of 1) probationary status or 2)
suspension. Students are responsible for
being aware of their academic status at all
times; late grades and/or late notification
does not waive this responsibility. College
rules governing probation and suspension
are as follows:
1. Any student whose overall GPA, or
business course GPA, is less than 2.0 will
be placed on probation immediately. A
student may be removed from probation
when the overall GPA and business GPA
have been raised to 2.0.
2. A student may remain on probation
as long as the student maintains normal
degree progress each semester as deter-
mined by the College and obtains each
term on probation a term GPA of 2.5, and
term business course GPA of 2.5, with no
grade below a C. Failure to meet proba-
tionary provisions will result in suspen-
sion. Probationary status may continue
only until the student has completed a
maximum of 15 semester hours or five
terms, whichever comes first; the student
will be suspended if the GPA deficiency is
not cleared within this time.
3. Suspended students may not attend
the University of Colorado or any division
of the University (including Extended
Studies).
4. Students on suspension may petition
for readmission to the College after a
minimum of one year from the term in
which they were suspended. Generally,
petitions are granted only in unusual cir-
cumstances. Any suspended student read-
mitted to the College will be under
contract and placed on a continued proba-
tion status until the GPA deficiency has
been cleared. Such students will be
automatically suspended if, at any time,
their overall GPA or business GPA again
falls below 2.0.
5. Students earning all failing grades or
no academic credit for a semester will
have a stop placed on their record and
will not be permitted to register without a
business advisors approval.
6. Combined degree students are
required to maintain the same standards
of performance as College of Business
students in order to be continued in a
combined program.
Areas of Emphasis
Each candidate for the B.S. (Business
Administration) degree must complete the
prescribed courses in an area of emphasis
comprising a minimum of 12 semester
hours taken at the University of Colorado
at Denver. A 2.0 grade-point average is
required for the four area courses.
Typically, students select an area of
emphasis after taking several of the core
courses. They then complete the hours
required for their selected area.
Students so desiring may complete a
dual area of emphasis by careful selection
of courses and use of elective hours for a
second area of emphasis. Information
about each area of emphasis is given
below.
Accounting
Advisors: Stephen P. Allen,
Ben-Hsien Bao
Telephone: 628-1244, 628-1249
Accounting courses are offered in
several fields of professional accountancy
at the intermediate, advanced and
graduate levels. They provide preparation
for practice in one or more of the follow-
ing fields:
Accounting and management control
systems
Auditing
Financial accounting
Managerial accounting
Tax accounting
Teaching and research
In all of these fields a thorough
knowledge of the social, legal, economic,
and political environment is needed. A
high degree of analytical ability and com-
munication skill is indispensable.
Courses in English composition, speech,
ethics and logic are desirable. Courses in
statistics and information systems, beyond
the required College of Business core
courses, are highly recommended.
ACCT. 3310 (Managerial Cost Account-
ing) is a required prerequisite for the
accounting area and applies as a business
elective. Accounting majors should not
take ACCT. 2020.
Required Courses Semester Hours
ACCT. 3220. Intermediate Financial
Accounting I.........................3
ACCT. 3230. Intermediate Financial
Accounting II .......................3
ACCT. 3320. Intermediate Cost
Accounting...........................3
Accounting elective (at the 4000 level) . 3
Students planning to pursue accounting
as a career usually take more than the
above required hours. Many students take
a total of about 30 hours of accounting,
often taking two courses each semester in
their junior and senior years. Students
should work closely with the accounting
faculty and business advisors in planning
their accounting programs.
Accounting students often specialize in a
particular topical area of accounting
beyond the core. Examples of these
specializations include the following
recommended courses:
Financial Accounting and Auditing
CCT. 4240. Advanced Financial
Accounting
ACCT. 4410. Income Tax Accounting
ACCT. 4420. Advanced Income Tax
Accounting
ACCT. 4620. Auditing
Managerial Accounting and Systems
ACCT. 4330. Managerial Accounting
Problems and Cases
ACCT. 4410. Income Tax Accounting
ACCT. 4420. Advanced Income Tax
Accounting
ACCT. 4540. Accounting Systems and
Data Processing
ACCT. 4620. Auditing
ACCT. 4800. Accounting for Government
and Nonprofit Organizations
Graduate study in accounting is receiv-
ing increasing emphasis by professional
organizations and employers. Students
meeting admission requirements should
consider continuing their education at the
graduate level.
Finance
Advisor: Dean G. Taylor
Telephone: 628-1288
The principal areas of study in finance
are financial management, monetary
policy, banking, investments, and interna-
tional finance. The study of finance is
intended to provide an understanding of
fundamental theory pertaining to finance


Areas of Emphasis / 81
and to develop the ability to make sound
financial management decisions. Every
endeavor is made to train students to
think logically about financial problems
and to formulate sound financial decisions
and policies. It is necessary to understand
the importance of finance in the economy
and the functions and purposes of
monetary systems, credit, prices, money
markets, and financial institutions.
Emphasis is placed on financial policy,
management, control, analysis, and deci-
sion making. Numerous job opportunities
exist with financial institutions and in the
field of business finance. ACCT. 2000 and
ACCT. 2020 (or ACCT. 3310) are required
prerequisites for the finance area; ACCT.
2020 will apply as a business elective.
Required Courses Semester Hours
FNCE. 4310. Business Finance I..........3
FNCE. 4320. Business Finance 11.........3
FNCE. 4330. Investment and Portfolio
Management............................3
FNCE. 4350. Monetary and Fiscal Policy 3
Recommended Electives
FNCE. 4370. International Financial
Management.......................3
FNCE. 4340. Security Analysis......3
FNCE. 4360. Bank Management........3
Students should note that all finance
courses are not offered every semester.
Finance majors are encouraged to take
additional accounting courses as business
electives.
Human Resources Management
Advisor: Prof. Wayne F. Cascio
Telephone: 628-1215
Human resources management offers
opportunities for students to develop pro-
fessional competence in the areas of per-
sonnel administration and labor relations.
Students acquire an understanding of and
skills in developing and implementing
human resources systems including
recruitment, selection, evaluation, training,
motivation, and union-management
relations.
Required Courses Semester Hours
MGMT. 4340. Labor and Employee
Relations...........................3
MGMT. 4380. Human Resources
Management: Employment .............3
MGMT. 4390. Human Resources
Management: Legal and Social Issues 3
MGMT. 4410. Human Resources
Management: Compensation
Administration .........................3
Recommended Electives
MGMT. 3350. Managing Individuals and
Work Groups .........................3
MGMT. 4350. Conflict and Change in
Organizations........................3
MGMT. 4370. Organization Design.......3
PSY. 3135. Organizational Psychology ... 3
PSY. 3155. Industrial Psychology......3
PSY. 4405. Theories of Social Psychology 3
OPMG. 4440. Quality and Productivity .. 3
ACCT. 2020. Introduction to Managerial
Accounting...........................3
1SMG. 3500. Logical Data Structures and
Data Base Management Systems........3
OPMG. 3000. Intermediate Statistics .... 3
SOC. 3052. Sociology of Work ..........3
ECON. 4610. Labor Economics............3
Information Systems
Advisor: Gary A. Kochenberger
Telephone: 628-1273
The information systems area is
designed for those who wish to prepare
themselves for careers as professional data
processing managers or as technical
specialists in business and government.
The student develops those technical skills
and administrative insights required for
analysis of information systems, the design
and implementation of systems, and the
management of data processing opera-
tions. The emphasis is on management
information systems systems for the
collection, organization, accessing, and
analysis of information for the planning
and control of operations. The automation
of data processing is also studied exten-
sively. Students should note that not all
courses are offered each semester. 1SMG.
2200 and ISMG. 2210 are required prere-
quisites for the information systems area
and apply as business electives.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(The following two courses)
ISMG. 4650. Systems Analysis and
Design 1 .............................3
ISMG. 4660. Systems Analysis and
Design II.............................3
At least two of the following five courses)
QUAN. 3000. Intermediate Statistical
Analysis for Decision Support
(infrequently offered) ...............3
ISMG. 3300. Operations Research for
Decision Support .....................3
ISMG. 3500. Logical Data Structures and
Database Management Systems...........3
ISMG. 4700. Computer and Information
Technology............................3
OPMG. 4400. Planning and Control
Systems...............................3
International Business
Advisor: John C. Ruhnka
Telephone: 628-1212
Increasingly, businesses are reorienting
their thinking, planning, and operations to
capitalize on opportunities that exist in
the world marketplace. Every phase of
business is affected by this reorientation.
For individuals with the appropriate skills,
training, and interest, international busi-
ness provides excellent career
opportunities.
The international business curriculum is
designed to enhance and build on
thorough training in basic business skills
and to provide students with additional
skills and knowledge appropriate to inter-
national business.
ECON. 4410 (International Trade and
Finance) is a required prerequisite for the
international business area and applies as
a non-business elective.
Required Courses Semester Hours
FNCE. 4370. International Financial
Management...........................3
TRMG. 4580. International
Transportation ......................3
MKTG. 4200. International Marketing ... 3
MGMT. 4400. International Management 3
Students should see an academic
advisor for course scheduling.
A second area of emphasis in business
is highly recommended. The course
requirements for a second area can be
included as part of the business and free
elective hours. In addition, serious con-
sideration should be given to either a
minor or a certificate in international
affairs, offered by the College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences, and to the study of a
foreign language.
Management
Advisor: John C. Ruhnka
Telephone: 628-1212
The management curriculum provides
the foundation for careers in supervision
and general management in a wide vari-
ety of organizations. It develops skills in
management practice through an
understanding of general management
principles, individual and group behavior,
organizational change and design, and
human resources management.


82 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
Required Courses Semester Hours
MGMT. 3350. Managing Individuals
and Work Groups......................3
MGMT. 4350. Conflict and Change
in Organizations.....................3
MGMT. 4370. Organization Design.......3
MGMT. 4380. Human Resources
Management: Employment ..............3
Recommended Electives
MGMT. 4340. Labor and Employee
Relations............................3
MGMT. 4390. Human Resources
Management: Legal and Social Issues 3
MGMT. 4400. International Management 3
MGMT. 4950. Topics in Business........3
Marketing
Advisor: Gordon G. Barnewall
Telephone: 628-1296
Marketing is concerned with directing
the activities of the organization toward
the satisfaction of customer wants and
needs. This involves understanding
customers, identifying those wants and
needs which the organization can best
serve, guiding the development of specific
products or services, planning and
implementing ways to take products or
services to the market, securing the
customers order, and finally, monitoring
customer response in order to guide
future activities.
In most organizations, marketing is a
major functional area that provides a wide
variety of career opportunities in such
fields as personal selling and sales
management, advertising and sales pro-
motion, public relations, marketing
research, physical distribution, product
management, market management,
marketing information systems, and retail
management. Increasingly, career oppor-
tunities exist in service businesses and
not-for-profit organizations.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(The following two coursesj
MKTG. 3100. Market Research............3
MKTG. 4800. Marketing Strategies and
Policies..............................3
(Choose two of the following courses)
MKTG. 3200. Consumer Behavior..........3
MKTG. 4000. Advertising................3
MKTG. 4100. Physical Distribution
Management............................3
MKTG. 4200. International Marketing ... 3
MKTG. 4500. Advertising Management
and Public Relations..................3
MKTG. 4600. Business Marketing.........3
MKTG. 4700. Personal Selling and Sales
Force Management......................3
In addition to the four required courses,
students may select marketing electives,
business electives, and non-business elec-
tives that support their particular career
orientations. The marketing faculty
advisor can assist the student in choosing
an appropriate set of electives to fit career
objectives.
Operations Management
Advisor: Jeff E. Heyl
Telephone: 628-1280
Operations management studies are
designed to prepare students for careers
as production manager, operations
manager, management analyst, or systems
analyst in such private sector organiza-
tions as manufacturing, banking,
insurance, hospitals, and construction, as
well as in a variety of municipal, state,
and federal organizations.
Operations managers may be charged
with the design, implementation, opera-
tion, and maintenance of the production
systems. Managerial activities could
include forecasting demand, production
planning and inventory control, schedul-
ing labor and equipment, job design and
labor standards, quality control, purchas-
ing, and facilities location and layout.
The outlook for jobs in this area con-
tinues to be strong. This placement is
aided by the student chapter of the Amer-
ican Production and Inventory Control
Society and work intern programs pro-
vided to qualified students. Participation in
live case research and consulting projects
with local organizations is usually an
integral part of this course of study.
Students whose major areas of
emphasis are information systems,
transportation management, accounting,
or engineering will find the operations/
management 4000-level courses to be
particularly well related to their courses
of study. Students should plan their
schedules carefully as required courses
are not offered every semester.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(The following three courses)
1SMG. 3300. Operations Research for
Decision Support ....................3
OPMG. 4400. Planning and Control
Systems..............................3
OPMG. 4440. Quality and Productivity . 3
(One of the following courses)
OPMG. 4470. Strategic Analysis in
Operations Management ...............3
OPMG. 4600. Purchasing, Materials
Management, and Negotiation..........3
Recommended Electives
ACCT. 3310. Managerial Cost
Accounting.............................3
ISMG. 2200. Business Programming:
Structured COBOL....................3
MGMT. 3350. Managing Work Groups... 3
MGMT. 4370. Organization Design......3
MGMT. 4340. Labor and Employee
Relations...........................3
MGMT. 4380. Human Resources
Management: Employment .............3
QUAN. 3000. Intermediate Statistics .... 3
TRMG. 4500. Transportation Operation
and Management......................3
GEOG. 3411. Economic Geography:
Manufacturing ......................3
GEOG. 4650. Location Analysis.........3
Students planning to take the APICS
(American Production and Inventory Con-
trol Society) or NAPM (National Associa-
tion for Purchasing Management)
certification examinations should consult
with an advisor to determine which elec-
tive should be taken.
Transportation and Distribution
Management
Advisor: Lawrence. F. Cunningham
Telephone: 628-1222
The curriculum in transportation
management includes the role of transpor-
tation in society and the problems of traf-
fic management within specific industries
as well as the management of firms in the
transportation industry. Such as airlines,
trucking firms, railroads, and urban transit
firms. International transportation
management problems and policies are
analyzed.
One of the recommended elective
courses may be substituted with consent
of the advisor for one of the required
courses if there is a schedule conflict, if
the course is not available, or if a student
demonstrates a career need for such a
course.
Required Courses Semester Hours
(Arty four of the following six courses)
TRMG. 4500. Transportation Operation
and Management........................3
TRMG. 4520. Problems in Surface
Transportation Management.............3
TRMG. 4560. Air Transportation.........3
TRMG. 4570. Urban Transportation.......3
TRMG. 4580. International
Transportation .......................3
MKTG. 4100. Physical Distribution
Management............................3
Recommended Electives
MGMT. 4340. Labor and Employee
Relations.............................3
TRMG. 4510. Survey of Transportation:
Law and Freight Claims................3


Undergraduate Courses / 83
OPMG. 4600. Purchasing, Materials
Management and Negotiation...........3
MKTG. 4200. International Marketing ... 3
GEOG. 4610. Urban Geography:
Economic.............................3
GEOG. 4630. Transportation Geography 3
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
ACCOUNTING
ACCT. 2000-3. Introduction to Financial
Accounting. Fall, Spring, Summer. The
preparation and interpretation of the prin-
cipal financial statements of the business
enterprise, with emphasis on asset and
liability valuation problems and the deter-
mination of net income. Prer., sophomore
standing.
ACCT. 2020-3. Introduction to
Managerial Accounting. Fall, Spring. The
analysis of cost behavior and the role of
accounting in the planning and control of
business enterprises, with emphasis on
management decision-making uses of
accounting information. Note: Finance
majors must take this course and accounting
majors may not take this course to satisfy
degree requirements. Prer., ACCT. 2000.
ACCT. 3220-3. Intermediate Financial
Accounting I. Fall, Spring, Summer. Inten-
sive analysis of generally accepted account-
ing principles, accounting theory, and
preparation of annual financial statements
for public corporations. Prer., ACCT. 2000
and junior standing.
ACCT. 3230-3. Intermediate Financial
Accounting II. Fall, Spring, Summer. Con-
tinuation of ACCT. 3220. Prer., ACCT. 3220.
ACCT. 3310-3. Managerial Cost Account-
ing. Fall, Spring, Summer. Measurement
and reporting of manufacturing and service
costs. Identifies and analyzes the role of pro-
duction costs in income determination.
Includes computer processing of cost data.
Non-majors may take either ACCT. 2020 or
3310. Prer., ACCT. 2000 and ISMG. 2000.
ACCT. 3320-3. Intermediate Cost
Accounting. Fall, Spring, Summer. Cost
analysis for purposes of control and decision
making. Analysis of cost behavior, role of
accounting in planning and control, and
managerial uses of cost accounting data.
Includes use of computer assisted decision
models. Prer., ACCT. 3310 and QUAN. 2010.
ACCT. 4240-3. Advanced Financial
Accounting. Fall, Spring. Advanced finan-
cial accounting concepts and practice with
emphasis on accounting for partnerships,
business combinations, and consolidations.
Prer., ACCT. 3220 and 3230.
ACCT. 4230-3. Financial Accounting
Issues and Cases. In-depth analysis of con-
temporary accounting issues and problems,
the development of accounting thought and
principles, and critical review of generally
accepted accounting principles. Prer., ACCT.
3230.
ACCT. 4330-3. Managerial Accounting
Problems and Cases. Spring. Critical
analysis of advanced topics in managerial
accounting. Considerable use of cases and
current readings. Prer., ACCT. 3320.
ACCT. 4410-3. Income Tax Accounting.
Fall, Spring, Summer. Provisions and pro-
cedures of federal income tax laws and
requirements affecting individuals and busi-
ness organizations, including the manage-
ment problems of tax planning and
compliance. Prer., ACCT. 2020 or 3310 or
3220.
ACCT. 4420-3. Advanced Income Tax
Accounting. Fall, Spring. Continuation of
ACCT. 4410, with special emphasis on the
income tax problems of partnerships and
corporations. Prer., ACCT. 4410.
ACCT. 4540-3. Accounting Systems and
Data Processing. Fall. The design and
analysis of accounting information systems,
automated data processing methods with
special emphasis on computers and com-
puter programming, and the role of account-
ing in the management process. Prer., ACCT.
3310 and 6 additional semester hours of
accounting.
ACCT. 4620-3. Auditing. Fall, Spring,
Summer. Generally accepted auditing stan-
dards and the philosophy supporting them;
auditing techniques available to the indepen-
dent public accountant. Pertinent publica-
tions of the AICPA reviewed. Prer., ACCT.
3230.
ACCT. 4800-3. Accounting for Govern-
ment and Nonprofit Organizations.
Spring. Planning and control of government
and nonprofit organizations. Includes pro-
gram budgets, responsibility accounting, and
fun accounting. Prer., ACCT. 2020 or 3310 or
3220.
ACCT. 4840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
ACCT. 4950-3. Special Topics in Accoun-
ting. Research methods and results, special
topics, and professional developments in
accounting. Prerequisites vary according to
topic and instructor requirements.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
BUSINESS LAW
BLAW. 3000-3. Business Law. Fall,
Spring, Summer. Provides an understanding
of basic areas of law important to business
managers and consumers. Topics include
litigation, torts, contracts, and sales with
overviews of consumer law, and legal aspects
of banking transactions. Prer., junior
standing.
BLAW. 4120-3. Advanced Business Law.
Fall, Spring. Additional legal topics of impor-
tance to business, including agency partner-
ships, corporations, bankruptcy, secured
transactions, real and personal property, and
securities regulation. Strongly recommended
for accounting majors. Prer., BLAW. 3000.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES -
FINANCE
FNCE. 3300-3. Basic Finance. Fall,
Spring, Summer. Includes a study of the
monetary system and other institutions com-
prising the money and capital markets; study
of the financial manager's role in business;
the investment of capital in assets; and finan-
cing the asset requirements of business firms.
Prer., ECON. 2012 and 2022; ACCT. 2000;
junior standing.
FNCE. 4310-3. Business Finance I. Fall,
Spring. Basic principles and practices
governing financial management of capital
in the business firm constitute the core of
this course. Determinants of capital
requirements, methods of obtaining capital,
problems of internal financial management,
and methods of financial analysis. Financing
the business corporation given primary
emphasis. Prer., FNCE. 3300 and ACCT.
2020.
FNCE. 4320-3. Business Finance II. Fall,
Spring. Develops analytical and decision-
making skills of students in relation to prob-
lems that confronts financial management.
Areas include planning, control, and financ-
ing of current operations and longer term
capital commitments; management of
income; evaluation of capital investments;
and expansion. Case method of instruction.
Prer., FNCE. 4310.
FNCE. 4330-3. Investment and Portfolio
Management. Fall, Spring. Discusses invest-
ment problems and policies and the
methodology for implementing them.
Includes portfolio analysis, selection of
investment media, and measurement of per-
formance. Prer., FNCE. 4310.
FNCE. 4340-3. Security Analysis.
Analysis of the financial condition of the
firm, valuation of debt and equity securities,
and the selection of investment media for
portfolios. Prer., FNCE. 4310.
FNCE. 4350-3. Financial Markets and
Institutions. Fall and Spring. This course
focuses on the supply and demand for
loanable funds, the process of money crea-
tion, the structure of interest rates, and the
role of the central bank. Special attention is
devoted to the impact of monetary and fiscal
policies on interest rates, the flow of funds,
and economic activity. Prer., FNCE. 4310.
FNCE. 4360-3. Bank Management. An
analysis of structure, markets, regulations,
and chartering commercial banks. Problems
and policies of the internal management of
funds, loan practices and procedures, invest-
ment behavior, deposit and capital adequacy,
liquidity, and solvency. Analytical
methodology for these problems is
developed. Prer., FNCE. 4310.
FNCE. 4370-3. International Financial
Management. Spring. A study of financial
management in the international environ-
ment that considers international capital
movements. Problems of international opera-
tions as they affect the financial functions.


84 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
Reviews foreign and international institutions
and the foreign exchange process. Considers
financial requirements, problems, sources,
and policies of firms doing business interna-
tionally. Prer., FNCE. 3300.
FNCE. 4840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
FNCE. 4950-3. Special Topics in
Finance. Research methods and results, spe-
cial topics, and professional development in
finance. Prerequisites vary according to topic
and instructor requirements.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
ISMG. 2000-3. Business Information
Systems and the Computer. Fall, Spring,
Summer. A study of business information
systems focusing upon computer hardware
and software as they relate to business infor-
mation. Includes computer programming,
computer systems, and computer applica-
tions. The purpose of the course is to
introduce the students to the concepts,
vocabulary, and function of business infor-
mation systems and the computer. Prer.,
MATH. 1070 and 1080 or 6 hours of
nonremedial college mathematics.
ISMG. 2200-3. Business Programming:
Structured I COBOL. Fall, Spring, Sum-
mer. An introductory course intended to pro-
vide the student with a thorough
programming foundation in COBOL using
structured programming concepts and
techniques. The basic elements of the
language are discussed and demonstrated
through applications in a business environ-
ment. Prer., ISMG. 2000 or consent of
instructor.
ISMG. 2210-3. Business Programming II:
Files and Data Structures. Fall, Spring.
This course is a continuation of ISMG. 2200.
The student is introduced to advanced topics
in COBOL and their application in business.
Special emphasis is placed upon alternative
physical data and file structures, their
implementation in COBOL, and their use in
a business setting. The use of system soft-
ware and utilities will be integrated with the
topics. Case studies may be used to illustrate
applications of the material. Prer., ISMG
2200 or consent of instructor; QUAN. 2010 is
recommended.
ISMG. 3300-3. Operations Research for
Decision Support. Fall. Objectives and
models of operations research and their
application in a managerial setting. Includes
topics such as inventory models and control,
simulation, linear programming topics, net-
work models. Prer., QUAN. 2010.
ISMG. 3500-3. Logical Data Structures
and Database Management Systems.
Spring. This course is an introduction to
database management systems, on-line
query, and management control systems. It is
concerned with database structure and
design and the integration of the logical
view of the data with its physical storage.
Extensive use may be make of a commercial
DBMS in student projects to develop an
appreciation of the use and organizational
issues as well as the technical considerations.
Prer., ISMG. 2210.
ISMG. 4650-3. System Analysis. Fall. This
course introduces the student to basic system
analysis tools and the procedures for con-
ducting a system analysis. Topics to be
covered may include system requirements,
the initial analysis, the general feasibility
study, structured analysis, detailed analysis,
logical design, and general system proposal.
The student will gain practical experience
through projects and/or case studies. Prer.,
ISMG. 2210 or consent of instructor.
ISMG. 4660-3. Systems Design. Spring.
This course is a continuation of ISMG. 4650
and discuss topics such as structured design;
physical system design; detailed feasibility
analysis; specification of input-output
methods and formats; design of files, pro-
grams, and procedures; system testing;
implementation procedures; and system life
cycle management. The student will imple-
ment these concepts through case studies
and/or projects. Prer., ISMG. 4650. or con-
sent of instructor.
ISMG. 4700-3. Computer and Informa-
tion Technology. Fall. This course provides
the IS student with a conceptual foundation
in the areas of computer architecture,
operating systems, programming translators,
and telecommunications. It is intended to
serve as a facilitating course to allow the IS
student to more readily communicate with
other technical members of the data process-
ing community. Prer., ISMG. 2210 or consent
of instructor.
ISMG. 4840-variable credit. Independent
Study.
ISMG. 4950-3. Special Topics in Informa-
tion Systems. Research methods are results,
special topics and professional developments
in information systems. Prerequisites vary
according to topics.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
MANAGEMENT
MGMT. 1000-3. Introduction to Business.
Fall, Spring, Summer. Nature of business
enterprise. Role of business in our society;
problems confronting business management.
Career opportunities in business. Business
students are advised to take this course
during their freshman year, but may not take
it in the junior or senior years. Open only to
freshmen, sophomores, non-degree students,
and music majors at all levels.
MGMT. 3300-3. Management and
Organization Behavior. Fall, Spring, Sum-
mer. Emphasizes the application of
behavioral science knowledge to understan-
ding people and organizations. Motivation,
authority, politics, and the role of groups in
contemporary organizations are some of the
topics covered. Students are urged to com-
plete PSY. 1002 and SOC. 1001 before taking
this course. Prer., junior standing.
MGMT. 3350-3. Managing Individuals
and Work Groups. Fall, Spring, Summer.
Examines what makes small groups effective
in organizations. Develops the ability to
analyze interpersonal and group behavior,
and improve group functioning. Builds
interpersonal and small group leadership
skills. Prer., MGMT. 3300.
MGMT. 4110-3. Business and Society.
Fall, Spring, Summer. An examination of
interrelationships between business, society,
and the environment. Topics will include
perspectives on the socioeconomic-business
system, current public policy issues, and
social responsibilities and ethics. Prer., ECON.
2012 and 2022. Completion of PSC. 1101 and
the sociology requirement is recommended
before taking this course. Open to senior
business students only.
MGMT. 4340-3. Labor and Employee
Relations. Fail, Spring. Analysis of legal,
political, social, and managerial aspects of
collective bargaining and employee relations.
Prer., MGMT. 3300.
MGMT. 4350-3. Conflict and Change in
Organizations. Spring. This course is
designed to help students understand com-
mon types of conflict within organizations
and the strategies useful for resolving con-
flict. Techniques for managing change also
are stressed. Prer., MGMT. 3300.
MGMT. 4370-3. Organization Design.
Fall. Examines how to structure organiza-
tions to perform effectively. Emphasis is
placed on the role of the task, technology,
and environment as constraints on organiza-
tion design. Prer., MGMT. 3300.
MGMT. 4380-3. Human Resources
Management: Employment. Fall, Spring.
Study of the development and implementa-
tion of personnel systems for recruiting,
selecting, placing, developing, and evaluating
human resources. Prer., QUAN. 2010 and
MGMT. 3300.
MGMT. 4390-3. Human Resources
Management: Legal and Social Issues.
Fall. Study of legal issues related to equal
employment opportunity, occupational safety
and health, and compensation, with
emphasis on program implementation and
evaluation. Reviews legal questions,
guidelines and procedures, and regulatory
agencies. It is recommended that students
take MGMT. 4340 and 4380 before this
course. Prer., MGMT. 3300.
MGMT. 4400-3. International Manage-
ment. Spring. Examines the international
business environment as it affects company
policies and procedures. Integrates all the
functions undertaken in international opera-
tions through in-depth analysis and com-
prehensive case studies. Prer., any two of the
following: ECON. 4410, FNCE. 4370, MKTG.
4900, TRMG. 4580 or consent of instructor.
MGMT. 4410-3. Human Resources
Management: Compensation
Administration. Spring. Study of planning
and administration of compensation systems,


Undergraduate Courses / 85
including government, union, and labor
market influences on pay; development of
pay systems and employee benefits for non-
managerial, managerial, and overseas em-
ployees. Prer., QUAN. 2010 and MGMT. 4380.
MGMT. 4500-3. Business Policy and
Strategic Management. Fall, Spring, Sum-
mer. Emphasis is on integrating the
economic, market, social/political,
technological, and competition components
of the external environment with the inter-
nal characteristics of the firm; and deriving
through analysis the appropriate interaction
between the firm and its environment to
facilitate accomplishment of the firms objec-
tives. Open only to business students in their
graduation semester. Prer., completion of all
business core courses.
MGMT. 4840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
MGMT. 4950-3. Topics in Management.
A number of different current topics in
management will be offered under this
course number. Consult the Schedule of
Classes or the area coordinator for each
semesters topics.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
MARKETING
Note: MKTG. 3000 or an equivalent junior
level course in basic marketing is a prere-
quisite for all marketing courses.
MKTG. 3000-3. Principles of Marketing.
Fall, Spring, Summer. Provides a marketing
management approach to the consideration
of product planning, pricing, promotion, and
distribution of goods and services.
Emphasizes the role of the consumer and
the social responsibility of marketing. Prer.,
ACCT. 2000 and junior standing.
MKTG. 3100-3. Marketing Research.
Fall, Spring, Summer. Provides practical
experience in research methodologies, plan-
ning an investigation, designing a question-
naire, selecting a sample, interpreting results,
and making a report. Techniques focus on
product analysis, motivation research, cost
analysis, and advertising effectiveness. Prer.,
MKTG. 3000, QUAN. 2010.
MKTG. 3200-3. Buyer Behavior. Fall,
Spring, Summer. Focuses on improving
students understanding of consumer and
organizational buying behavior as a basis for
better formulation and implementation of
marketing strategy. Blends concepts from the
behavioral sciences with empirical evidence
and introduces buyer behavior research
techniques. Prer., MKTG. 3000.
MKTG. 4000-3. Advertising. Fall, Spring.
Analyzes principles and practices in advertis-
ing from a managerial viewpoint. Considers
the reasons to advertise, product and market
analysis as the planning phase of the adver-
tising program, media selection, creation and
production of advertisements, copy testing,
and development of advertising budgets.
Prer., MKTG. 3000.
MKTG. 4100-3. Physical Distribution
Management. Fall. Investigation and
analysis of logistics of distribution systems
for firms engaged in manufacturing and
marketing. Component parts of each system
are studied and analytical tools are presented
for selecting alternatives which will attain
distribution goals of the firm. Prer., MKTG.
3000.
MKTG. 4200-3. International Marketing.
Fall. Studies managerial marketing policies
and practices of firms marketing their prod-
ucts in foreign countries. Analytical survey of
institutions, functions, policies, and practices
in international marketing. Relates marketing
activities to market structure and environ-
ment. Prer., MKTG. 3000.
MKTG. 4400-3. Marketing Institutions
and Retailing. Emphasis placed on func-
tions and strategies of all aspects of retail
management, including site selection, mer-
chandising, pricing, promotion, and inven-
tory control. Also studies wholesaling and
broker activities. Prer., MKTG. 3000.
MKTG. 4500-3. Advertising Management
and Public Relations. Offered every 18
months. Focuses on advertising issues from
an agency point of view. Considers issues of
stimulating primary and selective demand,
media selection, developing the advertising
program or campaign, establishing budgets,
evaluating results, and managing agency
relations. Public relations issues incorporated
in the campaign include effective publicity
techniques, lobbying, and stockholder and
community relations. Prer., MKTG. 4000.
MKTG. 4600-3. Business Marketing. Con-
siders the problems of marketing goods and
services to organizations buying for their
own use or for incorporation in an end prod-
uct. Focuses heavily on organizational buy-
ing behavior and analysis of demand for
goods and services in both profit and not-for-
profit organizations. Emphasizes develop-
ment of marketing programs in the context
of organizational demand for goods and ser-
vices Prer., MKTG. 3000.
MKTG. 4700-3. Personal Selling and
Sales Force Management. Fall and
Spring. Introduces students to principles of
personal selling and issues in managing the
sales force. Focuses on models of personal
selling, recruiting, selection, training, com-
pensation, supervision, and motivation,
organizing the field sales force, sales analysis,
forecasting, and budgeting. Prer., MKTG
3200.
MKTG. 4800-3. Marketing Strategies
and Policies. Fall, Spring. Focuses on the
process of formulating and implementing
marketing channels and product analysis. A
case approach is utilized to develop the stu-
dents analytical ability to integrate all major
areas of marketing. Prer., MKTG. 3000 and
six additional hours in marketing.
MKTG. 4840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
MKTG. 4950-3. Special Topics in
Marketing. Courses offered on an irregular
basis for the purpose of presenting new sub-
ject matter in marketing. Prerequisites will
vary depending upon the particular topic
and consent of the instructor.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES -
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
OPMG. 3000-3. Operations Manage-
ment. Fall, Spring, Summer. An introduc-
tion to the design and analysis of operating
systems in manufacturing, services, and
public sector organizations. Topics include
facility layout and location, job design, work
standards, quality and productivity, inventory
planning and control, simulation, waiting line
analysis, and linear programming. Prer.,
ACCT. 2000, QUAN. 2010. It is important to
take this course in the junior year.
OPMG. 4400-3. Planning and Control
Systems. Fall. Study of the design,
implementation, and control of integrated
operations, scheduling, and inventory plan-
ning and control systems. Topics include
demand forecasting, aggregate planning,
capacity planning, master scheduling, inven-
tory management, material requirements
planning, stockless systems, and operations
control. Organizations studied include
manufacturing, service, and public sector.
Prer., OPMG 3000.
OPMG. 4440-3. Quality and Produc-
tivity. Spring. Study of the various tech-
niques to measure quality and productivity
in organizations and the practical manage-
ment issues related to implementing quality
and productivity systems. Topics include
statistical quality control, total factor produc-
tivity, quality circles, total quality control,
work design and measurement, and quality
and productivity management systems. Prer.,
OPMG. 3000 and MGMT. 3300.
OPMG. 4470-3. Strategic Analysis in
Operations Management. Spring. Study of
the analysis and formulation of operations
management strategy and policy. Emphasis
will be on the role of the operations function
in the strategic processes of the organization.
Decision making will be stressed through the
use of case studies and the analysis of actual
business situations. Prer., OPMG 4400.
OPMG. 4600-3. Purchasing, Materials
Management, and Negotiation. Fall.
Study of the Purchasing function in manufac-
turing, service, and public organizations.
Topics include source selection, make-buy
analysis, material quality standards and
specifications, value analysis, negotiations,
and legal aspects. Prer., OPMG 3000.
OPMG. 4840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
OPMG. 4950-3. Special Topics in Opera-
tions Management. A number of different
current topics in operations management
will be discussed in the course. Consult the
Schedule of Classes or contact the area
coordinator for further information.


86 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
QUAN. 2010-3. Business Statistics. Fall,
Spring, Summer. Statistical applications in
business. Includes descriptive statistic, time
series analysis, index numbers, probability
and sampling distributions, statistical
inference, simple regression, and decision
analysis without sampling. Prer., MATH. 1070
and 1080 and ISMG. 2000. Students are
encouraged to take QUAN. 2010 in the
semester following completion of ISMG
2000.
QUAN. 3000-3. Intermediate Statistics.
Intermediate treatment of regression and
forecasting models in business and research,
statistical quality control in manufacturing,
sampling and analysis of variance,
parametric and nonparametric statistical
inferences, decision analysis with sampling.
Prer., QUAN. 2010.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES
TRANSPORTATION AND
DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT
TRMG. 4500-3. Transportation Opera-
tion and Management. Fall, Spring.
Economics of transportation service and
rates. History and patterns of regulation.
Explanation of various forms in common use
in freight and passenger transportation.
Introduction to tariffs and their use. Service
and management problems of industrial traf-
fic managers. Prer., ECON. 2012 and 2022 or
consent of instructor.
TRMG. 4520-3. Problems in Surface
Transportation Management. Spring.
Analysis of surface modes with emphasis on
the motor carrier industry. Topics include
carrier operations, regulatory structure, pric-
ing, market structure, design of services,
routes and terminals, equipment, and private
fleets. Case analyses and field studies will be
used to develop decision-making skills. Prer.,
TRMG 4500 or consent of instructor.
TRMG. 4560-3. Air Transportation.
Spring. Particular reference to operating
costs and methods, passenger and cargo
rates, air routes, schedules, safety, regulation,
and airport management. Prer., senior
standing.
TRMG. 4570-3. Urban Transportation.
Fall. Analysis of the two aspects of urban
transportation freight and people. Issues in
policy, modes, governmental actions and
structure, investment and costs, and effect
upon urban environment. Prer., senior
standing.
TRMG. 4580-3. International Transpor-
tation. Fall. Analysis of international
transportation {primarily sea and air) in
world economy. Detailed study of cargo
documentation and freight rate patterns.
Included are liability patterns, logistics,
economics, and national policies of transpor-
tation. Prer., senior standing.
GRADUATE BUSINESS
PROGRAMS (M.B.A./M.S.)
Associate Dean: Jean-Claude Bosch
Program Coordinator: Patricia
Peckinpaugh Kemp
Program Specialist in Advising:
Pete Wolfe
Program Specialist: Sharon Moritz
The Graduate School of Business
Administration offers programs leading to
the Master of Business Administration
(M.BA.), and the Master of Science (M.S.)
in specific fields of business and health
administration. In addition, the Master of
Business Administration for Executives
(Executive M.B.A.) is offered as a multi-
campus program of the Graduate School
of Business Administration, and the
Executive Program in Health Administra-
tion (Executive M.S.H.A.) is offered
through the Executive Programs.
The M.BA., the Executive M.BA., and
the M.S. degrees in business are
accredited by the American Assembly of
Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB).
The M.S. in Health Administration is
accredited by the Accrediting Commission
on Education for Health Services
Administration (ACEHSA).
Requirements for Admission to
the M.B.A. and M.S. Programs
Admission to the graduate program in
business administration (M.BA. and M.S.)
is granted only to students showing high
promise of success in graduate business
study. Admission is based on the following
indicators of the candidates likelihood to
succeed in the program.
Academic Record. The bachelors
degree must be from a regionally
accredited university. The total academic
record is considered, including the grade-
point average, the course of study, and the
quality of the program.
Testing. The Graduate Management
Admission Test (GMAT) is required. The
GMAT test is given four times each year
at numerous centers throughout the
world. For information and to make appli-
cation for the test, write to: Graduate
Management Admission Test, Educational
Testing Service, CN 6103, Princeton, New
Jersey, 08541. The code number for CU-
Denvers graduate business program is
4819.
Work Experience. A record of
appropriate employment at increasing
levels of responsibility is considered a
positive indicator of the likelihood of suc-
cessful completion of graduate work.
Seniors in this University who have
satisfied the undergraduate residence
requirements, and who need no more
than 6 semester hours overall to meet
requirements for a bachelors degree, may
be admitted to the Graduate School of
Business Administration by special permis-
sion of the associate dean. They must
meet regular admission criteria and sub-
mit complete applications by deadlines
listed below.
Background Requirements. Students
applying for graduate programs in busi-
ness do not need to have taken their
undergraduate degrees in business. The
M.BA program is specifically designed so
that the required courses cover the
material needed for completion of the
degree. There are no prerequisites needed
to enter the M.BA. program. Students
with non-business backgrounds have com-
pleted the program successfully. It is
expected, however, that students have a
minimum level of basic personal computer
proficiency as well as a good working
knowledge of basic algebra. Should you
feel inadequate in either area, please con-
tact the Graduate School of Business
Administration for information.
Applicants for the M.S. degree, however,
may be required to take prerequisite
courses, depending on the individuals
academic and professional background.
For more detailed information contact a
graduate student advisor.
THE ADMISSION PROCESS
To be considered for admission,
applicants for graduate programs other
than Health Administration and Executive
Program must:
1. Submit a completed application along
with the nonrefundable application fee of
$40 ($30 for M.S. applicants) prior to the
application deadlines:
April 1 for Summer Term admission.
July 1 for Fall Semester admission.
November 1 for Spring Semester
admission.
Early applications are recommended;
early applications can receive early
priority in registration and class enroll-
ment. Applications received after these
dates will not be considered for admission
in that term or semester.
2. Have GMAT scores forwarded to the
program by the Educational Testing Ser-
vice. The code for CU-Denvers graduate
business program is 4819.
3. Have two official transcripts (not stu-
dent copies) sent from each college
attended to the address below.
Personal interviews are not required.
Students applying to the Cohort M.B.A.
program may be required to submit an


Master of Business Administration / 87
additional nonrefundable deposit after
they have been accepted into the
graduate program. This deposit serves to
request consideration for admission into
the cohort program and is applied against
regular tuition fees at the time of
registration.
The mailing address for applications is:
Graduate Admissions
Graduate School of Business
Administration
University of Colorado at Denver
1200 Larimer Street, Campus Box 165
Denver, CO 80204-5300
Applicants for the Executive M.B.A. and
M.S. in Health Administration programs
should consult the relevant sections for
application information.
Academic Policies for Graduate
Students
Advising. Prospective graduate students
are encouraged to discuss admissions and
program requirements with an advisor. In
addition, as soon as possible after admis-
sion, students should schedule an appoint-
ment with a graduate advisor to discuss
general degree requirements. Master of
Science students should consult with the
advisor to determine any background
course work that may be required. All
M.S. students need to file a formal degree
plan during their first term in residence.
All M.B.A. students must file a formal
degree plan as soon as electives are con-
sidered. These plans, with appropriate
signatures, will be filed with the Graduate
School of Business Administration.
Course Load. The normal course load
for full-time graduate students is 9-15
semester hours. However, because many
students also are pursuing a career, it is
possible to attend classes on a part-time
basis at times convenient to the
individuals work schedule. Graduate
courses are offered primarily in the eve-
ning hours to accommodate the working
student.
Transfer of Credit. Upon approval of the
Graduate Appeals Committee, a maximum
of 6 semester hours of graduate work may
be transferred from another AACSB-
accredited masters program.
Time Limit. M.BA. students must com-
plete the curriculum within five years
from the date of first enrollment in the
program. Courses older than 5 years
generally will not be accepted for the
degree. M.S. students must finish courses
beyond those in the common body of
knowledge courses within 5 years with
reasonable continuity.
Students who have not been enrolled
for three consecutive semesters must
reapply for admission to the program.
Readmitted students are required to com-
plete degree requirements in effect at the
date of their readmission.
Comprehensive Examinations. A com-
prehensive examination is not required for
students pursuing the M.BA degree. A
comprehensive examination is required of
students pursing some M.S. degrees; the
M.S. advisor should be contacted regard-
ing this requirement. Students must be
registered for the semester in which the
comprehensive examination is taken, nor-
mally the last semester of attendance.
Graduation. Students must file an appli-
cation for Admission to Candidacy and a
Diploma Card with the Graduate School of
Business Administration no later than
September 1 for December graduation,
January 1 for May graduation, and June 1
for August graduation.
Minimum Grade-Point Average. A
minimum cumulative grade-point average
of 3.0 must be achieved and maintained
in courses taken for a graduate business
degree. All courses taken to meet the
degree requirements, except transfer
hours, are included in the grade-point
average. If the students cumulative grade-
point average falls below 3.0, the student
will be placed on academic probation and
normally given one year of attendance in
which to achieve the required 3.0
cumulative average. Failure to achieve the
required average within the allotted time
period will result in suspension.
Any grade below a C- (1.7) is a failing
grade for graduate students. Graduate
students must repeat a course for which
they have received a grade below a C-.
Both the original grade and the grade for
the repeated course count in the computa-
tion of the grade-point average.
To earn a grade of W (withdrawal
without credit) in a course, a student must
be earning a grade of C or better in the
course. Students will not be permitted to
withdraw from courses after the tenth
week of the semester without the
approval of the associate dean.
Admission to Graduate Business
Courses
Admission to graduate level courses is
reserved for students admitted to the
graduate programs in business. Graduate
students from other University of Colo-
rado schools or colleges may be permitted
to attend only with written permission of
the associate dean and on a space avail-
able basis.
6000-level courses are reserved
exclusively for graduate students.
5000-level courses may be offered
simultaneously with 6000-level courses.
Students should check with an advisor to
confirm acceptability of 5000-level courses
prior to registering.
MASTER OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION (M.BA)
The Master of Business Administration
(M.BA) program provides the student a
general background in management and
administration that enables the student to
have the breadth of exposure and depth
of knowledge required for an advanced
level in a management career. The pro-
gram is devoted to developing the con-
cepts, analytical tools, and communications
skills required for competent and responsi-
ble administration of an enterprise viewed
in its entirety, within its social, political,
and economic environment.
The M.B.A. program is available in three
different configurations: the
INDIVIDUALIZED M.BA. program, the
COHORT M.BA program, and the
EXECUTIVE M.BA program (see follow-
ing section). The INDIVIDUALIZED M.B.A.
and the COHORT M.BA both have the
same curriculum requirements; they differ
only in the flexibility of course scheduling
and the time required to complete the
program.
The INDIVIDUALIZED M.B.A. allows the
scheduling of classes with maximum flex-
ibility so students can progress through
the program at their own pace by taking
as little as one class per semester, or as
many as five classes per semester, at times
that are convenient to their work
schedule. The program can be completed
in as little as 16 months, or as long as 5
years.
The COHORT M.BA. enables the stu-
dent to complete the program in 3 years
and one semester, taking 2 courses fall
and spring semester and one in the sum-
mer term. Each group of entering
students moves through the core courses
as a cohort, taking prescribed core
courses two nights per week, thus sharing
their educational and professional
experience. Electives are taken as avail-
able to meet individual objectives. For
working professionals who can meet the
time requirements of the COHORT pro-
gram, it provides a unique and rewarding
educational experience.
Candidates in both the individualized
and the COHORT M.B.A. programs must
complete specific requirements consisting
of 16 courses (48 semester hours) as
follows:


88 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
Core Requirements Semester Hours
BUSN. 6000. Accounting for Managers . 3
BUSN. 6020. Quantitative Business
Analysis ...........................3
BUSN. 6040. Human Behavior in
Organizations.......................3
BUSN. 6060. Marketing Management ... 3
BUSN. 6080. Management of Operations 3
BUSN. 6100. Management Information
Systems.............................3
BUSN. 6120. Managerial Economics .... 3
BUSN. 6140. Financial Management .... 3
BUSN. 6160. Legal and Ethical
Environment of Business.............3
BUSN. 6180. Economic Environment
of Business.........................3
BUSN. 6200. Business Policy and
Strategic Management............... .3
Total Required Core Semester Hours 33
Electives:
One graduate course from each of three
of the five following areas:
Accounting, Finance, Information
Systems/Operations Management,
Marketing, or Management...............9
Free electives............................6
Total Elective Semester Hours........... 15
Total Required Semester Hours ........48
for M.B.A. degree
Notes and Restrictions
Core. Depending on demonstration of a
strong background in one area, a max-
imum of one course may be waived in the
core, although the 48 hour requirement is
not reduced. An additional elective will
then be substituted.
Electives. No more than nine hours of
elective graduate courses may be taken
for credit in any one discipline or area of
emphasis. Students may elect not to take
any emphasis. Three hours maximum
may be taken outside the Graduate School
of Business Administration, but only with
prior written approval of the associate
dean.
Subject to the above distribution
requirements, students have a wide range
of options available in selecting the 15
hours of electives. No area of emphasis is
required for the M.B.A. degree, permitting
students to choose a combination of
courses appropriate for their individual
career needs. If a student wishes to pursue
an area of emphasis, several are available
including accounting, finance, information
systems/operations management,
management, and marketing. Areas of
emphasis all require 9 semester hours of
electives (5000 or 6000 level) in addition
to the area core courses. No thesis is
required for the M.B.A. program.
For additional information about the
M.B.A. program contact a graduate stu-
dent advisor at 628-1245.
MASTER OF SCIENCE
PROGRAMS
Master of Science degrees (M.S.) are
offered in the fields of accounting, finance,
health administration, marketing, manage-
ment and organization, and management
science and information systems.
The M.S. degree affords the opportunity
for specialization and depth of training
within a particular major field and, where
allowed or required, a minor field. The
specialization and expertise developed
with the M.S. program prepares the stu-
dent for more specialized staff positions in
industry, the non-profit sector, and
government.
The course requirements for the M.S.
degree in each of the fields are divided
into two components common
background and graduate core
requirements. The common background
requires at least 21 semester hours of busi-
ness courses to develop general breadth
and competence in the fields of business
administration. These requirements may
differ among degree programs. The com-
mon background requirements may be
satisfied by equivalent graduate level
work, or through undergraduate course
work as approved by the advisor.
Generally, an undergraduate degree in
business administration from an AACSB
accredited university will meet most of
those requirements. The graduate core
requires at least 30 semester hours of
graduate level courses as prescribed by
the different major programs. Of the 30
hours, a minimum of 18 hours must be at
the 6000 level.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
ACCOUNTING
Advisors: Stephen R Allen, Ben-Hsien
Bao
Telephone: 628-1244, 628-1249
The Master of Science in Accounting is
a flexible program that provides the stu-
dent with a thorough understanding of
both financial and managerial accounting.
The combination of required and elective
courses allows the student to design a
course of study with the advisors
approval, leading to a successful career in
either public accounting, governmental or
non-profit accounting, or management
accounting.
The M.S. in accounting requires the
completion of components A, B, and C as
shown below:
A. Common Background Course Work
Courses Required Semester Hours
ACCT. 2000. Financial Accounting.....3
BUSN. 6020. Quantitative Business
Analysis ...........................3
BUSN. 6060. Marketing Management ... 3
BLAW. 3000. Business Law..............3
BUSN. 6040. Human Behavior in
Organizations.......................3
BUSN. 6140. Financial Management .... 3
BUSN. 6120. Managerial Economics .. 3
Total Semester Hours.................21
It may be possible to satisfy some of
these requirements with other graduate or
undergraduate course work with the
approval of the advisor.
It is recommended that students should
have a minimal competency in
mathematics and computer software
applications. Pbssible courses at CU-
Denver are ISMG. 2000, CSC. 1100, CSC.
1410, and MATH. 1070, 1080. The
required courses in Parts B and C (below)
will also help meet these objectives. Self-
study or review (workshops) also may be
used to attain minimal competency levels.
B. Accounting Courses Background
Courses Required Semester Hours
ACCT. 3220 and 3230. Intermediate
Financial Accounting, I and II ......6
ACCT. 3310 and 3320. Managerial and
Intermediate Cost Accounting.........6
ACCT. 4410 and 4420. Income Tax and
Advanced Income Tax Accounting .... 6
C. Graduate Core in Accounting
Courses Required Semester Hours
ACCT. 6250. Seminar: Accounting
Theory...............................3
ACCT. 6260. Seminar: Managerial
Accounting...........................3
ACCT. core Any 2 advanced accounting
courses (numbered higher than
ACCT. 6260)..........................6
MGMT. 6810. Human Resource
Management...........................3
BUSN. 6100. Management Information
Systems..............................3
Sub total.............................18
Electives (4) Four elective courses may
be selected...................... 12
Total Graduate Core Semester Hours 30
Certain graduate courses in accounting
are offered only once a year. Consult a
current Schedule of Classes for informa-
tion about current course offerings. Note


Graduate Programs / 89
that ACCT. 5540, 6250, and 6290 are
usually offered in the fall and other
advanced courses are usually offered in
the spring or summer.
Comprehensive Examinations. No com-
prehensive examinations are required in
the major field of accounting. Comprehen-
sive examinations may be required for
some minor areas.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
FINANCE
Advisor: Dean G. Taylor
Telephone: 628-1288
The M.S. degree in Finance provides the
student with the necessary specialized
expertise in the field to meet the need of
businesses for staff specialists, and to
prepare the student for further graduate
work in the field of finance.
The M.S. program in finance consists of
two components the common
background and the graduate core
required courses.
A. Common Background Course Work
Courses Required Semester Hours
BUSN. 6000. Accounting for Managers . 3
BUSN. 6020. Quantitative Business
Analysis ..........................3
BUSN. 6040. Human Behavior in
Organizations......................3
BUSN. 6060. Marketing Management ... 3
BUSN. 6120. Managerial Economics .... 3
BUSN. 6160. Legal and Ethical
Environment of Business............3
BUSN. 6180. Economic Environment of
Business........................... 3
Total Semester Hours Required.....21
It may be possible to satisfy some of the
common background requirements by
other graduate or undergraduate course
work, with the approval of the advisor.
B. Graduate Core in Finance
The M.S. finance core will consist of 30
semester hours (10 courses) beyond the
common background requirements. At
least six of these courses must be at the
6000 level or higher. A minimum of 21
semester hours (7 courses) must be chosen
from regularly scheduled graduate finance
courses (excluding independent study); the
remaining 9 semester hours (3 courses)
may be in finance or in related fields, as
approved by the students M.S. advisor in
finance. A student can elect to include a
minor field with at least 9 semester hours
approved by a minor field advisor, but a
minor is not required.
The 21 hour finance requirement is met
by the following requirements and
options:
/. Required Courses
BUSN. 6140. Financial Management
FNCE. 6390. Advanced Finance Seminar
2. Choose at least 5 courses in finance
from the list of regularly scheduled
graduate classes in this catalog incon-
sultation with the graduate advisor.
Notes and Restrictions
If a student has taken at least 9
semester hours of upper division
undergraduate finance courses within the
last 5 years from an AACSB accredited
university, those courses may be
substituted for BUSN. 6140. However, the
student must still take at least 21 hours in
finance at the graduate level.
The 9 semester hours (3 course) require-
ment can include courses related to the
finance major as approved by the M.S.
advisor. Areas of study that normally
would enhance the study of finance would
include economics, mathematics, statistics,
accounting, information systems, and
computer science. Other field also could
be approved based on the students needs
and objectives.
No comprehensive examination in
finance is required.
M.S. students may choose to complete a
thesis that is original research as approved
by a committee of faculty members
appointed by the M.S. advisor. Up to 6
semester hours of credit of independent
study could be earned from thesis work.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
Advisor: Richard W. Foster
Telephone: 628-1286
The goal of the Master of Science in
Health Administration (M.S.H.A.) degree is
to prepare men and women who, after
appropriate practical experience in
responsible managerial positions, are
capable of assuming positions as chief
executive officers or senior administrators
in complex, multi-service health care
organizations or in organizations purchas-
ing and health services.
The curriculum is a synthesis of
management concepts and techniques
that are applicable to any economic
organization and tools that can be
specifically applied to health and health
services systems. The program
emphasizes skills which heighten basic
analytic and decision-making processes
used by top level managers in selecting
broad strategies for the institutions and by
junior managers in administering sub-units
of health care organizations. The faculty
guide the students in their mastery of
theoretical, conceptual, and quantitative
topics.
The M.S.H.A. program has enjoyed con-
tinuous accreditation by the Accrediting
Commission on Education for Health Ser-
vices Administration (ACEHSA) since 1970.
The typical course of study is 57
semester hours of graduate level course
work for students entering without an
undergraduate degree in business from an
AACSB accredited program. The cur-
riculum is based on a series of structured
learning sequences with M.B.A. courses
comprising the majority of the first full
year, supplemented by several core health
administration courses. Students with prior
course work in business may petition to
waive required business core courses.
The second academic year provides the
student with advanced training in health
administration. Within the 57 semester
hours, the student must choose 9 semester
hours of elective courses.
Semester
Required Business Core Courses Hours
BUSN. 6000. Accounting for Managers . 3
BUSN. 6020. Quantitative Business
Analysis .............................3
BUSN. 6040. Human Behavior in
Organizations.........................3
BUSN. 6060. Marketing Management ... 3
BUSN. 6080. Management of Operations 3
BUSN. 6100. Management Information
Systems...............................3
BUSN. 6120. Managerial Economics .... 3
BUSN. 6140. Financial Management .... 3
BUSN. 6200. Business Policy and
Strategic Management....................3
Required M.S.H.A. Core Courses
HLTH. 6010. Medical Care Organization 3
HLTH. 6015. General Systems Theory .. 3
HLTH. 6020. Health Economics............3
HLTH. 6026. Institutional Management. 3
HLTH. 6030. Health Sciences ............3
HLTH. 6040. Management Accounting for
Health Care Organizations.............3
HLTH. 6050. Legal and Ethical Problems
in Health Care Administration.........3
Electives
HLTH. Electives.......................3
Free Electives......................._6
Total Semester Hours 57
Electives. Elective courses are available
in the fields of accounting, finance,
marketing, management, organizational
development, health policy and planning,
and community health. In addition, elec-


90 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
tive courses are available that focus on
practice settings such as hospital
administration, ambulatory care
administration, or long-term care
administration.
Management Residency. A management
residency is optional, but recommended
for all students, especially those with
limited health care experience. The
faculty of the program provide assistance
to students in securing the residency, as
well as regular consultation during the
residency period. Information on the full
range of local, regional, and national
residencies is available in the program
office.
Length of Program. The didactic portion
of the degree will take at least two
academic years since H.A. courses are
offered only once each year and many
require prerequisites. Part-time study is
facilitated by many courses being
scheduled for late afternoon or evening
hours.
Admissions Process
Requirements for Admission. Selection
of students is a multi-step process. When
making application to the program for the
M.S.H.A., candidates should send their
applications to:
Graduate Admissions
Graduate School of Business
Administration
University of Colorado at Denver
1200 Larimer Street, Campus Box 165
Denver, CO 80204-5300
Credentials or Requirements
1. Completed Application for Graduate
Admission Parts I and II.
2. Four letters of recommendation from
professional or academic acquaintances
who are familiar with the applicants
academic/professional competence.
3. Satisfactory test score Graduate
Management Admission Test (GMAT) is
required. When registering for the GMAT;
use code #4819 (Denver, MBA) to have
score report sent to the University of
Colorado at Denver Graduate School of
Business Administration.
4. $30 application fee.
5. Two (2) official transcripts sent
directly from each college or university
attended. A minimum baccalaureate
degree is required.
6. A well formulated career plan
articulated in a brief essay, and summariz-
ing the applicants reason(s) for seeking
the degree.
7. Experience in the field of health ser-
vices administration (preferred but not
absolutely necessary).
Admission to the M.S.H.A. degree pro-
gram is on a competitive basis. Therefore,
these admission criteria represent
minimum entrance qualifications expected
of all students.
Deadlines. All credentials should be sub-
mitted at the latest by July 1 for Fall
Semester, November 1 for Spring
Semester, and April 1 for Summer Term.
Applications will be reviewed in the order
they are received. Early application
increases the probability of acceptance.
For further information, brochures, and
application materials contact the Graduate
Program in Health Administration,
Graduate School of Business Administra-
tion, University of Colorado at Denver,
1200 Larimer Street, Campus Box 165,
Denver, CO 80204-5300, (303) 628-1245.
Health Administration
Scholarships/Loans
Financial assistance is available for new
and continuing students directly from the
Graduate Program in Health Administra-
tion. Each year the following scholar-
ships/loans may be awarded:
Eugenie Sontag Award
Kaiser-Permanente Scholarship/
Residency
Healthcare Financial Management Assn,
continuing student scholarship
Foster G. McGaw Scholarship Loan Fund
Foster G. McGaw Scholarship
Federation of American Hospitals'
Foundation
Colorado Health Administration alumni
Association Scholarship Fund
U.S. Dept, of Health and Human Services
Traineeships
In addition, students are eligible to
apply for financial aid directly from the
University of Colorado Financial Aid
Office. Call 556-2886.
MASTER OF SCIENCE
IN MANAGEMENT AND
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Advisor: Gary A. Kochenberger
Telephone: 628-1273
The Master of Science degree in
management science and information
systems prepares students for manage-
ment roles in the information systems
field and for such careers as systems
analysts, software engineers, data base
administrators, and data processing
managers. The curriculum emphasizes the
application of computer technology within
the business context.
The M.S. degree requires the student to
complete the common background
courses and the graduate core described
below.
A. Common Background Course Work
Courses Required Semester Hours
BUSN. 6000. Accounting for Managers .. 3
BUSN. 6020. Quantitative Business
Analysis............................3
BUSN. 6040. Human Behavior in
Organizations......................
BUSN. 6060. Marketing Management ..
BUSN. 6120. Managerial Economics ....
BUSN. 6140. Financial Management ....
BUSN. 6160. Legal and Ethical
Environment of Business............_3
Total Semester Hours...............21
All students entering the M.S. in
management science and information
systems program should possess computer
literacy at least equivalent to that attained
by taking ISMG. 2000, CSC. 1100, or CSC.
1410.
It may be possible to satisfy some of the
common background requirements with
other graduate or undergraduate course
work, with the approval of the advisor.
B. Graduate Core in Management
Science and Information Systems
Thirty semester hours of approved
graduate work are required. Each stu-
dents plan of study is developed by the
student and the faculty advisor, consider-
ing the students interests and
background. The 30 semester hours may
be taken entirely in information systems
and closely related areas or may be
divided between information systems and
closely related areas or may be divided
between information systems (21 hours)
and a minor field (9 hours). At least 7
courses (21 hours) must be taken in infor-
mation systems. Courses available for the
major include:
BUSN. 6100 Management Information
Systems1
ISMG. 6020. Business Programming and
Data Structures1
ISMG. 6060. Systems Analysis1
ISMG. 6080. Data Base Management
Systems1
ISMG. 6100. Computer Technology1
ISMG. 6120. Data Communication
ISMG. 6140. Systems Design
ISMG. 6160. Decision Support Systems/
Expert Systems
CO CO CO CO


Graduate Programs / 91
ISMG. 6180. Information Systems Policy
ISMG. 6800. Special Topics
ISMG. 6840. Independent Study
ISMG. 6950. Masters Thesis
All of the above courses are 3 semester
hours except ISMG. 6840, which is
variable credit. A required course may be
waived based on a faculty advisors
signature, but must be replaced with an
information systems course. Minor fields
may be chosen from a variety of business
and non-business areas, in consultation
with the students advisor. A maximum off
6 semester hours of approved graduate
work at other institutions may be included
in the 30 semester hours. For business-
related courses, the program must be
accredited by the AACSB. Candidates for
the M.S. degree must pass a comprehen-
sive examination over their entire infor-
mation systems program during the last
semester of study.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
MANAGEMENT AND
ORGANIZATION
Advisor: W. Graham Astley
Telephone: 628-1212
The objective of the Master of Science
in Management and Organization pro-
gram is to prepare individuals with prior
work experience for significant
managerial responsibilities in private and
public sector organizations. The program
provides students with a basic understand-
ing of how to manage interpersonal
dynamics, effectively design organizations,
implement planned change, and develop
and maintain the human resources
necessary for effective performance. It
also provides students with the oppor-
tunity to learn about specific managerial
problems and issues, such as how to turn
around poorly performing organizations,
implement new technologies, etc. The
degree is particularly appropriate for
students having an undergraduate degree
in a functional area of business, such as
accounting, finance, information systems,
or in a technical area, such as engineering
or computer science.
The Master of Science in Management
and Organization consists of two com-
ponents: the common background and
the specialized courses that constitute the
graduate core.
A. Common Background Course Work
Students in the M.S. in management
and organization program can satisfy the
common background requirements by tak-
ing the following courses:
Semester Hours
BUSN. 6000. Accounting for Managers .. 3
BUSN. 6020. Quantitative Business
Analysis ............................3
BUSN. 6060. Marketing Management ... 3
BUSN. 6100. Management Information
Systems..............................3
BUSN. 6120. Managerial Economics .... 3
BUSN. 6140. Financial Management .... 3
BUSN. 6160. Legal and Ethical
Environment in Business.............J3
Total Semester Hours..................21
It may be possible to satisfy some of the
common background requirements by
other graduate or undergraduate course
work, with the approval of the advisor.
B. Graduate Core in Management and
Organization
The core will consist of 30 semester
hours (10 courses) beyond the common
background requirements.
At least 7 of the courses must be
6000-level courses. A minimum of 21
semester hours must be chosen from
regularly scheduled management courses
(excluding independent study).
The remaining 9 semester hours (3
courses) may be in management and
organization or in related fields, as
approved by the student's M.S. advisor in
management and organization. A student
can elect to include a single minor field
with at least 9 semester hours approved
by a minor field advisor, but a minor is
not required.
The 21-hour requirement is met by the
following requirements and options:
Required Courses Semester Hours
BUSN. 6040. Human Behavior in
Organizations.......................3
MGMT. 6320. Organizational
Development ........................3
MGMT. 6360. Designing Effective
Organizations.......................3
MGMT. 6810. Human Resources
Management..........................3
MGMT. 6800. Special Topics ...........9
C. Management and Organization
Electives
Choose at least 9 hours of course work
from the selections offered under the
course designation MGMT. 6800, Special
Topics in Management. Usually, two
MGMT. 6800 sections will be offered each
semester. Consult with the advisor for the
years special topics offerings.
Students can substitute a 6000-level
management course for BUSN. 6040 if
they have taken an equivalent upper divi-
sion organizational behavior course within
the last five years from an AACSB
accredited university. In that case, students
must complete 21 hours of management
courses.
The 9 hour minor, if a student should
choose to complete a minor, may be
taken in another functional area of busi-
ness, such as marketing, finance, manage-
ment science and information systems or
in another related discipline, such as
psychology, sociology, or public
administration. Other fields or combina-
tions of courses can be approved based on
a students needs and career objectives.
Students are not required to take a com-
prehensive examination or complete a
thesis in the major field.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
MARKETING
Advisor: Susan M. Keaveney
Telephone: 628-1221
The objective of the Master of Science
in Marketing is to prepare individuals with
prior work experience for significant
management responsibilities in the field of
marketing, either in the private or the
public sector. The degree is particularly
appropriate for individuals who have an
undergraduate degree in business.
The degree consists of two components:
the common body of knowledge and the
specialized courses that constitute the core
of the M.S. in marketing.
A. Common Body of Knowledge
Students in the program must satisfy the
AACSB Common Body of Knowledge
requirements. These are met by the
following courses:
Required courses


92 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
Courses Required Semester Hours
BUSN. 6000. Accounting for Managers .. 3
BUSN. 6020. Quantitative Business
Analysis..............................3
BUSN. 6040. Human Behavior in
Organizations.........................3
BUSN. 6100. Management Information
Systems...............................3
BUSN. 6140. Financial Management .... 3
BUSN. 6160. Legal and Ethical
Environment of Business...............3
BUSN. 6180. The Economic Environment
of Business.........................
Total Semester Hours 21
It may be possible to satisfy some of
these requirements with other graduate or
undergraduate course work. Contact a
graduate student advisor for information.
B. Graduate Core in Marketing
The M.S. in Marketing requires 30
semester hours beyond the Common
Body of Knowledge. Twenty-one (21)
semester hours must be in marketing at
the 6000 level. The remaining 9 semester
hours may be in marketing or in related
fields as approved by the students advisor.
A student may elect to take these 9
semester hours in a single minor field.
However, a minor is not required. (Note:
a minimum of 18 of the required 30
semester hours must be taken in courses
reserved exclusively for graduate
students.)
The 21 semester hour marketing
requirement is met by the following
requirements and electives:
Required Courses 9 hours1
BUSN. 6060. Marketing Management
MKTG. 6010. Marketing Strategy,
Evaluation, and Development
MKTG. 6050. Marketing Research
Marketing Electives 12 hours
MKTG. 6020. International Marketing
MKTG. 6030. Sales and Sales Force
Management
MKTG. 6040. Services Marketing
MKTG. 6060. Buyer Behavior
MKTG. 6070. Advertising and Promotion
Management
MKTG. 6080. Marketing Function,
Organization and Strategy in
Deregulating Industries
MKTG. 6090. Transportation and Physical
Distribution Systems in the Modern
Economy
PSY. 6710. Quantitative Methods II
MKTG. 6800. Special Topics in Marketing
'Other courses may be required for students who
have taken similar courses as undergraduates.
The 9 hour minor, should a student
choose to complete one, may be taken in
another functional area of business such
as finance or management science and
information systems. Alternatively, it may
be taken in a related discipline such as
international affairs, economics, social
psychology, or public administration.
Other fields or combinations of courses
can be approved, based on the students
needs and career objectives.
Students are not required to take a com-
prehensive examination or to complete a
thesis.
EXECUTIVE PROGRAMS
MASTER OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION FOR
EXECUTIVES
Administrative Director: Dennis Becker
Telephone: (303) 623-1888 or
(800) 228-5778
The Executive M.B.A. Program provides
executive-level students with a broad,
rigorous two-year academic experience
leading to the Master of Business
Administration degree. The program is
designed for persons who hold managerial
positions in the private and public sectors.
It builds upon the knowledge and
experience of these executives with a
sophisticated, challenging curriculum
which can be pursued simultaneously with
a management career.
The Executive M.B.A. Program
emphasizes corporate planning; the
organization in a complex, international
environment; and the applied tools of
management. Courses are taught through
a variety of methods. Case studies, lec-
tures, and computer simulation are com-
bined with research projects and other
teaching methods to provide students with
tools useful in their present positions and
applicable to more advanced respon-
sibilities as they progress in their manage-
ment careers.
The Executive Program comprises four
semesters over twenty-two months. It
begins the last week of August and runs
through mid-June for two years. Classes
meet for a full day, once a week, on alter-
nating Fridays and Saturdays, making it
possible for those who live outside the
Denver area to participate.
Two courses are taken simultaneously
throughout the program. The program is
supplemented by an intensive seminar
orientation at the beginning, and a two-
day seminar at the conclusion of the first
academic year. A second-year seminar is
held at an international business center.
Faculty and Resources
The faculty are senior members of
regular faculty of the Graduate School of
Business Administration from all three of
the Universitys campuses. The Executive
M.B.A. Program is offered jointly by the
Graduate Schools of Business Administra-
tion in Boulder, Colorado Springs, and
Denver. They are selected to conduct
these courses because their backgrounds
enable them to make the strongest con-
tribution to the program. These faculty
members are nationally recognized, and
all possess both practical managerial
experience and a demonstrated ability to
work effectively with executive level
students.
Admission Requirements
The Executive M.B.A. Program is
designed for men and women who have
ten years of business or administrative
experience, including at least three years
in a managerial position. They should be
part of senior management in a small
organization or senior or middle manage-
ment in a larger one, hold at least a bac-
calaureate degree, and have the ability to
do graduate work.
In the selection process, significant
attention will be given to the depth and
breadth of the candidates managerial
experience, progression in job respon-
sibility, total work experience, and ability
to benefit from this integrative
classroom/work environment. The Admis-
sions Committee will base its decision on
the application, former academic record,
relevant test scores, the employers
nominating letter, other letters of recom-
mendation, and if deemed desirable, per-
sonal interviews with the committee.
For application and information:
Executive M.B.A. Program, Graduate
School of Business Administration, Univer-
sity of Colorado, 1200 Larimer St.,
Campus Box 149, Denver, CO 80204,
(303) 623-1888, (800) 228-5778.
EXECUTIVE PROGRAM IN
HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
Administrative Director: Dennis M.
Becker
Telephone: 623-1888
Program Sponsors
The Executive Program in Health
Administration is a cooperative program
of the University of Colorado at Denver


Graduate Courses / 93
and the Western Network for Education in
Health Administration.
The University of Colorado at Denver
serves as the degree-granting institution
for the Executive Program. The University
of Colorados Graduate Program in Health
Administration is located in the Graduate
School of Business Administration.
The Western Network for Education in
Health Administration is a regional educa-
tional consortium representing health care
executives and academic faculty from
major health administration graduate pro-
grams in the western United States,
including the University of California at
Berkeley, University of California at Los
Angeles, San Diego State University,
University of Washington, Arizona State
University, and University of British
Columbia.
Distinctive Features of the
Executive Program in Health
Administration
1. Drawing on the expertise represented
by the faculties of a consortium of
western universities, the program offers
the highest quality course content and
instructors that typically are not available
from a single university.
2. The Executive Program facilitates
learning for professionals who have conti-
nuing career and family responsibilities.
The program is especially tailored for
working individuals, allowing students to
remain on their jobs while completing
their educational program.
3. The program employs innovation in
the technology of educational delivery.
Learning methods include:
Computer-assisted instruction and
self-paced learning packages.
Computer conferencing and elec-
tronic case analyses.
On-campus sessions.
For Application and Additional
Information:
Executive Program in Health
Administration
Graduate School of Business
Administration
University of Colorado at Denver
1200 Larimer Street, Campus Box 149
Denver, CO 80204-5300
(303) 623-1888
DUAL DEGREE PROGRAMS
M.S.H.A./M.B.A.
Students may obtain the M.BA. degree
as well as the M.S.H.A. by completing a
66 credit hour program. In addition to the
courses required for the M.S.H.A., students
also must complete the following:
Additional Business Core Courses
BUSN. 6160. Legal and Ethical
Environment of Business............3
BUSN. 6180. Economic Environment
of Business..........................3
The dual degree program also requires
an additional 3 credit hours of electives
and places additional restrictions on how
electives may be taken.
Electives
One graduate course from each of three
of the five following areas: Accounting,
Finance, Management Science and Infor-
mation Systems, Operations Management,
or Marketing............................9
HLTH. Elective..........................3
M.B.A./B.A.
This program enables qualified students
to earn a bachelor's degree from the Col-
lege of Liberal Arts and Sciences (CLAS),
and a Master of Business Administration
from the Graduate School of Business
Administration in five years. The program
combines undergraduate general educa-
tion with the graduate business
curriculum.
Bachelors candidates may major in any
CLAS field (English, political science,
biology, or fine arts are examples), and
they must fulfill all the requirements for
graduation from CLAS. During the senior
year, the student begins taking graduate
level courses in the M.BA. program; these
courses count as electives in the
bachelors program.
For further information about this pro-
gram and the admission requirements,
contact the College of Liberal Arts and
Sciences Advising Office, 556-2555.
M.B.A./M.S. Nursing
Administration
The goal of the dual degree program
(M.RA./M.S. Nursing Administration) is
to prepare nurses who are capable of
assuming senior level and CEO health
administration positions in government,
consulting, traditional health care
organizations, and alternative delivery
systems. The 66 credit curriculum is a
synthesis of advanced management,
health administration, and nursing
content.
For information contact the program
director in nursing administration,
394-8136.
M.B.A./M.S.
The Graduate School of Business
Administration also offers M.RA./M.S.
dual degree programs for each function of
business. Each program consists of a
minimum of 66 semester hours of
graduate work and leads to both an
M.RA. degree and an M.S. degree. Con-
tact a graduate advisor for details.
GRADUATE COURSES
M.B.A. Core or M.S. Common
Background Courses
The following graduate courses are
open only to admitted graduate degree
students.
BUSINESS
BUSN. 6000-3. Accounting for
Managers. Fall, Spring, Summer. This
course focuses on the use of accounting
information in managerial decision making.
Primary emphasis for the first half of the
course will be on interpretation of financial
statements, understanding accounting con-
ventions and principles underlying the
preparation of the statements, and current
controversies regarding generally accepted
accounting principles. The remainder of the
course will stress managerial uses of
accounting techniques such as budgeting,
cost, volume, profit models, and performance
measurement.
BUSN. 6020-3. Quantitative Business
Analysis. Fall, Spring, Summer. This course
will provide the student with basic quan-
titative analysis tools and techniques
necessary for the analysis of business related
problems. Topics covered include statistics,
probability, sampling, regression, inference
testing, and additional topics such as correla-
tion, contingency tables, non-parametric
techniques, and time series analysis.
BUSN. 6040-3. Human Behavior in
Organizations. Fall, Spring, Summer. This
course focuses on applications of behavioral
science concepts to the management of
organizations. This course emphasizes
analysis and understanding of human
behavior in organizations, and using the
results of such analyses to select appropriate
strategies for managing. The course includes
topics such as motivation, leadership, power


94 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
and conflict, group dynamics, technology,
organizational design, and other factors
affecting human performance. Special
emphasis is placed on concepts used by
managers in all functional areas of organiza-
tion, such as accounting, production, finance,
marketing, and engineering.
BUSN. 6060-3. Marketing Management.
Fall, Spring, Summer. The course has two
major objectives for the students: (1)
understanding basic marketing concepts
involving buyer behavior, product planning,
pricing, channels for distribution and promo-
tion, and (2) developing marketing decision-
making capabilities based on strategic
management and analytical skills. The
overall objective is to integrate all the func-
tional aspects of marketing with other func-
tional areas of the firm and with the
environment, particularly consumption
markets, competition, the economy, legal
and regulatory environment, and social
evolution. Prer., BUSN. 6000.
BUSN. 6080-3. Management of Opera-
tions. Fall, Spring. This course will study
the tools and techniques of the management
of the operations functions in business
organizations. Topics covered will include
resource management, linear programming,
decision trees, scheduling and control
systems, quality assurance techniques, pro-
ductivity measurement, simulation, and the
international elements of the operations
function. Significant attention will be devoted
to the study of the application of these tools
to service and institutional organizations.
Prer., BUSN. 6020.
BUSN. 6100-3. Management Information
Systems. Fall, Spring, Summer. This course
provides an introduction to information
systems from a managerial perspective.
Topics include basic computer concepts such
as hardware, software, data file design, struc-
tured computer languages, systems analysis
and design, and decision support systems.
Managerial, organizational and decision-
making implications are stressed.
BUSN. 6120-3. Managerial Economics.
Fall, Spring, Summer. This course has two
objectives. A primary objective is to expose
the student to the usefulness of
microeconomic theory at the firm level.
Through economic analysis, output demand
and cost characteristics can be evaluated
thereby allowing for production and
marketing decisions consistent with overall
firm goals. An additional focus is the opera-
tion of competitive economic markets and
the effects of such competition on the firm.
Topics include cost and price theory and
estimation, forecasting, production theory,
and pricing practices. The course is also
designed to aid students understanding of
the business managers role in light of
organizational and societal objectives. Prer.,
BUSN. 6000 and 6020.
BUSN. 6140-3. Financial Management.
Fall, Spring, Summer. The purpose of this
course is to introduce the student to the
tools and techniques for making a firms
investment and financing decisions. These
tools and techniques include the
mathematics of interest, risk analysis, finan-
cial theory of valuation, capital budgeting,
cost of capital, and financial analysis. The
emphasis is on developing an analytic
framework for financial decision making.
The class utilizes current literature, text, and
cases. Prer., BUSN. 6000, 6020, and 6120.
BUSN 6160-3. Legal and Ethical
Environment of Business. Fall, Spring,
Summer. This course focuses on public,
administrative, and regulatory law; and on
the relation of business to the legal structure
and ethical value systems which determine
the parameters of business decisions. Topics
include litigation, domestic and multinational
trade regulation, the allocation of liability for
products and environmental injuries, con-
sumer and employee protection, regulation
of capital markets, and business torts.
BUSN. 6180-3. Economic Environment
of Business. Fall, Spring, Summer. The
objective of this course is to provide the stu-
dent with an understanding of how
economic policy affects and is affected by
the national and international economic
environment of business. As such, it focuses
on the interaction of business and govern-
ment as it relates to broader societal objec-
tives. Measures of aggregate economic
activity are introduced as a basis for discus-
sion of monetary and fiscal policy. Concerns
over economic growth, employment, prices,
and interest rates are seen as motivations for
stabilization and industrial policy. Market
power, economic externalities, and other
market failures are studied as motivations for
antitrust policy and regulation of industry
entry conditions, product pricing, and pro-
duction methods. Prer., BUSN. 6120.
BUSN. 6200-3. Business Policy and
Strategic Management. Fall, Spring, Sum-
mer. The goal of this course is to develop a
general management perspective on issues
of management of the total enterprise. An
important objective is the integration of
knowledge acquired across functional area
courses. Objectives of the course include the
introduction of strategic concepts, analytical
tools, and methodology. The primary focus is
to provide the student with both strategy for-
mulation and implementation skills. Prer.,
BUSN. 6000, 6020, 6040, 6060, 6080, 6100,
6120, 6140, 6160, and 6180.
M.B.A. Electives/M.S. Courses
ACCOUNTING
ACCT. 5240-3. Advanced Financial
Accounting. Fall, Spring. Advanced finan-
cial accounting concepts and practice with
emphasis on accounting for partnerships,
business combinations, and consolidations.
Prer., ACCT. 3220 and 3230.
ACCT. 5330-3. Advanced Managerial
Accounting. Spring. Critical analysis of
advanced topics in managerial accounting.
Prer., ACCT. 3320 or 6070, or equivalent.
ACCT. 5540-3. Accounting Systems and
Data Processing. Fall. The design and
analysis of accounting information systems,
automated data processing methods with
special emphasis on computers and com-
puter programming, and the role of account-
ing in the management process. Prer., ACCT.
3320 or 6070.
ACCT. 5620-3. Auditing. Fall, Spring.
Generally accepted auditing standards and
the philosophy supporting them; auditing
techniques available to the independent
public accountant. Pertinent publications of
the AICPA reviewed. Prer., ACCT. 3230.
ACCT. 5800-3. Accounting for Govern-
ment and Non-profit Organizations.
Spring. Planning and control of government
and non-profit organizations. Includes pro-
gram budgets, responsibility accounting, and
fund accounting. Prer., ACCT. 2020 or 3310
or BUSN. 6000 or ACCT. 3220.
ACCT. 6030-3. Financial Accounting
Issues and Cases. Spring. Accelerated
analysis of contemporary accounting issues
and problems, the development of account-
ing thought and principles, and critical
review of generally accepted accounting
principles. Not recommended for candidates
planning to sit for the CPA examination.
Prer., ACCT. 2000 or BUSN. 6000.
ACCT. 6070-3. Management Accounting.
Fall, Spring. This course is designed to pro-
vide M.B.A. students with a foundation in
management accounting models and infor-
mation, with emphasis on management
decision-making uses of accounting informa-
tion. Not recommended for candidates plan-
ning to sit for the CPA examination. Prer.,
BUSN. 6000 or equivalent. Students who
have taken ACCT. 3310 or 3320 or their
equivalent may not take this course.
ACCT. 6140-3. Tax Planning for
Managers. Fall. A federal tax survey course
with an emphasis on tax planning for the
M.RA. student who wants to understand the
impact of taxation on individual and busi-
ness transactions. Course materials
emphasize the application of individual, part-
nership, and corporate tax principles to the
decision-making process. Students who have
taken ACCT. 4410 may not take this course.
Prer., BUSN. 6000.
ACCT. 6250-3. Seminar: Accounting
Theory. Fall. Nature and origin of account-
ing theory and the development of
postulates, principles, and practices.
Methodology appropriate to development
and evaluation of accounting theory, with
special emphasis on accepted research stan-
dards and procedures. Prer., ACCT. 3230 or
6030.
ACCT. 6260-3. Seminar: Managerial
Accounting. Spring. This course focuses
upon the conceptual foundations of
managerial accounting. Behavioral and
quantitative approaches regarding infor-


Graduate Courses / 95
mation for decision making, planning, con-
trol, performance evaluation, and other
issues will be investigated. Prer., ACCT. 3320
or 6070 or equivalent.
ACCT. 6270-3. Seminar: Income Deter-
mination. Critical analysis of problems and
theory of measurement and reporting of
periodic net income of business organiza-
tions. Net income models, research efforts,
and role of professional accounting organiza-
tions. Current issues and problems given spe-
cial attention. Consult the current Schedule
of Classes for semester offerings. Prer.,
ACCT. 6250.
ACCT. 6290-3. Management Control
Systems. Fall. This course focuses on the
design and use of control systems which
ensure that people in organizations behave
consistent with the goals of the organization.
Controls for communication, motivation, and
performance evaluation along with infor-
mational requirements will be stressed
through analysis of cases and classroom
discussion. Prer., BUSN. 6000 or equivalent.
ACCT. 6350-3. Current Issues in Profes-
sional Accounting. In-depth analysis of
current issues in the accounting profession,
including ethics, development, and validity of
standards and regulations. Prer., ACCT. 3230
or consent of instructor.
ACCT. 6410-3. Advanced Tax for
Individuals. Spring. An advanced federal
individual income tax course stressing the
methodology used in tax research and in tax
planning. Includes use of specialized tax soft-
ware to address compliance with planning
issues by solving complex case type real life
situations. Prer., ACCT. 4410.
ACCT. 6420-3. Advanced Tax for
Businesses. Fall. An advanced federal tax
course stressing research and tax planning
issues of corporate and partnership entities.
Includes use of specialized tax software to
address compliance and planning issues by
solving complex case type real life situations.
Consult the current Schedule of Classes for
semester offerings. Prer., ACCT. 4420.
ACCT. 6450-3. Research Problems in
Income Tax Accounting. Fall. A study of
the methodology used in tax research and in
tax planning, together with a study of some
aspects of tax administration and tax prac-
tice, and of some aspects of the current law
and proposals for its revision. Consult the
current Schedule of Classes for semester
offerings. Prer., ACCT. 4410 or 6410; or 6420
or consent of instructor.
ACCT. 6620-3. Advanced Auditing
Theory. Spring. Development of auditing as
a profession, including evolution of standards
and audit reports. Historical and contem-
porary literature in the field reviewed. Prer.,
ACCT. 4620 or 5620.
ACCT. 6800-3. Special Topics in
Accounting. Research methods and results,
special topics, and professional developments
in accounting. Prerequisites vary according
to topics and instructor requirements. Con-
sult the current Schedule of Classes for
semester offerings.
ACCT. 6840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
ACCT. 6950-variable credit. Master's
Thesis.
FINANCE
FNCE. 6310-3. Decisions and Policies in
Financial Management. Fall, Spring.
Emphasizes investment and financing deci-
sions, and the analysis of the financial condi-
tion of the firm. Specific topics include
capital budgeting, cost of capital, financing
mix and strategy, firm valuation, and
management of working capital. Prer.,
BUSN. 6140.
FNCE. 6320-3. Seminar in Finance. Fall,
Spring. This course will treat varying topics
that are of special interest. Topics and
emphasis could include subjects such as
capital budgeting, capital structure theory,
valuation of firms, mergers, bankruptcy,
financial modeling, option valuation, etc.
Prer., BUSN. 6140.
FNCE. 6330-3. Investment Management
Analysis. Fall, Spring. The theory of invest-
ment management and security valuation,
and portfolio management, including the
analysis of investment risks and constraints
on investment policies and objectives; the
analysis and use of investment information;
and the development and application of the
tools for determining security values. Prer.,
BUSN. 6140.
FNCE. 6340-3. Security Analysis.
Analysis of the financial condition of the
firm, valuation of debt and equity securities,
and the selection of investment media for
portfolios. Prer., BUSN. 6140.
FNCE. 6350-3. The Financial System.
Fall. This course analyzes the role of finan-
cial institutions and financial markets in
allocating credit to the various sectors of the
economy. The course covers the financial
systems responsiveness to economic activity
and changing regulatory conditions, the pro-
cesses by which risk is assessed and priced,
and the behavior of interest rates. Prer.,
BUSN. 6140.
FNCE. 6360-3. Management of Financial
Institutions. Spring. An analysis of struc-
ture, markets, regulation, and chartering
commercial banks. Problems and policies of
the internal management of funds, loan prac-
tices and procedures, investment behavior,
deposit and capital adequacy, liquidity, and
solvency. Analytical methodology for these
problems is developed. Prer., BUSN. 6140.
FNCE. 6370-3. International Financial
Management. Spring. A study of financial
management in the international context
that considers international capital
movements and foreign exchange problems.
Problems of international operations as they
affect the financial functions. Reviews foreign
and international institutions and the foreign
exchange process. Considers financial
requirements, problems, sources, and policies
of firms doing business internationally. Prer.,
BUSN. 6140.
FNCE. 6390-3. Advanced Finance
Seminar. Fall. This course is an advanced
survey of the theory of finance and the
empirical research developed from the
theory. The student will study the quan-
titative models that are the basis for theory,
and the empirical methods that have been
used to confirm or disprove the hypotheses
presented by the theory. The material will be
presented through lectures and will be sup-
plemented with student research, presenta-
tions, and recitation. Prer., BUSN. 6140.
FNCE. 6800-3. Special Topics in
Finance. Experimental course offered
irregularly for the purpose of presenting new
subject matter in finance. Prerequisites will
vary, depending upon topics covered. Con-
sult the current Schedule of Classes for
course offerings
FNCE. 6840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study. With the consent of instructor
under whose direction the study is
undertaken.
FNCE. 6950-variable credit. Masters
Thesis.
HEALTH ADMINISTRATION
HLTH. 6010-3. Medical Care Organiza-
tion. Fall. An introduction to the structure
and function of the medical care delivery
system. Includes basic concepts and
measures of health, disease, quality, values,
needs, and utilization; issues in health care
manpower, institutions, and system organiza-
tion; general issues in policy, reimbursement,
and regulation; and broad community and
organizational considerations in medical care
organization.
HLTH. 6015-3. General Systems Theory.
Fall. General systems theory is presented as
a conceptual tool in health administration.
Health is viewed as a subsystem of society,
and interfaces among health and other social
subsystems are analyzed. Broad social and
cultural issues form a context for meaningful
discussion of health planning and administra-
tion in the current and future decades.
HLTH. 6020-3. Health Economics. Fall.
An intensive analysis of issues in health
economics Particular attention is given to
"market failure" in health insurance and to
alternative methods of containing health
care costs, including both regulatory and
market approaches. Prer., BUSN. 6120.
HLTH. 6026-3. Institutional Manage-
ment. Spring. A colloquium designed to
integrate major topics in the general
management curriculum into relevant health
administration issues. Current policies, prob-
lems and issues across the board spectrum
of health service administration are covered.
Prer., HLTH. 6010, 6015, 6020, 6030.
HLTH. 6030-3. Health Sciences. Fall. This
course introduces the student to principles of
epidemiology. The student will demonstrate


96 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
the application of epidemiology analyses to
the prediction off health care service needs
of a population: to identify and integrate
contemporary service delivery issues such as
access, quality of care, cost of care, program
and system development, and evaluation.
The course will assist the student in the
development of program planning and
evaluation skills. Prer., HLTH. 6010 and
BUSN. 6020.
HLTH. 6040-3. Management Accounting
for Health Care Organizations. Spring.
Designed to build on the accounting con-
cepts introduced in BUSN. 6000 and to
develop proficiency in the decision-making
process or health care providers. Problems,
cases, and computer software programs will
be used to develop the practical application
of management accounting techniques such
as cost/volume/profit and standard cost
models, budgeting, and analysis of variances.
Prer., BUSN. 6000, 6020 or consent of
instructor.
HLTH. 6050-3. Legal and Ethical Prob-
lems in Health Care Administration.
Spring. Designed to acquaint the student
with legal issues experienced by the health
administrator. Special emphasis is placed on
issues such as malpractice, informed consent,
medical staff appointments, directors and
administrators liability, medical records, and
refusal of treatment. The course should
make the student aware of the multitude of
legal and ethical problems which confront
the health administrator on a daily basis.
Prer., HLTH. 6010.
HLTH. 6630-3. Management Control in
Non-Profit Organizations. This course is
designed to develop a basic understanding of
the management control process and the
unique characteristics of non-profit organiza-
tions. Topic areas include budgeting, pro-
gramming, operational control, and pricing
policies. Cases will be the primary means to
integrate didactic materials with practical
applications. Prer., HLTH. 6040 or equivalent
or consent of instructor.
HLTH. 6650-3. Advanced Topics in
Health Care Financial Management. The
primary focus of this course will be an in-
depth research report on a current problem
in health care financial management. A
health care simulation exercise will be
utilized to integrate the financial manage-
ment concepts introduced in the preceding
accounting and finance courses. Prer., HLTH.
6040 or consent of instructor.
HLTH. 6720-3. Ambulatory Care
Administration.1 The health administration
student is exposed to the rapidly developing
field of ambulatory care and HMO manage-
ment. By examination of various ambulatory
care and HMO settings, problems in the
planning, implementation, administration,
and evaluation of ambulatory care are
developed. Prer., HLTH. 6010, or consent of
instructor.
'These courses are typically not offered every year.
Consult the current Schedule of Classes for
semester offerings.
HLTH. 6740-3. Multi-institutional
Management. Multi-institutional manage-
ment is a developing trend in health
administration. Students are exposed to both
profit and non-profit hospital, nursing home,
etc., networks. Shared services, merger,
management contracts, hospital acquisitions,
and satellite clinics are studied and
discussed. Prer., HLTH. 6010 or consent of
instructor.
HLTH. 6760-3. Rural Health Systems I.
Introduces the student to the history and
evolution of rural health care in the United
States. Also to be examined are past
attempts to improve rural health and the
impact of past national programs affecting
rural health. The present status of rural
health in the U.S. will be explored. The
course will end with a review of private,
local, state, and federal programs directed
toward solutions for rural health problems.
Prer., consent of instructor.
HLTH. 6780-3. Health Care Marketing.
The application of marketing concepts and
techniques to health care delivery. Discussion
will focus on the implications of a changing
regulatory/competitive environment for
marketing health services. The use of
specific concepts and tools, and an
understanding of the variety of marketing
applications to the planning of health
delivery systems. Prer., BUSN. 6060 or con-
sent of instructor.
HLTH. 6800-3. Special Topics in Health
Administration. Research methods and
results, special topics, and professional
developments in health administration.
Offered irregularly. Prerequisites vary accord-
ing to topics and instructor requirements.
Consult the current Schedule of Classes for
semester offerings.
HLTH. 6840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
HLTH. 6950-variable credit. Masters
Thesis.
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
ISMG. 6020-3. Business Programming
and Data System. Fall, Spring. An
accelerated introductory course on program-
ming business applications, with emphasis on
file processing. Topics include the COBOL
and PASCAL programming languages.
ISMG. 6060-3. Systems Analysis. Spring.
This course emphasizes information systems
analysis and the logical specification of the
system. The life cycle concept is used as the
basic framework for development, but there
is a recognition of alternatives in this devel-
opment process. Management, organization,
technology, and economic perspectives are
considered. Prer., ISMG. 6020 and BUSN.
6100.
ISMG. 6080-3. Database Management
Systems. Spring. The database manage-
ment course focuses on the analysis, design,
and implementation of database systems to
support today's business operations. Current
database models and database administra-
tion issues will be discussed in detail. Prer.,
ISMG. 6020.
ISMG. 6100-3. Computer Technology.
Fall. This course provides a conceptual foun-
dation in the areas of computer architecture,
operating systems, programming translators,
and fourth-generation languages. Students
will study various computer architectures
ranging from microcomputers to minicom-
puters to mainframe computers and
operating systems such as Unix, VMS, DOS,
and OS/VS. Prer., ISMG. 6020.
ISMG. 6120-3. Data Communications.
Spring. Develops skill and knowledge for
communication system design, dealing with
network protocols, wide-area network, local-
area network, and management implications
Course has a project orientation. Prer., ISMG.
6100.
ISMG. 6140-3. Systems Design. Fall. This
course integrates the areas of computer
technology, systems analysis and systems
design in designing large-scale application or
decision support systems. The course
emphasizes modern techniques for the
measurement, specification, design,
implementation, and testing of information
systems Prer., ISMG 6060.
ISMG. 6160-3. Decision Support Systems
and Expert Systems. Fall. An introductory
course in how to design and construct deci-
sion support systems and expert systems.
Knowledge representation and decision-
making techniques will be discussed along
with artificial intelligence languages such as
Lisp and Prolog. Prer., IS. 6080.
ISMG. 6180-3. Information Systems
Policy. Summer. Designed for the
understanding of the overall information
needs of an organization and the role of the
computer based information systems. Topics
considered are strategic planning of informa-
tion systems, management of computer
center and technical personnel, systems
development management, the information
systems exclusive, and social and legal
issues. Prer., BUSN. 6100, ISMG. 6020, 6060,
and 6080.
ISMG. 6800-3. Special Topics in Informa-
tion Systems. A variety of advanced topics
are offered in this course. Consult the current
Schedule of Classes or the area coordinator
for current offerings.
ISMG. 6840-variable credit. Independent
Study.
ISMG. 6950-variable credit. Masters
Thesis.
MANAGEMENT
MGMT. 6320-3. Organizational Develop-
ment. Summer, Fall. Instruction in the
analysis, diagnosis, and resolution of prob-
lems in organizing people at work. Models of


Graduate Courses / 97
organizational change are examined. Group
experiences, analyses of cases and readings
are stressed. Prer., BUSN. 6040.
MGMT. 6360-3. Designing Effective
Organizations. Spring, Summer. Examines
how to design organizations within the con-
text of environmental, technological, and
task constraints. The emphasis is on learning
how to recognize and correct structural
problems through the analysis of existing
organizations in which the students are
involved. Prer., BUSN. 6040.
MGMT. 6800-3. Special Topics in
Management. A number of different cur-
rent topics in management will be offered
each semester under this course number.
The topics listed below were offered during
the 1989-90 year. Some will be repeated
during 1990-91 and new topics will be
added. Please consult the Schedule of
Classes for specific course offering and times,
or contact the area coordinator for further
information.
Power and Politics in Organizations.
Political processes are examined: how people
in organizations get power, keep power, and
use power. This course is designed to
increase students' capacity to analyze, under-
stand, and use power effectively in organiza-
tions. Participation of class members is
stressed.
Turnaround Management. Examines how
organizations get into and out of trouble.
Topics include: causes and strategies for
reversing decline, improving decision making
under crisis conditions, avoiding catastrophic
organizational and interpersonal dynamics,
and techniques for managing cuts in opera-
tions and personnel.
Entrepreneurship and New Business
Formation. This course examines
characteristics of the successful entrepreneur,
exploration of entrepreneurial opportunities
within large organizations, training in the
motives of successful entrepreneurs, explor-
ing the decision to go into business for ones
self, and the development of procedural
systems for establishing a new business.
Implementing New Technologies. The
inability of American leaders to understand,
predict, and manage human reactions to
new technology is a critical factor currently
inhibiting economic success Causes of and
solutions for this condition are examined,
applied, and generalized to the management
of both individual and organizational
change.
Visionary Leadership. Leadership, not
management, is critical to identifying and
implementing the changes demanded by
current competitive conditions The
challenges confronted and approaches
utilized by visionary leaders will be
examined. Participants will apply this
material to their own careers by developing
personal leadership plans.
MGMT. 6810-3. Human Resources
Management. Fall, Spring. This course
focuses on the management of human
resources in organized settings. It is oriented
toward the practical application of human
resources management principles in the
following areas: equal employment oppor-
tunity/affirmative action, human resources
planning, recruitment, managerial selection,
compensation and benefits, labor relations,
training, career management, performance
appraisal, and occupational health and
safety.
MGMT. 6940-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
MGMT. 6950-variable credit. Masters
Thesis.
MARKETING
MKTG. 6010-3. Marketing Strategy,
Evaluation, and Development.
Fall, Spring, Summer. Focuses on marketing
strategy and marketing planning. Addresses
the formulation and implementation of
marketing plans within the context of the
overall strategies and objectives of both pro-
fit and not-for-profit organizations. There is
heavy emphasis on group projects and
presentations. Prer., BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6020-3. International Marketing.
Fall. Explores problems, practices, and strate-
gies involved in marketing goods and ser-
vices internationally. Emphasizes analysis of
uncontrollable environmental forces,
including cultures, governments, legal
systems, and economic conditions, as they
affect international marketing planning.
Prer., BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6030-3. Sales and Sales Force
Management. Spring. Focuses on issues in
personal selling and managing the field sales
force. Deals with organization, sales analysis,
forecasting, budgeting, and operating, with
particular emphasis on the selling task,
recruiting, selection, training, compensation,
supervision, and motivation. Prer., BUSN.
6060.
MKTG. 6040-3. Services Marketing.
Spring. This course will inform students of
basic modifications to marketing concepts as
the U.S. economy changes in emphasis from
physical products to services. It also will
distinguish between function, organization,
and structure in product versus service
oriented firms. Lastly, it will concentrate on
identifying difficulties in developing
marketing plans and strategies in the service
environment. Cases and projects with
businesses will be used to demonstrate these
concepts. Prer., BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6050-3. Marketing Research.
Fall, Spring. The objectives of this course
relate to effective marketing information
management. Objectives include: (1) develop-
ing an understanding of the techniques and
procedures that can be used to generate
timely and relevant marketing information;
(2) gaining experience in developing and
analyzing information that is decision
oriented; and (3) gaining experience in
making recommendations and decisions
based on relevant and timely information.
Computer analysis and projects are
employed. Prer., BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6060-3. Buyer Behavior. Fall or
Summer. Explores theory and application of
consumer and industrial buying behavior.
Internal decision-making processes are
examined including perception, motivation,
information processing, and attitude informa-
tion and change. External influences on
buyers decisions such as culture, family,
intra- and interorganizational influences, and
marketing efforts also are investigated. Prer.,
BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6070-3. Advertising and Promo-
tion Management. Spring or Summer.
Treats tactical planning and management of
mass marketing communications including
advertising and sales promotion. The course
focuses on advertising and promotion objec-
tives, legal considerations, segmentation and
target marketing, creative and media selec-
tion and scheduling strategies, agency rela-
tions, advertising and promotion research,
testing and evaluation, budgeting, and trial
and purchase stimulation through sales pro-
motion tactics. The focus is on the
managerial aspects of marketing com-
munications as opposed to the creative func-
tions. Prer., BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6080-3. Marketing Function,
Organization, and Strategy in
Deregulating Industries.
Spring or Summer. This course will deal
with the development of the marketing func-
tion and competition in a host of
deregulating industries including transporta-
tion, telecommunications, financial services,
and health care. The objective of the course
will be to demonstrate to students how
marketing functions evolve and change as
industries move from a regulatory umbrella
to a competitive environment. Students will
have an opportunity to see how regulation
impacts the marketing function and strategy,
and how the marketing strategy and func-
tion reacts to environments of limited or full
competition. Prer., BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6090-3. Transportation and
Physical Distribution Systems in the
Modern Economy.
Fall or Summer. This course will deal with
the nature of transportation and logistical
systems in the current manufacturing and
service oriented economy. It will basically
teach students the characteristics, economics,
and current concerns of transportation
systems, as well as the basics of logistical
systems as they operate in modern corpora-
tions today. It will seek to provide students
with concepts regarding these issues, as well
as practical group projects. Prer., BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6800-variable credit. Special
Topics in Marketing and Transportation.
Courses offered irregularly for the purpose of
presenting new subject matter in marketing
and transportation. Prer., BUSN. 6060.
MKTG. 6840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.


98 / College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration
MKTG. 6950-variable credit. Masters
Thesis.
OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
OPMG. 5400-3. Planning and Control
Systems. Fall. Study of the design,
implementation, and control of integrated
operations, scheduling, and inventory plan-
ning and control systems. Topics include
demand forecasting, aggregate planning,
capacity planning, master scheduling, inven-
tory management, material requirements
planning, stockless systems, and operations
control. Organizations studied include
manufacturing, service, and public sector.
Prer., BUSN. 6080.
OPMG. 5600-3. Purchasing, Materials
Management, and Negotiation. Fall.
Study of the purchasing function in manufac-
turing, service, and public organizations.
Topics include source selection, make-buy
analysis, material quality standards and
specifications, value analysis, negotiations,
and legal aspects. Prer., BUSN. 6080.
OPMG. 6400-3. Planning and Control
Systems. Spring. Study of the design,
implementation, and control of integrated
operations, scheduling and inventory plan-
ning and control systems. Topics include
demand forecasting, aggregate planning,
capacity planning, master scheduling, inven-
tory management, material requirements
planning,, stockless systems, and operations
control. Organizations studied include
manufacturing, service, and public sector.
Prer., BUSN. 6080.
OPMG. 6440-3. Quality and Produc-
tivity. Spring. Study of the various tech-
niques to measure quality and productivity
in organizations and the practical manage-
ment issues related to implementing quality
and productivity systems. Topics include
statistical quality control, total factor produc-
tivity, quality circles, total quality control,
work design and measurement, and quality
and productivity management systems. Prer.,
BUSN. 6080 and 6040.
OPMG. 6470-3. Strategic Analysis in
Operations Management. Spring. Study of
the analysis and formulation of operations
management strategy and policy. Emphasis
will be on the role of the operations function
in the strategic processes of the organization.
Decision making will be stressed through the
use of case studies and the analysis of actual
business situations. Prer., OPMG 6400,
BUSN. 6000, BUSN. 6080.
OPMG. 6600-3. Purchasing, Materials
Management, and Negotiation. Study of
the purchasing function in manufacturing,
service, and public organizations. Topics
include source selection, make-buy analysis,
material quality standards and specifications,
value analysis, negotiations, and legal
aspects. Prer., BUSN. 6080.
OPMG. 6800-3. Special Topics in Opera-
tions Management. A number of different
current topics in operations management
will be discussed in this course. Consult the
current Schedule of Classes or contact the
advisor for further information. Prerequisites
will vary depending on topic and instructor
requirements.
OPMG. 6840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.
QUANTITATIVE METHODS
QUAN. 6010-3. Deterministic Models.
Linear programming and its application, net-
work analysis, including scheduling models,
dynamic programming, integer program-
ming, nonlinear programming. Prer., BUSN.
6020 and 6080.
QUAN. 6020-3. Stochastic Models. Proba-
bility theory, queuing theory, inventory
theory, Markov decision processes, simula-
tion, decision analysis. Prer., BUSN. 6020 and
6080.
QUAN. 6030-3. Seminar: Quantitative
Methods. Application of quantitative
methods to problems of business and
industry, with emphasis on the functional
fields of marketing, financial management,
and production. Prer., QUAN. 6010 and 6020
or consent of instructor. One of the prere-
quisite courses may be taken as a
corequisite.
QUAN. 6040-3. Multivariate Analysis.
Topic in multivariate data analysis of par-
ticular interest to those engaged in business
research. Includes techniques such as
multivariate discriminate analysis, factor
analysis, and multiple regression, and the use
of standard multivariate statistical packages
such as the SPSS package. Prer., BUSN.
6020.
QUAN. 6800-3. Special Topics in Quan-
titative Methods. A number of different
topics in quantitative methods will be
discussed in this course. Consult the current
Schedule of Classes or contact the advisor
for further information. Prerequisites will
vary depending on topic and instructor
requirements.
QUAN. 6840-variable credit. Indepen-
dent Study.


Full Text

PAGE 2

AURARIA LIBRARY \\\\\ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ \\\\\\\\\\\\ \\\\\\ \ \\\\\\ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ U18701 7540176

PAGE 3

CONTENTS Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Message from the Chancellor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 The Graduate School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 School of Architecture and Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 School of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 College of Engineering and Applied Science ................ .................... 133 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences .......................................... 163 Military Science ................. ........................................ 255 Graduate School of Public Affairs ............................................ 259 Faculty ...... .............................................. ............ 269 Index .................................. ................................ 278

PAGE 4

ACADEMIC CAL EN DAR1 Spring 19902 January 8-12 January 15 January 16 March 1923 May 14 Summer 19902 May 2228 May 29 July 4 A u gust 7 Orientation Holiday ( n o classes) First day of classes Spring vacation (no classes) End of semester Orientat i on First day of classes Holiday ( n o classes) End of term 'T h e University reserves the right to alter the Academic Calendar at any time 2Consult the Schedule of Classes for applicat i on deadline dates, deadlines for changing programs and registration date s and proc edu res. F all 1 9902 August 17-22 August 23 September 3 November 22-23 December 17 Spring 19912 January 7-11 January 14 January 15 March 18-22 May 13 Orien t ation First day of classes Holiday (no classes) Holidays (no classes) End of semester Orientation Holiday ( n o classes) First day of classes Spring vacation (no classes) End of semester

PAGE 5

University of Colorado at Denver 1200 Larimer Denver, Col orado 80204 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog 1990-91 Although this catalog was prepared on the basis of the best information available at the time, all information (including the academic calendar, admission and graduation requirements course of f erings and course descript i ons, and statements of tuition and fees) is subjec t to change w i thout notice or obligation CUDe n ver is an affir m ative action /equ al opportu nity institutio n For current cal e n dars, tuitio n ra t es, requireme nts, deadlines, e t c., students should refer t o a copy of the Schedule of Classes for the semester in which t h ey intend to enroll. The courses listed in t his catalog are intended as a general indication of the Universi t y of Colorado at Denver curriculum. Courses and programs are subject to modification at any time. Not all courses are offered every semester, a n d the faculty teaching a partic u lar course or program may vary from time to time The instructor may alter the content of a course or program to meet particu lar class needs. Courses are listed by college or school. University of Colorado Catalog (USPS 651-060) 262 Stadium Building Campus Box 384, Boulder, Colorado 80309-0384 Volume 1990, No.3 May/ June Published 4 t i mes a year: January / February March / April May I June August / September Second class postage paid at Boulder, Colorado. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to University of Colorado Catalog CU-Denver Publications, Boulder Colorado 80302.

PAGE 6

Message From the Chancellor Dear Student: Welcome to the University of Colorado at Denver. On behalf of the faculty staff, and students, I offer to you the challenging environment of one of Col orado's premier institutions of higher education. Your decision t o attend CU-Denver shows your willingness to learn at Denver's only urb an pub lic university. CU-Denver is one of the four campuses of the Univer sity of Colorado system. As a vital part of that system, offering baccalaureate master's, and doctoral programs, we have achieved distinction nationally and interna tionally because of the high quality of our programs, faculty and alumni Located in downtown D enver, the University challenges its s tud ents both academically and personally in an intellectual environment that encourages commitment, curiosity, and imagination A distinguishing characteristic of CU-Denver is our urban perspective that is an integral theme in our academic programming the orientatio n o f our faculty and the identity of our student body Since 1972, enroll ment has grown to approximately 10,470 students, including 5 ,880 undergraduates and 4,590 graduate students. The University offers some 40 degree and degree option programs at the baccalaureate level and over 60 degree and degree option programs at the post baccalaureate level designed to provide you with a foundation on which to build your intellectual, aesthet ic, a nd mor al capacities as individuals and as citizens. Components of this educational exper i ence incl ud e student involvement in ind ependent study, research, and the creative process as a comp lement to classroom study. The U niv ersity s seven colleges and schools (Business, Public Affairs, Liberal Arts and Sciences, Engineering and Applied Scie n ce, School of the Arts Education, and Architecture and Planning) and The Graduate School provide instruction and researc h programs that focus on the fundamental areas of knowledge, including interdisciplinary and professional study. We are committed to making available to you the opportunities for ga inin g knowledge training, skills, and credentials which will enhance your economic and personal lives We at the Denver campus take grea t pride in the diversity of our students and our ability to serve th eir varied needs This is reflected in a commitment to an enric hed ba cca l a ur eate education a nd th e applie d aspects of graduate a nd professional work. Our academic programs focus on applications relevant to regional as well as national issues a nd also seek to provide a humani stic understanding o f socia l needs and problems. We look forward to working with you as you join our community of scholars / teachers and dedica t ed staff. I promise a rich intellectual environment and a challenging edu cational experience. Most of all I look forward to seeing you at gradua tion and awarding you the CU-Denver degree My best wishes to you and to your future John C. Buechner Chancellor University of Colorado at Denver

PAGE 7

ADMINISTRATION Board of Regents KATHY ARNOLD, Little ton term ex pir es 1994 RICHARD J. BERNICK, Littleton, term expires 1992 ROBERT E. CALDWELL, Col orado Springs, term exp ires 1992 PETER C. DIETZE Boulder, term ex pire s 1990 LYNN J. ELLINS, Longmo nt term expires 1990 HARVEY PHELPS Pueblo, term expires 1994 NORWOOD L. ROBB, Littleton, term expires 1990 ROY H. SHORE, Greeley, term expires 1992 DAVID WINN, Colorado Springs, term expires 1994 University-Wide Officers E. GORDON GEE President of the Univer sity ; Professor o f Law. B.A., University of Utah ; J.D., Columb i a University; Ed.D., Teacher s College, Columbi a Uni versity. LAWRENCE MESKIN, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of th e System-wide Graduate School; Professor of Dentistry. D.D.S., University of Detroit ; M.P.H., University o f Minnesota, School of Medicine; M .S.D., Ph.D., University of Minnesota. GLEN R. STINE Vice President for Budget and Finance B.A., Michigan State ; M A University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill; Ed.D., Harvard University. THEO. VOLSKY, JR., Vice President for Administration; Professor of Psychology B.S., M .S., Kansas State University; Ph.D., Univer sity of Minnesota H.H. ARNOLD Executive Sec retary of the Board of Regents and of th e Univer sity. B.A., LL.B., University of Colorado. JAMES A. STRO U P Treasurer for the Uni versity and Assistant Vice President for Budget and Finance B.S., Michigan Technical University ; M.B.A., Michigan S t a t e University. CU-Denver Officers JOHN C. BUECHNER, C han cellor ; Professor of Public Affairs. B.A., College o f Wooster ; M P A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. BRUCE W. BERGLAND, Executive Vice Chancellor; Associa t e Professor of Education B.S., I owa S t ate Unive r sity; Ph.D., S t a nford University. JOHN BERNHARD, Vice Chancello r for Administration and Finance B .A., Stanford University ; M.B.A., Columbi a University Graduat e Schoo l of Business MARK A. EMMERT, Associate Vice C h ancello r for Academ i c Affairs; Associa t e Professor of Public Affairs. B.A., University o f Washington ; M .P.A., Ph. D Syr acuse Univers ity KENNETH HERMAN, Associate Vice C han cellor for Administrat i on and Finance B .S., University of Color ado. SHELIA M. HOOD, Assoc i ate Vice C h a n cellor for Enrollment and Student Services. B .A., M .A., Color ado State University. FERNIE BACA Assistant Vice Chancellor for R esearc h and Creative Activities ; Associa t e Professor o f Education B.A. University o f Northern Col o r ado ; M.A., Ph.D., Univers ity of Colorado. JULIE CARNAHAN, Assistant Vice Chan cellor for Planning and Information R e sources Management. B.A., M A., U niver sity of Col o r ado; Ph.D., University of Michigan Administration I 5 The University of Colora d o seal, adop ted in 1908, dep icts a male Greek classical figur e seated against a pillar and holding a scroll. A burning torch framed in l aure l i s plac e d beside him. The Greek inscription means "Let your light shine According to D e n ver d e sig n er H enry Reed, the classical design was used b ecause Greek civilizatio n "stands as th e criterion of c ulture ." The l aure l symbolizes h onor or success, th e youth of th e fi gure suggests th e "mornin g of life ," and the scroll represents writt e n language.

PAGE 9

The University of Colorado at Denver is one of the most important educational resources in the Denver metropolitan area. CU-Denver, one of four institutions in the University of Colorado system is an urban, non-residential campus located in downtown Denver. Major civic, cultural, business, and governmental activities are in close proximity. CU-Denver offers undergraduate degrees in more than 40 fields and graduate degrees in more than 60. Ph D degrees are offered in public affairs applied mathematics, and educational administra tion. Doctoral studies also are available in engineering and other fields in coopera tion with CU-Boulder. Special emphasis is placed on programs that will help assure students professional opportunities after graduation. All programs are tailored to meet the needs of the diverse student population. Classes are offered during weekday and evening hours, and on weekends. Students ages range between 17 and 75. The average student age is 29 Twothirds hold full-time jobs and 60 percent attend part time. Sixty-two percent are enrolled at the upper division or graduate levels. CU-Denver's faculty actively promote the special role of an urban institution inmeeting the needs of students. Many faculty bring their work experiences to the classroom They are alert to the challenges and advances of the urban environment and responsible to the needs of students and the community The com bination of CU-Denver's talented faculty and highly motivated students creates a vital and exciting educational environ ment. Students are offered the unique educational opportunity to combine real world" experience with academic excellence. History Just over a century ago the University of Colorado was founded in Boulder in 1876 In 1912, the University of Colorado's Department of Correspondence and Extension was established in Denver, to meet the needs of the burgeoning popula tion As the breadth of course offerings expanded, so did the demand for degreegranting status The Denver Extension Center was renamed the University of Colorado-Denver Center in 1965, and by 1969, 23 fields of undergraduate study and 11 of graduate study were offered In 1972 the Colorado General Assembly appropriated support to build the Auraria Campus, CU-Denver's current site. And in this same year the Denver "Center" was renamed CU-Denver Two years later the University of Colorado was reorganized into four campuses Denver, Colorado Springs, Health Sciences (Denver), and Boulder. University of Colorado System As one of four campuses of the University of Colorado, CU-Denver has a special role and mission in Colorado higher education. The University of Colorado at Boulder now serves about 22,000 students enrolled in undergraduate graduate, and profes sional programs The Health Sciences Center in Denver provides education and training to medical dental nursing and allied health personnel. The University of Colorado at Colorado Springs serves more than 5 500 students in the Pikes Peak region offering undergraduate graduate, and professional programs. CU-Denver's role within the University system is primarily to address the needs for undergraduate and graduate instruction in the Denver metropolitan area Emphasis is given to professional, preprofessional, and liberal arts training in the context of a strong multidisciplinary and applied agenda for research and creative activities. CU-Denver students have access to the library resources of all campuses and cultural events sponsored within the University system. Academic Structure Each of the four campuses of the University of Colorado System Denver, Boulder, Colorado Springs, and Health Sciences in Denver has its own Chancellor and campus administration. The Chancellors, in turn, report to the President of the CU-System. The Board of Regents of the University of Colorado approve the overall direction provided by the President of the System The System President represents the University of Colorado and manages the planning for development of the System, apportion ment of resources across campuses, the System-wide Graduate School, and general policy regarding academic standards, instructional initiatives, and faculty and staff personnel matters, and is supported by a system-wide Faculty Senate. CUDenver as well, has its own faculty governance structure Students also have their own governance institutions. The Chancellor of CU-Denver represents CU-Denver and manages campus goal setting, policy development academic affairs, and budget and financial matters. The Executive Vice Chancellor and the Vice Chancellor for Administration and Finance assist the Chancellor Each vice chancellor is responsible for the essential components of the campus enterprise The Executive Vice Chancellor is responsi ble for Academic Affairs, The Graduate School, Sponsored Projects, Admissions and Records, Enrollment Management, Planning and Institutional Research, and Student Services The Vice Chancellor for Administration and Finance is responsible for the campus budget, Office of Financial and Business Services, and Personnel Ser vices. The CU-Denver Graduate School is a component of the CU System-wide Graduate School. All graduate units reside within The Graduate School except Architecture and Planning, Business, and Public Affairs Academic Programs CU-Denver is, above all, devoted to the needs of the citizens of Denver and the region. With the rapid development of the national recognition earned by its graduate faculty it is not surprising that an increasing number of advanced students from across the nation and overseas elect to pursue their studies here. Today CU-Denver is composed of seven distinct academic units : School of Architecture and Planning College of Business and Administration and Graduate School of Business Administration School of Education College of Engineering and Applied Science

PAGE 10

8 / General Information College of Liberal Arts and Sciences School of the Arts Graduate School of Public Affairs These units now accommodate over 10,000 students taught by about 300 regular full-time faculty members. The diversity of the student body is a hallmark of CU-Denver and a source of deep pride. Among them are traditional students who have elected to pursue college degrees immediately after high school. There also are older students who, perhaps for finan c i a l reasons or the press of family com mitments or because they ve only lately recognized the value of a college educa tion, have delayed entry. And there are professionals who seek to strengthen their base of skills or broaden their apprecia tion of the world around them The undergraduate colleges admit freshman and transfer students and offer programs leading to the baccalaureate degree in the arts sciences, humanities, business engineering and music. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences also pro vides pre-professional training in the fiel ds of education, law, journa l ism, and the health sciences The School of Education offers programs leading to teacher educa tion The Graduate School offers master's programs in the arts sciences humanities engineering education and music to students with baccalaureate degrees. The School of Architecture and Planning, the Graduate School of Business Adminis tration and the Graduate School of Public Affai rs provide programs leading to mas t er's degrees in their specialized areas. CU-Denver doctoral programs are avail able in public affairs education and applied mathematics Doctoral work in engineering also is avai labl e in coopera tion with CU-Boulder CU-Denver faculty also participates in o ther doctoral pro grams offered at CU-Bou l der. A complete listing of bachelor s and master s degree programs offered by CUDenver is provided in the college and school sections of this ca t a l og The college and school sect i ons descr ibe specific policies on requirements for graduation, course requirements for various majors course load policies, c ourse descriptions and similar information. CU-Denver has kept pace with the demand for education which leads to improved professional opportunity in the Information Age Man y programs emphasize practical busi n ess world applications, and all CU-Denver studen t s are given the opportunity to attain com p u ter literacy Specific computer-oriented academic programs are offered in the computer science (engineering) applied mathematics Oiberal arts and sciences), and information systems (business) programs. The Future CU-Denver is committed to the highest standards of e ducation scholarship and service to the community. From this com mitment springs the vital energy that infuses every c ampus pursuit. The pace is fast perhaps unprecedented Under graduate studies are at once becoming more and more varied, challenging and rewarding. CU-Denver is reaching out to all who can benefit from the high quality education it has to offer New highly innovative applied and professional graduate degrees are being developed that address the e merging n e eds of the region s economy Centers for stat e -of-the field research at CU-Denver are generating important practical solutions to some of Colorado s and the nation s most serious social economic, environmenta l and technological problems Throughout history, urban civilization and the arts and humanities have evolved in a rich synergy CU-Denver -an urban campus -is deeply involved in enriching the cultura l milieu of the Denver area. Clearly the University of Colorado at Denver is on the move Accr editation North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business Accrediting Commission on Education for Health Services Administration Colorado State Board of Education Landscape Architecture Accreditation Board National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education National Architectural Accrediting Board See the College of Engineering and Applied Science section of this catalog for the programs accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology National Association of Schools of Music Planning Accreditation Board National Association of Schools of Public Affairs and Administration Auraria Highe r Education Center The Auraria Higher Education Center is the site for the University of Colorado at Denver, Metropolitan State College and the Community College of Denver The three ins t itutions share library (which is administered by CU-Denver) classroom and re l ated facilities on a 171-acre Auraria campus. Certain co u rses and programs are cooperatively offered. On the Auraria campus are administra tive and classroom buildings, the Auraria Library, the student union, book center child care and deve lopment centers, physical education facilities science building, and service buildings The new buildings share the campus with the reminders of Denver's pasthistor i c Ninth Street Park restored church buildings, and the T ivoli brewery built in 1882. T h e Tivoli has been renovated into a comp lex containing specialty shops restaurants and entertainment. Research and Other Creative Pursuits CU-Denver is strongly committed to the pursuit of new k n ow ledge through the research efforts of its faculty. It is equally supportive of the other creative endeavors of its faculties in the arts, humanities, and desig n fields These achievemen t s not only advance know l edge and enhance the quality of life, but also strengthen teaching by grounding instruction in scholarship and professional practice. In addition, these activities constitute an important component of CU-Denver's service to the community at large Therefore, funded researc h i s a maj or priority at CU-Denver An i mportant aspect of research and other creative activities at CU-Denver is its multidisciplinary and applied nature. Research in every school and college at CU-Denver addresses questions of great significance for the welfare of Denver and the larger region Its position within a thriving metropolitan area serves, as well, as a base for exploring topics of national and even international import. But not all researc h at CU-Denver yields solutions of immed iate practica l s i gnificance. Major efforts now explore topics on the cutting edge of the basic disciplines. These, of course, are carried out within the rich dialogue of scholarship that knows no nationa l bounds. T h ese efforts may yield insights that eventually open the way to practical applications in the next century. Research projects training, and public serv i ce programs at CU-Denver encom pass both traditiona l and nontraditional fields of study with a focus on issues that relate to city state national, and interna tiona l i ssues During 1988-89, CUDenver faculty and staff received external grants and contracts totalling $8,825 059 for

PAGE 11

research, train ing, and public service pro grams. All signs point to a steady increase in funded research in the years ahead for CU-Denver. The benefits for the campus will be s ubstanti al. Such research assists in susta ining scholarly discourse, enables faculty members to engage in the ad vanceme nt of knowledge, provides the foundation for solving pressing practica l problems of vital concern for society, and enhances th e education of students. Many stude nt s actively participate in research activit ies overseen by faculty members. Current externally funded research efforts addre ss a variety of contemporary economic, p olitical, educa tion al, engineer ing, mathematical, scientific, and enviro n mental needs Financial s upport has been obtained for program a nd service development in the areas of co mput ational mathematics, bilingual a nd special educa tion, coope r ative education, health administ r a tion international affairs, and exec uti ve seminars as well as institutes o n aging and veterans' employment and training. Other projects include statewide investigations of economi c development, poverty, co urt-annexed arbi tr ation, air quality a nd water control, and highway construc tion Computer related projects include multilevel algorithms, fast parallel processing, algorithms in linear program ming, and modeling. Projects in basic research range from invest i gations of ear thquakes to n eurotoxico l ogy to growth equatio n s for sporiangiop hor es. In additio n a great deal o f research at the University goes on without substantia l external support. This effo rt also yields important ins ights that are conveyed to a national audience through faculty publica tions, presentations, ex hibits performances, and professional activities. Many members of the faculty are leaders within the national sc h o l arly communit y All these pursuits bring recognition to the Univer sity, estab lish th e credibility of its faculty, and enhance the value of th e degrees it confers CENTERS AND INSTITUTES FOR RESEARCH, SERVICE, AND TRAINING First Amendment Congress The mission of the First Amendment Congress i s to unite Americans of every persuasion t o support freedom of expres sion, and provide Amer ica with a con tinu ing forum to discuss and debate the First Amendment as our cornerstone to lib erty. To reach this goal, the Congr ess sponsors national forums, seminars, and congresses to forge n ew understanding of First Amendment issues; develops curricu lum materials to increase s tudent s under standing of the First Amend ment; aids state and l ocal coalitions to develop First Amendment organizatio n s and activities; delivers special messages to various audiences reminding them of their duties to uphold First Amendment freedoms, publishes materials, and researches public attitudes t oward media practices; and sup ports public awareness campaigns on First Amendment issues. Center for Health Ethics and Policy The Center analyzes and develops constructive courses of action concerning policy and e thi cs aspec t s of health-related prob lems facing Colorado and the nation. The Cen t e r' s goal is to increase public and private sector atte ntion to these issues and con tribut e to the making of informed and sou nd public policy decisions. Center for Applied Psychology This Ce nter promotes r esearch and educationa l programs in four areas: public mental health, psychology and the law, psychology and public health, and organizat i onal effectiveness and decision making. The Center represents a cooperat iv e relationship among higher education, government, business, mental health agencies public health institutions, and the citizenry of the state of Colorado Colorado Principals Center The Cen ter is a staff development, renewal and training cen ter for practicing principa ls, assistant principals central office supe r visors and o th ers in instruc tional leader ship positions. Colorado Center for Community Development The Col o rado Center for Community Development provides technical educa tional a nd applied research assistance to organizatio ns, neighborhoods, and com munities th at cannot a fford or do not have access to professional services. The Center targets its assistance efforts to rura l small tow ns, low income and/or minority communities, and non -tr aditional, community -based service or developmen t organizat ions. Center for Environmental Sciences The Center focuses on interdisciplinary environmental research from among the faculty and staff of CU-Denver Further, it involves s tud ents espec iall y Master of Environmental Science s tudents in ongoing r esearch projects. Example projects include Denver-Bo ulder regio n brown cloud studies, environmental risk assessme nt s of regional and national Centers and Institutes / 9 issues, and g l obal su lfur cycling research as it relates to greenhouse warming and global climate Center for U rban Transportation Studies This Center assumes a leading role in the Rocky Mountain region in deve l oping research and interdisciplinary programs in urban transportation and providing a cen tral resource for informa t ion concerning urban transportation problems in the Rocky Mountain region. The Center makes available University expertise to outside organizations. Land and Water Information Systems Group The G roup was created t o advance the educatio n and training, research, and public se r vice missions o f CU-Denver in the areas of urban and regional informa tion systems, geographic-oriented databases, water resources systems, and built facilities management. The Centers Center for the Improvement of Public Management and Center for Public-Private Sector Cooperation Goals are to improve th e way the public's business is managed and to engage the public private, and non-profit sectors in devising so luti ons to community problems. The Centers offer leadership and management training, do research analyzing problems explaining policy alternatives and evaluating programs to meet the needs of individual jurisdictions and organizations -and provide conflict managem ent, mediation and facilitation services. Computational Mathematics Group The Group brings together researche r s whose combined experti se covers the wide ra n ge of discip l ines required to s hare compu t ational resources. Its mission i s to establish a f ertile researc h environmen t in which to train Ph.D .s. National Leadership Institute on Aging The Ins t itute trains leaders to think innova tiv e ly act with greater strategic skills and forge new public-private, non profit partnerships in meeting the needs of an aging America. In addition, the Institute provides consu ltin g to organiza tions i nv olved in designi n g and delivering programs t o meet these n eeds as well as undertaking policy re l evant to researc h Institute for International Business The institute focuses on the global busi ness issues of the 1990s. It is a key

PAGE 12

10 / General Information resource for business and government in addressing international economic oppor tunities for Col orado and th e U.S. The two major programs are: The Center for Inter n ational Executive Educatio n which gives U.S. and f ore i g n executives h ands-on train ing in successfu l international business p ra ctices ; and the Center for Research on Competitiveness whic h conducts a nd disseminates research on international business issues. National Veterans Training Institute The Institute strengthe ns, upgrades and provides professional skills to the national network of disabled veterans outreach programs specialists and l ocal veterans emp l oyme nt r ep r esentatives who deliver services to veterans The NVfl delivers various courses and its Resource and Technical Assi stance Cen ter provides materials and information on veterans issues to their graduates a nd others work ing in serv i ce to veterans The Institute is operated as a joint effort by CU-Denve r and the Veterans Employment and Train ing Service of the U.S. Department of Labor. 4th World Center for the Study of Indigenous Law and Politics This Center provides a research clear inghouse to students and faculty at CU.Denver on legal and political issues that affect ind i genous peoples (the 4th World). In addition to supporting a modest library of r a r e books and periodicals on indi genous issues the Center a l so stocks vid eo and a udi o cassettes on subjects o f indigenous politics and a substantial newsfile arc h ive on current developmen t s in the 4th World. Currently, the Center is expanding th e number of co ur se offe ring s in th e area of 4th World s tudi es Region VIII Resource Access Project Under a contract funded by the U.S. Department o f H ealth a nd Hum an Ser vices, the R esource Access Project provid es training and technica l assistance to HeadStart centers throug h out a six-state region. Center for Research in Rhetoric The Center conducts orig inal and app l ied research in rhetoric, broadly co n ceive d and engages in projects that inv olve faculty and students who carry out research studies that contribute to our understanding of rhetoric and discourse in th e broad realm of human affairs Reports presenting the r esults of research projects are published by the Cen ter and are avail able in the English depar t ment office ADMISSION POLICIES AND PROCEDURES All questions and correspondence regardi n g admission to CU-Denver and reques t s for application forms should be directed to: Office of Admissions and Records University of Colorado at Denver 1200 Larimer St. Denver, CO 80204 (303) General Policies CU-Denver seeks to identify applica nts who are likely to complete an academic program succ e ssfully Admission d e cisio n s are based on many factors the most important being : l. Level of previous academic performance. 2. Evidence of academic ability and accomplishment as indicated by scores o n national aptitude tests 3. Evidence of maturity motivation and potential for academic success CU-Denver reserves the right to deny admission to new applicants or readmis s ion to former students whose total credentials indicate an inability to a s sume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the Univer sity in order to carry out its l awful miss ions processes and functions as an educa t ional institution Applicants who request degree pro grams unavailable at CU-Denver will be considered for admission to the College o f Liberal Arts and Sciences with an undeter mined major S tud ents adm itt ed with a n undetermined major are expected to declare a major by the time they have 60 hours toward graduation completed Admission of Undergraduate Degree Students The U niv ersity reserves the right to change documents / credentials deadlines in a c cor d ance with enrollment demands Applica nt s should apply as early as possible. Upda ted information is available from the Office of A dmi ssions (303) F or an applicant to be consid ered for a s p ecific term, ALL documents require d for admissio n must be received by the Office of Admissions by the DEADLINE f or that term Applicants who are unable t o meet th e deadline may elec t to have admission co n sideration made for a later term. Transfer st ud ents are reminde d that sufficient time should be allowed to have transcripts sent from instit utions attended pr eviously Foreign students are advise d that it usually takes 120 days for crede nti a l s to reach the Offic e o f Admissions from international loc ations ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FRESHMEN New fres h men may apply for admission to the Colleges of Business and Adminis tr a t ion Engineering and Applied Science, or Liberal Arts and Sciences. Gen e ral R equire m ents. The app l icant must be a high scho o l gradua te or have been awarded a High School Equivalency Certifica te by completing the General Educatio n Development (GED) Test. Specific College Requirements: College of Business and Admini s tration Englis h (one year of speech / debate a nd two yea r s of composition are strongl y r e comme nd ed) .......... .......... 4 Mathematics (includin g at least tw o years of a l ge bra and one year of geometry) ... 4 Natural sciences Oaboratory science) .... 2 Social science s (including history) ...... 2 Foreign l a n guage (both units in a sin gle language) .... . . . . . ........ . 2 RECEIPT OF DOCUMENTS DEADLINES Undergraduat e Students New Students Transfer Students Former University of Colorado Studen t s lntrauniversity Transfer S tud ents Int e rn ationa l Students Undergraduate: Graduate : Fall Spring Summer 1990 1991 1991 J uly 22 Dec 1 May 3 July 22 Dec 1 May 3 July 22 Dec 1 May 3 60 days pri or to the beginning of the term Ju ly 22 May 26 Dec. 1 Oct. 27 May 3 March 10

PAGE 13

Academic e le ctives ...... . ......... 2 (Additio n a l courses in English, foreign language, mathematics natural or socia l scie n ces, not to incl ud e bu siness courses.) Total 1 6 College of Engineering and Applied Science1 English Oiterature composition grammar) ...................... . 4 Mathematics distributed as follows : Algeb r a ..... . ................. 2 Geome try ......... ........... . 1 Additio n a l mathematics (trigonometry recommended) ................. 1 Natural scie n ces including o n e year of physics a nd one year of chemistry ... 2 Foreign l a n g uage (both units in a sing l e language) .................... . 2 Academic e l ectives .......... .... . .,]_ Total 16 College of Liberal Arts and Sciences English Oiterature compos ition grammar) .................... ... 4 Mathematics (excluding business and consumer mathemati cs) ..... ... 3 Natural scie nces ......... .... ...... 3 Social scie nce ...... ... . . ......... 2 Foreign language (both units in a single language) . . 2 Academic e l ective ......... . .... ... 1 Total 15 All music majors in the Sc h ool of the Arts are expected to hav e had previous experience in an applied music area. Two years of piano training are recommended. An au dition i s required o f all enteri n g freshmen and undergraduate transfer students. Applicants may substitute tape recordings (about 10 minutes in length) and a statement of excellence from a qualified teacher in lieu of the personal audition. Int e r ested students s h ould write to the Schoo l of the Arts, CU-Denver for audition inform ation and a ppli cations. Beginning in the Fall Semester of 1988, freshmen e nterin g the University of Colorado are r e quir ed to meet the f ollowing University-wide minimum academic preparation: 4 years of English (with emphasi s o n composition), 3 years of college prepara t o r y mathematics (excluding business and consumer mathematics), 3 years of natural science including one year of U.S. or world history, and 2 years of a sing l e foreign language. 'See the College of Engineering and Applied Science section of this catalog for more specific information. MINIMUM ACADEMIC PREPARATION STANDARDS (MAPS) Success in undergraduate study is directly related to high sc h ool preparation Sufficiently prepared students have a bet ter probability of success. The MAPS focus on what the student has studied in preparation for college. Freshman admis sion standards define the l evel of success and achievement necessary to be admit ted to the University of Col orado and include f actors that predict academic s uccess suc h as scores on the ACT or SAT, high sc h oo l course wor k and the grade point average. Both what the student h as studied and how the student has achieved will be f ac tor s that determine admissio n to the University Studen t s with MAPS deficiencies may be admitted t o the University provided they meet the other admission standards (e. g., test scores, rank in high school class, grade-poi nt average) and provided they make up a n y deficiencies in the MAPS prior to g r aduation from the University. Two levels of deficiency will be recognized. 1. One unit of deficiency will be allowed provided the student meet s other stan dards of the University (e. g., test scores, class rank) and provided the student makes up the deficiency before gradua tion. Credits so taken will count toward graduation provided the CU college nor mally accep t s those course credits toward graduatio n 2. In so m e cases a s tudent having more than one unit of deficiency may be admit ted provided that the student meets other standards of th e University. The student must make up additional deficiencies before gra du ation by taking an expanded program of studies. The s tudent may satisfy the MAPS requirements either by 1) courses t aken at CU, 2) courses taken at other ins titutions of higher education, 3) completio n of additional high school credits, 4) credit-by-examination progra ms, or 5) other ways as approved by each college. All applicants who meet th e above MAPS req uirements are classified in two ways for admission purposes: 1. Prefer red consideration is given to applicants who rank in the top 30 % of their high school graduating class and have a composite score of 25 or higher o n the Ameri can College Test (ACT), or a combine d score of 1050 or h igher on the Scho l astic Aptitude Test (SAT). Business appl i cants will receive p r eferred considera-Admissions I II tion if they graduated in th e top 25 per cent of their high schoo l class and achieved a composite score of at least 25 on the ACT or 1050 o n th e SAT. Eng ine er ing applicants will rece i ve preferred con sideration if they grad uated in the top 20 percent of their high school class and achieved a composite score of at least 26 on the ACT and a 28 on the mathematics or a 1100 total on the SAT with a 600 on the mathematics Applicants who do not meet the admissions requirements for direct admission to Engineering are encouraged to apply as a pre-engineering major in th e College of Liberal Arts a nd Sciences. Music major applicants also must successfully pass a music audition. 2. Applicants who rank in the lower 70 % of their high schoo l graduating class, and/or have combined SAT scores be l ow 1050 or a composite ACT score below 25, and/or do not have 15 units of acceptable high schoo l credit are reviewed on an individual basis. How to Apply 1. Students should ob t ain an applicat i on for undergraduate admi ss i on from a Colorado high school counselor or from the CU-Denver Office of Admissions Processing. 2 The application must be completed in full and sent to the Office of Admissions Processing with a $30 (subject to change) non-refundable fee For applicants who are granted admission but are unable to enroll for that term, the $30 application fee will remain valid for 12 months, pro vided the Office of Adm i ssions Processing is informed of the inten t t o enroll for a later term. 3. Students are required to have their high school send an offic i a l transcrip t of their high school grades, including class rank to the Office of Admissions Process ing. Officia l transcripts are th ose sent by the issuing institution directly to the CUDenver Office of Admiss i ons Processing. Hand-carried copies are not official. 4 Students who did not graduate from high school are required to have a copy of their GED t est scores and GED certifica t e sent from the certifying agency to the CUDenver Office of Admissions Processing. 5. Students also are required to take either the American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and to request that test scores be sent to CUDenver (ACT code 0533 or SAT code 4-4875) High school students may obtain information about when and where these tests are administered by contacting their counselors

PAGE 14

12 I Genera/Information Applicants who took one of these tests and did not designate CU-Denver to receive scores must request the testing agency to send scores to CU-Denver Com plete a Request for Additional Score Report at test centers or from the offices listed below. Registration Department American College Testing Program (ACT) P.O. Box 414 Iowa City, Iowa 52240 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) PO. Box 592 Princeton, New Jersey 08540 College Entrance Examination Board (SAT) P O Box 1025 Berkeley, California 94704 6. International students must submit proof of language proficiency (see Requirements for International Students). All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS Transfer students may apply for admis sion to the Colleges of Business and Administration, Engineering and Applied Science, and Liberal Arts and Sciences. Students interested in the field of educa tion should contact the School of Educa tion office for information (556-2 717). Minimum admissions standards have been developed for all public four-year institutions in Colorado.1 Howev er, transfer applicants who meet these standards are not guaranteed admission. They also must meet the admissions standards of the University of Colorado and its individual colleges. To meet the minimum standards at the University of Colorado at Denver, students must meet one of the following conditions. 1. Have earned fewer than 30 collegiate semester hours and meet the first-time FRESHMAN standards for the institution 'Established under the auspices of the Colorado Commission on High er Education and t(le Colo rado Communi ty College and Occupational Educa tion System transfer agreemen t s have been made with Arapahoe Community College, Fr o nt Range Community College Comm unit y College of Aurora Community College of Denver and Red Rocks Community College enabling students of those institutions to be direc tly admitted to CUDenver Students should contac t the Office of Admissions Processing for comp lete details. 2. Have earned 12-29 collegiate semester credit hours and have the following grade-point average: a 2 0 GPA if transferring from Colorado School of Mines, Colorado State University, University of Colorado at Boulder Univer sity of Colorado at Colorado Springs, or the U niversity of Northern Colorado b. 2 5 GPA if transferring from any other postsecondary institution. 3 Be enrolled in a CCHE-approved guaranteed transfer agreement and meet the minimum academic qualifications of the agreement. Transfer students are given priority consideration for admission as follows : 1. College of Business and Administra tion. To be considered for new transfer admission stude nts must have completed at least 24 semester hours which will apply to the degree, Bachelor of Science (Business Administration). Applicants with an overall GPA of 3 0 in applicable cou rse work will be automatically admitted. Students with less than a 3.0 overall GPA, but with a 3.25 in the last 24 semester hours of applicable course work attemp ted will be auto mati cally admitted. Applicants with at least a 2.6 in applicable co urse work in the last 24 semester hours will be considered as space is available. Students with less than a 2 6 GPA in the last 24 semester hours of applicable cou rse work will be referred to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences for admission consideration. No applicant will be accepted who is not eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. 2 College of Engineering and Applied Science. Applicants to the College of Engi neering should have at lea s t a 2.75 cumulative grade-point average (on a 4 0 scale) for all work attempted, should have completed two semesters each of calc ulus and physics, and must be eligible to return to all institutions previously attended. 3. College of Liberal Arts and Sciences. Transfer applicants must have at least a 2.0 cumulative college grade-point average (on a 4 0 scale) for all work attempted and must be e ligible to return to all institutions previously attended. Course work in progress cannot be used in calculating the cumulative average. Music major applicants also must pass an audition. Contact the School of the Arts for audition information (556-2727) Important Note: Applicants who do not meet the above grade-point average or credit hour requirements will still be con sidered for admission, but on an individual basis The primary factors used when con sideri ng students individually are (1) probability of success in the acad e mic program to whic h admission is d esire d ; (2) the quality of prior academic work; ( 3 ) age, maturity, and noncollegiate achievements; and (4) time elapsed sinc e last attendance at previous colleges How to Apply I. The student should obtain a transfer application from the CU-Denver Office of Admissions Processing 2. The application form must be com pleted and returned with the required $30 (subjec t to change) nonrefundable applica tion fee 3 The student is required to have two off icial tr anscrip t s se nt to the Office of Admissions Processing from each col legiate institution attended. Official transcripts are those sent by the issuing institution directly to the CU-Denver Office of Admissions Processing Hand-carried copies are not official. If a student is cur rently enrolled at another institution an incomplete transcript listing all courses excep t th ose taken in the final term sho uld be sent. Another transcript must be submitted after completion of the final term. (Transcripts from foreign institutions must be presented in the original language and accompanied by a certifi e d literal English translation ) 4. Students who have attended a two year sc h ool or community college and were enrolled in the Guaranteed Transfer Program to transfer to CU-Denver should submi t a copy of the Guaranteed Transfer con tra ct with their application Liberal arts and music major applicants with fewer than 12 semester hours (18 quarter hours) of college work completed also must submit a high school transcript and ACT or SAT test scores Engineering applicants with fewer than 24 semester hours also must submit high sc hool tr anscripts and ACT /SAT scores Business applicants with fewer than 24 semes ter hours also must submit high schoo l tr anscripts and ACT /SAT scores. Applicants to the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences should be aware that the College requires elementary proficiency in a foreign language for graduation. Applicants to the College have fulfilled this requirement if they have completed three years of any classical or modern foreign lan guage in high school and present a high school transcript to the College Advising Office for verification For furth er information students should contac t the College Advising Office 556-2555. All credentials presented for admission become the property of the University of Colorado and must remain on file. Stud e nts

PAGE 15

who do n o t d eclare all previously attended in s t i t utions are s u bject to discip l i n a r y action and/or dismissal. Transfer of College-level Credi t Afte r all official transc r i pt s have been r eceive d a nd the appl ica nt h as been admitted as a degree studen t the Office of Adm i ss i o n s Processing and the appropria t e academic unit will determine which co ur ses taken at other institutions can be applied to a degree program at CU-Denver. In general, tra n sfer credit will be accep t e d insofar as i t meets the degree and gra d e r equirements a t CU-Denver College-leve l credit may b e transferred to t h e U niv e rsit y if it was earn ed at a co l lege or uni ve r s i ty of recognized standi ng, by CLEP o r advanced p lacement examina tions, or i n m ilitary service or schooling as recommen ded by the Commission on Accredi t ation of Service Experiences of the American Council on Education; if a grade of C -or higher was attained; and if the cre dit i s for courses appropriate to t he degree so u g h t at this inst i t u tion. Courses t aken pass/f ail are transfe r red when a grade o f C o r higher is req u ired to pass. The Unive rsit y may acce pt a maxim u m of 72 semes t e r credits (108 quarter hours ) of wo r k from a two-year i ns t itution toward the baccala ur eate degree requirements and may accept up to 112 semester credits (153 qua r te r hours) from a four-year co l lege or university. No credit is allowed for vocat ional / t echnical remedial, or religious / d octr i nal work A maximum of 60 semes t e r credits of ex t ens ion and cor responde n ce work (not to i nclude more than 30 se m ester cred i ts o f cor responde n ce) may be allowed if the above conditio n s a r e met. The College of Business and Administra tion ge n erally limits its tra n sfer credit for business co ur ses taken at the lower divi sion level. All courses in th e area of emphas i s mu s t be taken a t the University of Colorado. A maximum of 60 semester hours (90 q u a r ter hours) o f work from a two yea r ins tit ution may be applied toward bacca l aureate degree require ments All co r respondence courses are evaluate d t o determine their acceptability and b u siness courses may not be taken throug h co rr espondence. The College of Engineer i ng and Applied Science, i n general requires that engineer ing course t ra n sfer credi t m u st come from an ABET acc r edited engineering program to be acce ptabl e for deg ree purposes. Engineering t echnology co u rses are not considered equivalent to engineering courses. READMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR FORMER AND RETURNING C U S T UDENTS CU-Den ver students w h o have not registere d a n d attended classes at CUDenver for one year or l o n ger and w h o have not a ttended anot her institution since CU, are returning s t udents and mus t formally apply for readmission. Applica tion forms are available at the Office of Admissions. Former students who have attended another college or university since last attendi n g th e University of Colorado mus t apply as transfer students a n d meet t h e transfer s tu dent deadlines for receipt o f docume nt s This requ i res p ayment of th e $30 (sub j ect t o change) no n -refundab l e application fee and submission of offic i a l transcripts from all colleges and univer sities prev i ously attended. Transcripts must be sent d i rectly from the issuing institu tion to CU-Denver Admissions Processing, 1200 Larimer St., Denver, CO 80204 Studen t s who last attended less than one year ago but atte n ded another co l lege or uni versity dur i ng the interim are required t o pay a $30 (sub j ect to chan ge) transfer application fee T ranscripts m u s t be req u est ed by the stude n t and sent by the registrar of the other institution(s) to CU-Denver, Admissions Processing 1200 Larimer St., Denver CO 80204 Studen t s who last attended another CU campus ( in cluding the D i vision of Extended S t udies) must formally app l y for read m ission. Application forms are availab l e from the Office of Admissio n s Processing. ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR INTERNATIONA L STUDENTS The University of Colorado at Denver encourages international students to app l y for admiss ion to undergraduate and gradua t e programs. Underg r aduate: Admission requireme nt s for CU-Den ver s schoo l s and colleges vary, and international students seeking admis sion must meet the requirements of the program t o which they are applying. In addition, all internationa l students whose first lang u age is not Eng l i sh are requi r e d to have a minimum TOEFL (Test of Eng l i sh as a Fore i gn Language) score of 525 Pro spective st u dents shou l d request an I nter nationa l S tudent Applica t ion packet from the Offi ce of Admissions. I nformation about req u irements for each college and school can be found in this catalog. Admissions I 1 3 Deadlines for receipt of documents have been established to allow for the time l y mailings of -20's. Contact t he Office of Admissions for these dat es. Grad u a te: I nternat i o n a l s t udents w h o wish t o p ur sue grad u a t e s tu dy at CUDenver m u st have earn e d an undergraduate bachelor's degree, or its equivalen t and must fulfill all other requirements of the graduate program to which they are applying. Applications are availab l e from The Graduate School six months prior to the term for which the student is applying Note: Except for summer terms int erna tiona l st u dents must be in a degree seeki n g s t atus. They may at t end summer terms as n on-degree st ud e nts. This exce p tion is s t r i ctly limited t o summer terms. CU-DENVER I NTRAUNIVERSITY TRANSFER OR CHANGE OF CAMPUS ( I NCLUDING EXTENDED STUDIES) CU-Denver students may change co l leges or schools within CU-Denver pro vided t h ey are accepte d b y the college or schoo l t o which they w i sh to transfer. CUDenver I ntra-university Transfer For m s may be obtained from t h e Office of Admissio ns. Students s h ould observe appli cation deadlines indicated in the cur r e n t Schedu l e of Classes. Decisions on intrauniversity transfers are made by the college or school to which the student wishes to transfer CU-Denver students may change University of Colorado campuses by applying directly to the Admissions Pro cessing Office of the campus to whic h they wis h to transfer C hange of Camp u s applications and deadline information a l so must be obtained from th e campus to which th e student is apply i ng Extended Studies students wishing to enroll i n regular CU-Den ver courses o r degree programs shou l d contact the Office of Admissions Processing. HIGH SCHOOL CONCURRENT E NROLLMENT High sc h ool juniors and seniors wit h proven academic abilities may be admit ted to CU-Denver wit h sp ecial approva l for one term only. This approval may be renewed Credit for co ur ses taken may subsequently be applied toward a Univer sity deg ree program For more informa tion and application ins tru ctions, con t act the CU-Denver Office o f Admissions Processing (303-556-2704)

PAGE 16

/4 / General Information Admission of Graduate Degree Students All correspondence a nd questions regarding admission to the graduate pro gram at CU-Denver sho uld be directed t o the following : Programs in Business Graduate Business Programs Graduate School of Business Administration 595-4007 P rograms in Architecture and Planning School of Architecture and Planning 55&-3382 Programs in Public Affairs Graduate School of Public Affairs 55&-2825 All Ot h e r Programs The Graduate Schoo l 55&-2663 GRADUATE PROGRAMS As a principal part of its mission, CUDen ver offers graduate and professional l eve l programs and during the 1989-90 academic year approxi matel y 44 percent of the studen t body was enrolled at the gra du ate level. Graduate degree programs are offe r ed through The Graduate School by its member schools and co lle ges (School of Education College of Engineering and Applied Science, and Colleg e of Libera l Arts and Sciences) and outside The Graduate School by the Graduate Schoo l o f Business Administration the School of Architecture and Planning, and the Graduat e Schoo l of Public Affairs The particular admission an d graduation r e quir ements established by each o f these academic units are detailed in the following sections of thi s catalog. GRADUATE ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS AND APPLICATION DEADLINES Admission requirements and application deadlines vary accordi ng to the indivi dual graduate program. The Gradu ate School h as general admission requirements which are supplemented by specific requirements of the major dep artme nts of graduate study (e.g., electrical e ngineering, educa tion English, etc .). App licants should consult the general information section of The Graduate School portion of this catalog as well as the co lleg e or sc h oo l sections for requirements and deadline s for specific programs Admission of Non-Degree Students Persons who have reached the age of twenty are eligib l e to enter a degree pro gram and who want to take University courses but do not plan to work toward a Unive r sity of Colorado degree at this time may be admitted as non-deg ree students. Correspondence and questions regarding admission as a non-degree student sho uld be directed to the Office of Admissions Processing Those seeking admission as non-degree students for the purpose of teacher certification should contact the Schoo l of Education 55&-2717. Each schoo l / college limits the number of semes ter hours transferable toward a degree program Students considering changing from non-degree to degree stat u s should contact the sch ool / college to which they will be applying (as a degree student) for information about the number of hours which may be taken as a non-degree student. Courses taken as a non-degree stude nt are for credit and can be used for transfer to other institutions or for professional improvement. Note: International students are not admitted as non-degree students, except for summer terms. They must hold a valid Visa. S tud ents with the baccalaureate degree who are not accepted to specific degree programs may enroll for course work as non-degree students. There are severa l types of these students. Among th e m are teachers who seek renewal of certification; students who have attained the degree or credential status they want but who wish to take additional course work for profes siona l or personal improvement; and students who feel a need to make up deficiencies befor e e ntering a s pecific program Non-degree students should be aware that generally only a limited number of course credits taken by a non-degree student m ay be applied later toward a degree program at CU-Denver To permit continuing registration as a non-degree student, a minimum grade point average of 2 0 must be maintained Note: International students are not admitted as non-degree students, except for summer terms Non-degree students must maintain a grade-point average of 2.0 at CU-Denver. HOW TO APPLY FOR NON-DEGREE STUDENT ADMISSION To apply for admission as a n o n-degree stude nt obtain a Non-degree Student Appl i cation form from the Office of Admissions Processing. R eturn completed application by the deadline for the term desire d A $10 (subject to change) nonre fund able application fee is required. No additional credentials are required Applicants who seek teacher certification must apply separately to the School of Education and submi t the required credentials. Non-degree students are advised that registration for courses is on a space available basis CHANGING STATUS FROM NONDEGREE TO DEGREE STUDENT Non-degree students may apply for admission to an undergraduate degree program by following the instructions outlined in the Non-degree to Degree pro ced ure s available from the Office of Admissions Academic credentials (i.e., transcripts and / or test scores) and a $30 (subject to change) nonrefundable applica tion fee also must be submitted Nondegree students who are accepted as undergraduate degree students may generally transfer a limited number of semes ter hours for courses taken as a non-degree student to an undergraduate degree program with the approval of their academic dean Non-degree students sho uld consult with the college to which they are applying during the first semester of their enrollment for the maximum number of semester credit hours accep table tow ard a degree program as a non degree student. (Students enrolled as non degree students prior to the Fall Semester of 1970 are subject to the policies in effect between January of 1969 and August o f 1970.) Non-degree students may apply for admission to a graduate program by com pleting the applicatio n required by the particular program The graduate dean upon recommendation by the department, may accept up to 8 semester hours of cre dit toward the requirements for a mas ter' s degree for courses taken as a non-degre e student at the University or at another recognized graduate school, or some combination thereof. The depart men t m ay recommend acceptance of additional credit for courses taken as a non-degree stude nt during the semester the s tudent has applied for admission to the desired degree program

PAGE 17

Official Notification of Admission Official notification of admission to CUDenver as an undergradua te, graduate, or non-degree student is provided by the Office of Admissions Processing Letters from various schools and colleges indicating acceptance into a particular program are pending subject to official notification of admission to the institution. Applicants who do not receive official notification of admission w it hin a reason able period of time (approximately 3 weeks) after submitting all application materials s houl d contact the Office of Admissio n s Processing (303) 556-2704. Tentative Admission. Students who are admitted pending receipt of additional documents will be permitted one term to submit the documents. If t emporarily waived official documents are not received by the end of the initial term of attendance, registration for subsequent terms will be denied. Admissions I 1 5

PAGE 18

UNDER GRADUATE AND NON-DEGREE STUDENT ADMISSION INFORMA TION1 2 3 Type of Applicant Criteria for Admissio n Required C r edentials When to Apply Notes F RESHMAN I N GENERAl: Complete application Not later than : For specific requirements refer (Student seeking bachelor's a) Ranks in top 40 of high $30 applicable fee July 22 for fall to th e college sections of this degree who has never attende d schoo l graduating class. Official high school transcript Dec. I for spring bulletin. For examp l e : Musi c a collegiate institution b) Has 15 units of acceptable showing rank-in-class. date of May 3 l o r summer requires an audition. high school work graduation. 6th semester Seniors who meet or exceed all c) Test scores: grades, courses in progress, admission criteria may apply as ACT com p : 23 or Officia l ACT or SAT score early as Oct. I for following fall SAT comb : 1000 report Note: Business and Engineering applicants are expected to have higher test scores, class rank and number of academic units TRANSFER I N GENERAl: Complete applicatio n Not lat er than : Liberal Arts and Music transfers (Student seeking a bachelor's Must be in goo d standing and $30 application fee July 22 for fall with f ewer than 1 3 sem. hrs. o f d egree who has attended a eligible t o return to all institu-Two officia l tran scripts sent Dec. I for spring college work Business transfers collegiate institution other lions previously attended. from each college a tt e nd ed May 3 for summer with f ewer than 24 sem. hrs., than CU) Applicants must have minimum and Engineering transfers with 2 0 GPA on all work attempted fewer than 24 sem. hrs. must if they hav e co mpl eted 30 a lso submit all freshman or more semester hours. Busi c r ede ntials. ness and Engineering applicants will be requi r e d t o have a higher GPA3 NON-DEG REE Must be high school graduate Comp l ete application Not later th an : Non-degree students who hav e (Student i s not seeking a or have a G.E.D. $10 applicatio n fee July 22 for fall earned a baccalaureate degree degree at this institution) Must be at least 20 years old Dec. I for spring should see Graduate Schoo l May 3 for summer secti o n for additional in f orma-Applications will also be ac-tion. cepted after these deadlines if space allows R ETU R N I NG CU STUDENT Must be in goo d standing Completed degree Not later than : Will be admitted to their previ(Returning non-degree and or July 22 for fall ous major unless a new major degree stude nt who has not Dec. I for spring is requested Students under attended another in stitution May 3 f o r summe r aca d emic suspe n sion in certain since CU) Applications also will be schoo l s o r co lleges at the U ni accepted after these deadlines versity o f Col orado may enro ll if space allows during the summer terms to improve their grade-poin t averages. FORMER CU STUDENT Same as for tran s f er Complete application Not lat er than : Will be admitted to previo u s (Degree student who has $30 application fee July 22 f o r fall major unless a different major attended another ins/Uution Two official transcripts from Dec. I for spring is requested on appli c ation since a tt ending CU) each interuening college Ma y 3 for summe r CH A GE OF STATUS : Same as for transfer Complete ap plicati o n Not l ater than : Must meet the same criteria as ON-DEG R EE TO DEGREE $30 app li cation fee July 22 for fall transfer student. (CU non-degree student who CU transcript Dec. I for spring wishes to enter a degree May 3 for summer program) C H ANGE OF STATUS : Must have compl e ted degree Non-degree student appl i catio n Not l ater than : Onl y s tud ents who have comD EG REE TO NON-DEG REE $10 application fee Jul y 22 for fall ple ted a nd received degrees (Former CU degree student Dec. I for spring are elig ibl e t o change to who has g r aduated and wishes May 3 f o r summe r non-degree status to take a dditi o nal work) INTERCAMPUS T R ANSFE R Must be i n good standing Comp l eted degree Transfer to Denver, not later Transfers from Denver to an-(Student who has been enrolle d than: other campus of CU should on one CU campus and wishes July 22 for fall refer to the bulletin of the to take co urses on another) Dec. I f o r spring campu s t o which they a r e May 3 f o r summer app lying for addi t iona l require-Transfer from Denver: r efer t o ments. Will be admitte d to the bulletin for other previous major unless a differ-campus. ent major is requested o n applicati o n INTRAUNIYER S ITY Same as for transfer lntrauniversit y transfer 60 days prior to the beginning T RANSFER Must be a con tinuing student application o f th e t erm (Students who wish to c hange enrolled on th e campus t o CU transcript from one CU college to anot h e r which you are app l ying e.g. from th e College of Lib e ral Arts and Sci e nces to the College of Business) R equirements for individua l sch oo l s or colleges may vary Foreign stud e nts s h ou ld see Internati o n al Students in th e Admissions section of this cata l og. Applicants who h ave earned 12-29 semester hours must meet freshman standards o r have a minimum transf e r GPA o f 2.5. (Applicants trans f erring from Col o rad o School of Mines, CSU, UNC, UCB. or UCCS must have a minimum transfer GPA o f 2 .0.)

PAGE 19

TUITION AND FEES General Information All tuition and fee charges are established by the Board of Regents, the governing body of the University of Colorado, in accordance with legislati on enacted annually (usually in the spring) by the Colorado General Assembly. The Regents reserve the right to change tuition and fee rates at any time A tuition schedule is published prior to registration for each term and students should con tact the Records Office for further information on the tuition and fee charges for a particu lar term The following rates are for the 1989-90 academic year and are provided to assist prospective students in anticipating cost. Other Fees1 1. Student Activity Fee (required for all students): For each term ...... . .... $27.00 This fee supports the activities of the student government and helps provide legal services, recreational activties, student h ea lth services, the s tud ent newsp ape r the Center for Student Development Services, and various student organizations. The fee is approved by stu dent referendum and is r equired of all students at th e University of Colorado at Denver. (The fee includes a Student H ealth fee. ) 2. Auraria Bond Retirement Fee (required for all students: Each term .............. $ 19.00 3. Student Information System Fee (a non-refund able fee requir ed of all students each term) ..... ....... $ 5 .00 4. Matriculation Fee (mandatory for the first term for all new students): ........................... $ 15.00 This is a non-refundable fee charged a t the student's first registration to cover costs of generating transcripts 5. Health Insuranc e Fee (mandatory, but may be waived): Fall semester ........... $ 228.00 Spring semester (includes summer) ........................... $228.0 0 Summer term only ......... . $115.00 Students who wish to waive student health insurance coverage must comp l ete and submi t a waiver card to the Bursar's Office before the end of the drop / add period. 'Subject to c h ange. The insurance program primarily subsidizes major medical expenses according to the schedule of benefits stated in the insurance brochure, which may be obtained from the Insurance Coordinator. Dependent coverage (spouse and / or children) also is availab l e at an additional charge. Further information on health insurance is available from the Insurance Coordina tor NC 1501, 556-8495. 6. Doctoral dissertation fee (mandatory for all students certified by The Graduate School for enrollment for doctoral disser tation). Students should contact The Graduate School for guidelines established for charges for enrollment. 7. Comprehensive examination fee: Any student in The Graduate School, the Graduate School of Business Administration, or Graduate School of Public Affairs must be enrolled during th e term in which the Comprehensive Examination for a master's degree is completed. Students who are not taking regular courses during that term must enroll as "Candidate for Degree. Students enrolled only as Candidate for Degree pay the correspo nding resident tuition for one credit hour The charge varies by the school in which the student is matricula ted. 8. Laboratory breakage fee (mandatory for students enrolled in a chemistry laboratory course): Breakage deposit ......... $ 20.00 An $8 deduction is assessed for expend able items. The unused portion is returned at the end of the semester. 9. Mus i c laboratory fee (mandatory for music majors and others enrolled in cer tain music courses): Music fee ...... . ...... $ 24.00 Music majors and others enrolled in piano sound recording and reinforcement, and electronic music must pay this fee. No student is charged more than one $24 fee during a given term 9. South African Scholarship Fund. The Regents have authorized the University of Colorado to accept voluntary student con tributions of $1.00 per student per semester to be dedicated to scholarship and bursaries for the higher educat i on of needy South African students at South African universities or at th e University of Colorado. Students who wish to contribute to this fund should submit a contributio n card to the Bursar's Office before the end of the drop / add period each semester. Payment of Tuition and Fees All tuition and fees (except the applica tion fee) are assessed and payable when Tuition and Fees I 17 the student registers for the term according to guideline s in the current Schedule of Classes. Students who register for 7 or more credit hours may arrange at the time of registration to defer payment of part of th e charges. Specific information on deferred payment is includ ed in the Schedule of Classes published before each semester or summer term. Students who fail to complete payment by the published deadlines or who fail to file the required promissory note will be assessed a $50 penalty Studen t s who register for courses are liable for paym ent of tuition and fees even though they may drop out of school. Refund policies for students who withdraw from the University are includ ed in the Schedule of Classes. A student with financial obligations to the University will not be permitted to register for any subse quent term to be gradua ted to be issued transcripts or to be listed among those receiving a degree or special certificate. The only exception to this regulation involves l oans and other types of indebtedness which are due after graduation. Personal checks are accepted for any University obligation. Any student who pays with a check that is not acceptable to the bank will be c harg ed an additiona l service charge Students may pay tuition and fees by credit card. Tuition Appeals Exceptions to financial obligations incurred may be granted by the Tuition Appeals Committee The Committee will only consider appeals when a student h as been medically disab l e d has experienced a death in the family, or has a change in emp l oyment hours or location beyond th e stude nt's control. Documentation of these conditio n s will be required. Exceptions will not be considered for a student's failure to comply with published deadlines, or changes in employment under the student's control. Please note : tuition appeals must be filed within four months of the end of th e term for which the appea l is filed.

PAGE 20

1 8 I General Informatio n FALL AND SPRING 1989-90 TUITION UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS IN THE COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARfS AND SCIENCES and non-degree students without an undergraduate degree Credit Hrs. Resident Non-resident 0..1 $ 8 1 $ 364 2 162 728 3 243 1,092 4 324 1 456 5 405 1,820 6 486 2,184 7 567 3,035 8 648 3,035 9-15 678 3,035 each credit h our over 1 5 81 364 UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING Credit Hrs. 0..1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9-15 each credit hour over 15 Resident $ 95 190 285 380 475 570 665 760 788 95 Non-resident $ 379 758 1 137 1 5 1 6 1 ,895 2,274 3 159 3,159 3,159 379 GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS: with programs in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences Credit Hrs. Resident Non-resi d ent 0-1 $114 $383 2 228 766 3 342 1 ,149 4 456 1 ,532 5 570 1,915 6 684 2 298 7 798 3 195 8 9 1 2 3,195 9-15 950 3,195 each credit hour over 15 114 383 GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS: with programs in the School of Architecture and Planning and NONDEGREE graduate students and nonDenver campus programs Credi t Hrs. Resident Non-resident 0-1 $11 5 $383 2 230 766 3 345 1 ,149 4 460 1 ,532 5 575 1 9 1 5 6 690 2 298 7 805 3 ,195 8 920 3,195 9-15 956 3,195 each credit hour over 1 5 115 383 GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS: in the Graduate School of Business Administration Credit Hrs. Resident Non-residen t 0-1 $139 $40 1 2 278 802 3 417 1,203 4 556 1 ,604 5 695 2 005 6 834 2 406 7 973 3,342 8 1 ,112 3 ,342 9-15 1,157 3 ,342 each credit hour over 15 139 401 GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS: with programs in the College of Engineering, and the Graduate School of Public Affairs Credit hrs. Resident Non-resident 0-1 $134 $40 1 2 268 802 3 402 1 ,203 4 536 1 ,604 5 670 2 005 6 804 2 406 7 938 3 ,342 8 1,072 3 ,342 9-15 1,119 3 ,342 each credit hour over 15 134 40 1 GRADUATE DEGREE STUDENTS: in the School of Education Credit hours R esident Non-residen t 0-1 $120 $40 1 2 240 802 3 360 1 ,203 4 480 1 604 5 600 2 005 6 720 2,406 7 840 3 ,342 8 960 3,342 9-15 1,069 3 ,342 each credit hour over 15 120 401 Graduate degree students who are registered as "candidate for degree" will be assessed the corresponding resident tuition for one credit hour plus the Student Information System Fee. THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CHANGE TUITION AND FEES AT ANY TIME. Audit To qualify as a n a uditor for fall or spri ng semester, a s tudent must be 2 1 years of age or o ld e r or approve d by the Registrar. Auditors may not be registered for a n y other Unive r sity of Colo rado courses during th e tim e they are audit ing and are not eligible t o audi t courses if they are under suspension from the University or have o utstandin g financial obligatio n s to the U niv ersity. The Records Office does not keep any record of courses audited ; therefore, credit f o r these courses cann o t be established. Auditors may a tt e nd as many co urses as they wish (excep t those courses with laboratories or where special equipment is used), pro vided they have received permission from each instructor. Auditor's cards a r e issued after classes begin This card should be presented to the instructor when requestin g permission to a ttend a class. There is no auditor status in summer. Audi t o rs, whether resident or nonresident, pay resident tuition for the a udited courses during the fall or spring semester for class instruction a nd library privileges only Auditors do not receive student parking privileges, and are n o t eligible for other st udent services.

PAGE 21

Residency Classification for Tuition Purposes Tuition classification is governed by CRS 23-7-101, et. seq. (1973) as amended.' Instituti ons of higher education are bound to the provisions of this statute and are not free to make exceptions to the rules set forth. The statute provides that an in-state stu dent is one who has been a legal domiciliary of Colorado for one year or more immediately preceding the begin ning of th e term for which the in-state classification is being sought. Persons over 22 years of age or who are emancipated establish their own legal domicile. Those who are under 22 years of age and unemancipated assume the domicile of their parent or court appointed legal guardian. An unemancipated minor s parent mus t therefore have a legal domicile in Colorado for one year or more before the minor may be classified as an in state student for tuition purposes Domici l e is established when one has a permanent place of habitation in Colorado and the intention of making Colorado one's true fixed, and permanent home and place of habitation. The tuiti on stat ute places the burden of es t ablishing a Colorado domi cile on the person seeking to establ ish th e domicile. The question of intent is one of documentabl e fact and needs to be shown by subs tanti al connec tions with the state sufficient to evidence such intent. Legal domicile in Colorado begins the day after con nection s with Colorado are made sufficient to evidence one's intent. The most common ties with the state are (1) change of driver 's license to Colorado; (2) change of automobile registration to Colorado ; (3) Colorado voter registration ; (4) permanent employ ment in Col orado; (5) and most important, payment of state income taxes as a resi dent by one whose income is sufficient to be taxed. Caution : payment or filing of back taxes in no way serves to establish legal domici l e retroactive to the time filed In order to qualify for in-state tuition for a given term, the 12-month waiting period (which begins when the legal domicile is established) must be over by the first day of classes for the term in question. If o n e's 12-month waiting period expires during the semes ter, in-state tui tion cannot be granted until the next semester. 'A copy of the Colorado Revised Statutes (1973), as amended, is available in the University o f Colo r a do at Denver Admissi ons Office. Once the student's tuition classification is estab lished it remains unchanged unless satisfactory information to the contrary is presented. A student who, due to subseq u e nt events, becomes eligible for a change in classification from r esident t o nonresident or vice versa must inform the Office of Admissions Processing within 15 days after such a change occurs An a dult student or emancipated minor who moves o utsid e of Colo rado must send written notification to the Office of Admis sions Processing within 15 days of the change. Once a s tud ent is classified as non resident for tuition purposes, the studen t must petition the Office of Admissions Processing for a change in classification. Petitions must be submi tted NO LATER THAN THE FIRST DAY OF CLASSES of the term for which the s tudent wishes to be classified as a non resident. It is prefer red for petitions to be received 30 days prior to the t erm. Late petitions will not be considered until the next semester. Specific inform ation may b e obtained from the Office of Adm i ss i ons Processing Resident Tuition for Active Duty Military Personnel The Colorado Legislature approved res i dent tuition beginning with th e Fall 1986 Semester for active duty military person nel on permanent duty assignment in Colorado and for their dependents. ELIGI BLE STUDENTS MUST BE CERTIFIED EACH TERM. Students obtain a com pleted verification form from the base educatio n officer, and submit the form with their militar y lD to the R ecords Office a fter th ey have registered before the end of th e drop / add period. At that time the student's bill will be adjusted to reflect the resident tuition rat e. Students who have been certif ied remain classified as non-residents for tuition purposes a nd must petition to change th eir status once they establish permanent ties to Colo rado. FINANCIAL AID Director: Ellie Miller Office: NC 1030 Telephone: 55&-2886 The Office of Financial Aid / Student Employment considers qualified students for financial aid awards. If the student's application materials are r eceived before the March 30 1990, priority date, then the stude nt is considered for a package of Financial A id I 19 need-based grant, work-study (part-time employm e nt) and/or l ong-term loan funds For the past several years, these packages have consisted of approximat e l y 50 % g r a nt funds and 50 % of self-help funds (work-study loan unmet need). (Gradua t e students have only been receiv ing approximately 10% in grant funds.) If applications are received after the March 30 priority date, the s tudent is usually considered only for Pell Grant and for outside student loans (Stafford Loanformerly Guaranteed Student Loan o r GSL, Par e nt s Loan for Undergraduate Studen ts, and Supplemental Loan for Students). These funds are not allocated to CU-Denver; they are available throughout the year t o s tud ents who qualify. There are three separate deadlines for applying for Advantage Schloars hip ; refer to the separate brochure for further information Applicants for Colorado Fellowship, Deans Scholars and Regents Scholars are subject to different deadlines a nd are reviewed by other CU-Denver depart ments (The Graduate School, undergraduate dean's offices, a nd the Office of Admissions r es pectively) All other students are notified of their award status in writing by the Office of Financial Aid / Student Employment. Eligibility Each student must qualify for CUDenver financial aid as follows : 1. Be a U.S. citizen or be admitted to the U.S. by the INS on a permane nt basis (except for Colorado Fellowship). 2. Be classified as a degree-seeking s tu dent (except for studen ts applying for Advantage Scholarships). Teacher cer tification students are eligible to apply as undergraduate students for outside student loan s (Stafford Loan, Parents Loan for Undergraduate Students, or Sup plemen t a l Loan for 3. Be e nr olled for a specified minimum number of credits. 4. Maintain satisfactory academic pro gress as defined for the financial aid programs. 5. Document financial need by com pleting th e entire need-based applica tion (except for the following programs whi c h are not need-based: Colorado Fellowship, Advantage Scholarship, Colorado Scholars, Deans Scho l ars, R egents Scho lars, Parents Loan for Undergraduate Students, Supplemental Loan for Stude nts, Short Term Loan and many outside scho l a rships).

PAGE 22

20 / General Information 6. Be classified as a resident for tuition purposes (except for the following pro grams: Pell Grant, Supplemental Educa tional Opportunity Grant, Advantage Scholarship, Perkins Loan, College Work Study, Stafford Loan, Paren ts Loan for Undergraduate Students, and Supplemen tal Loan for Students). 7. Not be in default on any student loan or owe a refund on any educational grant. 8. Be registered for the draft or enlis ted in the armed forces if required by Selec tive Service. Appl icat ion Each applicant must complete the finan cial aid application materi als for submis sion to the Office of Financial Aid Complete information must be available to the financial aid counse l ors before eligibility can be determined. Limited Funds. The majority of general financial aid funds are awarded on a first come, first-served basis to eligible students who document financial need and com plete their application process as soon as possible after January 1, 1990. Application completion is defined as having all of the required documents and the results of the need analysis (ACT Family Financial Statement or CSS Financia l Aid form) i n t o the Office of Financial Aid / Student Employment. General financial aid is awarded to eligible students until all of the funds are committed for the year If you complete your file after March 30, 1990, your awards will probably be limited to the Pell Grant (for first undergraduate students only) and / or out side student loans (Stafford Loan, Sup plemental Loans for Students, Parents Loan for Undergraduate Students). Please remember to reapply for financial aid each year. It is the student's responsibility to be sure application materials are complete. Please contact the Office of Financial Aid for application forms and students are 'referred to the Financial Aid Fact Sheets for complete details regarding financial aid. All financial aid app l ication pro cedures are subject to change at any time due to revisions in federal and state laws, regulations, and guidelines. On-line Application Information Please try the new on-line Financial Aid Information System This system will help you complete the ACT Family Financial Statement, provide you with important financial aid information and current news, and produce a printed copy of your institutional financial aid application for you to turn into the Office of Financial Aid To use the system, go to a CUDenver computer lab (North Classroom Bldg., Rooms 1206 or 2206), sign on to the CU-Denver vax computer and enter "money" (in small letters) when prompted for a login. The system will take you to a self-explanatory menu. If you have any questions about how to use the system, ask one of the computer advisors. Qua lif ication Financial Need. Most financial aid is based on the concept of financial need. Your financial aid counselor calculates financial need as: 1) cost of attendance, minus family contributon which is 2) stu dent / spouse contribution, and 3) parents' contributon (for dependent students on ly). The cost of attendance is the cost to attend CU-Denver, including tuition and fees, room and board, books and supplies, transportation, and personal expenses. The Office of Financial Aid / Student Employment determines standard budgets for students based upon average tuition and fees charged and other budget items established by the Colorado Commission on Higher Education Independent Student. The federal government has specific guidelines that must be followed to define a self-support ing student (one who reports only his / her own income and assets when applying for aid). For 1990-91, a self-supporting student is one who is 24 years old or older as of December 31, 1991. If you are under 24, you are considered self-supporting if you fall into one of the following categories: 1 Single undergraduate student with no dependents who was not claimed as a dependent on your parents 1988 and 1989 federal income tax returns. Also, you must demonstrate that you are self sufficient by having total income (including financial aid) or at least $4,000 annually for the two calendar years prior to your first receipt of federal financia l aid. 2 Graduate or professional student who will not be claimed as a dependent on your parents' 1990 federal income tax return. 3. Married and will not be claimed as a dependent on your parents' 1990 federal income tax return. 4 Student with legal dependents other than a spouse 5 Veteran of the U.S. armed forces. 6. Orphan or ward of the court. 7. Appeal to the Financial Aid Commit tee for an exception to these guidelines and be approved by the Committee because of your unusual circumstances. If your student / spouse contribution plus your parents contribution is equal to or greater than the cost of attendance you will not qualify for need-based financial aid. For 1989-90, the following budgets were used for room and board transpor tation, and personal expenses per month : single students living with parents $315 / month; single students not living with parents $700 / month Resident tuition and fees for a full-time student was approximately $725 per semester, and non-resident tuition was approximately $3000. These amounts will probably increase by about 5 % for the 1990-91 school year. The contributions from the stu dent / spouse and from the parents of dependent students are calculated by a standardized formula that is required by federa l law. The formula considers income, savings and other assets family size, number of children in postsecondary school, medical expenses, and other factors You may appeal for special con sideration of your situation and in some cases the standardized contribution may be adjusted by recommendation of the Financial Aid Committee. FINANCIAL AID IS INTENDED TO SUPPLEME T (NOT REPLACE) FINANCIAL CONTRIBUTIONS FROM YOU AND YOUR PARENTS Course Loads. General financial aid (work-study, grants Perkins Loans) undergraduate recipients usually must carry at least 12 credit hours per semester and graduate students usually must carry at least five graduate credits per semester during the academic year (fall/ spring) Higher or lower minimums may be required for individual awards (please check your award letter for the exact number of hours required). Pell grant (available only to first undergraduates) and outside student loan recipients must carry at least six credits per semester for undergraduates and three graduate credits for graduates Summer Term 1990 minimum course loads are as follows : Full-time: undergraduate 8 hours graduate 3 graduate hours ; Half-time : undergraduate -4 hours graduate 2 graduate hours. Higher or lower standards may be required for individual awards. For further information contact the Office of Financial Aid / Stu dent Employment. Satisfactory Academic Progress. CUDenver students must make satisfactory academic progress as defined by the Office of Financial Aid / Student Employ ment in order to be eligible and remain eligible for financial aid. Students are referred to the Satisfactory Academic

PAGE 23

Progress Polic y for Financ ial Aid, ava il able i n the Office of Financial Aid. Non-Deg r ee Students. Non-degre e students are not pursuing a degre e in a technical sense and, therefore are only e li gib l e to a ppl y for one typ e of financial aid at this tim e Advantage Scholars hip Continuin g Education / Community College of Denver Courses. Some courses cannot be included when minimum course loads and satisfac tor y academic progress are determined Classes offere d through the CUD enve r Division of Extended Studies or through the Com munity College of Denver cannot be included. Residency S t atus. You a r e r equired to be a resident of Col orado for a full calendar yea r before the O ffice of Admissio n s can consid e r classifying yo u as a reside nt for tuition purposes. Non-resident stude nts are e ncouraged to ob tain additional infor mation from the Office of Admis sions about a ppealin g for resid e nt status. As a resident s tudent you are p otentially eli gible for more financial aid program s since you can be considered for th e State o f Colorado aid funds Refunds and R epay m ents. Any refund of tuition and fees resulting fr om withdrawa l or reclassification of tuition status mus t be applied against the reci pient's financial aid awards b e for e any payment is mad e t o the s tud ent. Studen t s may be ex p ected to r e pay a porti on of their awa rd if th ey withdraw fr om CU-Denve r Appea ls. Students may appeal a ll decisions of the Office of Financial Aid /Student Emp loym ent by completing a Request for R eview form and submitti n g it to t h e o ffice. Reapply Each Year. Financial aid awards are n ot automatica ll y renewed each year. S tud ents must reapply and meet priority dates each year Award Studen t s are notified in writing of their financial a id e li gibility appr oximately 6-1 2 weeks af t er a ll application documents have been received in th e Office of Finan cial Aid. If awarded, an award l etter is mail e d which includes informati on s uch as th e type(s) a n d amount(s ) of aid awarde d and the minimu m numbe r of cred i t hours th at are required for the award(s). Types of Aid The governmen t fund s th e foll owing programs: 1 Supp l e m e ntal Education Opportunity Gran t (SEOG). A need-based grant program for stu dents who h ave not yet obtained a bache l o r's degree. 2. Perkins Loan (for merly Nationa l Direct Student Loan). The int erest rate on this long t erm loan is 5 % and n o payments are due unt il s i x or nine months (this time differs depending on when yo u first receive a Perkin s Loan) afte r t h e student ceases t o be enro lled at least half time. 3. College Work-Study. A program that allows s tud ents to work on a part-time basis o n campus or of f campus at non profit agencies to h e lp meet their educational costs. The State of Colorado fund s the f o llow ing programs 1. Col o rad o Student Grant. A needbased gran t for resident un dergradua t e studen ts. 2. Colorado Student Incentive Grant. A need-based grant for resident undergraduates who have n ot yet obta in e d a bach e lor' s degree. This gra nt i s funded 50% by the federa l government and 50% by th e State of Colorado. 3 Colorado Graduate Grant A needbased grant for resident graduate stude nts 4. Col orado Work-Study. A program similar t o th e College Work-Stud y pro g r a m but lim ited to resident undergraduate students. Pel/ G r ant. Your eli g ibility for the Pell Grant (federally funded) is determined before a n y other aid is awarded. Awards are defined by a str ict formul a provided by the federal gove rnment and amo unts vary depending on th e student's eligib ility index, e nrollm ent status, resid ency classificat i on and living status. Students are e li gib l e for a Pell Grant if th ey h ave not rece ived th eir first bach e lor' s degree by June 1 1990. Outs i de Student Loans. Your eligib iity for a ll other types o f a id should be deter mined prior t o apply ing for outside student loan s Th e STAFFORD LOAN (former l y Guar anteed Stu dent Loan) pro g r am requires th a t you s h ow financia l need in order to qualify. Most studen t s who are working full time do not doc u ment suff i cient financia l need to qualify for the S t afford Loan. The prim ary purpose of thi s program i s to make low int e rest l ong-term loans available to students to h elp them meet their postsecondary educa tional expenses. The SUPPLEMENTAL LOAN FOR STUDENTS is a long-term loan program for s tudents who do not document fina n c ial need for th e Stafford Loan or who need add it iona l funds. Undergraduate dependen t s tu dents may n o t borrow the SLS because th eir paren t s are eligib l e to borrow under th e same terms. The program for pare nt s is called the PARENTS LOAN R egistra tion / 2 1 FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS. Other Sources of Financial Aid. There a r e sever a l other sources of financial aid for stude nts Employment oppor tunities are li s ted i n the Office of Financial Aid /Student Employment, th e Aurar i a Student Assistance Cent e r and the Center for Int e rn ships and Cooperative Education. Full-tim e undergraduate resident students who apply for College Work Study a nd who do not document sufficien t financial need m ay be conside r e d for Col orado No-Need Work-Study. Scholarship inf orma ti o n can be found in the Auraria Library Sch o lar ship lnfoBank in the reference section of the Library. H and i capped students should inquire abou t th e Ahlin Schol a r ship in Student Enro llm ent Services (556-8427). All app licants for need-based financial aid are automa ticall y considered for the Arnold Scholarship Minority applicants and students whose parents did not graduate with a bach e l or's degree are enco uraged to apply for the Advantage Scholarship. Students who participa t e in CMEA the Pre-Collegiate Development Program th e Minority Scholars Program, or who apply for Advantage Scholars hips are automa ti cally conside r e d for Challenge Scholarships. Graduate students should inquire about additiona l types of aid through The Graduate School and their academic department. Students should be aware that Emergency Student Loans a r e ava ilable as well as Financial Aid Advances. American I ndian students shou ld inquir e in the off ice for Bureau of Indian Affairs or tribal scholarships REGISTRATION Selecting a Program and Courses Students should review th e following sections of this cata log that describe th e academic programs ava il able at CUDenver, and th at provide inf ormatio n by schoo l or college on the various majors availab le, course requirements by major, course l oad policies, and other pertinent information. Courses available during a particular semester or summer t e rm are listed in the Schedu l e of Classes pub lished three months bef ore the beginning of each term. These are ava ilabl e from the Records Office. Und e rgr aduate studen t s who need assistance in planning a program or in select in g courses should contact th e academic unit in which they are enro lled to a rrange for an advising appointment prior to registrati on. Graduate students shoul d contact their

PAGE 24

22 I Genera/Information graduate program for assistance. Course Scheduling and Abbreviations For information on scheduling courses, students are encouraged to contact an advisor through their college or schoo l dean's office In general, the abbreviat ion preceding the course number identifies the department offering the course. The first digit in the course number indicates the recommended class l evel of the course: Level of Courses Stude nt Classification 1000 Lower division 2000 Lower division 3000 Upper division 4000 Upper division 5000 Graduate students or 6000 7000 8000 qualified seniors who have instructor's or dean's permission Graduate degree s tudent s Master's and Ph.D. graduate students Ph .D. graduate students The Graduate School policy permits specifically approved courses to be offered concurrently at the 4000 and 5000 levels. It should be expected that work at the graduate (5000) level would involve demonstration of greater maturity and critical skills than at the (4000) undergraduate level. The digit after the dash in th e co urse number denotes the credit-hour value of the course. The 1-credit l ecture / recitation period is 50 minutes long. Hence a student enrolled in a 3-credi t hour course will attend class for 150 minutes per week during a 16-week term. A 3-credit hour course will require six to nine hours of work each week outside of class. A l aboratory credit includes from two to four hours per week in th e l aboratory, drafting room, or field. Unless the course descriptions specify laboratory work, it i s understood that the classes consist of lec tures and discussions. Abbreviations used in the course descriptions are: Coreq -Corequisite Hrs.-Hours Lab.-Laboratory Lect. -Lecture Prer -Prerequisi t e Rec.-Recitation Sem. -Semester Wk.-Week Thus, the description of CHEM. 1020-5 signifies that the course is offered by the chemistry department a t the freshman level, and that it carries 5 semester hours of credit which is divided into 3 hours of lecture credit 1 hour of recitation credit, and 1 hour of l aboratory credit. Further, the student must have completed CHEM. 1010 (the prerequisite) before enrolling Orientation An orientation program for all new students is held at the beginning of the fall and spring semesters, prior to the first day of classes The orientation conducted by the Records Office and the various schoo l s and colleges, introduces the pro grams, activities, and services availab l e at CU-Denver Information on the registra tion process and degree requirements also is provided. Academic orientation adv i s ing sessions are held during the term, before registration for the next term. Registration CU-Denver students can register from any touch-tone telephone Students will be assigned a time to register and may register at or after their assigned time. REGISTRATION PRIORITIES Non-degree students who apply late should be prepared with alternate choices or classes because students in degree pro grams will register first. All non-degree students should contact the academic advisors of the degree programs in which they are interested in order to ensure that their classes will fulfill the requirements of the program. Please note: some courses are not open for registration by non-degree students without special permission. Non-degree students should check the restrictions listed for each course in the Schedule of Classes Registration is by time assignment only Continuing students, and new stude nts admi tt ed by the priority deadline will have first priority in the following order: first graduate students, then new freshmen fifth year seniors, seniors, juniors, sophomores, freshmen, with non degree students registering last. All those admitted after the priority deadline will be assigned to register in the order they are admitted. POOLED COURSES AT METRO PO LIT AN STATE COLLEGE Certain courses in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences have been pooled with similar courses at Metropolitan State College (MSC). CU-Denver undergraduate students may register for any of the pooled courses listed in the CU-Denver Sched ul e of Classes. Restrictions 1. CU-Denver gra duate students are not eligibl e to register for MSC common pool courses. 2. MSC courses will not be included in the University of Colorado grade-point average MSC courses will appear on the Unive rsity of Colorado transcript and will count in the hours toward graduation. 3. MSC courses cannot be used to meet specific course requirements toward the major without prior approval of the stu dent's d ean. The last 30 semes ter hours applied toward the baccalaureate degree must be taken in residence a t CU-Denver. MSC common pool courses will not satisfy this residence requirement. INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION CU-Denver degree students may enroll for courses offered by the Community College of Denver, Front Range Com munity College, and R ed Rocks Com mu nity College Students must be enrolled at CU-Denver for at least one course during the semester or summer term to be eligible to register interinstitutionally. Registration is on a space available basis Interinstitutional courses are evaluated for transfer credit and are nqt included in a CU-Denver student's grade-point average. CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT Degree-seeking students who wish to attend two University of Colorado cam puses concurrently must contact their school or college on their home campus. Concurrent registration is available only during fall and spring semesters A degree student registered on the Denver campus may take up to two co ur ses or 6 semester credit hours (whic hever is greater) on another CU camp us .if: 1. The student obtains a Concurrent Registration form from the office of the academic dean. 2. The course is a required course for the student's degree (not an elective) and not offered at CU-Denver. 3 The student obtains approval from the academic dean 4. There is space available at the other (host) campus 5 The student pays tuition at CUDenver (home) campus at CU-Denver rates. 6. The home campus school or college arranges for space in the host campus classes. 7. The concurrent request is processed

PAGE 25

before the end of the drop /add period on both the host and home campuses. Students may not register for an independe n t study course t hrough concur rent registra t ion Students m ay not take courses pass /fai l or for n o-c r edit through co ncurrent registration. To drop a concurrent course during the host campus drop / add period, arrange the drop at t h e home campus school or college office. To drop a concurrent course after the end of the h ost campus drop /add deadline drop the course at the host campus Records Office. Study Abroad The Off ice o f Internati o n a l Educat ion o n the Boulder campus offers study abroad programs that are available for all CU students More than 30 programs are offered around the world Resident credit at lower division upper division, or graduate levels can be earned depending on the program selected, and if appropriate, can be applied to the CUDenver degree. Students also can apply their financ i a l aid to CUBou lder spon sored study abroad programs. Information is available f rom the Study Abroad Pro grams, 492-7741. Course load s Students wishing to take more than 18 semester hours (12 in the summer term) must have the overload approved by the dean of their college or school. Students should pet i tion their academic dean. Remember that a three-semester-hour course duri n g a fall or spring semester will req u ire s i x to nine hours of work each week o u tside of class; a three semester ho u r course during a summer term will require nine to thirteen hours of work each week outside of class Suggested maximum course loads for the fall and spring semesters for undergraduat e students who are employed: Employed 40 or more h ours per week: 3-6 semester hours 30 39 hours per week: 5-8 semester hours 20-29 hours per week: 7 -11 semester hours 10-19 hours per week: 9-15 semester hours Students must consider their other obligations academic, professional and personal before registering for these courses. GRADUATE RESTRICTIONS No more t han 15 semes ter hours take n by a graduate student during a fall or spring semester can be applied toward a graduate d egree. No more than 10 semes ter hours take n by a grad uate student during a given summer term can be app l ied to a graduate degree. DEFINIT ION OF FULL-AND HALF-TIME STATUS FOR FINANCIAL AID AND LOA DEFERME T: FALL AND SPRING Individua l students receiving financia l aid may be required to complete hours in addition to th ose listed below. The exact requireme nts for financia l aid will be listed in the student's financial aid award letter. Fall a nd Spring: effective Fall 1987 Undergrad u ates and non-degree students: Full-time ... 12 or more semester hours Half-time .... 6 or more semester hours Graduate degree students: Full-time: 5 or more hours of graduate level classes (course number 5000 +) 8 or more hours of mixed level classes 0 hours as candidate for degree I or more hours of thesis (not master s r e ports, or thesis preparation) Half-time: 3 or more hours of graduate level classes (course number 5000 +) 4 or more hours of mixed level classes Summ e r (10 week term) Undergraduates and non-degree students: Full-time Half-time Full-time: 8 or more semester hours 4 or more semester hours 3 or more hours of graduate level classes (course number 5000 +) 5 or more hours of mixed level classes 0 hours as candidate for degree I or more hours of thesis (not master s reports preparation) Half-time: 2 or more hours of grad u ate level classes (course number-5000+) 3 or more hours of mixed level classes Enrollment status for a term cannot be certified until the end of the drop /add period. These hours do not include interinstitutional hours from ceo or hours at MSC, nor do they include hours on another CU campus, unless Academic Policies I 23 the student is enrolled through concurrent registration. S t udents receiving veteran's benefits must contact the Veterans Affairs coordinator for definition of full-time status for summer terms ceo courses are not considered for full-or half-time stat u s Individua l except i ons to the min imum graduate course load levels are considered for financial aid purposes by the Financia l Aid Committee. Students must file a written appeal with the Office of Financial Aid SHORT TERM COURSES Courses are also offered in fiveweek modules in spec i a l weekend courses, and in seminars. Topics in Science modular courses are self contained units designed to cover specific problems or issues in science. Students should contact the col lege / school office for information on short-term courses offered each semester. ACADEMI C POLICIES AND REGULATIONS Advanced Standing and Advanced Placement Credit Undergraduate students may obtain credit for lower-division courses in which they demonstrate proficiency by examination. By passing an examination, the student will be given credit for the course to satisfy lower divisio n requirements and may be e l igib l e to enroll in h i g her level courses t han indicated by the stu dent s formal academic experience Credit granted for courses by examination is treated as transfer credit without a grade but does count toward graduation and other requirements for which it is appropriate There are three types of examinations as described below. Advanced Placement Program The Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) allows students to take advanced wor while in high school and then be e mined for credit at the college level. Students who take advanced placement courses and subsequently receive scores of 4 or 5 on the CEEB Advanced Placement Examination are generally given

PAGE 26

24 I General Information college credit for lower-level courses in which they have demonstrated profi ciency and are granted advanced stan ding in those areas. Students with scores below 4 may be considered for advanced placement by the discip l ine concerned. All credit must be validated by subse quent academic performance. For more information contact your high school counselor or the Direc tor of Outreach and Recruitment at CU-Denver. Credit By Examination Degree students may take examinations for credit. To qualify for an examination, the student must be formally working toward a degree at CU-Denver have a grade-point average of at least 2.0, and be currently registered. Examinations are arranged through the Records Office, and a nonrefundable fee is charged. Students should contact the office of the dean of the academic unit in which they are enrolled. College-level Examination Prog r a m Incoming CU-Denver students may earn University credit by examination in sub ject areas in which they have excelled at college-leve l proficiency. I nterested students are encouraged to take appropriate subject examinations pro vided in the College-Level Examinations Program (CLEP) of the College Entrance Examination Board testing service. For more information call the CU-Denver Testing Center at 556-2861. Students who are interested in credi t for CLEP examinations must contact the office of their school or college Credit for Milit ary Service and Schooli n g and ROTC MILITARY SERVICE AND SCHOOLING To have credit for edu cat i onal experiences evaluated, applicants with military experience should submit the following with their app l ication : (!)a copy of DO Form 214 and (2) DO Form 295, Application for the Evaluation of Educa tion Experience During Mil itary Service. USAF personnel may present an officia l transcript from the Com munity College of the Air Force in lieu of DO Form 295. Credit will be awarde s recommended by the Commission on the Accreditatio n of Service Experiences o f the American Council on Education to the extent that the credit is applicable to the degree the student is seeking at CU-Denver Credit for co urses completed through the U.S. Armed Forces I nstitute will be evaluated on the same basis as transfer credit from co llegiate institutions. RESERVE OFFICERS' TRAINING CORPS (ROTC) Students e nrolled in Army or Air Force ROTC programs should consult with their co llege or school regarding the applica tion of ROTC course credit toward grad u ation requirements. The College of Liberal Arts and Sciences allows a max imum of 6 semester hours of ROTC credit to be applied toward baccalaureate degree requirements The College of Business and Administration stipulates that ROTC courses may be used for credit only for nonbusiness elective requirements and that no credit may be given for freshman and sophomore ROTC courses. Furthermore, a maximum of 12 semester hours may be applied toward bacca laureate degree requirements in business and then only if the ROTC pro gram is completed. Gr ading System and Policies The following grading system and policies for pass /fail registration, dropping and adding courses, and withdrawal from the University have been standardized for all academic units of th e University. GRADE SYMBOLS The instructor is responsible for whatever grade symbol (A, B C, D, F, IF, JW, or IP) is to be assigned. Special sym bols (NC, W, and 11 are indications of registration or grade status and are not assigned by the instructor. Pass /fail designations are not assigned by the instructor but are automatically converted by the grade application system explained under Pass / Fail Procedure A-superiorl exce//ent-4 credit points per credit hour B-goodl better than average-] points per credit hour C-competent /average-2 credit po i nts per hour D-minimum passing-! credit point per credit hour F-Failing-no credit points p e r credit hour. Beginning with the Spring 1984 Semester, the University approved use of a PLUS/MINUS grading system, where a B + corresponds to 3.3 credi t points per credit hour and a B-corresponds to 2 .7 credit points per credit hour Instructors in those schools and colleges may, at their d i scretion, use the PLUS/MINUS sys tem, but are not requ i red to do so. IF-incompl e te-regarded as F if not com p l eted within one year. JW-incomplete-regarded as W if not comp l eted within one year. !P-in progress-thesis at th e graduate level only P /F-pass/fail-P grade is not included in the grade-point average; the F grade is included ; up to 16 hours of pass /fail course work may be credited toward a bache l or s degree. H I P IF-honors/ pass / fail-int e nded for honors courses; credit hours count toward the degree but are not included in the grade-point average. S p ecia l Symbol s NC -indicates registration on a no credit basis W-indicates withdrawal without credit. Y-indicates the final grade roster was not received by the time grades were processed. Graduate students enrolled at the 5000 level of a slash course (4000 / 5000) will be expected to complete additional work and be evaluated com mensurate with graduate standards as specified by the co urs e instructor. An incomplete grade is only awarded when special circumstances prevent a stu dent's completing a course during the term. Students have one year to complete an INCOMPLETE After one year, an JW is regarded as a DROP-PASSING ; an IF as a DROP-FAILING. Students should not re register for courses for which they have received INCOMPLETES Most schools and colleges require a con tract between the instructor and student outlining the work necessary to "com plete" the incomplete MID-TERM GRADES Beginning with the Spring 1990 Semes t er, instructors will be asked to assig n mid-term grades for a small popula tion of students. Students who may be in some academic difficulty may be con tacted and counse l ed about support ser vices available to them Please not e : academic support services are available to all st u dents through the Office of Student Rete n t ion Services, NC 2012, 556-2324 PASS/FAIL PROCEDURE I. S tu dents who wish to regi ster for a course on a pass /fail basis must do so during the regular registration. Changes to or from a pass /fail basis may be made

PAGE 27

only during t he regular dro p / add period. 2 Up to 1 6 semester h o ur s of regular course wo rk may be taken o n a pass /fail basis and c r edited toward t h e bachelor's degree. Only 6 hours of course work may be taken pass /fail in a n y g iven semester. 3. Aca d emic deans a nd f aculty will n o t b e inf or m e d o f pass /fail reg i s tr ation. All students w h o register on a p ass /fail appear on t he regular class roster, and a normal let t e r grade is assigned by the professor. W h en grades are received in the Records O f fice, those regis t rations with a pass / f a i l designa tion are automatically converted by t he grade applicatio n system. Grades of D and above co n ver t to grades of P. Courses t aken pass / f ail will be i nclu ded in hours toward g r a du a t ion Pass g r a d es are no t included i n a student's gra d e point average. A n F grade in a course taken pass /fail will be included in the grade point average 4. The record of pass /fail registration i s maintained b y the Records Office 5. Excep t ions to the pass /fail regula tions are permitted for specified courses offered by th e School of Edu cation, the Divisio n of Ex tended Studies and Study A b road Pr og r ams. 6. Grad u a t e degree s tu de nt s can exer cise the P / F op t ion for unde r g r aduate courses on ly. A grad e of P will not be acceptable for gr a duate credit to satisfy any Graduate School requirement 7 Studen t s who register for a course on a pass /fail basis may not l a ter decide to receive a l e t ter grade Eac h school or col l ege limits th e hours and cou r ses for wh i ch st ud e nt s may regis ter o n a pass /fail bas is. Please no te: many othe r ins t i t utions will n o t accep t a "P" grade for tr a n sfe r credit. C oll ege Business and Adminis t ra t ion Engineeri n g and Applied Science Liberal Arts and Sciences Music Academic Policies/ 2!3 PAS S / F AIL OPTION RESTRICTION S 16 Hours Gener a l Maximum Transfer Stud e nts On l y non-business Only 6 semester Only 6 semester e l ectives may be hours may be taken ho ur s may be take n t a k en pass /fail pass /fail pass / fail R equired courses may not be take n Includes courses Maximum of I pass /fail. Upper div i taken in t h e honors semester hour of sio n humanities a nd program pass /fail may be soc i a l sciences e l ecapplied toward tives are accep t ab l e, grad u a t ion for every o th erwise major 9 semester hours department approval take n in the college is required; studen t s w ith out a major a r e n o t e l igible t o ta k e co ur ses pass /fail. Recom-mended maximum o n e course / semester. May be restricted in Does not i n clude May not be used by certain majors; not courses taken in students graduating incl u ded in 30 hours honors, p h ysical with only 30 semes o f C or better wo rk educatio n cooperter h ours taken a t req u ired for maj or. at i ve edu cation and the University No more than 6 certain teach er cerh o u rs P / F any tification courses ; semester. a l so does not include ENGL. I 002 Proficiency Tes t or MATH. 1002 Test On l y non-music elecIncludes courses t i ves may be taken taken in the h onors pass /fail. No more program. t ha n 6 hours P / F a n y semester

PAGE 28

26 I General Information NO CREDIT Students may register for a course on a no-credit basis with the consent of their instru ctor and the dean of their schoo l or college. File the no cre dit form in the R ecords Office before the end of the drop / add period Students who register for a course on a no credit basis may not later decide that they want a letter grade. Students may not register again for a course which has already been taken on a no credit basis AUDIT People who are not registered for classes on any University of Colorado campus may pay the resident tuition for a class to audit a class with the instructor s permission. Audited courses do not appear on a transcript. No credit is given SENIOR CITIZENS Senior citizens (aged 60 and over) may audit classes for no charge Contact the Division of Enrollment and Student Ser vices at 556-8427, NC 2204 GRADE-POINT AVERAGE The grade-point average is computed by multiplying the credit points per hour (for example B = 3) by the number of hours for each course totaling the hours and th e credit points and dividing the total points by the total hours Grades of P, NC, Y, W, IP, IW, and IF are not included in the grade-point average. If an IF grade has not been completed within one year, the co urse is regarded as failed and a grade of F i s automatically calculated in the grade-point average at the end of the one-yea r grace period. If an IW grade has not been completed within one year the course is regarded as dropped If a course is repeated, all grades earned are used in determining the grade-point average. The University of Colorado grade-point average does not include courses taken at other institutions. The grade-point average of gradua t e students includes only courses, credit h ours, and c redit points accumulated while enrolled in The Graduate School. The grade-point average does not appear on official transcripts issued from the Records Office but do es appear on the Grade Report issued each semester. Students should consul t with the dean of their college or school for explanati on of any exceptions made to the University uniform grade-point average Undergraduates and non-d egree students must maintain a 2.0 grade-poin t average to remain in good standing. Graduate students must maintain a 3.0 GPA to remain in good standing Students whose GPA falls below the 2 0 / 3 0 level are subject to probation or suspension Such students will be notified by their school or college. GRADE REPORTS Grade reports are mailed to CU-Denver students approximately two weeks after the end of the term To ob t ain replace ment reports students must present picture identification at the Records Office Student Classification Stud ents are classified according to the number of semester hours passed : Freshman Sophomore Junior Senior 0-29 hours 30-59 hours 60-89 h ours 90+ hours All transfer students will be classified on the same basis according to their hours of credit accepted by the University of Colorado. Graduation Undergraduates Students who have completed 80 or more semester hours should make an appointment with the advising office of their school or college to determine what requirements remain for graduation Stud e nts intending to grad u ate must fil e a Diploma Card with their schoo l or college during the first week of their graduation term Stude nts will not be finally certified to graduate until final grades have been evaluated. After students have been certified to graduate they must reapply to return to CU-Denver Graduates. Students must file an Appli cation for Candidacy and a Diploma Card with The Graduate School on the Denver campus during the first week of their grad uati on term Check with The Graduate School for more complete infor mation Students will not be finally cer tified to graduate until final grades have been evaluated. After students have been certified to graduate, they must reapp l y to return to CU-Denver Commencement. Letters will be mailed in early April to students eligible to par ticipate in the spring commencement. Information will be provided about order ing special display diplomas being fitted for caps and gowns, and obtaining diplomas and transcripts with the degree recorded Students graduating at the end of the summer term or the end of the fall semester may participate in the following spring commencement. Transcripts Transcripts of academic record at the University of Colorado (all campuses) may be ordered in person or by mail from the University of Colorado at Denver, Transcript Office, 1200 Larimer St., Campus Box 167, Denver CO 80204. Official transcripts will not be available until approximately four weeks after final examinations. A transcript on which a degree is to be recorded will not be avail ab l e until approx imat ely eight weeks after fina l examinations. Requests should include the following : I. Student's full name (include given or other name if applicable) 2. S tud ent number. 3 Birthdate 4. The last term and campus the stu den t attended. 5. Whether the current semester grades are to be included when a transcript is orde red near the end of a term. Whether the request should be held until a degree is recorded. 6. Agency, college, or individuals to whom transcripts are to be sent. Complete mai l ing addresses should be included Transcripts sent to students are labeled issued to student: 7. Student's signature. (fhis is the stu dent's authorization to release the records to the designee.) There is no charge for individual official transcripts Transcripts are prepared only at the student's request. A student with financial obliga t ions to the University that are due and unpaid will not be granted a transcript. Official transcripts require five to seven working days to be generated Unofficial copies of transcripts sent to CUDenver from other institutions can be requested at the Records Office Official transcripts should be requested directly from the issuing institution Unofficial CU transcripts are ava ilabl e to students in the CU-Denver Records Office Students must present picture 10.

PAGE 29

Adding and Dropping Courses1 ADDING COURSES Students may add courses t o their origina l reg i stration during the first 12 (8 in the summer) days of full-term classes, provided t here is space avail able Instruc tor approva l may be required after the first week of classes. DROPPING COURSES I. Students may drop courses without approvals d ur ing the first 12 days of the fall or spring semester (8th day of the summer term). Tuition wi ll not be charged for the courses which are dropped as long as the student is not withdrawing No record of the dropped course will appear on the student's permanent record 2 After the 12th day of a fall or spring semester (8th day of the summer term) the instructor's signature is required and the instructor must indicate whether the student is passing or failing. If the student i s passing, th e course wi ll appear on the student's per manent record with the grade of W If the student is failing the course will appear on the perfor example, B = 3) by the number of hours for each course, totaling the hours and the credit points and dividing the total points by the total hours. Grades of P, NC, Y, W, IP, IW, and IF are not include d in the grade-point average. If an IF grade has not been completed within one year, the course i s regarded as failed and a grade of F is a u tomatically calculated in the grade-point average at the end of the one-year grace period. If an IW g rade has not been completed wied even though the drop is allowed 4 Droppi n g all courses requires an official Uni versity withdrawal form. Deadlines for module courses and intensive courses are published in the Schedule of Classes each term Withdrawal from the University To withdraw from the University students must obtain approval from their academic dean's office, the Bursar's Office, and the Records Office. The withdrawal date is recorded on the student's perma nent record page. If the withdrawal date is prior to the 13th day of the semester (9th day of the s u mmer term) t h e courses will not appea r on the 'For the exact dates, chec k th e Sch edule o f Class e s f o r the the approriat e t e rm student s permanent record I f the withdrawal date is after the 12th day the courses w ill appear with W grades. Students may not withdraw after the lOth week of the semester (7th week of the summer term) except under documente d circumstances clearly beyond their control. Students who are receiv in g veteran's benefits or financial aid also must obtain the required signature of those respective offices. International students must obtai n clearance from the Office of International Students A stude nt who stops attending classes without officially withdrawi ng from the University will receive grades ofF for all course work enrolled fo r during that term. To withdraw from the University a graduate student must appl y to the dean of The Graduate School for permission to withdraw in good standing. Students who withdraw without communicating with the dean and without filing the appropriate Withdrawal Form will be marked as having failed their courses for the term. Deadlines for module courses and intensive courses, as well as specific requirements and tuition adjustment appear in the Schedule of Classes published prior to the beginning of each term Ori ginality o f Work In all academic areas it i s imp e rative that either work be original or explicit acknow l edgment be given for the use of other persons' ideas or language Students should consult with instructors to learn specific procedures app r opr iate for documenting the work of others in each given field. Breaches of academic honesty can resul t in disciplinary measures ranging from lowering of a grade to permanent compulsory withdrawal from the University Family Educat iona l Rights and Privac y Act Periodica lly, but not less than annually, the Unive r sity of Colorado informs students of the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act with which the institu tion intends to comply full y The Act was designed to protect the pr i vacy of educa tional records, to establish the right of students to i nspect and rev i ew their educational records, and to provide guidelines for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data throug h i nformal and formal hearings Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Academic Fblicies I 27 Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply with the Act. Local policy explains in detail the pro cedures to be used by the institution for compliance with the prov isions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the library on each of the several campuses of the University of Colorado. The following items of student informa tion have been designated by the Univer sity of Col orado as public or directory information: student name, address tele phone number dates of attendance registra t ion status class, major field of study awards honors, degree(s) conferred, past and present participation in officia ll y recognized sports and act ivities, physical factors (height, weight) of athletes date and place of birth This information may be disclosed by the University for any purpose at its discretion. Currently enrolled students may withho l d disclosure of any category of information und e r the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act. To withhold disclosure, written notification must be received i n the Records Office on the appropriate campus prior to the end of the drop / add period in the term. Forms requesting the withholding of directory information are available in the Records Office The request to withhold disclosure will remain in effect until the student provides written notification to the Records Office. The University of Colorado assumes that when a s t udent fails to request to have directory information withheld, the student is indicating approval for disclosure of informa t ion for that term and following terms until otherwise requested Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred to the R e cords Office 556-2389. University of Colorado at D enve r Confidentiality o f A cademi c Records STUDENTS: DO have the right to view and inspect their educational records (excluding any financial records of their parents). DO have the right to have Directory Infor mation wi th held from a ll persons or organizations outside the University

PAGE 30

28 I General Information Directory Information includes: n ame, address, telephone number date and place of birth dates of attendance, registration status, class major field of study awards, honors, degree(s) conferred past and present participation in officially recognized sports and activities physical characteristics (height, weig ht ) of athletes DO NOf have the right t o obtain their grades, or ot her information not consid ered Directory Information by telephone PARENTS: DO have the right to ob tain the educa tional records of their child only if they provide a signed statement that their son or daughter is a dependent as defined by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service The Records Office, in NC 1003, 556-2389, ha s forms avai l able to parents for such requests. Parents are, however encouraged to obtain final grades with a written approval from the student. UNIVERSITY OF COWRADO PERSONNEL: DO have the right to use educational records of students in th e normal exerc i se of their duties. DO NOf have the right to use educa tion al records of students for employment pur poses, for social organizations for per sonal reasons, or for other non-educational interests without written consent of the student. PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS OUTSIDE THE UNIVERSITY OF COWRADO: DO have the right to obtain the Directory Information listed above unless the stu dent has made a request for non disclosure When the term microfiche, or the computer terminal on-line file of the Student Information System indicates PRIVATE, inquir ers will be told that no information can be released without the student's written consent. PERSONS OR ORGANIZATIONS PROVIDING FINANCIAL AID TO STUDENTS: DO have the right to educational records of students only as necessary in determin ing and enforcing terms of financial aid. PERSONS IN AN EMERGENCY: DO have the right to obtain confide ntial academic records necessary to protect the health or safety of students and others, but such information will only be released by the Office of the Associate Vice C h a ncellor for Enrollment and Student Services 556-8427. These regulations are required by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 197 4 {the Buckley Amendment). For further information, please call the Records Office at (303) 556-2389. Student records will be released only to the st udent with current appropriate iden tification or upon written authorization of the student whose records are being requested. SPECIAL PROGRAMS AND FACILITIES Alumni Association The CU-Denver Alumni Association sup ports the development and awareness of the University through a variety of net works and activities. Founded in 1976 students automatically become members upon graduation. Friends and non-degree former students are also welcome to participate. Horizons a newspaper published quar terly is mailed to members of the associa tion. Alumni are invited to attend periodic reunions and/or activities which might interest them. The Mack Easton Award for Distinguished Service, The Outstanding Alumnus Award and the Legislative Recognition Award are bestowed each year at commencement and are spon sored by the Association A program of alumni use of the campus recreation center, library, and parking lots is also avai l ab l e through the Association. The governing board is comprised of alumni representing all schools and col leges on campus. This group plans eve nts, implements programs, and raises funds with the goal of advancing and increasing the visibility of the University. Auraria Book Center Student Union: ground l eve l 556-3230 Hours : MTh 8-6, F 8-5, Sat. 10-3 except vacation and interim periods The Auraria Book Center carries academic technical reference, and exam preparation books in support of your higher education Best sellers, new releases and gift book selections change frequently and are often accompanied by displays of special value books in many subjects. For addit i onal savings on general reading books, join the Auraria Book Club at the Book Information desk. Special orders and out of print searches are available at no charge. Bring your course printouts to l ocate textbooks! Subject areas are marked on eac h se t of she l ves; departmental abbreviations course, and section numbers are printed on a shelf tag below each required or optiona l textbook. A full refund is given for new and used books accompanied by your receipt and returned within the first three weeks of class for regular semesters and during the first week of class for short terms. Please read the refund policy attached to your receipt. The Convenience Store is located near the main store in the Student Union lower mall and has extended hours for those wishing to buy snacks, magazines, sun dries, and school s uppli es. Used texts are bought back from students throughout the year, and merchandise refunds and exchanges also are performed here Auraria Reprographics offers full-service copyi n g in the Convenience Store, MTh 7:30-6, F 7:30-5 Special papers, transparencies reductions and en l argements and other options may be specified for jobs of all sizes. A self-serve copier is availab l e for small orders Two IDs are required for purchases paid for by check. The Book Center also accepts MasterCard and VISA charges. Personal computer systems and a vari ety of software are offered to Auraria campu s students at educational discount prices A curren t validated Auraria ID must be presented at the time of purchase. Computing Services Computin g Serv i ces supports computer use by both the academic and admin istrativ e communities at CU-Denver. Most administrative processing is done in University Management Systems in Boulder with data entry, output process ing, and user support provided by Com puting Services in Denver. Most academic processing is either done on campus or through one of severa l networks avai lable through Computing Services. The Denver campus maintains a PRIME 9950 under PRIMOS, a VAX 8700 under VMS, and a series of computers (Pyramid 90X, 8-processor Sequent B21000, Intel 16-processor Hypercube) under the UNIX operat in g sys t em. Access to all machines is through a communications network that allows connection to the campus libraries' online card-catalog (CARL-PAC) as well as to any of the other CU campuses The VMS and UNIX machines are all con nected over the ethernet which also is a node on the growing Colorado

PAGE 31

SuperNet n e twork. Thi s net provid es access to many academic co mputin g net works (ARPANET, NSFNET, JVNCNET C?'NET, etc.) as well as high-speed connectJOns to the Colorado School of Mines University of Den ver Colorado Springs and Boulder CU campu ses, and Colorado State Univers ity. CU-Denv e r also i s a BITNET site. A significa nt amount of co m puting also is accomplished on the campus' 900 per sonal co mput ers both in laboratories .(10 t eaching l a b s and 3 public lab s are ava llable) and in offices Services staff provides ass i stance to academic and administrative users o n all co mput ing sys tem s availab l e and on eve r y phase of their use. Adviso rs and a full-time academic user services staff assis t faculty as well as students enroll.e d in co urs.es using co mput ing w ith qu estio n s regardmg programming and th e u se of compu ter systems a nd software available Administrative users are assiste d b y a data pro cessing s t aff as well as user services p e rsonnel. Com putin g systems on cam pus are maintained b y an operastaf f w h o also assist faculty and staff With planning, acquisitions questions, a nd problems. Th e goa l of Computing Services is to assist all m embers of the CU-Denver community in using computing as an effective t ool in their work. For further information and an informative book l e t about com put ing a t CU-D e n ver, please call 556-2583. Division of Extended Studies The University o f Colorado at Denver has serve d th e life-long learner and nonstud ents as possible Exten ded S tudi es uses th e city for its classrooms, as well as the Auraria Ca mpu s Consistent with th e University's high standa rds, Ext e nded S tudi es credit cou r ses suppleme nt th e Universi ty' s general course offerings and include weekend and evening options. Nonc redit co ur ses exp l ore a wid e array of topics: test f oreig n languages, compu t ers, hne arts writin g and literatur e, persona l and professional development, and recrea tion. Ce rtificat e programs includ e manage ment and secretarial s kills the humanities paralegal and legal studies. Through Corpo rate Pr ogra ms, CU-Denver tailors Its :ducation al resources t o private a.nd industry, brin ging the l!mvers ity dir ectly t o differ e nt organ iza tions and community se ttings. On and offcampus, CU-Denver's Centers and Ins.tit.ut es e ng age in research and provide trammg a nd technical ass i s t a n ce to the public. To meet a growing need for adult educa tion that i s personalize d e.conomica l applicable, and profes Sionally ben efic i al, the University of Colo rado's resources are accessible through Exten?ed. Studies. Individuals, groups, and orga mzations are invited to call Extended Studies at 556-2735 University of Colorado Foundation, Inc. In 1981-82, the Univers ity of Colora d o Foundation established a Denver office. The CU Found atio n was established in 1 967 at the dir ection o f th e Board o f Regent s of th e U niv e rsity as a privately governed, non -profit co rporation, chartered under the laws of the State of Colo:ado. It is operated exclusively for chantable, scientific o r educational pur p oses designed to promote the welfare of CU. The CU F oundation is th e approved agency to solicit receive, and adminis t e r gifts fro m priv ate sou r ces. International Education/Study Abroad The Office o f International Educatio n o n th e Boulder campus expedites th e exchange of s tudent s and fac ulty, h os ts .visitors promotes special relation ships With for eign universities, and a dvises f oreig n s tudent s and sc h o lar s for Fulb right Programs and Facilities I 29 and o ther scholarships a t CU-Boulder. The office also arranges study abroad pro g rams and offe rs over 3 0 different pro grams a round the g l obe. Students on any CU cam pu s can participa t e in most of these progr a ms. Some of the study abroad programs are of the tradition al junior year abroad variin .which s tudent s a r e placed direct l y m foreign uni versities f or an academic year. S uch pr ograms are avai l able at th e University of Lancaster, England the Univers ity of Bordeaux, France; the Univers ity of Costa Rica in San Jose the University in Cairo, Egypt ; the Umvers ity of R egensb urg, West Germany; the H ebrew University of Jerusalem I srae l ; the Ins titut e o f Hig h e r Educatio n Tec.hnology in Monterrey, Mexico; th e ?f Seville Spain; and Tunghai Umve rsity m Taiwan. For st ud e nt s unable t o spend an a ca d e mic year abroa d pro g rams for a s m gle semester or summer are available wi th var ious emphases, includin g intensive language l earning Single semester pro grams are offered in C hambery and R en nes, France; Guada l a jara and Monterrey, Mexico; London England ; San Jose, Costa Seville a nd Alicante, Spain; and T a ipei a nd Taichung, Taiwan. Summer programs are l ocated in Kassel West Ger many; Peru gia, Italy; and London, summer programs, e .g., art history m Italy, are organized with specific departm ents upon request. Student s are enrolle d a t th e University of Colorado while participating in these study abroad programs The applicabi lity of cre dit in parti cular d e partm ents a nd colleges o f CU-Denver i s up to the depart ments a nd colleges. A B average wit h the o f two years o f college leve l m th e appropriate l a n guage is reqmred for most of th e academic yea r programs. Fin a n cial aid from CU-Denve r ca n be applied to program costs in most cases More information about s tud y abroad programs is available in th e Office of Intern a tional Education, B o ulder campus 492-7741. Auraria Student Assistance Center Division The Auraria Student Assistance Center Division (ASACD) is com p osed of nine offices offering specialize d assistance to s taff, faculty, and all present and prospec tive s tudents on the Auraria Higher Education Center ca mpus I. Office o f th e Dean. The office is responsible for the overall administrative functioning of the Division in priority

PAGE 32

30 I General Information vices to students, faculty, and other members of the campus community. 2. Office of Information and Referrral Services. This is a centra l information source that provides objective assistance to prospective students desiring to enroll at CU-Denver or one of the other academic institutions on th e Auraria campus. Campus tours are available on a prearranged basis. 3. Office of Career Services. Three major areas of service are provided by this office: career planning student employment and career employment assistance. Individual career counseling, testing, workshops and resources are available to students and alumni in plan ning their careers. In the Campus Career Library, the Discover, a computerized career guidance system, is availab l e for exploring career optio ns Listings of part time and temporary jobs are available for currently enrolled studen ts. Individual career employment counseling, on-ca mpu s inter views with empl oyers, vacancy listings and employer information are available services to graduating students and alumni. 4 Office of Disabled Student Services. The office provides academic support ser vices to ensure access for students with disabilities at CU-Denver and MSC. Ser vices include notetaking, interpreting, counseling related to disabilities parking permits, scribe service, t est assistance, etc. 5. Colorado Rehabilitation Services. Campus office of the state of Colorado Department of Social Services This office assists disabled students to become suitably employed and self-supporting. The office works coope rati vely with the Office of Disabled Studen t Services to pro vide services to students. Services may include job seeking skills, skill training, vocational testing and evaluation voca tional counseling, provision of occupa tional tools and materials, and referra l to additional sources of financial assistance. 6. Office of International Programs. The office assists international students on campus from 80 countries by providing support services and aiding in bridging the cultural gaps which many of them experience when entering the community to attend college. 7 Office of Off-Campus Housing Services. The Office of Off-Campus Housing Services is the campus clearinghouse for information on housing. Counseling and housing information distribution are pro vided to help students make informed decisions about housing. 8. Auraria Child Care Centers. The child care programs are offered at two sites: the Auraria campus Child Care Center and the Auraria Child Care Center at Osage Initiatives. Both centers serve the needs of students, staff and faculty of the Auraria campus. The goal of the program is to foster the development of competence in intellectual and social skills in a safe nur turing environment. All supervising and assisting teachers are degreed and meet the certification guidelines of the National Academy of Early Childhood programs. Children aged 18 months to 6 years are served at the Auraria campus Child Care Center with a fully accredited kindergarten program. Children aged 6 weeks to 5 years are served at the Auraria Child Care Center at Osage Initiatives. 9 Spring International Language Center. The office provides English langua ge training to non-immigrant students who have not been accepted at one of the three institutions on campus. The focus is on all language skills: gram mar, reading writing, and listening / speak ing In addition, students can choose from several special electives such as TOEFL preparation vocabulary building, business concepts Idiomatic English, etc There are 5 nine-week terms and 5 levels of English are offered Auraria Student Union The Student Union, located at 9th and Lawrence houses a cafeteria, the camp u s Book Center a study lounge, game room offices for s tud ent government and organizations, a copy center, exhibit space locker rentals, meeting and conference facilities and a tavern UNIVERSITY POLICIES Affirmative Action/Equal Opportunity Title IX CU-Denver follows a policy of equal oppor tunit y in education and in employ ment. In pursuance of this policy, no Denver campus department, unit, discipline or employee shall discriminate against an individual or group on the basis o f race, sex, creed, color, age, national origin veteran status, or individual handicap. This policy applies to all areas of the University affecting present and prospective students or employees The institution s educational programs, activities, and services offered to students and /or employees are administered on a nondiscriminatory basis subject to the pro vis i ons of the Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Edu ca tion Amendments of 1972, 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Vietnam-Era Veterans Readjustment Act of 1974, and Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967. A CU-Denver Affirmative Action / Equa l Opportunity program has been established to implement this policy For information about these provisions on equity, discrimination, or fairness contact Affirmative Action 556-2509. Ombuds Office In any system as l arge and complex as CU-Denver, misunderstandings and disagreements may occur. The Ombuds Office helps to enhance the clarity and dissemination of information to simplify decision making and communication, to assis t with the process of change and with adj ustm ent to change, and to impr ove understanding among the constituents (staff, students faculty, administrators) of the University The Ombuds Office provides informa tion a b out programs, policies, services, and procedures affecting members of the University community ; makes referrals to appropriate state, CU system and CUDenver resources; serves as consultant in the preparation for and review of policies and procedures ; and assists in the solution of problems and the resolution of disputes Ombuds Office services are informal, impartial, confidential and independent of administrative authorities. These services do not replace or circumvent existing chan n els, but help them work more effec tively. For further information or assis t ance, contact the Ombuds Officer DR 850, 556-4493. University Policy Regarding A Drug-Free Workplace The University of Colorado at Denver is committed to providing a drug-free workplace and environment. The Univer sity prohibits the unlawful manufacture distribution, dispensation, possession, or use of any controlled substance in the wor kpla ce. Those individuals who are found to be in violation are engaged in serious misconduct and subject to disciplinary action consistent with the Faculty Handbook (1988), the applicable rules of the State P ersonnel System, the Universi t y's Unclassified Staff Handbook, and the Student's Discipline and Review Procedures.

PAGE 33

Academic Honor Code and Discipline Policies Members of the Universi t y of Colorado at Denver feel it is an historically established rule of educat i on that instruc tors have the authority to conduct classes, make assignments, require examinations or o ther exercises, and make judgments about the academic performance of students. Maintain i ng the quality and high perfor mance o f students makes it imperative that the academic work comp leted at the University be original and completed honestly. It is th e concern of every student and faculty member that such standards be maintained. A university's reputation depends on the highest standards of int ellectual honesty and e thical conduct. Academic disciplinary matters are concerns to b e addressed b y schools or colleges, a ll owing each school/ college to determine the severity and consequences of each infraction. Under th e Laws of the Regents, Article IX 2.8 and Article Vl.C, all matters of educationa l policy affecting the school or college includin g academic requiremen t s f or admiss i o n for continuance and for graduation s h a ll be under the jurisdiction of each schoo l or college. In addit i on, th e college o r school s hall have jurisdiction over matters of academ i c e thic s/aca demi c dishonesty. Each college and schoo l i s required to maintain a standing committee t o decide cases of academic dishonesty as defined in this document. Students and faculty are urged to und erstand what constitutes academic dish onesty in order to better support and maintain hig h standards o f academic scholarship and conduct. FORMS OF ACADEMIC DISHONESTY As members of the academic com munity, students and fac ulty accept the responsib ilit y to conduc t themselves with integrity in a manner com p atible with th e University's fun ction as an educational institution. Furth ermore, a ll members of th e academic community hav e a specia l responsibility to ensure that th e Univer sity s ethical standards are maintained. One of these standards is academic h onesty Many students underestimate how stro n g l y most faculty and peers feel about academ i c honesty. Academic dishonesty is defined as a s tudent's using unauthoriz e d assistance with intent t o deceive an instructor or s uch other person who may be assigned to evaluate the student' s work in meeting course and degree req ui rements. Examp les of academic dishonesty include but are not limited to th e following: A. Plagiarism Plagiarism is the use o f distinctive ideas or words b elonging t o a noth er person without providing adequate acknowledge ment o f that person's contributi on. Regardless of th e means of appropriat i on, incorporating another's work into one's own requires adequa t e identification and acknowledgement Plagiarism is doubly unethical because it deprives the true author o f the rightful credit and gives that c redit to someone who has n ot earned it. It is the theft of intellectual property. H owever, acknowledgement is not necessary when the material used is common knowledge When th e source is not noted, the following would constitute plagiar ism: I. Word-for-word copyi n g 2. The mosaic (to intersperse a few words o f one's own here and there while, in essence, copying anot h er's work). 3. The paraphrase (th e rewriting of others' work yet still using their fun damental idea or theory). 4. Fabrication (inven ting or counter feiting sources). 5. Ghost-written material (submitting another's effort as one's own). It is a lso plagiarism t o n eglect quotation marks o n m ateria l that is ot h erwise acknow l e dged. B. Cheating C heating inv olves intentionally possessing comm uni cating, using (or attempting to use) ma t erials, information notes, study aides, "cheat sheets;' or o th e r devices not authorize d by the instructor in any aca demic exercise, or the communication with any other person during such an exe rcise. Examples: I. Copying fr om a n ot h e r's paper o r receiving un authorized assist ance from a n o th e r durin g an academi c exerc ise or in the submission of academic material. 2. Using a calculator when the use has been specifi cally disallowed 3. Coll abo r ating with another student or stude nts durin g an academic exercise without the consent of the instructor. C. Fabrication and Falsification This is the int entiona l and unauthorized alteration or inv ention o f any information or c it a ti on in an academic exercise. University Fblicies I 3 / Examp les: I. Fabricati on involves inv enting or counterfe itin g information ; i.e., creati ng results not obtained as i n a laboratory exper im ent. 2. Fal sification involves altering results delibera t e ly changi n g inform ation to s uit one's needs. D. Mu ltipl e Submission This is th e submissio n o f substantia l por tions of either written or oral academ i c wor k wh ich has previous l y earned c r e dit when such submission i s made withou t instructor authorizatio n E. Misuse of Academ i c Mat e rials This is intenti o nally or knowingly destroying stealing, or makin g inaccessible, library or ot her academic resource material. Examp les: I. Stealin g or destr oy ing library or reference materials or computer programs or files 2. Stealing or destroying another student's notes or mater i als, or having in possession s uch materia l s without the owner's permission 3. Receiving assistance in locating or using sources of information in an assignment where such assistance has been for bidden by th e instructor 4. Ill egitimate possessi on and dispos iti on of exam in a tions or answer keys to tests and examin ations. 5. Unauthorized altera tion forgery, or falsification o f officia l academic records. 6. Una uthorized selling or purchasing of examina tions, papers, or assignments F Complicity in Academic Dishonesty This is int entionally or kn owingly contributing t o th e acade mi c dishonesty of anot her. These examples of academic dishonesty shall not be construed to b e compre h ensive and infractions will be dealt wit h on an ind i vidual basis. It is th e obligatio n of each stude nt to assist in the enforceme nt of acade mi c standards; infractions whether by studen t s or fac ult y -should be first brought to the attention of the instructor PROCEDURES IN CASES OF SUSPECTED ACADEMIC DISHONESTY S tud e nts concerned about academic dishonesty should contac t their school or college for more specific information.

PAGE 34

32 I General Information Faculty a nd staff members or students may submi t charges of academic dishonesty against students. A s tud ent who has evide nce that anot her student i s guilty of academic dishonesty should inform th e instru ctor or the dean of the appropriate college in writing of the charge A faculty member who has evidence that a student is guilty of academic dishonesty should confront the student with the evidence In cases of academic dishonesty, the facult y member has the autho rit y to reprimand th e student appropriately, which could include the issuance o f a failing grade (f). In such case of issuance of failing grade for academic dishonesty, the faculty member shall submit a written report to th e dean of th e appropriate college within five working days. The report shall include, but is not limited to, the time, place, nature of offense(s), the name(s) of the accused, the accuser(s), witnesses (if any). If the faculty member feels that his or her reprimand or acti on is an insuffi cient sanction for a particular case of academic dishonesty, th e faculty member may recommend to the dean of the appropria t e college that further actio n be taken. If this signed report recommends fur ther action the dean or a committee designated shall sched ul e a disciplinary hearing as soon as possible. The stude nt has the right to be represe nted by legal counsel and to be present during the com mittee s proceedings Student(s) must notify the dean of the appropriate college five working days in advance of the h ear ing that he/she intends to have legal counsel present. The dean or the committee designated may take any of the follow ing actions: 1. Take no further action against the accused student(s). 2. Place student(s) on disciplinary proba tion for a specified period of time The record of this would be kept in the com mittee's confidential files a nd the stude nt's academic file. 3. Suspension of registra ti on for a specified period of time A record of thi s shall be kept in the committee's confiden tial file and a copy sent to th e Registrar. 4 Expulsion : no opportunity to return to the college in which th e infraction occurred A record of this shall be kept permanently in the commi ttee' s confidential file and a copy sent to the Registrar. Notification to Student(s) In all cases, the stude nt(s) should be notified of the hearing after seven work ing days, in writing of the dean's or the designated committee's decision lnterinstitution Appeal Procedures Students who are taking courses at CUDenver, but are enrolled at other educational institutions on the Auraria campus and are charged with dishones ty, are subject to the same pro c edures outlined above Code of Student Conduct (Student Rights and Responsibilities and Procedures for Disciplinary Review and Action) STANDARDS OF CONDUO FOR WHICH AOION MAY BE TAKEN IF A VIOLATION OCCURS All persons on Univ e rsity property are required for reasonable cause to identify themselves when requested by Univers ity or Auraria Public Safety officials acting in the performance of their duties Acting through its administrative officers the University reserves the right to exclude those posing a danger to University per sonnel or property and those who interfere with its function as an educationa l institution All persons on CU-Denver I Auraria prop erty who are not students or employees of the University are required to adhere t o the Code of Conduct applicable to Un iv e r sity students and to abide by University policies and campus regulations The behaviors outlined below will not be tolerated because they threaten the safety of individuals and violate the basic purpose of the University and the person a l rights and freedoms o f its members. 1. Int entional obstruction disruption or interference with teaching, research disciplinary proceedings, or other Univer sity activities including its public service and administrative functions or autho rized activities on the CU-Denver I Aura ria premises. 2. Willful obstruction or interference with the freedom of movement of students, schoo l officials, employees, and invited guests to all facilities of the CUDenver I Auraria campus 3 Physical abuse of any person on prop erty owned or contro lled by the CUDenver I Auraria Higher Education Center or at functions sponsored or supervise d by the University or conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any such person. 4. Verbal or physical harassment and / or hazing in all forms which includes but is not limited to, s triking, layin g hands upon treating with violence or offering to do bodily harm to another person with intent to punish or injure; or other treatment of a tyrannical, abusive, shameful, insulting or humiliating nature. {This includes, but is not limited to, demeaning behavior of an eth nic sexist or racist nature, unwanted sexual advances or intimid ations ) 5. Prohibited entry to or use of CUDenver I Auraria facilities, defined as unauthorized entry or use of CU-Denver I Auraria property or facilities for illegal purposes o r purposes detrimental t o the University. 6. Forgery, fraud (to include compu t e r fraud), falsification, a lt erat i on, or use of Unive rsit y documents records, or instru ments of identification with intent to gain any un entitled advantage. 7. Theft or damage to CU-Denver I Aura ria property and the private property of students Unive rsity offic ials emp loyees, and invited guests when such property is located upon or within CU-Denver I Auraria buildings or facilities. This includes the possession of known stolen property. 8. Possession of firearms, explosives, or other dangerous weapons or materials withi n or upon the grounds, buildings, or any other facilities of the CU-Denver I Auraria campus. This policy shall not apply t o any police officer or other peace off i cer while on duty authorized by the Unive rsity or ot hers authorized in writing by the Chief of the Auraria Public Safety or designee. (A dangerous weapon is an instr um ent that is designed to or lik ely to produce bodily harm. Weapons may include, but are not limited to, firearms, exp losives, BB guns, slingshots, martial arts devices, brass knu ckles, bowie knives, daggers or simi lar knives, or switchblades A harmless instrument designed to look like a firearm, ex plosive or dangerous weapon which is used by a person to cause fear in or assault on another person is ex pressl y included within the meaning of th e terms firearms, explosive, or dangerous weapon.) 9. Sale, distribution, use, possession, or manufacture of illegal drugs within or on the grounds, buildings or any o ther facilities of the CU-Denver I Auraria campus. 10. Physica l restriction coercion, or harassment of any person; significant theft; sale/ manufacture of illegal drugs (incl ude s possession of a sufficient quan tity with intent to sell); damage, theft, or unauthorized possession of U niversity property; or forgery, falsifica tion altera tion, or use of University documents records or instruments of id e ntification to gain any unentitled advantage.

PAGE 35

UNIVERSITY STANDARDS AND CRIMINAL VIOLATIONS As a member of th e University community you are held accountable not on l y for upholding civil and crimina l laws, but University Standard s as well. Enrollment does not confer either immunity or spe cial consideration with reference t o civi l and c riminal laws. Disciplinar y act i o n by th e University will n o t be subject to challenge or postp o n eme nt on the grounds that criminal charges involving the same incident have been dismissed, r e duc e d or a r e p e nding in c ivil o r criminal court. In addition th e University rese rves th e ri ght to pursue disciplinary action if a s tud e nt v i o l a tes a s tand ard and withdraws from th e Univ e rsit y before a dministrative acti o n i s final. USE OF UNIVERSITY / AURARIA PROPERTY OR FACILITIES othing in thi s Code of Conduct s h a ll b e construed to prevent peaceful and orderly assembly f o r the voicing o f concerns or gr ievances. Th e University is d e dicated to th e pur s uit o f kn ow l e dge throu g h a free exchange of ideas, and thi s shall be a cardinal princip l e in th e deter mination o f whether or not a proposed use o f U niv e r sity facilities is approp riate. Th e Auraria High er Education Cent e r has establish e d campus regulations and procedures governing th e use of CUDenver I Aurari a grounds, buildings, and other facilities. Such regu l atio n s are desi g ned to prev e nt in t e rf e r e nce with Universi t y functions and activities. Excep t where o th erw ise specifica ll y authorized, or when memb e r s o f th e publi c are invited, th e use o f CU-Denv e r I Auraria facilities shall b e limited t o faculty, s t af f and s tudents of th e CU-Denv er I Auraria campus, and to organizati o n s h avi n g c hapters, local groups, o r o th er recognized Univers it y connected r e present a ti o n among faculty staff, o r s tud e nt s of th e three acad e mi c institutions o n th e Auraria campus. CLASSROOM CONDUCT You are expected t o condu ct yourself appropriat e l y in classroom situa tions. If disruptive b e h avior occ ur s in a classroom a n in s tru c tor has the authorit y to ask you t o leave the classroom. S hould such disorde rly or di s ruptiv e condu c t persist, the instruc t or s h ould report th e matter to Auraria Public Safety and/ or th e a ppr op riat e Dean's o ffice. Th e approp ri a t e Dean o r his / h e r representative may withdraw a student from a particul ar class for disruptive behavior whil e th e Stude nt Discipline Committee may recommend t o th e Associate Vice Chance llor for Enroll m e nt and Student Services t o suspend, p erma n e ntl y expe l and / or permanent l y excl ud e the s tud e nt from the campus. Appeal questions conce rnin g disruptive behavior s h o uld be directed t o the Academic Dean's office when wi thdrawal from a class is involved and to the Direc tor of S tud e nt Lif e when suspension or expulsio n fro m the Un iver sity is involved. NONACADEMIC DISCIPLINE POLICIES Violatio n s o f Standards o f Conduct s h o uld b e r e p o rted to th e Direct o r o f Student Life during wor kin g hours. Auraria Publi c Safety s h o uld be contact e d during non duty hours. If a vio l a ti on occurs o n campus and it is not in a specific building, Auraria Public Safety and/or the Director of Studen t Lif e should be cont acted. If emergen cy help i s needed w hen o n campus, conta c t Auraria Publi c Saf e ty a nd when off campu s contact th e Denver P o lice. Actions avail able t o campu s officials include but are not limited to: asking those invo lved in inappropriate behavior to cease and desist; requesting offender(s) t o leave the Auraria campus; denying o r restricting use of facilities o r services; callin g Auraria Public Saf e t y for assistance; billing o ff ender(s) for a n y physical damages; pressing c i v il c h a rges; and refer rin g s tud e nt(s) t o th e Director of S tud e nt Life The c h a rt that f o llows illu strates th e ove rall s tru c tur e involv e d DISCIPLINE STRUCTURE AT THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO AT DENVER1 (I) Violations observed may be resolved by a n y o f th e f ollowing: Unive r s ity Departments such as: a. Admissions / Records b Student Uni o n c. U niv e r sity / Aura ri a Publi c Safet y d. Fin a n c i a l Aid e. Veterans Affairs Faculty / S t a ff S tud e nt s on-U niv ersity Members (2) If vio l a ti on warr a nts further atte ntion contact: Director of S tud e nt Lif e a. If s tud e nt(s) desires a review by th e D irector of S tud e nt Life 'Acad e mi c dishonesty disciplin e falls und e r th e jurisdic ti on of the individual colleges and schools. U ni versity Fblic ies I 33 b If vio l at i on warra nts possible suspension or expu l s i o n S tud e nt Disciplin e Committee (3) Fina l review (may request o nl y in cases of suspension /e xp ul s i on). Associate Vice C hancellor for Enro ll ment and S t uden t Services POLICIES AND PROCEDURES When one of the 10 S t a ndards of Conduct listed in this code i s v i olated, th e stude nt may be referred to th e Director of Student Life Any person may refer a s tud e nt or s tudent group suspected of vio l a ting thi s code t o th e Dir ector o f Stu d e nt Life. P e rsons maki n g such referra l s will be asked to provide inform a ti o n perti nent to th e case. The Director of Stud e nt Life will mak e a determination as to the seriousness of the case. This will be done in most situations by askin g the student(s) involved in the case to come in for an adm ini s tr ative interview t o determine what acti o ns, if any, w ill be t aken by the University. S tud ents will be notified in writing o f th e results of s u c h adm inistra tive reviews The Direct o r o f Stude nt Lif e has the aut hority to: I. Dismiss th e case. 2. Take n o further actio n othe r than talking with the accused student(s). 3. Issu e a Universi ty warning (a statement that a student's behavior has been inappropriate and a n y furth er vio lati o n of Unive r s it y rules wi ll result in stronge r disciplinary acti on). 4. Place th e stude nt on disciplin a ry pro bation a violation o f th e term s o f wh ich could result in s u s p e nsion or expuls ion fr om th e University 5. R e fer cases t o the Student Discip lin e Comm ittee where the above sanct i ons are determined t o be inadequate or the student(s) desires an appeal. 6 Take o th er actio n s includin g but not limit e d t o counseling insurin g the violator(s) provides comp e n satio n for theft or d a mage, and/ o r placing s tops o n registration. STUDENT DISCIPLINE COMMITTEE POLICIES AND PROCEDURES Disciplinary proceedings shall be conducted as administrative proceedings and not as judi c ial procee dings. The Univ e r sity is not a p ar t of the judicial branch o f state gove rnm e nt. The U niv e r s it y has a uthority t o promulgate and e nf o rce int erna l rules o f behav i or that s h a ll b e a dmini s t e r e d in a f air and imp artial manner in harmony w ith its educationa l objectives and

PAGE 36

34 / General Information administrative nature As part of the administrative nature o f the commit t ee's proceedings fundamental rules of fairness will be followed. Copies of these pro cedures are available in the Office of the Associate Vice Chance llor for Enrollment and Student Services This committee composed of three students and two faculty members makes the decision whether st ud ents charged with violations of the s tud ent conduc t code may continue to at t end the Univer sity of Colorado at Denver. The Student Discipline Committee has the authority to : 1. Dismiss the case 2. Take no action other than talking with the accused student. 3. Issue a University warning (a sta tement that a student's behavior has been inappropriate and further violation o f University rules will result in stronger disciplinary action). 4. Place the student on disciplinary pro bation a violation of the terms of which could result in suspension or expulsion from the University 5. Recommend suspe nsi on of a studen t from the University for disciplinary reasons. This suspension may be for various lengths of time ranging from one semester to an indefinite period of time ; after the period of disciplinary suspe n s ion has expired a student may apply in writing to have the notation on the stu dent's record removed 6 Recommend expulsion of a student permanently from the University; notation on the student's record will be kept per manently. When a stude nt is suspende d or expelled for disciplinary reasons an additional sanction may include being excluded from the Auraria campus. 7 Other sanctions including but not limited to counseling insuring the violator(s) provides compensation for theft or damage, and / or placing stops on registration. Student(s) must be notified in writi n g of the disciplinary action taken within five (5) days. REVIEW PROCEDURES A student may request a review of the recommendation of suspension or expulsion by the Student Discipline Committee within seven (7) working days to the Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment and Student Services Except in cases involving the exercise of the power of summary suspension (see below) the sanctions of suspension or expulsion for disciplinary reasons shall be effective only after the administrative review by the Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment and Student Services, has been exhausted or waived. The Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment and Student Services deci sion shall be in writing to the student(s) with a copy to the Student Discipline Committee Copies of review procedures may be obtained from the Office of the Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment and Student Services. SUMMARY SUSPENSION Summary suspension is a suspension from the University which begins imme diately upon notice from the appropriate University official without a formal hear ing by the Student Discipline Committee A hearing before the Student Discipline Committee is then scheduled as soon as possible (usually within seven calendar days) to determine the disposition of the case. Summary suspension may also include a physical exclusion from the campus if deemed necessary. The Chancellor and / or a Vice Chancellor have the authority to suspend summarily any student when in their opinions such suspension is necessary to : 1. Maintain order on the campus. 2 Preserve the orderly functioning of the University. 3 Stop interference in any manner with the public or private rights of citizens on CU-Denver I Auraria owned or controlled property. 4. Stop actions that are threatening to the health or safety of any person 5. Stop actions that are destroying or damaging property of the CU-Denver I Auraria campus its students, faculty staff, or guests. PERMANENT RECORD NOTATIONS While disciplinary proceedings are pending or contemplated, a temporary hold will be placed on the student's academic record It will not be released until all actions and appeal procedures have been completed or finalized by the University Only in those cases where suspension deferred suspension or permanent expulsion results from disciplinary action will notations be placed on the academic record RElEASE OF DISCIPLINARY INFORMATION Access to any student's academic transcript or disciplinary file shall be governed by provisions of the Family Educat i onal Rights and Privacy Act of 1974. Only the student charged or those University officials who have a legitimate educational interest in disciplinary infor matio n may have access to the files All other inquiries including but not limited to employers, governmental agencies news media, friends, or Denver Police must have a written release from the student to gain access to University disciplinary files Every effort will be made by the University to respect the privacy of the student. However, where the identity of the student has been publicly disclosed in the news media, the University reserves the right to respond as it deems appro priate to describe fairly and accurately the disposition of disciplinary matters REFUND POLICY AFTER DISCIPLINARY AGION Submission of registration materials obligates the student to pay the assessed tuition and fees for that term. If a student is suspended or expelled from the University, the amount of tuition / fees which would be refunded would be the same as when a student voluntarily withdraws from a term See the General Information section of this catalog or the Sche dule of Classes for more information. The official withdrawal date applicable for tuition / fee refund purposes will be the date of the Student Discipline Committee s decision In the event that circumstances are such that the accused student has registered for a subsequent term before the final decision is made, that student does so at his / her own risk and may be liable for payment of tuition and fees for both terms. The Committee will make the decision as to when official suspension or expulsion begins. Failure to make the required payment will result in the follow ing action : students will become ineligible for all University services; no grades will be issued for c ourses in progress ; no transc ript s diplomas certification or registration materials will be issued for the student until the bill is paid in full; a late payment charge in addition to the interest on the unpaid balance will be assessed TRI-INSTITUTIONAL VIOLATIONS Procedures in deciding violations of the Code of Student Conduct involving studen t s from other academic institutions on the Auraria campus have been developed by CU-Denver and the institu tion(s) inv o l ved In such cases, the Director of Student Life should be contacted.

PAGE 37

Responsibilities of Computing Services Users Access to CU-Denver computing systems, and use of CU-Denver computing resources, is a privilege granted to members of the CU-Denver community for scholarly research, and administrative purposes Those who use computing ser vices on the CU-Denver campus are expected to do so in an effective, efficient ethical and legal manner. As a condition of using computer resources on the CU-Denver campus, users are expected to respect the privacy of other users, to respect the integrity of the computer systems and other users data, and to use computer resources in an efficient and productive manner. Members of the academic community are expected to respect the intellectual effort and creativity of others Therefore, it is the responsibility of all users to respect copyright protection of licensed computer software. Users do not have the right to copy licensed software programs or documentation without the specific per mission of the copyright holder or to use unauthorized copies of licensed software. Unauthorized use, duplication or distribu tion of computer software is a violation of University policy and Federal law (fhis statement is adapted from material in the CU-Denver Computing Service ews the University of Colorado Admin istrative Policy Statement on "Copyi ng Computer Software", and the CU-Boulder Academic Computing Services Statement of Responsibilities of Users:') Sexual Harassment It shall be a violation of University policy for anyone who is authorized to recommend or take action affecting faculty, staff or students: 1) to make sexual advances or request sexual favors when submission to or rejection of such conduct is the basis for either implicitly or explicitly imposing or granting terms and conditions of employment that either favorably or adverse l y affect the faculty, staff or student's welfare; 2) to grant, recommend, or refuse to take actio n because of sexual favors or as a reprisal against the person who has rejected or reported sexual advances; 3) to act on the basis of sex with the purpose or effec t of unreasonably interfering with an indi vidual's work performance or of creating an intimidating, hostile, or offensive work ing environment; 4) to disregard and to fail to investigate allegations of sexua l harassment whether reported by the person who is the subject of the alleged harassment, or a witness, and to fail to take timely corrective action in the event misconduct has occurred. Whenever there is an abuse of authority o r neglect of responsibility involving sexual harassment, the supervisor is required to take prompt and corrective action co n sis tent with discipline provisions of the appropriate policy manual. A faculty, staff, or student member of the Universi ty communi ty may file a written compla int with the Office of Affirmative Action 556-2509, or Mary Lou Fenili, Sexua l Harassment Officer DR 850, 556-4493. STUDENT SERVICES Associate Vice Chancellor for Enroll ment and Student Services: Shei l a Hood Student Life Students at CU-Denver reflect the diver sity of its environment : many are o lder than those considered to be traditional college s tud ents; have employm en t and family responsibilities in addition to their academic programs; include substan tial numbers of minorities women, and single parents; and are most often enrolled part time. To meet the needs of this diverse s tudent population CU-Denver provides stu dent life programs and activities designed to comp lement st ud e nts academic pro grams and to enhance their total educa tional experience. Students are provided opportunities to develop, experience, and participate in student government socia l cu ltural intellectual, and recreational pro grams Student life programs create an environment in which s tud ents are: Assisted in developing leadership through opportunities to practice deci sion making, management and marketing interpersonal and group communi cation, and relationship skills. Encouraged and aided in developing social cultural, intellectual recreation and governance programs that expand involvement with the campus com munity and socie ty a nd lead to mature appreciation of these pursuits. Encouraged to explore self-directed activities that provide opportunit ies for personal growth in individual and group settings Exposed to various cultures and experiences, ideas a nd i ssues a rt and musical forms, a nd styles of life. Inform ed about institutional policies and procedures and how these are related to their lives and activities. Student Services I 35 Aided in the awareness and utilization of campus facilities and other resources. Assisted in developing community spirit through creative interaction among staff faculty, s tud ents, and members of the local community. Students are encouraged to involve th ei r families in campus events and activities Programs and serv i ces provided by the Associated Students of CU-Denver, the Division of Enrollment and Student Ser vices of CU-Denver, and th e Auraria Student Assistance Center Division co ntribute to the fulfillment o f this philosophy Clubs and Organizations ACM Computing Club American Institute o f Architecture American Planning Association American Society of Landscape Architects Amnesty International Art Club Anthropology Club Associated Black Students Associated Engineering Students Bacchus Beta A lpha Omega Beta Gamma Sigma Biology Club CASA Chinese Culture Club Denver Society of Black Engineers a nd Scientists Doctoral Students Association Economics C lub Equiponderants Pre-Law Club Eta Kappa Nu Finance Club Forensics Team Geology Club Golden Key Honor Society Health Careers C lub Hispanic Student Association lndiginous Peoples Club Institute of Electronic and Electrical Engineers Int ernational Law Society Iranian Cultural C lub Korean Christian Fellowship Korean Student Association Master s of Socia l Sciences Club MBA Association Mechanical Engineers Musicians Assoc i ation Native American S tudent Association Official Literary Society Phi Alpha Theta Phi Chi Theta Philosophy Club Photo Club Pi Sigma Alpha Pocket Billiards Club Psi Chi

PAGE 38

36 / General Information Rainshadow Delegation SARA Second Stage Theatre Club Society of Hispanic Engineers and Scientists Sociology Club South American Student Association Tau Beta Phi Vietnamese Student Association Associated Students of the University of Colorado at Denver (ASCUD) The Associated Students of the Univer sity of Colorado at Denver (ASCU-Denver) serves as a voice for students and pro vides activities and services not normally offered to students under the formal University structure ASCU-Denver assists students with information concerning stu dent clubs and organizations, issues con cerning student status and other information of interest to students in general. ASCU-Denver also provides students with assistance with grievances and with the opportunity to become more intimately involved with the University community through active participation in student government itself or through ser vice on University, tri-institutional, and AHEC committees. More information con cerning services and activities can be obtained in the Student Government Offices Student Union Room 340, 556-2510 Student Legal Services Student legal services are available to assist students with off-campus legal prob lems through the provision of legal advice litigation preparation document inter pretation and assistance in negotiation. The service will riot represent students in court. This student fee funded program is provided free of charge to CU-Denver students ; however a charge may be assessed for actual costs incurred such as copying, typing, etc. Contact the office for further details at 556-3333 Student Union Room 255A The Advocate The purpose of the student newspaper is to advocate and provide a marketplace of ideas from which students may make an impartial judgment of their own. The newspaper strives to include a combina tion of good investigative reporting, feature articles, and items of general interest to its campus readership In addi tion the newspaper is a tool to encourage and develop writers journalists, artists, and other student members of its general management and production staff The office is in the Student Union, Room 151, 556-8321. Office of Student Life The Office of Student Life is the coor dinating, resource, and general informa tion center for student clubs and organizations, student government (ASCUD), student programs and the academic honor societies. The office is responsible for the administration of the student fee budget and monitors all stu dent fee expenditures to assure com pliance with CU-Denver and the state of Colorado regulations and procedures The Director of Student Life represents the Associate Vice Chancellor for Enrollment and Student Services on selected CUDenver tri-institutional, and AHEC com mittees and maintains effective lines of communication with MSC, CCD, and AHEC. The director administers the stu dent conduct and discipline procedure as described in the Code of Student Conduct The Office of Student Life is located in the Student Union, Room 153, 556-3399 Office of Veterans Affairs The Office of Veterans Affairs (OVA) is an initial contact point for eligible veteran and dependent students attending CUDenver utilizing Veterans Administration educational benefits. This office assists students with filling out VA paperwork and in solving problems associated with the receipt of VA-related benefits The OVA maintains proper certification for each eligible student to ensure that each student meets Veterans Administra tion requirements of attendance, course load and content, and other regulations critical to the receipt of educational benefits payments. In addition the OVA provides VA Vocational Rehabilitation referrals, VA tutorial assistance the Colorado Tuition Assistance Program and VA work / study positions for qualified veterans. For further informa tion contact the Office of Veterans Affairs at 556-2630, NC 4015. Office of Student Development Services Phone: 556-2815 Office: NC 2013 The Office of Student Development Ser vices provides a variety of support pro grams and services to CU-Denver students. Our mission is to help students grow in self understanding to help make their college years a satisfying and pro ductive experience, and to facilitate mean ingful preparation for future goals Our offerings include the following: Counseling Services Students may obtain FREE short term personal counsel ing provided by professional staff. We also will assist students and others in locating appropriate counse l ing / mental health ser vices in the community The office also sponsors professionally-facilitated support groups. Programs and Workshops The office sponsors a variety of FREE or low-cost programs and workshops on a variety of topics such as assertiveness training stress management, college survival skills drug and alcohol awareness etc These pro grams are open to the entire CU-Denver community Career Deve lopment Services The office provides career development workshops and programs, career interest testing and individual career counseling to CU-Denver students. Career tests offered include Strong Campbell Interest Inventory Myers-Briggs Type Indicator, and Career Orientation Placement and Evaluation Survey Womens Programs and Services Offer ings in this area include: a "Reentry Pro gram for Women" each semes ter which assists reentry women as they make the transition to college life; advocacy pro grams such as Self Defense for Women and Dealing with Sexual Harassment; scholarship offerings; and referral / resource information. Testing Services The office of Student Development Services also houses a fullservice Testing Center which provides testing for all levels of postsecondary education, and professional certification. Tests offered include: ACT American College Test CAT California Achievement Test GRE Graduate Record Examination GMAT Graduate Management Admis sions Test GSFLT Graduate School Foreign Language Test

PAGE 39

MAT Miller Analogy Test MCAT Medi cal College Admission Test lDEFL Test of English as a F o reign Language CLEP College Level Examination Program For furt her information on Testing Ser vices, call 556-2861. The office is located in NC 2006 Office of Student Retention Services The Office of Student Retention Services offers an array of services and programs designed to foster cultural d iversity within the CU-Denver student body, help students adjust to the social and intellec tual environment of the campus, and pro vide the academic support students need to succeed in th eir studies and derive maximum benefit from their college experience Outreach and r etention ser vices are pr ovided by professional staff in four cente rs. These include the Center for First-Year S tud ents, Center for Learning Assistance, Center for Educational Oppor tunity and C ult ural Diversi ty and the Center for Pre-Collegiate Development. The Office of Student Retention Services is located in NC 2012, 556-2324. CENTER FOR FIRST-YEAR STUDE TS The Cen ter for First-Year Students offers individualized support services to help freshman st ud ents adjust to college life and succeed in their college studies. Per sonal adv i so r s in the Center provide orientation to the campus and its programs, assist studen t s in interp r eti n g academic policies a nd requirements, assist in the selection of classes and academic pro grams commensurate with students' educationa l and career interests, refer students t o other campus resources and provid e advocacy, if necessary The Center is located in NC 2012, 556-2546. CENTER FOR EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY AND CULTURAL DIVERSITY The Cente r for Educational Opportunity and Cul tura l Diversity provides access and educatio nal opportunities to ethnic minority students through services con ducive to the student's retention and graduation. The Center houses four distinct p r ograms each o f which provides academic advising scholarship informa tion cu ltural programs advocacy, and other support services t a ilor e d to the specific needs of their st ud ents. The Center is located in NC 2012, 556-2324 America n I ndian Stude nt Services Program Asian American Stude nt Services Program Black St udent Services Pr ogram Hispanic Student Services Program CENTER FOR PRE-COLLEGIATE DEVELOPMENT Programs offered by the Center serve to motivate minority high sc h ool students to pursue post-secondary e du ca t ion and equip them with the academic skills needed t o b e successfu l in their college endeavors. The Center is l ocated in NC 2014, 556-2322 Pr e -Collegiate Develop m ent Program. This program enables st udent s in grades 9 through 12 t o engage in a wide range of universi t y activities throughout the academic year and during a full-time, fiveweek sum m e r program The academi c year com ponent offers monthly study skills and career orien tation workshops, advising, tut oring, and a variety of cultural enrichment experi ences. The fiveweek summer sessio n for s tud ents in the lOth and 11th grades cons i sts of accelerate d classes for which students receive e l ec t ive high sc h oo l c r edit, career orientatio n and engage in cultural activit i es. Minority Scholars Program The MSP i s an earl y college enrollme nt program for college bound high ach i eving minority students who are comp l e tin g their fina l year of hig h school. The program enabl es students t o begin their co llege studies by taking o n e course at CU-D enver during the spring semester of their senior year. The cre dit earned in the course can be applied toward a bachelor's degree While enrolled in th e program, s tud ents par ticipate in workshops designed to acclimate them to the U niv ersity and prepare them for co llege s tudy. CENTE R FOR LEARNING ASSISTANCE The Center for Learni n g Assistance is designed t o promote student success in the academic setting. Serv i ces are avai l able to all CU-Denver st ud ents The Center's se r vices include tut oring, works h ops, academic institutional c r e dit courses, consulting, and a minority resource library. First-ge neration college studen t s may be eligib l e for more inte n sive services through the Student Suppo rt Student Services / 37 Services component o f the Center The Center is l ocated in NC 2004, 556-2802. Tuto ring Free tutoring is available in many sub je ct areas (some lim itations apply}. Indiv idual or gro up sessions a r e held on w eekdays/eve ning s Both schedu l e d a nd open, "drop-in" style tutor ing are available at est ablished times througho ut each term Works h ops. Study skills and compu t e r worksho p s are provided o n such topics as test-tak ing memory a nd study techniques, note t aki ng introduction t o th e personal compute r and word processing. Consu lting. Academic, financial ai d a nd personal consulting are avai l able. Peer advocacy is available to s tud ents eligi ble for the S tudent Suppo rt Se rvi ces Program. Library The Center maintains a small periodical a nd a book collection aut hored by, and/or about, minorities; these resources are availab l e f o r student research and leisure Courses. Courses are offe r ed in a small group f o rm at in the a r eas of college sur vival s kills (study skills a nd computer word processing) Englis h as a second language, and problem solving CMMU. 1400-3. Reading for Speakers of Other Languages. This course is designe d for ESL students who need to improve their reading a nd vocabulary skills Students will increase their reading ability through vocabu lary building, work attack strateg ies, and reading analysis. CMMU. 1410-3. Composition for Speakers of Other Languages I. This is the first cour se in the ESL composition sequence Writing begins with sentencel eve l develop m e nt and cont inu es with the development of paragraphs based on Western rhetor i ca l patterns Gram m ar appropria t e to stude nts' n eeds will be incorporated into the class. CMMU. 1420-3 Composition for Speakers of Other Languages II. Continued work on gramma r syntax, and th e mechan ics of writing. Writing begins wit h paragraphs and moves into essay writing Prer., CMMU. 1410 or ESL coordinator's approval. CMMU. 1430-3 Advanced ESL Writing Skills. This is the third course in the ESL composition sequence. Emph asis is placed on more complex grammat ical proble m s and on the development of longer compositions. Prer., CMMU. 1420 or ESL coordinator's approval. STSK. 0705-1. Problem Solving This course i s d esigned to improv e investigative and prob lem solving skills. Scientific theo ry, empir i ca l m ethodology, and research methods will be utilized. Individual topics of investigation will be assig n ed. STSK. 0707. College Survival Skills. This course is designed to promote success in the aca d emic setting Topics covere d will include university resources, conqueri n g the

PAGE 40

38 / Genera/Information university system listening and notetaking, study and memory techniques, test-taking skills, time management library research strategies, and word processing. STSK. 0708-1. Introduction to Word Processing. This course will thoroughly f am iliariz e th e student with an easy-to-use word processing program that will assist in the process of writing text revision and rear rangement and the production of "letter perfect documents. (The word processing program used will be one that is availab l e in the open, student-use computer lab areas.) STSK. 0800-1. Advanced ESL Grammar/ Composition. This class meets for two hours a week. It is designed for students who do not feel compete nt with their English composition skills. This class is highly individualized in order to focus on those grammar and writing structures that pose particular problems for ESL students. STSK. 0801-1. Communications Skills for ESL Students. This course meets twice a week to improve the ora l communication skills of students whose firs t l anguage is not English. Skills include use of idiomatic English, cross-cultural awareness, crosscultural problems in communications, and pronunciation. STSK. 0802-1. Improving Academic Reading Skills for ESL Students. This class meets twice a week. The aim of the class is to improve the student's ability to read academic texts. Skills practiced include skimming / scanning reading for the main idea and critical reading STSK. 0806-1. Study Skills for ESL Students This class is designed for ESL students to improve those skills needed for effective participation in th e college classroom It will meet two times a week and will be taken in conjunction with a social science introductory l evel class Coreq., Econ., or PSc., or Soc. to be determined. STSK. 0807-1. College Survival Skills for ESL Students. This two-hour a week course covers topics such as college resources, time management, textbook reading, test anxiety, and test-taking. The goa l of this course is to help students acquire the skills needed to succeed in an academic setting CENTER FOR INTERNSHIPS AND COOPERATIVE EDUCATION Director: Janet Michalski Assistant Director and Coordinator, Engineering: Diane Berkley Coordinator, Liberal Arts and Sciences: Cherrie Grove Coordinator, Business and Administration: Wayne Sundell Coordinator, Liberal Arts and Sciences: Anthony Trelikes Administrative Assistant: Becky Carter IBM Faculty on wan: James T. Hrbek Office: 1047 Ninth Street Historic Park Telephone: 556-2892 The Center for Internships and Cooper ative Education established at CU-Denver in 1973, provides students with an oppor tunity to supplement their academic classroom learning with on-the-job work experiences or internships related to their academic studies Students are placed either as paid co-op trainees or as interns for academic credit with corporations, businesses, or government agencies in the Denver metropolitan area as well as out of state. Faculty coordinators from each of the University s colleges and schools act as liaisons between the Center and the academic departments. The Center cur rently places over 400 students each year with some 250 participating employers. Over 30 percent of all co-op students are graduate students. Cooperative Education Cooperative education is an educational method which combines classroom study with paid career related off-campus work. The purpose is to give students the opportunity to apply what they have learned in the classroom to real world situations, and to bring that experience back to the classroom as a learning tool. Cooperative education offers students paid long-term positions (two or more semesters) during which students alterna te semesters of full-time work with semesters of full-time school or work part time year round. Co-op experiences may be eligib le for academic credit and many jobs lead to permanent career positions upon graduation. Internships Internships offer students short-term positions (one semester) and they may or may not be paid. Int ernships are usually done for academic credit and are popular with students who like to explore a variety of careers. Many students complete two three or even four internships before grad u ation Internships, like co-op jobs are related to the student's academic studies and/ or career goals. Eligibility for Placement The Center is open to all students enrolled at least half time in any CUDenver college or school who have com pleted their freshman year have main tained a grade-point average of 2 5 and have completed at least 12 hours in residence (6 hours for graduate students) Some employers have additional req uir ements, i.e., U.S. citizenship willingness to travel, and specific course work. Academic Credit for Work Experience Undergraduate students placed by the Center in paid or non-paid positions, as well as students who have obtained their own j obs can apply to earn academic credi t through courses in the College of Liberal Arts and Sciences and the College of Engineering and Applied Sc ience. Graduate students in the College of Libera l Arts and Sciences School of Education Graduate School of Public Affairs and School of Architecture and Planning can earn internship experiential learning, field study, or practicum credit through courses established for this purpose. Why Students Participate in Cooperative Education Students recognize the value of combin ing theory with practice and find greater relevance in their studies. Co-op education allows students to test classroom teaching in the laboratory of the real world.

PAGE 41

The program teaches students valuable job-search skills such as resume writing and interv i ewing techniques Co-op provides a means of financial assistance that is available to all students, regardless of family income l evels or other financial aid arrange ments, and does not leave students burdened with educational debts The inclusion of a work component and the contribution from co-op earnings are major factors in encourag in g first generation college stude nt s to pursue a college degree. Because work experiences involve students with co-workers who come from a variety of backgrounds, students develop a deeper understanding of othe r people and greater skills in human r elations. Why Employers Participate in Co-op Programs Co-op students are an excellent source of temporary manpower for special projects and peak loads or busy seasons. Co-op allows the employer to assess an individual's potenti al for employment after graduation, thus saving entry-level recruiting costs. Co-op students can increase productivity of full-time professional s t aff. Co-op stud ents are highly motiv a ted, productive, and dependable. CU-Denver students bring knowledge about the latest academic resear c h to their e mployers. As verified by many studies, co-op students subsequently become full-time employees with far lower turnover rates and better promotion potential than the average entry level professional. Facts About Cooperative Education Cooperative education programs have been established in over 80 percent of the Fortune 500 corporations. All of the top 10 Fortune 500 companies are involved in cooperative education. The last three presid ents of General Motors at one time were cooperative education students. Cooperative education has been con ducted successfully in the U.S. since 1906. Over 1 000 colleges and universities cur rently have cooperative education programs An estimated 200,000 college students are enro lled in coope rative educatio n and gross annual earn ing s are calcu lat e d to be in excess of $200,000,000. Co-op Employers Employers who recruit CU-Denver students for cooperative education posi tions include : Martin Marietta IBM Corporation Hughes Aircraft Compa ny Mac eil/Lehrer ewshour Nationa l Park Service Rockwell Int ernational U.S. Bureau of Reclamation U S WEST Communica tion s Walt Disney World Inc. Office of th e Governor, State of Colorado Peat Marwick Main & Co. Kyle Belding Gallery Nationa l Bureau of Standards KCNCTV Los Angeles Times U.S. General Accounting Office Denver General Hospital Environmental Protection Agency Denver Center for the Performing Arts Walters & Theis Law Firm Bloomsbury Review Colorado H ousing & Finance Authority Hospice of Metro Denver U.S. Bureau of Land Management Denver Public Defender's Office Colorado Association of Commerce and Industry Col orado Association of Publi c Emp loyees LIBRARY SERVICES Auraria library Acting Director: Jean F. H emphill Acting Associate Director: Marilyn J. Mitchell Associate Director for External Affairs: Margie Shurgo t Assistant Director for Collection and Automation Services: Marilyn J. Mitchell Assistant Director for Media and Telecommunications Services: Muriel E. Woods Assistant Director for Instruction and Research Services: Camila Alire Int erns hips and Cooperative Education I 39 Offices: Auraria Library, 11th and Lawrence Sts. Telephone: -Administration: 556-2805 Telephone: -Information: 556-2741 Faculty: Associate Professor: Jean F. Hemphill Assistant Professors: Dene L. Clark, Patricia A. Eskoz, Brian D. Holtz, Elnora Mercado Terry Ann Mood Martin A. Tessmer, Robert L. Wick, Muriel E. Woods Instructors: Cami la Alire, Orlando Archibeque Lori Arp, Anthony J. Dedrick Nikki Dilgarde, Joan R Fiscella, Kathleen Kenny, Marit S. MacArthur Marilyn J. Mitch e ll Elizabeth Porter Jay Schafer Mara Sprai n L ouise T. Stwa lley, Linda Tietjen Margie Wait, Rutherford W. Witthus, Eveline L. Yang Board of Directors, Friends of Auraria Library Gail E Bundy, U.S. West Mark e ting Resources Group Lucy Creighton, First Interstat e Bank Claudia Allen Dillman, Gannett Outdoors Nancy Ellins David Howlett, The Denver P ar tnership L.T. (Linn) Leeburg Western Gas Suppl y Company Darwin Niekerk Adolp h Coors Co. Christopher G. Nims Gensler & Associ a tes Duane D. Pearsall, Columbine Venture Funds Joan Ringel, Colorado Association of Commerce and Industry Stuart C. R ogers, S.C. Rogers, Inc. Terry M. Wickre Wicker-Works Video Productions Inc Lester Woodward Davis Grah am & Stubbs Access to inf ormation i s essential to academic success. The Auraria Library located a t the center of the campus, pro vides a wide range of learning resources and serv ices to s upport academic pro grams. The Library is adm ini stered by the University of Colorado a t Denver.

PAGE 42

40 I Genera l Information The Collection The Auraria Library h as a collection of over 600,000 volumes. In additio n to a strong, up-to-date book collection the Library also has over 2,000 journal and newspaper subscri pti ons and a film/ videotape collection. The Library is a se l ect depository for U.S. govern m e nt publications and a full depository for Colorado sta t e documents. The Auraria Library's collection is s u pplemented by providi n g access to othe r libr aries within the state and nationally though interlibrary loan services. lnfoColorado lnfoCol orado is a database project developed and managed by the Library to collect and provide access to local economic development information so vital to the business and economic g r owth of the state In April 1988, Governor Roy Romer designated th e Auraria Library as the central clearinghouse for state economic development information answering Col orados need for ready access to accurate, coor dinat ed and systematically-deve loped information in such areas as labor and market profiles, economic trends and forecasting, sta tisti ca l and demographic profi l es, industry-specific business activity and information to ass i s t in the creation, expansion and relocation of business in Col orado. The database c ur rently contains abstrac t s of business a nd economics articles from major newspapers journals st udi es, and reports from across the state as well as refere n ces to agenc i es and organizations whic h create analyz e, and provide access to primary economic development data Because lnf oColorado is available through the o nlin e system of the Colorado Alliance o f Research Libraries (CARL) it is accessible to libr a r y users statewide and throug h telephone dial-up from home or business comp ut e rs anywhere in the country The Online Public Access Catalog Access to the Auraria Library s collec tion is through the online Publi c Access Ca t alog (PAC), a user-friendly system that also allows for searching of th e collections of many other libraries throu ghout the state The onl ine Public Access Ca t a l og, wh i c h was developed as a cooperative project by the Colorado Alliance of Research Libraries has received national recognition for being on th e cu ttin g e dg e of information technology. The online PAC sys tem allows faster and more com prehensive searches th a n were possible with th e traditional card ca t a l og. In addi tion t o using PAC at the Library, patrons may obtain dial-up access through a hom e or offi ce computer with a modem; PAC a l so appears as a menu item o n the CUDenver mainframe computer Reference Services The Auraria Library s reference depart ment sta n ds ready t o assis t s tud en t s a nd faculty in using the Library's resources. The re f erence department i s s t affed during all times the Library i s open. In addition brief reference questions s u c h as whe th er or not the Library ow n s a par ticular item, can be answered over th e phone. Media Services The Media and Telecommunications Division of the Library offers a full range of media services. The media distribution department manages th e Library s media collection, whic h consists of video t apes, aud i otapes records, 16mm films, and kits These materials are listed in the o nlin e Public Access Cata l og This departm e nt also hou ses media v i ewi ng a nd list eni ng facilit ies. The Library operates an 18-channel television distribution syste m wh i ch i s wired into all classrooms o n campus; at a faculty member's requ est a film or videotape can be transmitted directly into the classroom over this system. This system also ca n tr a nsmit live programs from St. Cajetan 's, th e Student Uni on, a nd th e Libr ary's t e l ev ision studio to other locations o n campus. A selfserv i ce grap h ics lab i s also available for studen t use in the Media and Telecom mun i cations Division and a professional graphic designer is available t o ass i st users Computer Assisted Rese a r c h On line database searc hing, for which there i s a fee, ca n save many hours of researching printed abstrac t s a nd ind exes. In so me cases it provides the only access to cer t ai n materials. The Library ha s access t o well ove r 200 databases. In addi tion t o bibli ogra phi c inf o rmation many of the business databases a l so co ntain direc tory a nd financial information. Questions abou t t he Computer Assi s ted Research serv i ce should be directed to the Library's reference department. Information Retrieval Service The inform a tion retrieval se rvi ce was instit u ted as a spec i a l aid for busy re searchers For a reasonable fee Library staff can assist patrons in locating and c h ecking out the library materials they need. Working from the patron's bibliography staff can : loca te and check o ut books owned by the Library ; photocopy articles from journa l s owned by the Library ; submit int e rlibrary loan requests for materials which the Library does n ot own; and deliv e r the materials to the patr o n's home or office. Inquiries abou t this timesa ving service should b e directed to the reference department. library Ins truction The Librar y is committed to e du ca ting peop l e to meet the demands of the Infor mation Society. The Library offers a wide range of instru c tional programming includ i ng a self-paced audiocassette walk ing tour of the Library as well as class sessio n s to teach information access skills and s t rategies. Cou rse content ranges fro m tea c hing th e skills needed to use a printed index to advanced research methodology for public a ffairs and other graduate students. All instr u ctional programming is developed in co njunc t ion with d i scipline faculty For more information about the Library's instructional offerings contact the office of the Coordinator of I nstru c tional Services a t the Library. Architecture and Planning library The Library's main collection is sup plemented by the material housed at the nearby Architecture and Planning Branch Libra ry. With a collection of over 13,000 books, 120 periodical subscriptions, and 14, 000 slides, this branch library offers specialized information to students of architec t ure interior design landscape archi t ecture, urban d esign, and planning This branch library is open to any student who n eeds access to t hese materia l s

PAGE 43

Services for Persons with Dis abilitie s The Library is committed to making its resources and services avai labl e to all students. T h rough the media distribution departmen t a wide varie t y of adaptive equipment is available to assist persons with disabilities including a Kurzell Reading Machine a Voyager VTEK magnifier, a Braille dictionary, the World Book Encyclopedia in Braille and on cassette, the Perkins Brailler, and seve ral large print dictionaries. Library services to assist perso n s with disabilities include orientat i o n to the physica l l ayout of the Library retrieval of materials and assistance with use of the Public Access Catalog, periodicals indexes, and specia l adaptive equipment. Additional Facilities Coin-ope r ated typewriters, a copy center, change machines, and study rooms are all available at the Library. Internships The Library offers internships prac ticums and independent studies to students interested in telecommuni ca tions or information management. Library Services I 41

PAGE 45

Acting Dean : Robert Damrauer O ff ice: DR 710 Telephone: 556-2663 INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL Quality graduate programs are synonymous with the University of Colo rado. Professors are active l y involved in research or creative activity and, as teacher I scholars, continue to study and absorb new data, ideas, and techniques, eventually bringing these experiences to the classroom. Graduate students at CUDenver gain not only from interactions with the graduate faculty but also from other students in the classroom. Because most of CU-Denver's graduate students are older and employed, they bring practical experience gained in the Denver com munity to the classroom and are ready to relate the realities of p r actice to the models presented in the classroom. The Graduate School is a University wide body that authorizes programs within its constituent colleges and schoo ls. At CU-Denver Education, Engineering, and Libera l Arts and Sciences, are col leges or schools whose graduate programs are offere d through The Graduate School. In concept, there is a single Graduate School regardless of campus. In practice, most master's-level programs are specific to the campus where the student is admit ted, insofar as particular options and advisors a r e concerned. Doctoral l evel programs in a discipline are viewe d as the respons i bility of the entire University community of that discipline. Doctoral leve l programs on the CU-Denver campus are either coordinated through the office of the system graduate dean or through the corresponding Denver o r Boulder department. The Ph .D. degree in applied mathematics is a system degree i n which applicatio n is made to The Grad u ate School at CU-Denver In a number of other disciplines with integrated degrees, most or all course work for t h e Ph D can be completed at Denver and the research advisor may be a member of the CU-Denver faculty, but the degree program is administered by the Boulder department. In other disciplines, a significant portion of the course work required for the Ph.D. degree may be taken at CU-Denver. Persons interested in pursuing doctoral level work should consult with the appropriate discipline graduate advisor Anyone wishing furthe r information not given in this catalog should write to the dean of The Graduate School University of Colorado at Denver, 1200 Larimer St., Denver, CO 80204 Degree s Offered The following graduate programs are authorized for completion through The Graduate School at CU-Denver. In some cases, a specific required course may only be offered through the University of Col o rado at Boulder in a given year. The Master of Arts (M.A.) in: Anthropology History Biology Mathematics Communication and Political Science Theatre Psychology Economics Sociology English The Master of Arts (M.A. Education) in: Counseling and personnel services Curriculum and instruction Early childhood education Educational administration, supervisi o n and curriculum Educational psychology Special education The Master of Science (M.S.) in: Applied math e matics Electrical engineering Chemistry Environmental science Civil engineering Mechanical engineering Computer science! Technical communication The Master of Basic Sc ience (M.B.S.) The Master of Engineering (M.E.)' The Master of Humanities (M.H.) The Master of Socia l Science (M.S.S.) The Specialist in Education (Ed.S.) Significant course work can be taken at the Denver campus in t h e following master's degree programs: Fine arts Geology Journalism Philosophy 'Awarde d thr ough CU-Boulder The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) i n : Applied mathematics Educational administration supervision and curriculum Public administration Significant course work is available at the Denver campus i n the programs listed below. Students can be resident on the Denver campus studyi n g in these areas in order to take advantage of the multi campus ac t ivities of T h e Graduate Sc h ool. It is usually advised that a student com plete some course work at another campus of the University. Biology Chemistry Civil engineering Communication Computer science Electrical engineering English Mechanical engineering Psychology The Graduate School a t CU-Denver An ave r age of 4,358 st u dents are enrolled in graduate programs at CUDenver each fall and spring semeste r which includes 1 186 non-degree students taking graduate courses. Of these, ap p rox imately 78 percent are part-time students. Faculty The faculty teaching in these programs are hea d q u artered a t CUDenver, a lth ough resources of other University of Colorado campuses are used Computing Services The Computing Serv i ces department supports computer use by both the academi c and adminis t rative communi t ies at CU-Denver. For a complete descr i pt i on of services offered see Special Programs and Facilit ies in the General Informa tion section of this cata l og. Financial Aid for Graduate Study COLORADO GRADUATE GRA T The Colorado Gradua t e Grant is administered by The Graduate School. Competition for these funds is based

PAGE 46

44 / The Graduate School on demonstrated need and is open to graduate students who are residents of the State of Colorado Grant awards are announced each semester for the following semester. Applications are available from the Office of Financial Aid. COLORADO GRADUATE FELLOWSHIPS Colorado Graduate Fellowships are awarded primarily to ente ring and conti nuing regular degree doctoral students. These are awarded to entering students on th e basis of academic promise, and to continuing students on the basis of academic success. GRADUATE STUDENT TEACHING APPOINTMENTS Many departments employ graduate students as part-time ins tructors or teaching assistants. The instructorship is reserved for those advanced graduate students already possessing an appropriate M.A. degree who may be independently responsible for the cond uct of a section or course Payment for these teaching appointments for 1990-91 is: instructor (20 hours per week), $8 930; teaching assis tant (20 hours per week), salary range $5,381 $7,080 for the academic year. A half-time appointment for an instruc tor is considered to be equal to 6 class contact hours; a half-time teaching assis tant is appointed for 20 hours per week. Compensation is based on the number of hours per week Nonresident students employed as assistants may or may not be eligible for the nonresident tuition differential stipend for their first-year appointment as an assistant only Excep tions extending beyond the first year must be approved in advance by the respective dean. Teaching assistants and instructors must be enrolled as full-time students (registered for at lea st 5 credit hours of mixed undergraduate / graduate / thesis or dissertation) in good stan ding for the full period of their appointment. RESEARCH ASSISTANTSHIPS Resear ch activities provide opportunities for graduate students to obtain part-time work as research assistants in many departments. Nonresident students who are appointed as research assistants in nongeneral fund accounts may or may not be eligible for resident tuition rates. Assistants must be enrolled as full-time students (registered for at least 5 credit hours of mixed undergraduate / grad uate / thesis or dissertation). LOAN FUNDS Graduate students wishing to apply for long-term loans and for part-time jobs through the college workstudy program should submit an Application for Financial Aid to the Office of Financial Aid by March 1. This office also provides short term loan assistance to students who have completed one or more semesters in residence Short-term loans are designed to supplement inadequate personal funds and to provide for emergencies Applicants should go directly to the Office of Financial Aid. EMPLOYMENT OPPOIITUNITIES The University maintains an employ ment service in the Office of Financial Aid to help students obtain part-time work eit her through conventional employment or through the college work-study program. Students employed by the University are hired solely on the basis of merit and fitness, a policy which avoids favor or discrimination because of race color, creed, sex age handicap or national origin. Students are also referred to pro spective employers in accordance with this policy International Education The Office of Int ernationa l Education exped ite s the exchange of students and faculty entertains foreign visitors, pro motes special relationships with foreign universities, and acts as advisor for Fulbright and other scholarships. The office also arranges study abroad programs Students remain enrolled at the University of Colorado while taking regular courses in the foreign universities A B average with the equivalent of two years of college-level work in the appropriate language is required There also are occasional summer programs offering academic credit. Peace Corps information may be obtai ned from the Office of International Education For additional information contact the Office of International Education Boulder camp us 492-7741 or the Office of Inter national Programs, Auraria Higher Educa tion Center, 556-3660 REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION General Requirements Students may be admitted to The Graduate School in either of the two categories described below Admission to The Graduate School is not admission to candidacy for an advanced degree. A student who wishes to become a candidate for a degree must make special application at the time and in the manner prescribed by the requirements for the degree sought. The University reserves the right to deny admission to applicants whose total crede nti als reflect an inability to assume those obligations of performance and behavior deemed essential by the University and relevant to any o f its l awful missions, processes and func tions as an educational institution REGULAR DEGREE STUDENTS Qualified students are admitted to regular degree status by the appropriate department. In addition to departmental approval, applicants for admission as regular degree students must: 1. Hold a baccalaureat e degree from a college or university of recognized stand ing, or have done work equivalent to that required for such a degree and equivalent to the d egree given at this university. 2 Show promise of ability t o pursue advanced study and research as judged by their previous scholastic record 3. Have had adequate preparation to enter graduate study in the field chosen 4 Have at least a 2.75 undergraduate grade-point average on all work taken 5. Meet additional requirements for admission as established by major departments. Regular degree s tud ents must maintain at least a 3 0 grade-point average each semes ter or summer term on all work taken whether it is to be applied toward the intended advanced degree or not. Students who fail to maintain this stan dard of performance will be subject to suspension from The Graduate School. PROVISIONAL DEGREE STUDENTS Applicants who do not meet the requirements for admission as regular degree students may be admitted as provi sional degree students upon the recom mendation of the major department. Upon the recommendation of the Admis sions Committee and concurrence of the

PAGE 47

dean of The Graduate School, a depart ment may admit provisional students for a probationary term, which may not exceed two consecutive calendar years At the end of the probationary period, provi sional degree students must either be admitted to regular degree status or be dropped from the graduate program Credit earned by persons in provisional degree status may count toward a degree at this University. Provisional degree students are required to maintain a 3.0 grade-point average or higher according to the terms of their provisional admission, each semester or summer term on all work taken, whether or not it is to be applied toward the advanced degree sought. Students who fail to maintain such a standard of perfor mance, will be subject to suspension from The Graduate School. Note : All provisional applicants must have completed a minimum of six semester hours of graduate level course work or must take the Graduate Record Examinat ion and submit scores as part of the application. SENIORS IN THE UNIVERSITY OF COLORADO A senior in this University who has satisfied the undergraduate residence requirements and who needs not more than 6 semester hours of advanced sub ject and 12 credit points to meet the requirements for a bache lor s degree, may be admitted to The Graduate School by special permission of the dean A University of Colorado senior enrolled in the College of Engineering and Applied Science who needs not more than 18 semester hours or 36 credit points to meet the requirements for a bachelor s degree may be admitted to The Graduate Schoo l but is not eligible for financial aid scholar ships or fellowships as a graduate student until the equivalent of the minimum requirements for the bachelor's degree have been satisfied Application Procedures Graduate students who expect to study at CU-Denver should contact the CUDenver Graduate School office concerning procedures for forwarding completed applications An applicant for admission must present a completed Application Form (Parts I and II), which may be obtained from the CUDenver Graduate School office and two official transcripts from each institution attended. The application must be accom panied by a nonrefundable application fee of $30 (check or money order) when the application is submitted. No application will be processed unless this fee is paid. Many departments require scores from the Graduate Record Examination and all departments require three or four letters of recommendation When a prospective degree student applies for admission, the chairperson of each department or a committee named for the purpose shall decide whether the applicant shall be admitted and shall make that decision known to The Graduate School dean's office, which will inform the student. Persons not wishing to work toward an advanced degree are referred to as non-degree students (see Non-degree Students in this section). A completed application must be in the office of the major department at least 90 days prior to the term for which admis sion is sought or earlier as may be required by the major department. Students who wish to apply for a graduate student award for the academic year 1990-91, e.g fellowship, scholarship, assistantship, etc., must file a completed application with the department before the announced departmental deadline (see previous section on financial aid) READMISSION OF FORMER AND SUSPENDED STUDENTS Students who were previously admitted to a graduate degree program but who did not complete that degree program and who have not been registered for one year or more at the University must: 1. Clarify their status with either the department or The Graduate School to determine their eligibility to return and pursue the same degree 2 After receiving departmental approva l as indicated above submit a new application Part I to The Graduate School office before deadlines are passed for the term in which they expect to return to the University. A $30 application fee is required unless an exception is given by The Graduate School. Applica tion deadlines are availab l e from the department. Former students who wish to change from undergraduate to graduate status or from one major to another must apply to the new department. Students transferring from one campus to another must apply and be accepted to the new campus. A student admitted to The Graduate School for the master's program must reapply for the doctoral program A suspended student is eligible to apply for readmission after one year. Approva l or rejection of this application rests jointly Graduate Admissions I 45 with the student's major department and the dean In case of lack of agreement between the department and the dean or in the case of appeal by the student the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee. FOREIGN APPLICANTS Prospective foreign students should have completed applications on file in The Graduate School office prior to December 1 for the Summer Term, March 1 for the Fall Semester, and July 1 for the Spring Semester. The application packet should include the $50 fee, TOEFL scores, finan cial documentation, Graduate Record Examination scores, official English translation of all school records and other documents as noted in the previous sec tion on Application Procedures Acceptable TOEFL Scores. The TOEFL is the Test of English as a Foreign Language If your native language is not English, or you have not attended a British or American university for at least one year and achieved satisfactory grades, then yo u must take the TOEFL. All pro grams within CU-Denvers Graduate School-arts and sciences, education, engi neering, and doctoral programs-require a minimum score of 525 for regular admis sion Those earning less than 525 will nor mally be referred to the Spring International Language Center (on campus) for further language study. During that time these students will study on an 1-20 from Spring, but may take classes as non-degree students at CUDenver. They may subsequently be granted regular admission to The Graduate School. All international students who take the TOEFL and are granted regular admission to CU-Denvers Graduate School will be asked to take both the Michigan and SPEAK tests during their first semester of study. Those whose TOEFL f ell between 525 and 550 will be required to take additional language train ing in light of whatever deficiencies may be revealed by these diagnostic tests. Those whose TOEFL exceed 550 will be encouraged but not required to under take additional training in light of their performance on these tests. Students seek ing admission to all other graduate pro grams, including those in architecture and planning, business and public affairs, should consult those program descriptions for language requirements. GRADUATE RECORD EXAMINATIONS At the option of any department the Graduate Record Examination may be required of applicants for admission to the

PAGE 48

46 / The Graduate School graduate program assistantships, or of any students before their status is determined Students who are applying for assistant ships for the fall semester take the GRE no later than the December testing date so that their scores will be available to the graduate awards selection committee. Six weeks s hould be allowed for GRE scores to be received by an institution Information regarding these examina tions may be obtained from The Graduate School office or the CU-Denver Testing Center, or from The Educational Testing Service, Box 1502, Berkeley, California 94701, or Box 955, Princeton New Jersey 08540. 0fHER GRADUATE QUALIFYING EXAMINATIONS Students entering professional schools and special programs may obtain informa tion at the Student Testing Center on the following examinations: Graduate Manage ment Admissions Test {GMAD. Graduate Record Examination {GRE), Miller Analogies Test {MAT), Dopplet, and Law School Admissions Test {LSAT). NON-DEGREE STUDENTS A student not wishing to earn an advanced degree from the University of Colorado should apply to the Office of Admissions and Records, CU-Denver, 1200 Larimer St., Denver, CO 80204 Nondegree students will be allowed to register only on the campus to which they have been admitted. Non-degree students desiring to pursue a graduate degree program at this Univer sity are encouraged to submit the com plete graduate application and supporting credentials as soon as possible A department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of as much as 9 hours credit toward the requirements of a master's degree for courses taken either as a student at another recognized graduate school, as a non-degree studen t at the University, or both. In addition, the department may recommend to the graduate dean the acceptance of credi t courses taken as a non-degree student at this University during the term for which the student applied for admission to The Graduate School, provided such admission date was delayed through no fault of the student. A grade of B or better must be obtained in any course work transferred in this manner. REGISTRATION Course Work and Examinations On the regular registration days of each semester, students who have been admit ted to The Graduate School and who expect to study in The Graduate School are required to complete appropriate registration procedures Students should register for classes the semester they are accepted into The Graduate School. If unable to attend that semes ter they must notify the department that has accepted them and submit the necessary forms to the Office of Admis sions and Records at CU-Denver in order to attend the following semester Changes in Registration A student who wishes to drop a course or take it for no credit should follow the drop / add standard procedure {see current Schedule of Classes). After the tenth week of classes graduate students may not drop, add, or change a course to no credit without presenting a letter to the dean of their college CU-Denver, stating the exceptional circumstances that justify the change. This l etter, endorsed by the instructor of the course must accompany the properly signed and completed drop / add card or no-credit option form. Withdrawal Graduate students who desire to withdraw from the University must apply to the d ean of their college for permission to withdraw in good standing A student who discontinues attendance in a course without official withdrawa l will be marked as having failed the course. The withdrawal form must be s i gned by the instructor of the course and pass / fail must be indicated with the instructor's initials Master's Thesis Graduate students working toward master's degrees, if they expect to present a thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree, must register for thesis for a minimum of 4 semester hours or a maximum of 6 semester hours. The final grade will be withheld until the thesis is completed If the thesis is not comp leted at the end of the term in which th e student is so registered, an in progress (JP) will be reported. {The stu dent may not register again for any portion of thesis credit on which an IP grade has been submitted.) Limitation of Registration FULL LOAD A graduate student will be considered to be carrying a full load during a regular semester for purposes of determining residence credit if the student is registered for at l east 5 credit hours of mixed undergraduate / graduate / thesis or disser tation hours A maximum of two-thirds of a semester of resident credit may be earned during the summer if a student registers for three semester hours of other graduate work or any number of thesis hours For the number of hours required for financial aid see Financial Aid at the University of Colorado at Denver in the General Information section of this catalog A graduate student may contact the dean s office for information on the appea l process regarding the full load requirement for financial aid purposes MAXIMUM LOAD No graduate student may receive credit toward a degree for more than 15 hours in a regular semester The maximum number of graduate credits that may be applied toward a degree during a summer term at CUDenver is 10 hours per 10-week summer term A graduate student may contact the dean's office for information on the appeal process regarding an overload. UNIVERSITY EMPLOYEES Full-time employees of the University may not undertake more than 6 credit hours per semester Part-time employees, including assistants, may take such work as is approved by the major departments. TUITION AND FEES The schedule of tuition and fees is given in the General Information section of this catalog REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCED DECREES Quality of Graduate Work Although the work for advance degrees is specified partly in terms of credit hours an advanced d e gree will not be confe rred

PAGE 49

merely for the completion of a specified period of residence and the passing of a given number of courses. S tud ents s hould not expect to obtain all the training knowledge and grasp of ideas necessary to meet the requirement for an advanced degree from formal courses. They should work on their own initiative, reading widely and thoughtfully reaching their own conclusions, and acquiring a sense of values perspective proportion. All studies offered for credit toward an advanced degree (except those in deficiencies) must be of graduate status. A student is expected to maintain at least a 8 average in all work attempted while enro lled in The Graduate School. For the Ph.D., a course mark below 8 is unsatisfactory and will not be counted toward fulfilling the minimum requirements for the degree A student who fails to do satisfactory work will be subject to suspension from The Graduate School by the dean with the approval of the major department. Appeal may be made to the Executive Committee of The Graduate School. The committee's decision shall be final. A suspended student is eligible to appl y for readmission after one year. Approva l or rejection of this app li cation rests jointly with the student's major department and the dean. In case of appea l by the student, the final decision will be made by the Executive Committee. Repeating a Course A graduate student who receives a grade of C. D or F in a course may repeat the course once, upon written recommen dation to the dean by the chairman of the student's advisory committee and major department provided the course has not previously been applied toward a degree. In calcu l ating a student's grade-point average for Graduate School purposes, the grade for a repeated course will substitute for the old grade Grades earned in courses taken as an undergraduate or as a non-degree student, as well as grades earned in first and second year foreign language courses, will not be used in calcu l ating The Graduate School grade point average; however all grades received will appear on the student's transcript. Change of Department or Major A graduate student wishing to change department or major must submit a new Part I and Part II of the graduate applica tion to the new department or school and request the former department to forward recommendations and credentials The studen t must be formally accepted by the new department. Use of English A student who is noticeably deficient in the use of good English in all oral and written work may not obtain an advanced degree from the Un iversit y of Col orado. Ability to use the language with precision and distinction should be cultivated as an attainment of major importance Each department will judge the qualifications of its advanced students in the use of English. Reports, examina tions and speech will be considered in estimating the candidate's proficiency. Graduate Appeals Final action on appeals submitted by graduate students concerning action taken by faculty members, programs, or administrative officials rests with the camp u s Executive Committee of The Graduate School, unless such appeal involves a matter affecting two or more camp uses. In such a case, the final action rests with the Executive Committee of The Graduate School. MASTER'S DEGREE A student regularly admitted to The Graduate School and l ater accepted as a cand idate for the Master of Arts Master of Science or other master s degrees will be recommended for th e degree on ly after the following requirements have been met. In general, only graduates of an approved institution who have a thorough preparation for their proposed field of study and who do graduate work of high quality are able to attain the degree with the minimum amount of work specified below. All studies offered toward the minimum requirement for the degree must be of graduate rank. Necessary addi tional work required to make up deficiencies or prerequisites may be partly or entirely undergraduate courses The requirements s t ated below are minimum requirements; additional condi tions set by the department will be found in the announcements of separate depart ments. Any department may make further regulations not inconsistent with the genera l rules. Students planning to graduate should ascertain current deadlines of The Graduate School. It is the graduate student's and the department's responsibility to see that all requirements and deadlines Master's Degree / 47 are met (i.e. changing of IW grades, noti fying The Graduate School of final exami nation s etc.). Departments or program committees may have additional deadlines that must be met by the graduate students in that department or program. It is the s tud ent s responsibility to ascertain such requirements and to meet them as designated by the department or program chair. Minimum Requirement The minimum requirement of graduate work for th e degree Master of Arts or Master of Science may be fulfilled by following either Plan I or Plan II below. Plan 1: By presenting 24 semester hours of graduate work including a thesis. At least 12 semester hours of this work must be at the 5000 level or above Plan II: By presenting 30 semester hours of graduate work, without a thesis. At least 16 semester hours of this work must be at the 5000 level or above. Plan II does not represent a free option for the student. A candidate for the master s degree may be allowed to select Plan II only on the recommendation of the department concerned Graduate Credit Graduate credit is given for courses th at are listed at the 5000 level or above and that are offered by professors who are members of the graduate faculty, or that have otherwise been approved by the dean of The Graduate School. No assurance can be given that work taken by a student will count toward a higher degree unless the s tud ent has the approva l of the department. Not all courses listed are available at any one time; some of them are given in alternate years Courses taken during the Fall Semester 1975 and thereafter will have graduate rank if they are taught by members of The Graduate School faculty and are in one of the following two categories: I. Courses within the major program at the 5000 l evel or above. 2. Courses outside the major program at the 4000 level provided they are approved for a specific degree plan by the faculty of the degree-granting program and by the campus graduate dean. 3 The Master of Basic Science program (M.B.S.) has approval for 3000-and 4000l evel courses if approved by the depart ment and the dean of The Graduate School. 4. Courses outside the major program

PAGE 50

48 I The Graduate School provided they are approved for a specific degree plan by the faculty of the degree granting program and by the campus graduate dean. This does not change the minimum number of courses that must be taken at the 5000 level or above; however, as a result, most students who include 4000 level courses of other departments in their program will not exceed those minimum requirements for graduation. Field of Study Studies leading to a master's degree may be divided between major and minor subjects at the discretion of the faculty of the degree-granting program. Status After students have made a satisfactory record in this University for at least one semester or summer term, and after they have removed any deficiencies that were determined at the time of admission or by qualifying examinations or otherwise, they s hould confer with their major depart ment and request that a decision be made on their status This definite status must be set by the major department before students may make application for admis sion t o candidacy for an advanced degree Students who are inadequately prepared must make up without credit toward a graduate degree a ll prerequisites required by the department concerned. language Requirements Candidates must have such knowledge of ancient and modern languages as each department requires See special depart mental requirements. Credit by Transfer Resident graduate work of high quality done in a recognized grad u a t e school e lsewh ere and coming within the time limit may be accepted up to a limited amount, provided it is recommended by the department concerned and approved by the dean of The Graduate School. Course work taken more than 6 years prior to the comp l etion of final requirements (comprehensive exam and / or filing of thesis) will not be accepted for the degree unless validated by a special examination. The maximum amount of work that may be transferred to this University is 9 semester hours Credit will not be transferred until the student has established in The Graduate School of this University a satisfactory record of at least one semester in residence; such transfer will not reduce the residence at this University but it may reduce the amo unt of work to be done in formal courses. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be mad e on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to The Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which the student will be graduated. Work already applied toward a master's degree rece iv e d from another institution cannot be accepted for transfer toward the master s degree at the University of Colorado ; extension work completed at another institution cannot be transferred; and correspondence work except to make up deficiencies is not recognized. Excess undergraduate credits from another institution may not be transferred to The Graduate School. Seniors in this University may however transfer a limited amount of advanced resident work (up to 9 semester hours) provided such work: I. Is completed with distinction in the senior year at this University. 2. Comes within the four-year time limit. 3 Has not been appli e d toward another degree. 4. Is recommended for transfer by the department c oncerned and approved by the dean of The Graduate School. Requests for transfer of credit to be applied toward an advanced degree must be made on the form specified for this purpose and submitted to The Graduate School by the beginning of the semester prior to that in which th e student will be graduated. For more information contact The Graduate School office. To be eligib l e for courses to be considered for transfer a student must have an overall B average in all courses taken at the University of Colo rado in The Graduate School. Continuing Education Course Work Students may use the resources of the Division of Extended Studies in the pursuit of graduate study only if they obtain proper academic approval from the major department and th e graduate dean in advance. Residence In general the residence requirements can be met on ly by residence at the University for at least two semesters or at least three summer terms. For full residence a student must be registered within the time designated at the begin ning of a semester and must carry the equivalent of not fewer than 5 semester hours of work in courses numbered 5000 or above or at least a combination of other course work acceptable for graduate credit. See Limitation of Registration Full Load, for requirements for full residence credit during the summer. Students who are noticeably deficient in their general training, or in the specific preparation indicated by each department as pre requisite to graduate work cannot expect to obtain a degree in the minimum time specified. Assistants and other employees of the University may fulfill the residence requirements of one year in two semesters, provided their duties do not require more than half time. Full-time employees may not satisfy the residence requirements of one year in fewer than four semesters. Admission to Candidacy A student who wishes to become a candidate for a master s degree must file app li cation in the dean s office not later than 10 weeks prior to the comp l etion of the comprehensive final examination. The number of hours t o be presented for the degree must be determined before this application may be filed. See previous section on Status. This application must be made on forms obtainable at the dean s office and in various departments and must be signed by the major department cert ifyin g that the student's work is satisfactory and that the program outlined in the application meets the requirements set for th e student. A student on Graduate School probation is not eligible to be awarded a degree until he or she is removed from probation. Thesis Requirements A thesis, which may be of a research, expository critical or creative type is required of every master s degree candidate under Plan I. Every thesis presented in partial fulfillment of the requirements for an advanced degree must: I. Deal with a definite topic related to the major field. 2. Be based upon independent study and investi gation 3. Represent the equivalent of from 4 to 6 semester hours of work. 4 Receive the approval of the major department not later than 30 days (in

PAGE 51

some d e p a rtm e nts, 90 days) b e f o r e th e com me ncem e nt at whi c h th e d egree i s t o be con f e rred 5. Be essen t i a ll y compl e t e a t th e time th e com p r e h e n s ive fin a l e x a m i n a ti o n is give n 6 Comp l y in mecha nical feat ures w i t h s peci fica ti ons o utl i n e d in U n iver sity o f Col orado Gradu a t e Sch oo l Specifica t io n s f o r Pr e para t ion o f Mas t e r's Theses and D oc t ora l Dis s ertatio n whic h i s obtaina bl e fr o m Th e Gradu a t e Sch ool. T wo weeks prior t o th e d a t e o n whic h th e degree is t o be conf erre d t wo for ma ll y a ppr o v e d printed o r t ypewri tten copies o f th e thesi s m u s t b e filed i n T h e G r adua t e School. T h e t hesi s must be com p l e t e wi t h a bstract. A ll theses must be sign e d b y t h e thesi s a d v isor a nd t h e second read e r All approve d theses a r e kep t o n fil e in the li bra r y Th e thesi s b ind i n g f e e mu s t b e paid whe n th e t hesis i s deposited in Th e G radu a t e Sch ool. Cred it h o ur s earned f o r th e thesi s w ill n o t be accep t e d t oward th e r equire m e nt s for a degree unless such c r e d i t has p r evio u s l y been regist e red. A student wor k ing t o war d a mast er s degree m u s t regi s t e r f o r thesi s for a s pecifi c number o f hours. Th e s tud e n t may register for a n y specifi c numb e r o f h o ur s in a n y semest e r o f residence,b u t th e t o t a l regi s t ered credit for thesis m u s t t o tal a m inimu m o f 4 o r a maximu m o f 6 semest er h o urs, the tot a l num b er o f hour s depe nding upo n h o w m u c h c r e dit i s t o b e g iven for th e thesis. T h e fin a l grade w ill b e wi t hh e l d until the thesi s o r r epo r t i s comp l e ted. A n I P ( i n p r og ress) will be repor t e d f or terms dur in g whic h th e stud e nt i s regi s t ered f o r thesi s p ri o r to com p l e ti o n o f the t hesis. Comprehensive Final E xamination A ll candid a tes for a mast e r's degree a r e r e quir e d t o t a k e a compr e h e n s ive fin a l e x a min a t i o n afte r t h e o th e r requir e m e nt s f or th e degree have been com ple ted. Thi s exam in a tio n may be g iven near t h e e nd of their last semester o f resid e nce w hil e they a r e s t ill t a ki ng requir e d courses f o r th e deg ree, pr ov id e d th e y ar e m a k i n g sati s fact o ry progress in t h o s e courses. The f o ll o win g r ules appl y in g t o the compre h ensive f i n a l e x a mi n a ti on m u s t b e observe d : 1. S tud e nt s must be regi s t e red w h e n they take th e exam in ation. 2. N o tice o f th e examin a tion mus t b e f i led by th e m ajor departme nt in the dean s o ff ice a t least three days in adva nce of th e examin a t ion 3. T h e e xamin a ti o n is t o b e give n b y a comm ittee of three g r adua t e facult y mem b e r s a pp o i n ted by th e d e p ar t me nt conce rned in consu ltat io n with the dean 4. Th e ex am i n a ti o n wh i c h may be o r a l o r writt e n o r bo th, m u s t cov er th e thesis, whi c h s h o u l d b e essenti a ll y compl e t e a t th e t ime, as well as o th e r work do n e in th e U niver s it y in f orma l courses a nd semina r s in th e majo r fie ld 5 A n e x a min a t io n in th e mi no r wo r k take n at this Univers it y i s o p t i onal wi th th e m a j o r a n d min o r d e p a rtm e nt s 6. Th e e x a min atio n m u s t in clude a ll wo rk present e d f o r t h e d e gree n o t d o n e in residence a t the Univer s it y of Col ora do, w h e th e r in th e majo r o r min or f ield. Th e exami n a ti o n o n tra n sfer r e d work wi ll be give n b y r e present a tives o f t h e corresp o ndin g fie lds o f s tud y i n this U niver s ity. 7 A stude nt who fail s th e compre h ens ive fin a l exami n a t io n may n ot a ttemp t the exam in a t io n again until a t least three mo nth s h a v e e lapsed and u n t il s u c h w o rk as may b e prescribed b y th e exami n i n g comm ittee has been comp l e t e d T h e s tudent may r e t ake t h e exa minati o n on l y o nce. Supplementa l Examination s Suppl e m e ntal exam in a ti o n s shoul d b e simp l y a n ex t e n sion of th e o r igi nal exam in a t io n a n d give n immediatel y If th e student f a i l s t h e suppl e m e nt a l exa m i nat i o n t hree m o n t h s m u s t e l a pse befo r e a tt e mptin g th e com pr e h e n s ive exam in a t i on again Cours e E xaminations T h e regu l a r writt e n e x a m in a ti o n s o f each semest e r exce pt th e las t mu s t b e take n Course exam in a ti o n s o f the last semest e r whi c h come a ft e r th e com pre h e n s ive fin a l exam in a ti o n has been passed may b e om itt e d with th e consen t o f th e in s tru c tor. Master' s Thes i s Credit Every g r aduate s t ude nt wor kin g t oward a mast e r's d egree w h o e xpect s t o p resent a thesi s i n p a rti a l f ulfi ll m e nt o f th e require m e nt s f o r th e degree m u s t regi s t e r for t hesis f o r a m i n i m um o f 4 semest er hou r s or a m aximum o f 6 semester h o urs. T h e s tud e nt may reg i s t e r f or any s pecifi c n u mber o f h ours in a n y semest e r o f resid e nce, but th e tot a l n u mb e r of h o ur s f or a ll semesters mus t e q u a l th e numb e r of c redit s t h e s tudent ex pect s to receive f or t h e thesis. T h e f i n a l g r a d e w ill be wi thh e ld until the thesi s i s comp l e t e d If Master's Degree I 49 th e t hesi s i s n o t com pl e t e d a t th e e nd o f th e t e rm i n w h ich t h e s tud e nt i s so regi s tered a n i n progress ( IP } will be r epor t e d (Th e student m a y n o t regi s t e r agai n f o r a n y portio n o f t hesi s cred it o n w hi c h a n I P g rade has been s ubmitt e d ) Time limit Mast e r's degree stude nt s have 4 years, f r om th e d a t e o f the s t ar t o f course wo rk, t o comp l e t e all degree r e q u ir eme nts. F o r student s w h o f a il t o comp l e t e th e degree in this 4 year per i od it will b e necessary f o r t h e p r og r am direc t o r t o fil e an a nnu a l stat e m e nt w ith th e g r adua t e dean s t a tin g t h e reason s w h y the p rog r am facult y believe the s tudent i s m a k i n g adequa t e prog ress and s h ou l d be a ll owe d t o continue i n th e program S tud e nt s who d o their work exclusive l y in s u mmer t er m s must compl e t e all degree requ ire m e nt s within 72 m o n ths fro m th e s t a r t of course work A s tud e nt w h o does n o t comp l e t e all deg ree r e quir emen t s w it h in th e s pecif i e d per i o d o f t i m e mus t valid a te, by speci a l exam in a ti o n(s), a n y course work tak e n more th a n 6 years pri o r t o t a kin g th e mast e r s com p r ehens iv e e x a min a t io n o r com pl e tin g th e thesi s d e f e nse, depending on whic h pl a n is e lect e d D eadlines for Ma s ter' s De gree Candidates E xpecting to Graduate During 1990 -91 Deadlin e d a tes for th e f o ll owi n g can b e ob t a in e d b y call ing Th e Graduate School office 556-2663. I Last day f o r req uestin g tran s f e r o f c r e dit. 2 Applicati o n s f o r admissi o n t o c an d i dacy A p plicat i o n s mus t b e s u bmitte d at least 10 weeks bef o r e th e s tudent ex pect s t o t a k e t h e compre h e n s iv e fin a l exa mination. S tud ents a r e urged t o s ubmit this f o rm by t h e beginnin g o f t h e semest e r pri o r t o th a t i n whic h they expec t to receive th e degree. (Th e f o rm may b e picke d up in th e dep a rtm e n t o r in The G radu a t e Sch oo l o ffice.} 3 Las t day for thesi s to b e approve d by d e p a rtm e nt. 4. Las t da y f o r sch e dulin g o f co m pre h e n s ive f i n a l examination. 5 Las t d ay for ta kin g compre h e n s ive f in a l examin a t ion. 6 Las t d ay fo r filin g t hesi s in The G radua t e Sch oo l A t th e tim e o f fil in g t h e thesi s mu s t b e com p l e t e in a ll respect s and mu s t meet thesi s s pecificati o n s i n orde r t o b e accep t e d b y Th e G r a du a t e Sch ool. Candidates w hose theses a r e

PAGE 52

50/ The Graduate Schoo l received after 5 p.m. on th e indicated date will be graduated at the commenceme nt following that for which th e deadline is indicated. DOGOR OF PHILOSOPHY The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree is the highest academic degree conferred by the University. To state the requirements for the degree in terms of credit hours would be misleading because the degree is not conferred merely upon the satisfactory complet ion of a course of study, however faithfully pursued. Students who receive this degree must demonstrate that they are proficient in some broad s ubj ect of l earning and that they can critically evaluate work in this field; fur thermore, they must have shown the ability to work independently in their chosen field and must have made an original contribution of significance to the advancement of knowledge. The technical requirements stated below are minimal requirements for all candidates for the degree; additional conditions set by the departments will be found in the announcements of separate departments. Any department may make additional regulations consistent with these general rules Studies leading to the Ph.D degree must be chosen so as to contribute to special competence and a high order of scholar ship in a broad field of knowledge A field of study chosen by the student may be in one department or it may include two or more closely related departments. The criterion as to what constitutes an accept able field of study shall be that the student's work must contribute to an organized program of study and research without regard to the organization of academic departments within the University. Students planning to graduate should obtain current deadline dates in the office of The Graduate School. It is the graduate student's and the department's respon sibility to see that all requirements and deadlines are met (i.e., changing of IW grades, notifying The Graduate School of final examinations, etc .). Department or program committees may have additional deadlines that must be met by graduate students in that department or program. It is the student's responsibility to ascertain such requirements and to meet them as designated by the department or program chair. Minimum Course/Dissertation Requirements A minimum of 30 semester hours of graduate courses and 30 semester hours of dissertation credit are required for the Ph.D. degree. Course Work Requirement. A minimum of 30 semester hours of courses numbered 5000 or above is required for the degree, but the number of hours of formal courses will ordinarily exceed this minimum. At least 20 of the required hours must be in graduate courses taken at this Universi ty Students who have been admitted to The Graduate School with deficiencies may expect to receive littl e or no residence cred its until th e deficiencies have been removed. Dissertation Hours Requirement. To complete the requirements for the Ph.D. a student must register for a total of at least 30 hours of doctoral dissertation credit, with not more than 10 of these credit hours in any one semester. Not more than I 0 dissertation hours may be taken preceding the semester of taking com prehensive examinations. In addition, up to 10 hour s may be taken in the semester in which the student passes comprehensives. Dissertation credit does not app ly toward the minimum 30 hours of required course work specified above and will not be included in calculation of the student's grade-point average. Only the grades of A, B, C and IP shall be used. Course work and work on dissertation may proceed concurrently throughout the doctoral program; however at no time shall a doctoral student register for more than 15 hours of 5000-leve l and above courses. Normally a s tudent must have earned at least three and not more than six semesters of residency before admission to candidacy. Advisory Committee As soon as the field of specialization has been chosen the candidate will request the faculty member with whom the com mittee wishes to work to act as chair of the advisory committee The chair, with the advice and approval of th e chair of the department, may select two or more others to serve on the committee, so that the several fields related to the student's special interest will be represented. A purpose of the advisory committee (beyond guiding the student through graduate study) is to ensure against specialization that is t oo narrow The student shall obtain the signature of the chair of the committee (thereby signifying his or her willingness to act) on the Application for Admission t o Candidacy form. Any cha ng e in the membership of the advisory committee is to be similarly reported. Residence The student must be properly r eg ist e red to earn residence credit. The minimal residence requirement shall be six semesters of scholarly work beyond the attainment of an acceptable bachelor's degree Mere attendance shall not con stitute residence as the word is her e used. Residence may be earned for course work comp l eted with distinction, for participa tion in seminars, or for scholarly research performed here or e l sewhere under the auspices of the Un i versity of Colorado. As a guiding policy in determining residence credit for employed students those who are emp loyed in three-fourths to full-time work that does not contrib ute directly to their program toward a degree may not earn more than one-half residence credit in any semester. Students who are employed more than one-fourth time and less than three-fourths time in work that does not contribute directly to the degree may earn not more than three fourths resid ence credit. Those who have one-fo urth time emp loyment or less may earn full residence c redit. (All these provi sions are subject to the definition of residence cred it given in the preceding paragraph.) In case the interpretation of residence credit for any student needs to be clarified, a decision will be made by the c hair of the student's advisory com mittee, the chair of the student's major department, and the dean of The Graduate School. Two semesters of resid ence credit may be a llowed for a master's degree from another institution of approved standing, but at least four semesters of residence credit, two of which must be consecutive in one academic year, must be earned for work (course and / or dissertation) taken at this University. A part of the residence requirement for the Ph.D. degree may be spent in another graduate institution, or if field work in absentia (provided that prior approval for work is given by the student's program director and provided that the student 's registration is maintained for that period away from the campus). Preliminary Examination Each department will satisfy its e lf (by exami nation or other means) that students who signify intent to undertake study for the Ph.D. degree are qualified to do so.

PAGE 53

The means by which each department makes this evaluation shall be specifie d in departmental requirements. S tudent s who are thu s e v aluated wi ll b e n ot ified immediately o f the results. The results o f thi s pr e limin a r y evalua ti o n s h a ll be reported to The Graduate School office o n th e App licati on for Candidacy form filed by the s tudent at least two weeks before the comp r ehensive examination is attempted. language Requirement Students are required to meet th e following lan guage requirements. Communication Requirement. All gradua t e s tud ents for w h om Eng li s h is th e native language are requ ired to demonstrate at least secondyear college proficiency in a foreign l a n guage of their choice. This requirem e nt may be satisfied in the following ways. 1. The s tud ent's underg raduate transcript may be present e d showing comp l e tion o f grade Cor b etter of at least 3 semest e r h o ur s o f a fourth-semest e r undergraduate college course in a foreign l anguage. Th e transcript must accompany the stude nt's Applicatio n f o r Admission to Candidacy when it is subm itted to The Graduate School. 2. The student may take The Gradu a t e School Foreign Language Test (GSFLT) a t the Testing Office before o r afte r admis s i o n to The Graduate School. S tud e nt s should check wi th The Graduate Sch oo l for th e passin g score required for each l a n g uage. 3. If th e student wishes t o demonstrate compete nce in a language for which th e GSFLT is not availab le, a test designed and admi ni s t ered by the appropriate l anguage d epartment at the University o f Col orado may be taken, with the passing criterion to be set compa rabl e to the above GSFLT criterion. 4. The student may regist er at th e University for any fourth-semester course in a f ore i g n language a nd pass it w ith a C or better. (Registratio n in such courses i s conti ngent upon the l ang uage depart ment's a ppr oval.) A stud e nt who elects 2, 3, or 4 above must complete the requirements before the Ph.D. comprehensive examination may be scheduled Students whose native l anguage is n o t Engli s h will, by passing th eir courses a nd compl e ting their grad u a t e work at th e U niversity, demonstrate s uffi cient abilit y in English t o meet the com mun ication requirement. Special Lan guages. When special languages a r e needed as tools to read foreign litera tur e in a particular field, th e individua l academic departm ents may require furth e r tr a inin g in f o r e ign l anguages f or all their Ph.D. graduate studen ts. Th e cho ice and numb er o f l ang uages as well as the requir e d level s of skill a nd th e methods o f testin g these skills are d etermined by th e individual departments. Credit by Transfer Resident graduate work of high quality earned in another institution of approve d s t and in g will not be accep ted for transfer t o appl y t oward the doctorate until th e stude nt has established in thi s Grad u a t e Sch oo l a sati sfactory record in residence, but such credit must be tr ansferred before the stude nt makes app li cat i on for admis sion to candid acy for th e degree. Such transfer will not reduce the minimum residence r equirement a t thi s Unive r s ity but it may r educe th e a m o unt of wor k to be done in formal courses The maximum amo unt of work th a t may be transf erred t o this University for the Ph.D. is 10 semest e r hours. Application for Admission to Candidacy A s tud e nt mus t make form a l applica tion for admission to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree on f o rm s s uppli e d by The Gradu a t e School o ffice a t least two weeks before th e comp r e h e n s ive examina ti o n is a ttempt ed. A s tud e nt s h a ll have earned at least three semesters of residence shall have passed the lan guage requir ements, and shall have passed the comprehens ive exam in a tion before adm issi on to can didacy for th e degree. Continuous Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates F o llowing successful compl etio n o f comprehensive examinations, students must regis t er continuously. Students admi tt e d to cand id acy f or degree w ill r egiste r for a nd be cha rged for 10 hours o f credit for each full-time t e rm of doctoral work. For each t erm o f part-tim e enro llm e nt s tud e nts will be c h arged for 7 h ours of dissertation c r e dit excep t th a t students n ot making use o f campus facilities may petition The Gradu a t e School for 3-credit-h our status. Continu o u s registration durin g the acade mi c year wi ll be required until completion o f th e disserta tion defense It i s expected that the studen t and advisor will Doctor of Philosophy I 5 1 consu lt each semester as t o the number o f hours for which the stude nt wi ll register, cons ist e nt with the classifi cation ident ified above. If a student who is certified for the Ph.D. degree, or who has receive d permis s i o n to t ake the com pr e h e nsives a nd passes th e m prior t o m ee tin g the languag e r eq uir eme nt must be continuously enrolled as stated above. This con tinuin g r egistratio n i s independent on whethe r th e candida t e is in residence at the U niv e r s ity. (See a lso section o n Residence.) Comprehensive Examination Before admission t o candid acy for th e Ph.D. degree, the s tud e nt must pass a compre h e nsive examination in the fie ld of conce ntrati on and related fields. This exam in a ti on may be o r a l written, or bo th a nd will test th e s tud ent's mastery of a broad field of knowledge, not m e r e ly the f orma l course work completed. Th e ora l p a rt is open t o members o f the faculty The s tud e nt must b e r eg istered at the tim e th e compre h e n s i ve exa mination is attempted. Th e exa min ation s hall b e cond u c t e d by an exam inin g board app ointed by th e chai r o f th e department concerned and be approve d by the camp u s g raduate dean. The board shall consist of the adviso ry commi ttee and addi ti o n a l members as necessary to a minimum o f five. A s uccessful candidate must receive the a ffir mative votes of a majority of the m e mbers of the exa mination board In case of failure, the examin ation may be attemp ted once more a ft er a period o f time determined by th e examining board. Dissertation Requirements A thesis based upo n original investiga ti o n a nd s h ow in g mature scholarship a nd c ritical judg eme nt as w e ll as f a miliarity with t oo l s and methods of research mu s t be written upon some s ubj ect approve d b y th e s tud ent's major d e p artment. To b e accepta ble, this dissertation should be a worthwhile contrib uti o n to knowledge in th e student's speci a l fie ld It must b e finished a nd submi tted in typewritten form a t least 30 days (in some depart m e nts, 90 days) before the day o f th e final exam ination and must b e formally app roved and made availabl e for inspection by th e exam ining committee b e f ore the fina l examinat i on may be t ake n In mechanical features all disserta ti o n s must compl y wit h th e s pecificatio n s of The Graduate School as outlined in th e U ni vers i ty of Colorado Graduate Sc h oo l

PAGE 54

52 / The Graduate School Specifications for Preparation of Master's Theses and Doctoral Dissertation which may be obtained from The Graduate School. It is the student's responsibility to notify The Graduate School of the exact title of the dissertation at least six weeks prior to the commencement at which the student will graduate. This title will be printed in the commencement program. Two formally-approved, typewritten copies of the dissertation including plus one additional copy of the title page and abstract must be filed in The Graduate School office at least two weeks before the date on which the degree is to be conferred. The abstract, not to exceed 350 words will be published in Dissertation International The determination of what constitutes an adequate abstract shall rest with the major department. All dissertations must be signed by no fewer than two members of the major department staff who are regularly engaged in graduate instruction All approved dissertations are kept on file in the library. When the dissertation is deposited in The Graduate School the candidate must pay the thesis-binding fee and sign an agreement with University Microfilms International to allow for publication in Dissertation Abstracts International ; and to grant University Microfilms Interna tion.al the right to reproduce and sell (a) coptes of the manuscript in microform and / or (b) copies of the manuscript made from microform The author retains all rights to publish and / or sell the disserta tion by means at any time except by reproduction from negative microform. Final Examination After the dissertation has been accepted a final examination of the dissertation and related topics will be con du cted .. This examination will be wholly or partially oral the oral part being open to anyone. The examination will be con ducted by a committee appointed by the campus graduate dean, which will consist of at least five persons, one of whom must be from outside the student's departthan one dissenting vote will dtsquahfy the candidate in the final examination. Arrangements for the final examination must be made in the dean's office at least two weeks in advance The examination must be scheduled not later than two weeks before the date on which the degree is to be conferred A student must be registered at the time of the final examination. lime limit If a student fails to complete all requirements for the degree within the prescribed number of years from the date of the start of course work in the doctoral program, a second examination similar to the first will be required before the can didate may take the final examination. of years allowed for compleIS normally six but in some programs It may be seven If the comprehensive examination is failed it may be attempted once more after not fewer than eight months of further work. For students who fail to complete the degree in this six-year period, it will be necessary for the depart ment to file an annual statement why the program director believes the student is making adequate progress and should be allowed to continue in the program. This request must be signed by three members of the graduate faculty who serve on the student's thesis advisory committee If approved by the campus graduate dean, the student may continue his/ her studies for one additional year. If not approved, the student may be dropped from the program.

PAGE 57

Dean : H. A. Shirvani Associate D ean: Yuk Lee Assistants to the D ean: Donna Lee, Judy Strecker Offic e : D R Third Floor T e l ephone: 556-3382 School Advisory C ouncil 1990-91 : Cha i rman: Jerome Seracuse FAIA, Seracuse Lawler & Partners Architects, Denver Members: John Anderson, FAIA, Anderson Mason Dale, Denver Peter Dominick, AlA, Urban Design Group Denver Alan Gerstenberger P r esident, Cambridge Deve l opment Corp., Denver Mimi Hillen, ASID, Hillen Design Associates Golden Donald E H unt, BRW, Denver Mark Johnson ASLA, Civi tas Denver John Madden, Chairman of the Board John Madden Company, Denver Dick Marshall, OHM, Inc., Denver Jennifer Moulton A l A Anthony Pellecchia Architects, Denver Chris Nims AlA, Gensler and Associates, Denver Maxwell L. Saul, AlA, FCSI, DMJM, Denve r Floyd Tanaka, AICP, T H K Associates, Eng l ewood Joseph Wells AICP, Doremus and Wells Aspen William Wenk FASLA, William Wenk and Associates Denver INFORMATION ABOUT THE SCHOOL The School of Arch i tecture and P l a n ning offers first and post professional programs leading to master's degrees The primary mission of the School is education, research, and development of arts and sciences of architecture and planning. Students are required to search into the existing abundance of architecture and planning knowledge in order to generate effective, forceful, spirited forms, ideas, and proposals Faculty and students are engaged in investigation education exp loration, and generation of new ideas forms, and proposals to create more humane living environments. As El Lissitzky (1930) stated: "Our work is not philosophy, neither is it a system relating to a specific theo r y of nature ; it is part of nature and must therefore itse l f be regarded as an object of knowledge: In doing so, the School questions existing connections of teaching and prac tice and is in search of future alternatives. The School's activities are thus geared toward preparation of future architects and planners who are not only able to draw to ca l culate, or to propose, but also to q u est i on, to explore, and to experiment. The curricula are based on a wide range of cultural views of architecture and planning reflective of our faculty and stu dent body. The faculty direct guide, and encourage students to develop thei r indi vidual interests with a prerequisite com mitment intended to equip the graduate with a lasting ability to produce architec ture and planning responsive to the cha n g i ng needs of society. It is on these premises that our School is in constant search of the manifest, ideas, and forms for the betterment of the living environments. A community of culturally diverse edu cators and pract i tioners centered in an island by the backdrop of the Rocky Mountains pro vides a unique opportunity for intense study of architecture and planning. Mission and Organization The School is composed of three graduate degree programs in architecture, landscape architect ure, and urban and regional planning (M.Arch., M .L.A., M.U.R.P.). It also offers urban design as an area of specialization in the architecture program (M.Arch in Urban Design) As a uni t of graduate profess i onal education with t hree professiona l degree programs and a mandate for national excellence and recognition, the School expects to go beyond training students in basic skills for ent ry-level positio n s. The School's overall mission is to develop the design capabilities of the individuals and the design profes sions as a whole as well as provide the intellectual framework which supports des i gn. Considering this m i ssion, the Schoo l emphasizes basic professional training and education necessary for entering profes sional practice in its first professional de gree programs The post-professiona l and advanced degree programs are directed toward professionals at various career stages and focuses on research and specialization. The School supports interdiscip l inary work in its programs and focuses on pro fessional education and resear c h concern ing the design and planning o f the built environment. Within this interdisciplinary approach, it recognizes the professional community input and the role of the other academic disciplines such as humanities, social sciences, and engineering. In the School's degree programs various architecture and p l anning ideologies and views are examined with respect to their historica l setting. This examination is com bined with critical reviews of design work dialogues, and methods to form the essential ingredient of design education. Through this dialectic of analyzing and synthesizing, students gain increased understanding of those humanistic ideals underlying the architecture and planning of buildings and spaces and relate them to their own developing personal aspirations. The School is committed to design as its centra l intellectual concern and is the largest graduate school of architecture in the western region. Design is used in its broadest sense to include a full range of philosophies, ideo l ogies theories, and methods The School's mission i s educa tion, research, and development of arts and sciences of architecture and planning. Academic Programs The three graduate programs are inter disciplinary and, in the design fields both first and post professional degrees are offered. I n addition, it is possible for students to obtain two degrees M.Arch and M.U.R.P. for example, and reduce the time required for doing so by coo rdinating their programs. The first professional degree programs are structured for full-time graduate study For students with employment obligations, most of these progr a ms can be taken on a part-time basis Usually the first year of the full-time program must be completed before it can be taken part-time. Within any of the programs the School of Architecture and Planning offers oppor tunities to develop a self-tailored area of

PAGE 58

56 / School of Architecture and Planning concentration through its varied offerings in architecture, lands cape architecture, urban design, and urban and regional planning. Electives ordinarily can be taken from any program in the School and from another school in the University with the approval of the student's advisor The School maintains membership in: Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning Council of Landscape Architecture Educators Landscape Architecture Accreditation Board Planning Accreditation Board Tau Sigma Delta Honor Society Sigma Delta Lambda Honor Society Academic Environment and Student Body In addition to its regular curriculum pro grams the Schoo l supports or sponsors a variety of events and activities that enlarge and broaden the learning environ ment in the School. Student internships for credit are available during the academic year. A summer international study program is offered The School sponsors three receptions at the begin ning of the academic year before Christmas and at the end of the academic year along with a Beaux Arts Ball in the spring for st ud ents and the l ocal pro fessional community. Finally, the School sponsors several exhibitions of design and art works There are about 275 full-time students in the School. The student body is diverse representing many academic disciplines and a wide variety of previous acade mic instituti ons Students have previous degrees from a number of universities around the world. lecture Series Guest critics are frequently invited to the School. In addition the School has an official lecture series every year The Lecture Series is composed of distinguished practitioners, critics and scholars of national and international natur e Visiting critics and spea ker s include : Stanley Allen Nader Ardalan, Ann Bergren Livio Dimitriu, Peter Eisenman, Kenneth Frampton, Diane Ghirardo Michael Hays David R. Hill, George Hoover, Mark Johnson Greg Lynn, Art McDonald Ian McHarg, John Meunier David Niland John Novack Patrick Quinn, George Ranalli, Frank E Sanchis, Thomas Schumacher, Werner Seligman Bahram Shirdel H.A. Shirvani, John R. Stilgoe, Harry Teague, William Turnbull Anne Vernez-Moudon, Anthony Vidler, Peter Waldman and Peter Walker. SCHOOL FACILITIES The School's studios, library, Macintosh Architecture and Design Laboratory, Auto Cadd Computer Laboratory, photo labora tory and darkroom model s hop gallerias, and offices are housed in three floors of the Dravo Building in 50 000 square feet of space. The laboratories and facilities were developed through an endowment by noted architect Temple Hoyne Buell FAIA. Architecture and Planning Library Librarian: Robert Wick The Architecture and Planning Library a branch of the Auraria Library {adminis tered by the University of Col orado at Denver) serves as a learning resource center in the fields of architecture and planning. It contains the following collec tions: reference, circulating, documentary (planning documents issued by l ocal regional state and national agencies with an emphasis on planning materials per taining to Colorado communities and con cerns) periodicals reserve, and non-print media including architectural slides and microcomputer software. The Architecture and Planning Library has over 13, 000 volumes of books and monographs 15, 000 slides and 105 periodical subscriptions. The Architecture and Planning Library staff consists of a librarian, library assis tant, and severa l student assistants The Library provides a number of services including reference and research assistance and librar y-use instruction Additional services such as inter-library loan and computer-assisted research, are provided through the Auraria Library MACINTOSH ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN LABORATORY Director: Won Jin Tae The Macintosh Architecture and Design Laboratory is dedicated to the promotion of design innovation and exploration with the Macintosh computer The newly acquired laboratory contains 15 Macintosh 11 computers with megabyte internal hard drive and high resolution co lor monitors; a Macintosh 11 file server with 80 megabyte internal hard drive; an E-size, H ewlett Packard Draftmaster I pen plotter; LaserWriter 11 printer; Image Writer II dot matrix printer; and ThunderScan image digitizer. The laboratory is presently experimenting with various drawing and painting software including MacArchitrion professional 3-dimensional modeling soft ware, VersaCad MacDraw 11, SuperPaint, PixelPaint Adobe Illustrator 88, Video Works, Canvas MiniCad, and Mac3D This state-of-the-art labor atory has been developed through a contrib ution by Apple Computer, In c CADD COMPUTER LABORATORY Director : Won Jin Tae The CADD Laboratory of the School of Architecture and Planning is located adjacent to the Macintosh Architecture Laboratory and i s equipped for upscaled computer-aided design and drafting with a microcomputer based networking system which is being modified and expanded. Six Zenith 2200 PC/ATs, in addition to four IBM PC/XTs with high resolution monitors and digitizing tablets, are now linked with a Novell central file server and 120 megabyte hard disk drive for storage. This network and six additiona l PC/AT workstations are linked through the addi tion of AutoCAD compatible software that extends and enhances the ongoing use of AutoCAD and AE/CADD. Additional capabilities are offered through AutoWord, an interactive word processing package for editing and displaying text of drawings ; Auto CoGo, a coordinate geometry program that allows entry of survey and engineering data for site planning and engineering; LandSoft, a system for introducing landscape architec tural symbols and drafting extension into the AutoCAD and AE/CADD utiliti es; and Generic Template, a means of customizing or creating unique design and drafting templates Also available are the Comp ut erVision system which includes the Personal Architect and Personal Designer packages Gould Colorwriter 6320 and Hewl ett Packard plotters. Additional computing facilities are available at other sites on campus BUILDING TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY Co-Directors: Soontorn Boonyatikarn and Phillip Gallegos The Building Technology Laboratory functions as a teaching and research facility for both students and outside

PAGE 59

practitioners For the stude nt through hands-on experiment and physical demonstration, it is used to facilitate the learning process as well as bridge the gap between theoretical concep t s and practical applicat ions For practitioners, this facility is used to e nhan ce their practice and update their knowledge. Some exampl es of equipment and facilities available include data acquisitio n systems, lightin g research equipment, Macintosh visual input package, windflow simulation table, video eq uipm ent, and data logging equipment. Data acquisit ion systems includes the following com ponents: data logger Mode l 21X-L with 40K internal memory (RAM) and sealed rechargeab l e battery from Campbell Scientific; IBM PC-AT with 30 megabyte hard disk and 1.2 megaby te RAM; cassette tape recorder and cassette tape interface (for a remote application); analog and digital con tr o l cord; and necessary soft ware for read / write access, data inter facing, and data manipulation. Lighting Research Equipment includes: quantum / radiometer/ photometer two units of pyronometer model Ll-200SB-50, six units o f photometric sensor model Ll-210SB, a nd luminance meter at one degree spot. The Macintosh package allows a direct input of visual image from any object into computer for further study. This equip ment includes: Macintosh II computer, Macvision d i g itiz er board a nd suppor t ed software, a nd visual camera model l CD-200 from IKEGAMI. The windflow simulation tabl e allows the designe r to analyze var i ous windflow patterns on two-dimensional forms. By allowing water to flow cont inu ously in a given direction and by adding an eve n distribution o f ink to identify the flow patterns, an im mediate study can be encountered on a given site configuration. Video equ ipment includes: video camera ROB, video monitor, and high quality four head VHS recorder. Data logging equipment allows an auto matic collect ion of data f o r a specific time and period When furnis h ed with the appropriate sensors the following data can be obtained: temperature (surface temperature, air temperature, and sub surface temperature) moist ur e (wetbulb temperature and relative humidity), so lar radiation, lightin g intensity, and wind speed. Photo Laboratory. Our new photography lab with the latest state-of-the-art equip ment, is used for architectu r a l photo graphy classes and by students to prod u ce material for th eir portfolios. There are separate areas for developi ng, enlarging, drying, and copying. Mode l-Makin g Laboratory. Students will have a n 8 00square-foo t model shop in which to build projects for their classes. Table saws, jig saws drill presses, jointers, and a full range of hand t ools will allow th e st ud e nt to build models of wood, plastic, and steel. An a dja cent paint spray room is equipped with a ventilated paint booth an d vapor-proof lighting. ADMISSIONS Genera l Requirements The Sch oo l of Architect ur e and Plan ning has an Academic Affairs Office that is headed by the Associa t e Dean. Primary responsibilities of the Academic Affairs Office include answering admission inqu i ries, processing admissions applications, awarding tuiti on scho lar s hips, enforcing studio and l aboratory rules, hearing stu dent grade appeals overseeing students' rights and responsibilities, approving new course proposals enforcing academic policies, a nd processing g r aduation applications Each applicant for admission into any of the programs of the School of Architec ture and Planning mus t submit: I. The University of Colorado Applica tion for G rad uate Admission forms 2. Two official transcripts from each institution th e applica nt h as attended. 3. Three l etters of recommendation 4. A statement of purpose. 5. Examples of creative work (see below). 6. The a ppli cation fee. Specia l r equirements for internationa l applicants are described in a following section. Examples of Creative Work. In arc hit ec ture landscape architectu re, and urban design, applicants are expected to present samples of their creative and analytic work, commonly referred t o as a portfolio. A portfolio is an orderly presentation of one's work. This includes examples of creative and analytica l work including but not limited t o essays, papers, photographs and photographic reprod u ction of artistic work such as sculpture drawings paint ings, musical composition, and other fine arts. The form at must b e 8V2" x 11", bound with not more than twelve pages (excluding papers) Slides are not accepted. All portfolios must be identified by the student's full name and program to whic h the studen t i s applying. A stamped self addressed envelope mus t be included for return of portfolio In genera l a minimum of 3.00 grade point average (GPA) on a 4 00 scale (or equiva l e nt) in the prior undergraduate or graduate degree is required for admiss i on. Admissions I 57 Applicants with a GPA under 3 00 may be reviewed f o r admissio n ; in such cases, s ub mission of strong supporting materials is advised. For applicants with a GPA under 3 00 GRE scores are normally required for the Urban and Regional Planning Pro gram a nd strongly recommended for applicants to the other programs. The admissions decision is made weighing a variety of factors includi n g academi c preparation, quality of work experience and portfolio appropriateness of the applicant's purpose, and overall likeli ho od of success in th e program Applica nt s may be admitted as non degree students or with special conditions. Because of space limitations not all qualif ied applicants may be accepted. Specific requirements for each program are listed below Master of Architecture (first professional degree; three and one-half year program) The three and one-half year (114 semester hours) program is appropriate for applicants with a bachelor s degree and no prior training or background in architect ur e or related field. Prerequisites are one year of collegel evel physics and college mathematics through a first course in ca l culus For those without these pre requisites, courses are held in the summer term preceding the first semester Master of Architecture (first professional degree; three and one-half year program with advanced standing) Admiss i on to the three and one-half yea r program with adva n ced standing is appropria t e for applicants with a non profess i onal bachelor's degree in architec ture or a bachelor s degree in a related field (engineering design, art) Depending on their undergraduate record qualified applican ts with a non-pro f essional archi tectural degree (the first part of a 4 + 2 program) would ordinari l y be given ad vanced standing of up to one curriculum year in the program. Applicants with degrees in related fields may be exempted from courses in their specific areas of preparation but may be required to take all the courses in the architectural des i gn sequence. The number of credits and exact point of entry into the program will be determined by the program director.

PAGE 60

58 / School of Architecture and Planning Master of Architecture (post-professional degree) The one-year (36 semester hours) post professional degree program is appropriate for applicants holding a Bachelor of Architecture or equivalent first professional degree or diploma in architecture Master of Architecture in Urban Design (one-year post-professional degree) The one-year (36 semester hours) pro gram is appropriate for applicants with a first professional design degree in architec ture (e.g. B.Arch., M.Arch.). Master of landscape Architecture (first professional degree) The three-year (90 semester hours) first professional degree program is appro priate for those with a bachelor s degree and no training or background in land scape architecture or a related design field. Master of landscape Architecture (post-professional degree) The two-year (48 semester hours) post professional degree program is appropriate for applicants with a first professional design degree (B.S.L.A. B.L.A., B.Arch., for example). Applicants without a prior Land scape Architecture degree may be required to take additional core requirements in Plant Materials and Ecology. Master of Urban and Regional Planning The two-year (51 semester hours) program is appropriate for applicants with bachelor's degrees in either design, humanities social, or physical sciences. International Applicants Competence in oral and written English is expected in the School. The School of Architecture and Planning requires a minimum of 550 lDEFL score for interna tional students from non-English speaking countries However the School will con sider applications from students with strong academic credentials whose lDEFL scores are slightly below 550. If accepted, these students will be required to register for a one credit hour of architecture and planning technical writing workshop. This one credit hour cannot be used to fulfill part of the degree requirements Submission Requirements. International applicants must submit: 1. An International Student application and Graduate Admission forms 2. Two official transcripts from each United States collegiate institution the applicant has attended 3. Two certified copies of official academic records from each collegiate institution the applicant has attended out side the United States. A certified literal English translation must accompany documents that are not in English. 4 Four letters of recommendation. 5 A statement of purpose 6. A portfolio of academic creative, and professional work 7. A nonrefundable $50 application fee 8. A current CU-Denver Financial Resources Statement. Statements used for other institutions will not be accepted Photocopied documents are not accept able unless signed by the originator; signatures must not be photocopies 9. Official lDEFL Score Report to establish English language proficiency. Institutional lDEFL reports are not acceptable. Additional supporting documents may subsequently be required by the office of Admissions All international applicants who are admitted to CU-Denver must have a valid visa and must enroll for and maintain a full course of study (12 or more semester hours) leading to the completion of a master s degree Financial Requirements. International applicants must provide evidence that they have sufficient funds available to attend the University of Colorado at Denver To provide this evidence each international applicant should follow these instructions: 1. Complete the Financial Resources Statement. You must prove that you have sufficient money to pay your expenses by submitting the Financial Resources State ment as a part of your application a. If you are using your own money, your bank must certify that you have the full amount of money on deposit to meet tuition and expense costs In Part 2, Section 1 of the Financial Resources Statement, your bank must certify that the money the applicant needs is on deposit in your account. b. If you are being sponsored by a family member, or a friend your spon sor must agree to provide the money and sign the Financial Resources State ment in Part 2, Section 2. Your sponsor's bank must certify that the sponsor has on deposit the amount of money you will need c. If you have been awarded a scholarship, Part 2, Section 3 of the Financial Resources Statement must be completed. 2 An incomplete statement of financial resources or failure to prove the avail ability of the necessary money will delay or cause the denial of your admission to the University. Be sure your Financial Resources Statement is accurate and complete Dates and Deadlines All programs in the School admit students for all semesters However acceptance for the Spring and Summer Semesters will be on a space-available basis only. See the Academic Calendar in this catalog or the Schedule of Classes for specific dates To be considered for Fall Semester admission, all application materials must be received by the previous March 15. Applicants will be notified concerning their acceptance prior to May 1. To be considered for Spring Semester admission, all application materials must be received by the previous November 1. Applications received after March 15 or November 1 may be considered for non-degree status only. Deadlines for submission of application materials: March 15 -for Fall Semester regular admission April 15 for Summer Term regular admission November 1 -for Spring Semester regular admission Applications after these dates will only be considered on a space-available basis Persons interested in any of the programs or in visiting the School are invited to call the Architecture and Urban Design Programs at (303) 556-2877, and the Land scape Architecture and Urban and Regional Planning Programs at (303) 556-34 79 to arrange an appointment. For application forms or additional information please write to: Office of the Dean School of Architecture and Planning University of Colorado at Denver 1200 Larimer Street Campus Box 126 Denver, Colorado 80204-5300 (303) 556-3382 Programs of Study ARCHITECTURE Program Director: Peter A Schneider Office: DR, Third Floor Telephone: 556-2877

PAGE 61

The architecture program offers curricula leading to both first and post profes sional Master of Architecture degrees. The first professional Master of Architecture (M.Arch.l) is fully accredited by the ational Architectural Accrediting Board (NAAB) and is composed o f five basic core areas: Architectural Design, History and Theory, Environmental Context, Science and Techno logy and Professional Practice. The program's primary objective is to prepare students to enter the practice of architecture with a thorough foundation in the bodies of knowledge and applied methods. More specifically, the objectives of the program are to develop: an aware n ess of and sensitivity to the quality of the human environment; architectural context; deep understanding of architec tural history theory and criticism; thorough knowledge of architectural and building technology; competence in design process and expression with particular emphasis on ex ploration, experimentation, and systhesis; under standing of the institutional framework within which architecture takes place; and skills and understanding of professional practice including management and professiona l conduct. The ultimate goal of the program is to provide the architecture student with a deep appreciation of architecture, while acquiring critical capacity, through com prehension of all facets of architecture. This is achieved through five groups of courses, organized in sequences within five coordinated modules. Master of Architecture I (First professional degree) Three and one-half year program. The first professional Master of Architecture degree program is a 114 semester hour pr og ram requiring three and one-half years (six semesters and a summer term) of full-time study. The c urriculum consists of a core of five related course com ponents and 21 semester hours of elec tives that may be used for a concentration. The program is taught at three levels, each with a theme The first level involves th e theme principles, definitions commu nication and design abstraction and takes the first two semesters. The next level takes three semesters and involves a dual theme architecture in context and applications of methodologies. The theme of the final level in the third year is synthesis and professional competency. THE CURRICULUM -THREE AND ONE-HALF YEAR PROGRAM DESIGN: 48 semester hours ARCH. 5500 (6) Introduction to Architec tural Design Studio I ARCH. 5501 (6) Introduction to Architec tural Design Studio II ARCH. 5502 (6) Architec tur a l Design Studio III ARCH. 6600 (6) Architectural Design Studio IV ARCH. 6601 (6) Architec tural Design Studio V ARCH. 6700 (6) Advanced Architectural Design Studio VI ARCH. 6701 (6) Advanced Architectura l Design Studio VII ARCH. 5510 (3) Elements of Design Expression and Presentation I ARCH. 5511 (3) Elements of Design Expression and Presentation II HISTORY AND THEORY IS semester hours ARCH. 5520 (3) Introduction to Design Theory and Criticism ARCH. 5521 (3) Survey of Architectural History ARCH. 6620 (3) Architecture in the 18th through 20th Centur i es ARCH. 6621 (3) History of Architectural Theory Theory Electives: 6 semester hours ENVIRONMENTAL CONTEXT 6 semester hours LA. 5530 (3) UD. 6620 (3) Site Planning The Architecture of the City SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 2I semester hours ARCH. 5530 (3) Structures I ARCH. 5531 (3) Structures II ARCH. 5532 (3) Building Technology I ARCH. 5533 (3) Environmental Contro l Systems I ARCH. 6630 (3) Structures Ill ARCH. 6631 (3) Environmental Contro l Systems II ARCH. 6636 (3) Building Technology II PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE: 3 semester hours ARCH. 6750 (3) Professional Practice ELECTIVES: I 8 semester hours Master of Architecture / 59

PAGE 62

60 / School of Architecture and Planning COURSE SEQUENCE: FIRST PROFESSIONAL DEGREE COURSE SEQUENCE DESIGN FALL ARCH. 5500 (6) ARCH. 5510 (3) YEAR I SPRING ARCH. 5501 (6) ARCH. 5511 (3) SUMMER ARCH. 5502 (6) FALL ARCH. 6600 (6) YEAR II SPRING ARCH. 6601 (6) YEAR Ill FALL ARCH. 6700 (6) SPRING ARCH. 6701 (6) 48 Advanced Standing in the three and one-half year program. Students admitted with advanced standing to the firstprofessional degree program follows a course of study based on an evaluation of their academic credentials which takes place during the admissions process Students who have degrees in related fields may be exempt from certain required courses. Students who have completed a pre-professional bachelor s degree in an accredited 4 + 2 program will be given advanced standing of up to one cur riculum year in the program The number of credits and exact point of entry into the program will be determined by the Program Director Master of Architecture II (Post-professional program) Program Coordinator: S. Boonyatikarn The post professional program in architecture is an adva nced curriculum which focuses on research and specialization. The program offers four options of study: I) Architectural Experimentation, ENVIRON-HISlDRY/ MENTAL SCIENCE & THEORY CONTEXT TECHNOLOGY ARCH. 5520 (3) ARCH. 5530 (3) ARCH. 5521 (3) ARCH. 5531 (3) ARCH. 5532 (3) ARCH. 5533 (3) ARCH. 6620 (3) LA. 5530 (3) ARCH. 6630 (3) ARCH. 6631 (3) ARCH. 6621 (3) ELECTIVES (3j UD. 6620 (3) ARCH. 6636 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 1 8 6 21 The third option, Building Technology prepares students for specialization in building performance studies utilizing the School's sophisticated Building Technology Laboratory Solar, thermo acoustics, and lighting studies are several main speciali zations offered by the faculty. The fourth option, Real Estate Development, focuses on architecture and development process utilizing the expertise of Architecture and Urban and Regional Planning Program faculty. Option I : Architectural Experimentation Option II: Architecture and Design with the Macintosh Option Ill: Building Technology Option IV: Real Estate Development COURSES: ARCH. 6622 (3) Modern Architecture ARCH. 6623 (3) Investigations in Architecture ARCH. 6627 (3) Post-Structuralist Architecture ARCH. 6628 (3) Theories of Avant Garde ARCH. 6632 (3) Building Performance Analysis ARCH. 6633 (3) Lighting 2) Architecture and Design with Macintosh, ARCH. 6640 (3) Introduction to Computer Graphics 3) Building Technology, and 4) Real Estate Development. The first option Architec tural Experimentation, is suited for students intending to further their knowledge in theory and criticism of architecture Students are guided to investigate, explore, and experiment with ideas of non-conventional nature and to advance their design ability. The second option Architecture and Design with Macintosh, is designed to prepare the student for specialization in computer application in design generation and development. ARCH. 6641 (3) Computer Applications in Architecture ARCH. 6642 (3) Design and Architecture with the Macintosh ARCH. 6643 (3) Advanced Design Applications with the Macintosh ARCH. 6704 (6) Architectura l Experimentation I ARCH. 6705 (6) Architectural Experimentation II ARCH. 6950 (6) Thesis Research and Programming ARCH. 6951 (6) Architecture Thesis PROFESSIONAL CREDIT PRACTICE ELECTIVES HRS. 15 15 12 18 ELECTIVES (3) 18 ARCH. 6750 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 18 ELECTIVES (12) 18 3 18 114 URP. 6660 (3) Real Estate Development Process URP. 6661 (3) Real Estate Development Finance URP. 6662 (3) Real Estate Market Analysis URP. 6664 (3) Fiscal Impact Analysis

PAGE 63

COURSE SEQUENCE: OPTION I, ARCHITECTURAL EXPERIMENTATION COURSE DESIGN CREDIT SEQUENCE STUDIO THEORY ELECTIVES HRS. FALL ARCH. 6704 (6) ARCH. 6622 (3) 12 ARCH. 6627 (3) YEAR 1 SPRING ARCH. 6705 (6) ARCH. 6623 (3) 12 ARCH. 6628 (3) SUMMER ELECTIVES (12) 12 12 12 12 36 COURSE SEQUENCE: OPTION II, ARCHITECTURE AND DESIGN WITH THE MACINTOSH RESEARCH COURSE PROJECT CREDIT SEQUENCE OR THESIS THEORY ELECTIVES HRS. ARCH. 6704 (6) ARCH. 6640 (3) FALL OR 12 ARCH. 6950 (6) ARCH. 6642 (3) ARCH. 6705 (6) ARCH. 6641 (3) YEAR I SPRING OR 12 ARCH. 6951 (6) ARCH. 6643 (3) SUMMER ELECTIVES (12) 12 12 12 12 36 COURSE SEQUENCE: OPTION Ill, BUILDING TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH COURSE PROJECT CREDIT SEQUENCE OR THESIS THEORY ELECTIVES HRS. ARCH. 6704 (6) ARCH. 6632 (3) FALL OR 12 ARCH. 6950 (6) ARCH. 6642 (3) ARCH. 6705 (6) ARCH. 6633 (3) YEAR I SPRING OR 12 ARCH. 6951 (6) ARCH. 6643 (3) SUMMER ELECTIVES (12) 12 12 12 12 36 COURSE SEQUENCE: OPTION IV, REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH COURSE PROJECT CREDIT SEQUENCE OR THESIS THEORY ELECTIVES HRS. ARCH. 6704 (6) URP. 6660 (3) FALL OR 12 ARCH. 6950 (6) URP. 6662 (3) ARCH. 6705 (6) URP. 6661 (3) YEAR I SPRING OR 12 ARCH. 6951 (6) URP. 6664 (3) SUMMER ELECTIVES (12) 12 12 12 12 36 Master of Architecture I 6) ARCHITECTURE ELECTIVES: ARCH. 5540 (3) Design Photography ARCH. 6610 (3) Furniture Design ARCH. 6622 (3) Modern Architecture ARCH. 6623 (3) Investigations in Architec ture ARCH. 6624 (3) The Built Environment in Other Cultures 1: Research Design ARCH. 6910 (6) The Built Environment in Other Cultures II: Field Experie nce ARCH. 6627 (3) Post-Structuralist Architecture ARCH. 6628 (3) Theories of Avant Garde ARCH. 6632 (3) Building Performance Analysi s ARCH. 6633 (3) Lighting ARCH. 6634 (3) Materia l s and Detailing 1: Residential ARCH. 6635 (3) Materia l s and Detailing II: Commercial ARCH. 6640 (3) Introduction to Computer Graphics ARCH. 6641 (3) Computer Applications in Architec ture ARCH. 6642 (3) Design and Architecture with the Macintosh ARCH. 6643 (3) Advanced Design Applications with the Macintosh ARCH. 6683 (3) Teaching Methods in Architecture ARCH. 6704 (6) Architectural Experimentation I ARCH. 6705 (6) Architectural Experimentation II ARCH. 6720 (3) American Art and Architecture ARCH. 6721 (3) Art and Architecture of Islam ARCH. 6722 (3) Latin American Art and Architecture ARCH. 6723 (3) Orienta l Art and Architecture ARCH. 6740 (3) Computer Aided Design ARCH. 6930 (3) Architecture Internship ARCH. 6931 (3) Architecture Internship ARCH. 6950 (6) Thesis Research and Programming ARCH. 6951 (6) Architec tur e Thesis

PAGE 64

62 I School of Architecture and Plan nin g ARCHITEGURE COURSES ARCH. 5 0 5 03 Applied Mathematics for Des ign e r s I. T hi s class is desi gned for th e student with little or no college math experience It begins with arithmetic skills and shortcuts, continues t h rough college level algebra and ends with trigonometry. This class is a part of the required mathema tics for studen t s o f architecture, b u t is recommended for anyone of non-tech nical background. ARCH. 5 0 5 1-3. Applie d Mathemat ics for Des i g n ers II. A continuation of ARCH. 5050, this class will begin with analytica l geometry and continue through differen ti a l a n d integra l calculus. T h e course comp l e tes the mathema tics requirement for stude nts of architecture and is open to those who have credit for or feel competent in the materia l covered in ARCH. 5050. ARCH 5 0 5 23 Env ironmenta l S cie n ce for Des i g n e rs. This course is designed to meet the requirements of the Sch oo l of Arc hitecture and Planning for entr ance into the graduate program in architecture The basic princip les of physics will be covered in a practical way. The course includes the mechanics of bodies at rest, dynamics, e lectr i c ity, heat, li ght, and sou n d The course i s recommended for anyone who needs a working knowledge of general science. ARCH. 55006 Introduction t o Arc hite ctural D esig n Studi o I The introductory studio focuses on the basic strategies and techniques of design pro d uct i on. Students are introduced to architecton ics, design analysis and cr i ticism, and the significance ol the e l ements of design. Emphasis is p laced on development of an awareness of the role of architectural theory and history in t h e design process. Prer., ARCH. 5050, ARCH 5051, and ARCH. 5052; coreq., ARCH. 5510, A RCH. 5520, and ARCH 5530. ARCH 55 01-6 Introduction to Architec tural Des i g n Studio II. The second i n t roductory design studio continues the examination of the issues raised in the first semester and beg ins investigation of more complex issues rel ated to buil ding desig n and landscape. Emphasis is p laced on developing a systematic approach to design whil e simu l taneously deali ng with the development of theory and intellectual inquiry. Prer., ARCH. 5500; coreq., ARCH 5511, ARCH 5521, and A R C H 5531. ARCH 5 502-6 Architec tural Des i g n Studio Ill. The first intermediate studio in architecture focuses on t h e interrelationship between design and the ar t of construction The course acts as a trans iti on between t h e abstract and theoretical con cerns of the i ntroductory studios and the thoughtful realization or practice of ideas. The emphas i s is placed on development of how a building is put together as a material conceptua l construct. Prer., ARCH. 5501; coreq., ARCH 5532 and ARCH. 5533. ARCH. 55 10-3. E l e m e nts of Desi g n E x pressi o n and Presentati o n I. This course covers the basic principles of descriptive geome try (technica l drawing). Basic prin ciples o f orthographic projection axonometric projection, perspective and photographic reproduction methods (port folio) are examined. Emphasis is placed on defining abstract forms and real objects in terms of line light, shade, and shadow. ARCH. 5511-3. E l e m ents of Desi g n E xpressi o n and Presen tatio n II. This course builds upon the basic principles and issues in the previous semester. Craft and precision are stressed, but with an emphasis toward design articulation and individua l expression. Students are introduced to a wide range of compositiona l techniques and methods and selection of media and materia ls. The subjects covered are: drawing as analysis ; drawing as representation; prin ciples of color interaction; and means of representing architectural space in terms of color, li ght, shade, and shadow gradation and value distinc t ion. ARCH 552 0-3. Introduction to Desi g n Th eory an d Criticis m This course examines the evolution of ideals and prin ciples in modern architecture, design landscape, and urban ism and traces the histor ical deve l opment of theoretica l issues through a study of selected writing. The course pro vides an overview of the literature in design theories and explores the relationship between design and the writings that include its i n terpretation and production ARCH. 5521-3 Survey o f Architectura l History. The second course in the history / theory sequence beginning with architecture and urbanism in antiquity, stresses the origin and interpretation of built form as symbol and t h e prob lems of early building techno l ogy and development of tradition in European architecture and urbanism. It examines the emergence of building types and settlement patterns and their relation ship t o social institutions. Case studies are drawn f rom pre-classical classical and late ant i quity Gothic, Renaissance, and Baroque arc hit ecture ARCH 553 0-3. Structu res I. The course introduces the analysis and design of struc tura l e l ements and focuses on fundamenta l princip les of statics and strength of materials Areas covered are equilibrium, movement, trusses, three-force members, properties of struc t ural materials including wood and steel stress-strain rel ationships, and an i ntroduction into the design and analysis of structural elements made of wood and steel in ten s i on, shear, and bearing. ARCH. 5531-3. Stru ctures II. The course is a con t inuation of Structures I focusing on study o f stress determination of structures and general principles involved in the design of wood steel, and concrete members Prob lems i n design of building elements subjected t o direct s tress, beveling and comb i ned stress, def l ection, methods of fabrication, and details of connections are exp l ored. Prer., ARCH. 5530. A RCH. 5532-3 Building T echno l ogy I. This course addresses issues in building con struct i on and focuses on interre l ationships between architectura l concepts and objec tives and building construction techniques through lectures case study presentations and exercises. It focuses on the wide range of ma t erials and construction techniques availab l e to meet design objectives. A RCH. 5533 -3. E nvironmen ta l Control Syst e m s I. This course focuses on study of environmental contro l systems in building, including the thermal behavior of buildings climate as a major determinant of building design, energy use in buildings strategies for design i ng buildings as comp lete environmental control systems, mechanica l means of environmental controls, heating ventilation, air-conditioning, plumbing, electrical, and communication systems, water supply, and sanita tion systems. AR CH. 5540-3. Desi g n P h o t og r aphy. This course will introduce architectural students to the basics of photography and architec tural photography. C lass will be a combina tion o f l ecture/demonstration and student assignments followed by evaluation. The course will enable students to produce their own working photographs of drawings, mode l s and buildings. ARCH 6600 -6. Architectura l Desi g n Studio IV. The second intermediate studio sequence focuses on exploration of architec ture i n the urban context and examination of typo l ogical form and cultural constructs whic h will provide a basis for the inclusion of new spaces and forms within the fabric of the city. Emphasis is placed on methodo logica l study of site, program, and elements of architecture which are used to facilitate work Prer., ARCH. 5502; coreq., ARCH. 6620, ARCH. 6630, ARCH. 6631, and LA. 5530. A RCH. 6601-6. Architectura l D esig n Studio V The final intermediate studio sequence focuses on examination of impacts of large-scale urban projects that include commercial, office, and residentia l uses in an existing urban fabric. Issues such as typo logy, character, and monumentality are considered in relation to the design of build ings of civic significance. Emphasis is placed on relationsh i p of the role of the buil ding to the morp h ology of the city and the building's expression in architectural form. Prer., ARCH. 6600; coreq., ARCH. 6621. AR C H 6 6 10-3. Furniture Desi g n The focus of this studio/ l ecture course is to explore the effects and responses of physical huma n factors, material characteristics struc ture, j o i nery and h i s tory in the design of fur niture. Design process, programming design and presentation techniques, along with drawing and model building skills, are emphasized in this project oriented course. A RCH 662 0-3. A r chitectu re i n t h e 18th throug h 20t h C enturies. The third course

PAGE 65

in th e hi s t o ry/theor y sequence f oc uses o n th e breakd o wn o f th e B a roq u e synthesi s and th e comin g o f classic a l a n d r o m a nti c his t o ri c i s m in ar c hitect ure a n d t h e birth of m o d e rn archi tecture. T h e i mpact o f tec hno logy, in dustr i a liz a tion and socia l cha n g e s o n arch i tect ure a n d u r b a n i s m ch a ng i n g a ttitu des t o w ard th e t r e atm e nt o f arch it e c tur a l space and t h e f o r m a ti o n of n e w c riti c a l c o ncep t s a nd th e e merg e nce o f Art N ouveau a nd th e r oo t s o f the M o d e rn M o v e m e nt in a rc hitectur e are e xamin e d ARCH 6621-3. History of Architectural Theory. T hi s course inv esti gat e s ar c hitectur a l thou ght fr o m a ntiquit y t o the present. It begin s wi th a revi e w o f Greek ideal s a nd then proceeds thr o u g h a n appreci a tion of a rc hit e c tur e and i t s t e x t s as an ess e n ti a l cul tu ral c o n s tit u e nt wi th a surv e y o f m a j o r th e m e s such as R e n a issance H um a n i s m E nlight e nm e n t R a ti o n a lism R om a nti c Hi s t or i c i s m N e e M e d i evalism, t h e v a ri e ti e s o f M o d e rn ism, N e e -Eclectici s m and th e m o s t r e c e nt directions. ARCH 6622-3. M odern Architecture. This cours e e xam ines m o d e rn archi tectur e fr o m DeSt ij l and th e B a uh a u s to L e C o rbu s i e r Emphasi s i s pl aced o n c r i t ical evalu a ti o n o f thi s d e velopment a l s tage a n d i t s impact o n discip lin e o f a rchitectur e and c i t y d esign. ARCH. 6623-3. Inve s tigations in Architecture. T hi s cours e f ocuse s o n exam i n a t ion o f the histor ical dev e l o pm e n t o f theo r e tical issues thro u g h a s tudy o f sel ect e d writin g s and th e evol ution o f id eas a n d d esig n pr i n c i p les i n arc hit ectur e landscap e ar c hitectur e and urbanis m It e xpl o r e s the p e dagog i c rel ationsh i p b e tween desig n and th e c ultura l roots that i nfl uence it s int e rpretati o n a nd produc ti o n ARCH. 6624-3. The Built Environment in Other Cultures 1: Res earch Des i g n. Thi s cours e i n t e nd s t o broade n s tu d e nts' p erspec tives by askin g th e m t o examin e desi g n w i thin a n o th e r cul ture. Each s t uden t w ill pr epar e a proposal o f stud y in clud i ng a state me n t of th e p rob l e m t o be addr e ssed th e type of f i e l d resear c h t o be u n d erta k e n and th e na tur e of th e r e po r t p roduced ARCH. 6627-3. Pos t-Structurali s t Architec ture. Th i s cours e e xamin e s th e o ries o f post structura lism and th eir imp licati o n s t o a rchitectura l expl o r a ti o n and exp e rim e nta tions. Draw in g f rom Russe ll D escart e s D erri d a Husser! H e idegger Bar thes, F o ucau l t and oth e r leadin g a uth o rit ies, th e cours e focuses o n devel o pment o f a t h e or e ti c a l d iscour s e f o r a rchitecture. ARCH. 6628 -3. Theorie s of Avant Garde. Th i s course examin e s the o rigin and evolution o f th e Avan t G a rde theor ies fr o m Rus sian Const r u c t ionism t o Futurism D a d a i s m Surr e a lism a n d D e Stijl. Emp hasi s i s placed on inv e s tigati o n of th e imp licati on o f h isto r i c Avant Gar d e t o present modes of ar c hitec t ura l e xp l ora ti on ARCH. 6630-3. Stru ctures Ill. This course exam i nes theoreti c a l a n d concept u a l base s f or t h e q u a lit a ti v e and qua n t it a tive a n a lysi s o f ind e t e rmin a t e s t r u c tures. Course t o pics includ e continuity, move m e nt di s tributi on, r e inf o rced c on c r e t e e l e m e nts, precast a nd pr e s tr essed e l e m e nt s walls, columns, f oo tings, e arthqu a k e loads on buildings, a nd d e t a i lin g o f s t ru c tur a l syste ms. Pre r., A R C H 5530 a n d A RCH. 5531. ARCH. 6631-3 Environmenta l Control System s II. Th e course foc uses o n li g htin g a nd acou s tics. Illumin a ti o n qua ntit y a nd q u a lity, day li g htin g a nd e lectri c li g hting, li g htin g desi g n a nd a pplicati o n s a r e cover e d Th e b e havior and e ffect o f dayli g ht a r e s tudi e d throu g h th e con s tru c ti o n o f m o d e l s Techni q u e s suc h as p r e p a rati o n of wo rkin g dr a wings and s peci fica ti o n s a r e cover e d Pre r., ARCH 5533. ARCH 6632-3. Bu ilding Perf orma n ce Ana lysi s T his course addr e sses issues in p e rf o rm a nce integr a ti o n of ov e r a ll buildin g comp o n e nts and th e a bility t o predi c t a rc hitectur a l desi g n p erfo rm a nce in a dvance. Stud e nt s w ill e xp e ri e nce th e use o f up-t o d a t e techno l o gy l a b o r a t o ry facili t ies, g uid e d hand s o n e xp e riments, o n-si t e o bservati o n a nd co mput e r s imul atio n ARCH 6633-3. lighting Thi s introduc t o r y course in lightin g investigat e s th e processes a nd th e objectives o f li g htin g a n d pr ov ides th e vocabul ar y a nd mech a n ics necessar y t o th e und erst andin g a nd int e rpr e t a ti o n o f li g ht i ng need s in desi gn. S t r a tegies a nd c rit e ri a for li ghtin g a r e t h e focu s o f thi s course, cov e rin g b o th theor e tical a nd practical issu es. ARCH. 6634-3. M a t e rial s and D e t ailing 1 : Reside ntial. Thi s course prov i des s tud e nt s w ith th e o pportunit y t o e xpl o r e th eory a nd a ppli c ati o n of m a t e ri a l s used in resid e nti a l int e ri o rs. T h e course f oc uses o n s tud y o f composi tion and c h a ract e ri s tics o f indi v i dua l fini s h m a t e r i a l s as w e ll as conventi o n a l m e th ods o f representin g th e m g r a phically. ARCH. 6635-3. M a t e rial s and D e t ailing II: Commercial. Th e goal s a n d p a r a m e t ers o f this course ar e th e sam e as those o utlin e d f o r M a t e r i a l s and D e t a ilin g I ; h o w e v e r th e f oc u s will b e comme r c ial int erio r s Pre r AR C H 6634. ARCH. 66363 Building T echno l ogy II. Thi s a dv a nced course focuses o n th e s tud y o f m a t e r i a l asse mblies and s tru c tur a l syst e m s comp a risons a s they r e l a t e t o buildin g design Th e influ e nce o f building codes, lif e saf e ty requir e m e n t s v a lu e e n g ineerin g a nd cost e stimat i n g on buildin g sys t e m s i s investigat ed. Con s tru c ti o n c o mmunicatio n techni q ues, s u c h a s wo rki ng dr a win g s a n d s p ecificati o n s ar e cov e r ed. Pre r., AR C H 5532. ARCH. 6640-3 Introduction t o Computer Graphics This course pr o vides a h a nd s o n introduc tion t o th e P e rson a l Com p ut e r a nd th e Di s k Op e ratin g Syst em. Th e fund a m e n t a l s o f dr a w i ng with a comput e r w ill b e t a u g h t with th e produ c ti o n o f m o d e r a t e s ized dra w ings. Basi c two -dim e n s i o n a l C ADD co ncept s s u c h as s ymbol s a nd layer i n g will b e e xpl o r e d Stude n t s w ill l e arn t o use a di g itizer f o r inpu t a nd o utpu t graphics t o a p l o tt e r A r c hit ec tur e Cours es I 63 A R C H 6641-3. Computer Applicati o n s in A r chitecture. This co urse builds upo n th e basics learn e d i n A R C H 6640. Cust o mi z in g a p p licati o n s t o in c rease pr oduc ti v it y wi ll b e s tressed Linkin g o f g r a phics a nd t e xt d a t a bases thr ough th e use o f a tt r ibut e s will b e investigat e d Three-dim e n s i o n a l m o d e lin g will be used t o v isualize th e desi g n process. Pre r., ARCH. 6640. A R CH. 6642-3. Desi g n and A r chitecture w i t h the Macintos h Thi s course intr oduces th e Macintosh compu t e r as a p owe rful e xpl o r a t ory desi g n t oo l whi c h has th e p o t enti a l f o r ex pl o r a ti on a nd gen e r a ti o n o f n e w a r c hitectur a l ideas and f o rms. T h e Macint osh i s seen as a n ex tensi o n o r a m p lificati o n o f th e hum a n br a in T h e course does n o t requir e th e user to learn comput e r progr a m min g o r c omplicat e d comm a nd s tru c tures; a n o n technical i nt uitive, word o f mo uth tr i a l a n d e rror m o d e of learnin g i s possibl e O nce basi c s kill s are mast e r e d produc ti o n i s imm edia t e E m phas i s i s p laced on a n a lysi s sel f c rit icis m revision a nd r efineme n t o f desi g n int e ntions wi th th e compute r t ool. A R C H 6643-3 Adva n ce d D esig n Applica t i o n s with the Macintos h Thi s course b u ilds up o n ex p erie nces gained fro m t h e i ntr od u c t o r y course, A R C H 6642. T h e co urse r e quires th e s tud e nt s t o have a n exte n s iv e kn o wledge o f th e Macintosh sys t e m Th e course w ill d evot e th e e ntir e semest e r t o wor k w ith th e threed im e n s i o n a l m o d e lin g pr og rams. E mphasi s i s p laced o n techniques o f exp l ora ti o n a nd i n novat i o n in three-dim e n s i o n a l spati a l r e present a ti o n o f desi g n a nd a r c hitectur a l con s tru c ti o ns. Prer., A R C H 664 2 A R CH. 6 6 83-3. Teaching Method s in Architecture. This course i s desi g n e d t o devel o p t e a c hin g a nd acad e mi c cap a bilit ies in th e cont ex t of arc hitectur e T h e s tud e n t works w i th a faculty m e mb e r in a n in s truct i o n a l cont ext eigh t h o ur s p e r week ARCH. 6686-3. S p ec i a l Topics in Architecture Vari o u s t opical concern s a r e o ff e r e d in a r c hit ect ur e hi s t o ry, th eory, e l e m e nts, concept s m e th o d s a n d impl e m ent a ti o n s tr a tegies, a n d o th e r r e l a ted a reas. A RCH 67 006 Adva n ce d Architectura l Desi g n Studio V I. The s tudi o focuses o n s tudents' e l a b ora ti o n a nd s ub s t a n t i a ti o n o f perso n a l ideas thr o u g h compl ex desi g n exer cises a nd by cr iticall y a ddressi n g th e s t atus o f cont e mp o r a r y arc hitectur a l theor y Emphasi s i s placed o n a compr e h e n s ive desi g n project th a t i s s tru c t ur e d t o test s tud e nt s on integrati o n o f s tru c tur a l aspects, mech a nical syst e m s s i t e p l a nning, a nd c lim a t e con s id e r a ti o n s with i n th e ir desi g n soluti o ns. Pre r A R C H 6601; coreq., A R C H 6750 a nd UD. 6620. A RCH. 6701-6. A dvan ce d A rchi tectura l Desi g n Studio VII. Th e f i n a l desi g n s tudi o con tinues th e compre h e n s ive approac h throu g h a full r ange o f desi g n investigati o n a n d s tr a tegies a t a ll scales fr o m pr og r a m a nd co ncepti o n t o con s tru c ti o n d e t a il. S tud e nts mu s t d e m o n s trate a bilit ies t o synthesize a ll

PAGE 66

64 / School of Architecture and Planning previous work through an application of a complex architectural design project. Prer., ARCH. 6700. ARCH. 6704-6. Architectural Experimen tation I. An advanced architectural design studio focusing on design explorations a nd stressing theorization and development of ideologies in architectural design. Emphasis is placed on experimentation with various art medias such as painting, sculpture, music, linguistics film making and others. ARCH. 6705-6. Architectural Experimen tation II. As a continuatio n of ARCH. 6704, this studio stresses a culminative effort toward synthesis and contribution of original proposal for development of architectura l theory Emphasis is placed on architectura l transformation as a major indicator of the original cont ribution of this studio. ARCH. 6720-3. American Art and Architecture. This course focuses on major developments in American art from 1750-1950. Painting and sculpture, as well as important developments in architecture will be discussed. The work of such artists and architects as Copley Peale, Whistler, Cassatt Hopper O'Keeffe, Thomas Jefferson Loui s Sullivan and Frank Lloyd Wright will be studied. ARCH. 6721-3. Art and Architecture of Islam. This course focuses on study and examination of the art and architecture of the Islamic cultur es from the death o f Muhammad through the 18th century from Spain to India. ARCH. 6722-3. latin American Art and Architecture. This course focuses on study and examination of the art and architecture of the co l onies of Spain and Portugal in the western hemisphere from 1492 to the present. ARCH. 6723-3. Oriental Art and Architec ture. This is an introductory survey of orien tal art and architecture. The course aims to uncover the relationship between East Asian art and architecture and its accompanying theories. ARCH. 6740-3. Computer Aided Design. The course explores the relationship between design, mathematics, and computa tion The concepts of finite mathematics will be introduced using building design examples. Problem-solving methods in design and computation will be explored. The analysis of plan types will be related to topology and geometry; symmetry and com binatorial groups will be intr oduced. Com puter projects and readings will be assigned to explore the concepts. ARCH. 6750-3. Professional Practice. This course introduces the student to the essential elements of professional practice through subject areas such as internship licensing, services, modes of practice fees, marketing documents, specifications, and product i on procedures One three-hour l ecture per week. Prer final year in program or approval of instructor ARCH. 6840-1 to 3. Independent Study. Studies initiated by students or faculty and sponsored by a faculty member to investigate a special topic or problem related to archi t ecture ARCH. 6910-6. The Built Environment in Other Cultures II: Field Experience. Students will travel to their respective cities and undertake the agreed upon study pro posals. The course intends not only to help students consider their own design and plan ning attitudes but also to help them see the world from a more balanced perspective. ARCH. 6930-3, ARCH. 6931-3. Architecture Internship. This course is designed to provide professional practice experience to students and is composed of eight hours per week work in a practicing professional's office during the regular semester. The student is placed in an architectural and/or design office by the School and receives credit instead of pay. Students must comp l ete second year level before taking this course ARCH. 6950-6. Thesis Research and Programming. ARCH. 6951-6. Architecture Thesis. URBAN DESIGN Program Coordinator: Paul Saporito A city no l onger inhabited, not simply left behind but haunted by meaning and culture This state of being haunted which keeps the city from returning to nature is perhaps the general mode of the presence or absence of the thing itself is pure language (Derrida 1978) Cities are in reality great campuses of the living and the dead where many elements remain like signa ls, symbols cautious. When the holi day is over, w hat remains of the architecture is scarred and the sand consumes the street again There is nothing left but to resume with a certain obstinacy the reconstruction of elements and instruments in expectation of another holiday. (A/do Rossi 1981) The Urban Design Program at the School of Architecture and Planning is intended to be a non-conventional research program leading to the degree of Master of Architecture in Urban Design. The premise of the program is investigation, exploration experimentation and repre sentation of ideas and proposals regarding the development of the city. Unlike the classical mode of inquiry the Urban Design Program takes a relatively more radical approach to the analysis of architecture of the city The curriculum is designed for the questioning of the existing connec tions and searching for alternative ideologies and proposals for the city s architec ture through a structured sequence of lec ture and design studios. There are two options of study which extend over a two semester or three semester course of study. There are three curricu lum steps involved in these plans. The first step of the curriculum engages students in studying the fundamentals of theory and criticism concerning the struc ture of present architectural text and dis courses. Simultaneously, the student also is introduced to the process of decomposi tion. This step is necessary for the under standing of the interrelationship between architectural text as a language and archi tectural text as an artifact. The second step of the curricu lum engages the student in studying the recomposition of the city, a process that is in reverse order of the first step Recomposition involves a sequence of activities that begins with the questioning of the traditions followed by an investigation of the metaphysics of origins and presence, and ends with the formulation of new design strategies for the architecture of the city. The third and final step is intended to be a cumulative experience where the student pursues individual interest in urban design Master of Architecture in Urban Design The Master of Architecture in Urban Design Program is a one-year post professional degree and is suited for students who have completed a first professional degree in Architecture (B.Arc h., M.Arch.) The program requires compl etion of a minimum of 36 credit hours CORE CURRICULUM The core curriculum consists of six graduate courses for a total of 21 credit hours. Some students entering the pro gram may be advised to take additional courses depending on their educational backgrounds. The core curriculum consists of the following courses: UD. 6600 (6) UD. 6601 (6) UD. 6602 (6) UD. 6620 (3) UD. 6621 (3) ARCH. 6622 (3) ARCH 6623 (3) Transformation and Decomposition Studio Composition Studio City of Exploration and Experimentation Studio (Optional) The Architecture of the City City as an Artifact Modern Architecture Inv estigations in Architecture

PAGE 67

OPTION 1 : ONE ACADEMI C YEAR COURSE DESIGN SEQUENCE STUDI O FALL UD. 6600 (6) YEAR I SPRING UD. 6601 (6) 12 OPTION II: ONE YEAR CALENDAR YEAR COURSE DESIGN SEQUENCE STUDI O FALL UD. 6600 (6) YEAR I SPRING UD. 6601 (6) SUMMER UD. 6602 (6) 18 ELECTIVES: LA. 6621 (3) His t o r y o f Lan dscape Architec tur e Theory U RP. 5532 (3) Historica l Development of Urba n F orm U RP. 6680 ( 3 ) Urban i zatio n i n Deve lop-ing Countri es URP. 6682 (3) Housing i n Developing Coun t r i es A R C H 6621 (3) H istory o f Architect ur a l Theory A R C H 6627 (3) Post-Str u cturalist Architec tur e A R C H 6628 (3) Theories o f Avant Garde A R C H 6640 (3) I ntroductio n t o Compu t er Graphics A R CH. 6641 (3) Computer Appl icatio n s in Arch i tec tur e ARC H 6642 (3) Desi g n a nd Arch itec tur e with t h e M aci n tosh A R C H 6643 (3) Advan ce d D esign Appli-cations with t h e Macint os h A R C H 6683 (3) Teaching M e t hods in Architec ture A R C H 6720 (3) Ame r ican Art and Architec ture A R C H 6721 (3) Art and Arch itecture of I s l am A R C H 6722 (3) Latin Amer i can Art and Architec tur e A R C H 6723 ( 3 ) Or i e nt a l A rt an d Arch i t ec tur e A R C H 6740 (3) Compu t e r Aided Desi g n URBAN DESIGN COURSES UD 6600-6. Tran s formation and De c om position Studio. The first studio of a twostudio sequ e nce introduces the process of d ecompos i t i o n i n urban stru c ture through ana lysi s o f l andscape a n d s t ru ctures in CREDIT T HEORY E LECTIVES HRS. UD. 6620 ( 3 ) A R C H 6622 (3) ELECTIVES (6) 1 8 UD. 6621 (3) ARCH 6623 (3) ELECTIVES (6) 1 8 12 1 2 36 CREDI T T HEOR Y ELECTIVES HRS. UD. 6620 (3) A R C H 6622 (3) 1 2 UD. 6621 (3) 1 2 A RCH. 6623 (3) ELECTIVES (6) 1 2 12 6 36 search of or i g i nary and non -originary elements of t h e city. The s tudi o then is an attempt to rest ore immanent conditions the suspens ion between or igin and effect, between positive and negative elements of urban s t ructure. UD. 6601-6. Compo s ition Studio. T his studi o builds upon the a n a l ytical investigations cond u c t ed in the previous semester and exp l ores the process o f composition or recomposition i n the architecture of the c ity. Drawing upon deconstructionist theory the studio presents a challenge to the hegemony of traditiona l design studios and is a search for authentic ity. Considering architecture as text, the stud i o is a means t o represen t a n invention, an i nvited specu l ation on the cond i tions o f architecture of the city. UD. 6602-6. Cit y of Explor a tion a nd Experimentation Studio. This i s an optio n a l indepe ndent s tudio where ind i v i dua l s tudents pursue their i ndividual interests with emphasis on interaction between architec ture and other disciplines. This studio is structured as a cumulative syntheses o f knowl edge and skills into a n original proposal for the betterment of city conditions. UD 6620-3. The Archite c ture of the City. This course focuses on interpretation of arch i tect ure o f the city and its l andscape, art iculati o n and disarticu l ation, discontinui t y of order, i mmanence, and memory Drawin g from contem porary writer s s u c h as Derr ida, Barthes, A d orno, H abermas, H eidegger, Husser! and others, the course exami nes t h e questions o f replication, representation, and signification in the city. UD 6621-3 Cit y a s an Artifa c t. This course focuses on study o f or i ginary and non-origi nary architecture a n d its implications to urban context. Beginning by exam i nation of c lassical representation and refutat ion, the course attempts to presen t Landsca p e Arc hi tec tur e I 65 denia l and possibility in a r c h i t ecture by investigating the trad i t ion and metaphys ics of origins a n d presence. UD 6686-3. Special Topics in Urban De sign. Various topical con cerns are offe r e d in urba n desi g n hist o ry, theory, e l e m ents, concepts, methods, a n d impleme ntation strateg ies a n d other rel a t e d areas. UD. 6840-1 to 3. Independent Study. Studies initiated by students or faculty and sponsored by a facult y member to i nvesti gate a specia l topic or problem related to urban design. LANDSCAPE ARCHITEGURE Program Director: Lois A. Brink T h e L a nd scape A r chitec tur e P r og r a m offers bo th first and pos t pr ofessio n a l Mast e r o f Landscape Arch i t ecture deg r ees. The f irst professiona l Mast e r o f Land sca p e Archi t ec tur e (M.L.A.) is fully accre d i t e d b y the Landscape Architec tur a l Accreditatio n Board (LAAB) and is recog n ized by th e Council o f Landscape A r c h itecture Educa t o rs. The program's primary objective i s t o prepare students to e nt e r th e practice o f landsca p e architectu r e w ith a t h o r o u g h found atio n in the bodies o f knowl e d ge a nd applie d metho ds. More specifically, the ob j ectives of the p r og r am are t o deve lop: a n awareness o f and se n sitivity to the q ua l i t y of landsca p e and b uilt environme nt ; spatia l co nt ex t ; un d e r standing o f history, t h eo ry, and c riti cism o f archi t ecture and landsca pe; thoroug h knowledge of landscape t ec h nology; com petence in design process and exp r ess i o n with partic u lar emp h asis on exp l oratio n experime n tation an d sy nth es is; a nd unders t a nd i n g of pro f ess i o nal practice i ncludin g m a n ageme nt a nd prof ess i o n a l cond u ct. The ultimate goa l o f th e p rogram i s t o provide th e studen t w ith a deep ap p rec i a tion of l a nd scape as co nt ex t withi n w hich objec t s a r e p l aced th e int egratio n o f l and scape an d objects, cri tical capacity, a nd compre h ension of the ar t of l andsca p e desig n Master of Landscape Architecture I (First professional degree) T hree yea r progra m Th e first pro f es siona l M.L.A. degree r equires 90 semes t e r hours and t hree years o f full-time s t u dy. The curr i culum co n s i s t s o f a core o f f o ur re l a t ed co u rse compo n e nts: Design, 42 credit hours; H istory an d Th eory, 12; Science a n d Techno logy, 12; and Professiona l P rac tice, 3, tot aling 69 c r e dit h o urs, a nd 2 1 se m es ter h ours o f e l ectives.

PAGE 68

66 / School of Architecture and Planning THE CURRICUlUM-THREE YEAR PROGRAM DESIGN: 42 semester hours LA. 5500 (6) Introduction to Landscape Architectural Design Studio I LA. 5501 (6) Introduction to Landscape Architectural Design Studio II LA. 6600 (6) Landscape Architectural Design Studio Ill LA. 6601 (6) Landscape Architectural Design Studio IV LA. 6700 (6) Advanced Landscape Architectural Design Studio V LA. 6701 (6) Advanced Landscape Architectural Design Studio VI LA. 5510 (3) Elements of Design Expression and Presentation I LA. 5511 (3) Elements of Design Expression and Presentation II HISWRY AND THEORY. 12 semester hours ARCH. 5520 (3) Introduction to Design Theory and Criticism ARCH. 5521 (3) Survey of Architectural History Master of Landscape in Architecture II (Post-professional degree) Two year program. The postprofessional degree program requires 48 semester hours and two years of full-time study. The core curriculum consists of two groups: Design, 30 credit hours ; and History/ Theory, 12; for a total of 42 credit hours, and 6 semester hours of electives. THE CURRICUlUM -TWO YEAR PROGRAM DESIGN: 30 semes t er hours LA. 5500 (6) Introduction to Landscape Architectural Design Studio I LA. 5501 (6) Introduction to Landscape Architectural Design Studio II LA. 6700 (6) Advanced Landscape Architectural Design Studio V LA. 6701 (6) Advanced Landscape Architectural Design Studio VI LA. 5510 (3) Elements of Design Expression and Presentation I LA. 5511 (3) Elements of Design Expression and Presentation II HISWRY AND THEORY : 12 semester hours ARCH 5520 (3) Introduction to Design Theory and Criticism ARCH 5521 (3) Survey of Architectural History ARCH. 6620 (3) Architecture in the 18th through 20th Centuries LA. 6621 (3) History of Landscape Architecture Theory ARCH. 6620 (3) Architecture in the 18th through 20th Centuries LA. 6621 (3) History of Landscape Architecture Theory COURSE SEQUENCE: TWO YEAR PROGRAM SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY. 12 semester hours LA. 5530 (3) Site Planning LA. 5570 (3) Plants in Design LA. 6630 (3) Landscape Technology I LA. 6631 (3) Landscape Technology II PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE: 3 semester hours ARCH. 6750 (3) Professional Practice ELECTIVES: 2 1 semester hours COURSE SEQUENCE COURSE SEQUENCE DESIGN FALL LA. 5500 (6) YEAR I LA. 5510 (3) SPRING LA. 5501 (6) LA. 5511 (3) FALL LA. 6600 (6) YEAR II SPRING LA. 6601 (6) YEAR Ill FALL LA. 6700 (6) SPRING LA. 6701 (6) 42 COURSE SEQUENCE FALL YEAR I SPRING FALL YEAR II SPRING HISTORY/ SCIENCE & THEORY TECHNOLOGY ARCH. 5520 (3) LA. 5530 (3) ARCH. 5521 (3) LA. 5570 (3) ARCH. 6620 (3) LA. 6630 (3) LA. 6621 (3) LA. 6631 (3) 12 12 HISTORY/ CREDIT DESIGN THEORY ELECTIVES HRS. LA. 5500 (6) ARCH. 5520 (3) 12 LA. 5510 (3) LA. 5501 (6) ARCH. 5521 (3) 12 LA. 5511 (3) LA. 6700 (6) ARCH. 6620 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 12 LA. 6701 (6) LA. 6621 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 12 30 12 6 48 PROFES-SIONAL CREDIT PRACTICE ELECTIVES HRS. 15 15 ELECTIVES (3) 15 ELECTIVES (3) 15 ARCH. 6750 (3) ELECTIVES (6) 15 ELECTIVES (9) 15 3 21 90

PAGE 69

ELECT IVES: LA. 6622 (3) LA. 6624 (3) LA. 6910 (6) LA. 6641 (3) LA. 6686 (3) Visual Qual ity Analysis The Built E nvironment in Other C ultu res 1: Resea r c h Design The Bu i l t Environment i n Other Cu l tures II: Field Experie nce Computer Applications in Landscape Architecture Specia l Topics in Landscape Arc h itecture LA. 6840 (1-3) Independent Study LA. 6930 (3) Landscape Architecture Internship ARC H 5540 (3) Design P h o tography ARCH 6622 (3) Modern Architecture ARCH. 6623 (3) Investigat ions in Architecture ARCH. 6627 (3) Post-Str u c tural ist Architecture ARCH. 6628 (3) Theories of Avant Garde ARCH. 6640 (3) Introduction to Computer Graphics ARCH. 6641 (3) Computer Applications in Architec ture ARCH. 6642 (3) Design and Architecture with the Macintosh ARCH. 6643 (3) Advanced Design Applica tions wi t h the Macintos h ARC H 6683 (3) Teaching Me t hods in Architecture ARCH. 6704 (6) Architectural Experimen tation I ARCH. 6705 (6) Architectural Experimentat ion II ARCH 6720 (3) American Art and Architecture ARCH. 672 1 (3) Art and Architecture of Islam ARCH. 6722 (3) Latin Amer ican Art and Architec ture ARC H 6723 (3) Oriental Art and Architec t ure ARC H 6740 (3) Computer Aided Design URP. 5520 (3) Urban Spa t ial Analysis URP. 5532 (3) Historical Development o f Urban Form URP. 6649 (3) Environmen tal P lanning 1: Ecology URP. 6650 (3) Environmental Planning II: Policy and Law URP. 6660 (3) Rea l Esta t e Developmen t Process URP. 666 1 (3) Real Estate Development Finance URP. 6662 (3) Real Es t a t e Mar ket Analysis URP. 6664 (3} Fiscal Impact Analysis A thesis option [LA 6950 (6): Thesis Research and Programming and LA. 695 1 (6): Landscape Architecture Thesis] is available primarily for students who are interes ted in pursuing more advanced academic training in landscape architecture or re lated fields. LANDSCAPE ARCHITEGURE COURSES LA. 5500-6. Introduction to Landsc a pe A r chitectural D e sign Studio I. The introductory studio focuses on the basic strategies and techniques of design produc tion. Stude n ts are introduced to architec tonics design analysis and criticism, and the significance of the elements of design. Emphasis is placed on developm e nt of an awareness of the role of theory and history in the desig n process. LA. 5501-6. Introduction to Landscape A rchitectural Design Studio II. The second int roductory des i g n studio continues the examination of the issues raised in the first semes ter and begins investigation of more complex issues re l ated to building design and landscape. Emphasis is placed on developing a systematic approach to desig n while simu l taneously deal i n g with the devel opment of theory and intellectual inquiry. LA. 5510-3. Ele ments of Desi g n Expr e s s ion and Presentation I. This course covers t he b asic princip l es of descriptive geometry ( t echnical draw ing). Basic pr inciples o f o r thographic projection axonometr i c projection, perspective, and photographic reproduct i on methods (portfolio} are examined. Emp h asis is placed on defining abstract forms and real objects in terms of line, light, shade, and shadow. LA. 5511 3 Elem e nts of Design E x pres sion and Presentation II. This course builds upon t he basic principles and issues in the previous semester Craft and precision are stressed, but with an emphasis toward design art i cu l ation and individual expressio n Students are introduced t o a wide range o f compos i t i o nal techniques and methods and selection o f media and materials. The sub jects covered are: draw i ng as analysis; draw ing as representation; principles of color interaction; and means of representing architectural space in terms of color, light, shade, and shadow gradat i on and value distinction. LA. 5530-3 Site Planning The course focuses on the site planning process, including: r esearch and da t a gathering; data anal ysis a n d synthes is; des ign anal ysis a n d its re l atio n s hip to building program and co n cept; and design synthes i s of site and preparatio n of site plan. E m phasis is p l aced on desig n th rough grading representation, manipu l ation and calcu l at i on of road work, utilities, and other site features LA. 55 70-3 Plants in Design This course focuses on the study of design methods used in landscape architecture Formal design principles, spatial sequencing, and plant functions are applied in design studies, based on botanical aesthetic traits and physical w n dscape A r c hitecture Courses I 67 requirements of a wide variety of plan t material. LA. 6600-6 Landscape Architectural Design Studio Ill. The first intermediate studio focuses upon the exp l oration of l andscape as context and its i ntegration of objects. Emphasis is p l aced on exp l oratio n of landscape and experimen t ation with spa t ia l orga n ization and mani pul at i on of con t ext. LA. 6601-6 Landscape Architectural D e sign Studio IV. The second intermediate studio sequence focuses on larger scale deve l opment projects dealing with more complex spatial arrangement of buildings and othe r objects within the landscape func tional needs and requirements within the framework of a variety of social economic, and n a tu ra l / physica l co n s t raints. LA. 6621-3 His tory of Landsc ape Architectur e T heory This course investiga t es architectura l thought from anti quity to t he present. I t begins with a review of Greek ideals and then proceeds through an appreciation of landscape and nature as essential cultural constituents with a survey of major themes such as Renaissance Humanism Enlightenment Rationalism, Romantic Historicism NeDMedievalism, the varieties of Modernism eo-Eclecticism, and the most recent direc tions i n l andscape and garden design. LA. 6622-3. V i s ual Quality Anal y sis. This course i n t roduces students to a range o f philosophies, methods and techniques in visua l l andscape analysi s Emphasis is p l aced on application of methods and techniques to urban and regional context and scale, and visual i mpact assessment and simulation. L A 6624-3. The Built Environm e nt in Other Cultures 1: R e search Design. This course i ntends to broaden the students' perspectives by asking them to examine design within another culture. Each stude n t will pre p are a proposa l o f study including a stateme n t of the prob lem to be addressed, the type of field researc h t o be underta k e n and the nature of the report produced. LA. 6630-3. Landsc a pe Technology I. This course will address the fundamenta l techniques of landscape architecture, including drafting skills, surveying and grading, and the natura l systems as they affect construction. The application ofroad design and utility systems for site deve l op ment also will be covered LA. 6631-3 Landscape Technology II. This course is a cont i nuation of Landscape Techno l ogy I and focuses on the study o f materia l s and methods employed in co n struct i on of site features and evolution o f pa l ette, techniques and theory of detaile d design i ncluding pavemen t s fences, walk, stairs, revetments, basins and fountains. LA. 66 41-3. C omputer Applications in Landscape Ar c hite c ture The course introduces problem-solving methods and t he relationship between those methods, and t he application of a computer to design pro blems. I ntroductory prob lems are given i n

PAGE 70

681 School of Architecture and Planning BASIC using the graphics package a highlevel language such as Pascal is used to explore language in more depth and to con clude, a series of assignments introduces the graphics unit or high level langua ge Assignments in programming CAD problems are required. LA. 6686. Special Topics in Landscape Architecture. Various topical concerns are offered in landscape architecture history, theory elements, concepts, methods, implementation strategies, and other related areas. LA. 6700-6. Advanced Landscape Architectural Design Studio V. This studio will focus upon the students elaboration and substantiation of personal ideas through complex design exercises which critically address contemporary land scape architectura l theory. Emphasis is based upon a compre h ensive landscape design project structured to test student ability to investigate ecological socio-cultural aesthetics, and dimension in their design solutions LA. 6701-6. Advanced Landscape Architectural Design Studio VI. The final studio is comprehensive in its approach. The major goal is to present a full range of com plex design investigations and implementa tion strategies at various scales, while allowing the students to demonstrate their ability to synthesize all previous academ i c work LA. 6840-1 to 3. Independent Study. Studies initiated by students or faculty and sponsored by a faculty member to investigate a special topic or problem related to landscape architecture or urban design. LA. 6910-6. The Built Environment in Other Cultures II: Field Experience. Students will travel to their respective cities and undertake the agreed upon study proposals The course intends not only to help students consider their own design and plan ning attitudes, but also to help them see th e world from a more balanced perspective LA. 6930-3. Landscape Architecture Internship. This course is designed to provide professional practice experience to students and is composed of eight hours per week work in a practicing professional's office during the regular semester The student is placed in a landscape architectural and / or design office by the School and receives credit instead of pay. Students must comp l ete the second year l evel before taking this course LA. 6950-6. Thesis Research and Programming. LA. 6951-6. Landscape Architecture Thesis. URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING Program Director: Peter V. Schaeffer Urban and regional planning in the United States and other countries is involved in activities aimed at shaping the pattern of human settlements and pro viding housing, public services, and other crucial support systems that help support a decent urban living environment. Plan ning encompasses not only a concern for the structure and image of the built environment but also a desire to harness the social economic political, and technological forces that give meaning to the everyday lives of men and women in residential work and recreational sett ings. More specifically, urban and regional planning is concerned with : identifying social needs and designing and providing services and facilities to meet those needs; anticipating change and its impact on how people can and do live ; understanding the way plans are made, decisions implemented, and actions evaluated and the means by which th ese processes can be improved; stimulating, guiding, and influencing act ions of the private sector with respect to land use and land use transitions in urban, suburban and rural areas ; identify ing potentially adverse impacts of human activit ies on the natural environment and mitigating those impacts ; designing the city and the surrounding region to facilitate activities in which people need and desire to engage The Urban and Regional Planning Program at the University of Colorado at Denver is designed to prepare studen ts for professional practice in urban and regional planning as well as for more advanced academic training in planning and other related fields The degree of Master of Urban and Regional Planning (M.U.R.P) is awarded after successful comp letion of a course of study normally requiring about two years of full-time course work The objectives of the Urban and Regional Planning Program are: to clarify the behavioral and perceptual sources of urban and regional problems; to foster the appropriate use of policy, planning, design, and legal devices for creating urban and regional environments respon sive to human needs and ecological principles ; and to develop methods for evalua tin g urban programs, policies, and plans which have important human and natural environmental consequences. Master of Urban and Regional Planning The Urban and Region al Planning Pro gram offers a curricu lum leading to the degree of Master of Urban and Regional Planning (M.U.R.P), which requires two years of full-time s tudy and a minimum of 51 credit hours. The M.U.R.P degree program is accredited by the Planning Accreditation Board the Association of the Collegiate Schools of Planning and the American Institute of Certified Plan ners. It consists of a core of 27 semester hours of courses in: Theory, Planning Methods, Spatial Analysis, Planning Law History, Design and Planning Studio, and at least 24 semeste r hours of elective courses. All planning courses qualify as e l ectives The student should select courses, however, that build on each other and together form a strong specialization The Urban and R egional Planning Program requires that students see an advisor at least once a semes ter before registration to obtain approva l for the course selection Each studen t is assigned a member of the faculty as an advisor and mentor The particular stre ngth of the Urban and R egional Planning Program is Physical Planning with empha sis on Environmental Planning and Land Development. Students are encouraged to consider appropriate courses in the Landscape Architecture Program to achieve greater skills and depth of knowledge. A dual Master of Urba n and Regiona l Planning and Master of Landscape Architecture degree is offered Applicants to the Urban and Regional Planning Program are expec ted to present their application materials in a portfolio. The portfolio should include a resume whic h describes the applicant's educa tiona l and professional background, a statement of professional goa l s and objec tives, a list of courses that the applicant has taken which relate to planning, and a copy of a student or professional project or paper with a note explaining why the particular item was selected. The appli cant may submit other relevant materials The format must be 8Yz" X 11" and bound. A stamped, self-addressed enve lop e must be included if the portfolio is to be returned

PAGE 71

CORE COURSES URP 5501 (3) Planning History and Theory URP. 5510 (3) Planning Methods I URP. 5511 (3) Planning Methods II URP. 5520 (3) Urban Spatia l Analysis URP. 5530 (3) Planning Law URP. 6630 (4) Planning Studio I URP. 6631 (4) Planning Stud i o II URP. 6632 (1) Preparation for Professional Certification LA. 5530 (3) Site Planning A thesi s option (URP. 6950 Thesis Research and Programming and URP. 6951 Thesis) i s available primarily for s tudent s who are interested in pursuing more advanced academic training in planning o r related fields COURSE SEQUENCE COURSE SEQUENCE CORE CREDIT ELECTIVES HRS. URP. 5501 (3) FALL URP. 5510 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 12 URP. 5530 (3) YEA R I URP. 5511 (3) SPR ING URP. 5520 (3) ELECTIVES (3) 12 LA. 5530 (3). FALL URP. 6630 (4l ELECTIVES (9) 13 YEA R II URP. 6631 (4) SPRING ELECTIVES (9) 14 URP. 6632 (1) 27 SPECIALIZED COURSES The e lectiv e courses enabl e students to explo r e in-depth an area of special interest. Students sho uld build on the expertise which they already possess This can be done by learning about a related specialty, or by increased s p ecialization in an already existing area of expertise. The Urban and R egional Planning faculty has particular strengths in Urba n Economic Development, Land Use, Environmental Planning, and R eal Esta t e and Land Development. Students must take at least 24 hours of elective courses URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING COURSES URP. 5500-3. Introduction to Urban and Regional Planning This co ur se focuses o n the principles of urban and regional plan ning theories of planning, community organization, basic techniques changing philosophies in modern socie ty, and the pro cess of shaping community form 24 51 URP. 5501-3. Planning History and Theory. This course provides an overview of planning history and theory. The philosoph i ca l political, a nd economic roots of the vario u s theories are discussed. Ideas are placed in th e contex t of th e planning profession s his t ory and its pr esen t aims interests, an d ethics URP. 5510-3. Planning Methods I. This course f ocuses on th e a ppli catio n of statistical quantitative, an d m a th emat i ca l techniques, and compu ter a ppli cations for urban and r egional planning and policy development. Major topics includ e types of data sa mpling, basic probability distr ibu tions, hypothesis testing, regression an d correlation a nd a n introduct ion t o multi-variate and clus t er analysis. Applications in planning and development are em phasiz ed. URP. 5511-3. Planning Methods II. This course co ntinu es further d eve l opment and applicatio n s of techniques introdu ced in URP. 5510, as well as other planning methods, models, a nd t echniques. These include physical, socia l and eco nomi c models urban land use an d development Urban and Regi ona l Plannin g Courses/ 6 9 models, d ecis i on wo rking t ec hni ques, and linear and dynami c programming. Prer URP 5510 or consent o f ins tru ctor. URP. 5520-3. Urban Spatial Analysis. This co urse i s an exam ination of the s patial s tr uc tur e of th e urban sys tem The urban sys t em is analyzed in terms of the sys tem of cities" and "city as a sys t e m: Major t opics discussed includ e the eco nomi c theory of the or igin of city, the r a nk-siz e and primate distributions, th e location patt ern a nd hie rar chica l s tru c tur e of cities, funct i ona l classifica tion of c ities urban grow th a nd eco n o mic base, movem ent of population within a nd between cities, spat i a l pattern of l and use and eco nomi c activity spatial pattern o f urban popul ation density, and urban social space a nd urb an cogni tion. URP. 5530-3. Planning Law. This co urse focuses o n th e l ega l se tting for urban and regional plannin g in the United States and major co nstituti onal issues in the effec tuation of planning policy. Contemp o r ary con trover sies a re put into the l a r ger context of a ttempts by th e judicia l sys tem to redefine the balance b etween individual r igh t s and gove rnm e ntal power in a n increasingly wea k e n e d society URP. 5532-3. Historical Development of Urban Form. An analysis of urban physical form from th e origin o f cities to the present. The e mphasi s is on the cities of western civiliza tion and Ame rican urb an planning Major shifts in urban ideas, architecture, transportation, landscapes, and energy syste ms are discusse d a nd evaluated using a slide-l ec tur e format. URP. 5533-3. Theories of Urban Form. A descrip tion a nd a naly s i s of contemporary schoo l s of thou ght o n urban ph ysica l form. Theories will be eva luat e d according to the accuracy of their exp l a n a tion s of present urban form, the qua lity o f th eir images of futu r e urban f orm and the pr acticality of their s trategi es f or implementing their ideal usin g a slide / lecture/discussion format. URP. 6624-3. The Built Environment in Other Cultures 1: Research Design. This co ur se intend s t o broaden s tud e nt s' perspecby askin g them to examine design w1thm another cult ure Each studen t will prepare a propo sal o f study including a state ment of the problem to b e addressed, the type of field research to be und erta ken and th e nature of the r epo rt produ ced. URP. 6630-4. Planning Studio I. This course focus es on plan design in urban and regional plannin g and explores basic con cepts, t ec hniques, and issues r e l ated t o urban planning, urban design site planning and envi r on mental aware n ess URP. 6631-4. Planning Studio II. The focus of Studio II is on plan making related to urb an and regional planning. An understanding of the plan-making process is emp hasized Students will hav e direct experie nce with the va rious steps i n plan ning, including data-gathering, goal-se tting

PAGE 72

70 / School of Architecture and Planning identification of alternatives, analysis, sy n th esis, and presentation of the plan. T h e plan may be for a city sector, a neighborhood, an entire community, a region, or it may be a policy plan. Where possible, students will wo rk with an ac tu a l clie nt. Prer., URP. 6630. URP. 6632-1. Preparation for Profes sional Certification. This course is taken in the student's final semester before grad uatio n It provi d es for a comprehensive rev i ew of the planning literature and practice. The course coverage follows that of the American Inst itut e of Certified Planners (AICP) examination. (Only open for planning students in their last semester or consen t from the program director.) URP. 6641-3. Social Planning An increasing l y important specialty in contemporary planning practice is social planning. This course covers th e process of formulating publi c policies and designing, implementing, and evaluating programs in such areas as social services housing, health care, emp loyment, and education. Attention is given t o th e historical perspective and the present-day social and political context within whic h social policy formation and social planning occ urs. URP. 6642-3. Neighborhood Planning An introduction to small area planning includin g survey of neighborhood and com munit y theory, examinatio n a nd critique research, and ana l ytical techniques involved in neighborhood planning, and examines and analyzes ex i sting plans of local neighborhoods. URP. 6649-3. Environmental Planning 1 : Ecology. This course studies the physio graphy, cu ltur a l factors, and aesthetic c rit eria in r e l ation t o l a nds cape and spatial organization and structure. It will cover data so ur ces and interpretation, and it will look at environ mental factors in development and siting a n a l ysis Prer., URP. 5510 or consent o f instructor. URP. 6650-3. Environmental Planning II: Policy and Law. This course provides a comprehensive perspective on enviro nm e nt a l planning policy. It focuses on major env i ronmenta l issues and problems methods of evaluation, and legislative responses Prer., URP. 5530 or consent of instructor. URP. 6651-3. Environmental Impact Assessment. The objective of this co ur se is to provide the foundation for understanding th e Environmental Impact Assessment process, its legal context, and the criteria and methods for procedural and substantive com pliance. Prer., URP. 5530 or consent o f instru ctor. URP. 6652-3. Growth Management. This co ur se examines environmen tal and land r egulations such as zoning, subdivision contr o ls, and growth management systems in th e context of public policy. Emphasis is placed on case studies, the ana lysis of p ast a nd present practices, the imp roveme nt of ex i s tin g systems, and the design of new regu l a t ory systems Prer URP. 5530 or con sen t of instructor. URP. 6653 -3. Natural Resource Planning and Management This course focuses on the study of the economic organization and use o f natural resources. It covers the st ud y of property rights and their impact on resource use optimal depletion of non renewable and use and management of renewable reso ur ces, applications of fisheries, forests, mineral resources, etc. as well as developing criteria for evaluation of environmental amenities; exp l ores conflic ts between growth and environmen tal quality. URP. 6660-3. Real Estate Development Process. This course is a detailed analysis of com p onents of real estate process and its re l at i onship to the design profession as well as ot her key participants. Students will l earn wha t variab l es are within the real estate deve lopm ent business, how they interrelate, and why projects s u cceed o r fail. URP. 6661-3. Real Estate Development Finance. This course focuses on financial analysis of real estate investments. The co ur se covers topics including measures of value, capitalization rate, capita l budgeting, debt and equity markets, and t axation Cash flow and appraisa l techniques, comp l ex deal struc tu ring, innovations in debt financing, synd i cations tax shelters, tax exempt fina ncing, a nd microcomputer applications are a lso cove r ed. URP. 6662-3. Real Estate Market Analysis. The course focuses on exami n ation of techniques of market a nalysis. The course covers topics including business a nd cons tru ction cycles, regional and urban grow th trends, restructuring of urban space, commercial and indu stria l l ocation theories, an d d emographic analys i s and projection techniques Prer URP. 5510 and URP. 5511 or co n sent of instructor. URP. 6664 3 Fiscal Impact Analysis. This course is designed to provide an introduction to fiscal impact analysis pro ced ur es to stude nt s interested in the land development process. Severa l methodologies will be reviewed and assesse d for their relevance in diverse circumstances Prer URP. 5510 and URP. 5511 or consent o f instructor. URP. 6670-3 Urban Economic Develop ment. This course is an analysi s of the public / private partnership in urban economic develop m ent includi n g anal ysis of potentials, problems, and projects; financing urban economic development through federal grant programs, tax increment fina ncing a nd other m eans; and economic theory o f urb an deve l opment. URP. 6671-3. Regional Economic Devel opment This cou r se is an a n a l ysis o f regiona l patterns and processes of eco nomic development. Theories and models for l oca tion patterns and processes of economic ac tiviti es; labor, indu strial, a nd comme rcial site requirements; a nd econom i c develop ment and growth and strategies are emp h as i zed. Prer., URP. 5520 or consent of instructor. URP. 6672-3. Urban Labor Market. This course provides a s tud y of organizat i on an d functioning of urban l a bor markets and covers lab or market segmentation, human cap ital th eory, labor mobility, lab o r market sig n alling, and discrimination in labor markets. (Offered infr equently.) URP. 6673-3. Transportation Planning 1: Transport Network Analysis. The focus of this co ur se is o n the examination o f severa l important aspects of th e transport network including access ibility a nd co nn ec tivit y nodes and linkages and the vo lum e and direction of flow of a transport n e twork Descriptive predictive, and planning methods and models discusse d include grap h theoretical meas ur es, connect ivity matrices, gravity model abs tra c t mode m o d el, en tropy-m aximiza tion t rip ge n era tion m o d e l an d flow allocatio n m odels. Prer., URP. 5510 or consent of ins tru c tor. URP. 6674-3. Transportation Planning II: Urban Transportation Planning. Thi s co ur se i s a follow-up o f the transport net wo rk analysis and invo l ves an exami nati o n of m a jor issues o f urb an transportation in the U.S. Th ese includ e the r o l e of transporta tion in urb an development, the urban transportation sys t e m relatio n ship b etwee n land us e planning a nd tr a nsportation plan ning, urb an transportation planning processes, and selecte d case s tudi es. Pr er., URP. 5511 and URP. 6673 or conse nt of instructor. URP. 6675-3. Planning and Public Finance. This co urs e focuses o n r ecent trends in financing local gove rnm e nts, revenue and expe nditur e analysis, budgeting f or local govern m e nt s with particular em phasis on the capital improvement budget, financing ca pit al improvements through bond issues, and capital improve ment and its re lation s hip t o l o n g term planning. URP. 6676-3. Urban Housing. This course involves an exa minati on of planning and o th er as p ects o f urban housing focusin g primarily on the U.S. urban housing conditions with some r e f e r e n ces made t o int e rna tional co nditi o n s and compariso n s M ajo r topics of th e co urse includ e aggregate tr e nd s an d patt erns, housing in spatia l context, the a llocation process of h ousing markets a nd submark ets (supply /finance, demand / mobility/demographic c hange), housing problems and failures (substandard ness, inequ i table distributi o n s p ecia l group needs, segregatio n and discrimination, market problems), th e role of gove rnm en t an d alternative a pproa ches URP. 6680-3. Urbanization in Develop ing Countries. A d escr iption analysis, a nd eva luation of urbanization and planning in l ess d eve l oped countries The s p ec i a l pro b l e ms of planning, h o u sing transportation enviro nm ental quality and eco n o mic devel op m e nt in cities of th ese cou ntri es are ad dr essed Comparisons are made among

PAGE 73

cities of third-world co untri es and between third-world countries and first-world urban areas. URP. 6682-3. Housing in Developing Countries. This course examines housing problems in developing countries and explores alternative policies, programs, and plans. Emphasis is placed on population growth and the impact on housing a nd urban development, housing demand, shelter, a nd services for the urban poor, the squatti n g and squatter-built housing and comparison of government policies and pro gram